Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

FINANCIAL REVIEW

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Selected Financial Data

   1

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the Company’s Financial Condition and
Results of Operations

  

—Introduction

   2

—Overview

   2

—Financial Highlights

   4

—Consolidated Income Statement Review

   6

—Business Segment Review

   12

—Critical Accounting Policies

   27

—Consolidated Balance Sheet Review

   31

—Liquidity

   45

—Commitments and Obligations

   48

—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

   48

—Capital Resources

   49

—Capital Framework

   52

—Risk Management

   54

—Statistical Information

   61

—Unaudited Quarterly Data

   64

—Other 2004 Developments

   66

—Glossary

   68

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

—Consolidated Balance Sheets December 31, 2005 and 2004

   71

—Consolidated Statements of Income For The Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

   72

—Consolidated Statement of Changes In Shareholders’ Equity
    For The Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

   73

—Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows For the Years Ended
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

   74

—Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   75

Form 10-K

  

—Cover

   115

—Cross Reference Index

   116

—Certain Regulatory Considerations

   117

—Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

   121

—Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   121

—Properties

   121

—Legal and Regulatory Proceedings

   121

—Executive Officers

   123

—Forward Looking Statements and Risk Factors That Could Affect Future Results

   124

—Website Information

   136

—Code of Ethics

   136

—Controls and Procedures

   137

—Auditor’s Attestation Report

   138

—Signatures

   139

—Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

   141


Table of Contents

S ELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

   2005     2004     2003*     2002     2001**  

Revenue (tax equivalent basis)

   $ 8,341     $ 7,133     $ 6,361     $ 5,789     $ 7,241  

Net Interest Income

     1,909       1,645       1,609       1,665       1,681  

Noninterest Income

     4,956       4,650       3,996       3,133       3,561  

Provision for Credit Losses

     15       15       155       685       375  

Noninterest Expense

     4,483       4,122       3,698       2,751       2,819  

Net Income

     1,571       1,440       1,157       902       1,343  

Net Income Available to Common Shareholders

     1,571       1,440       1,157       902       1,343  

Return on Average Assets

     1.55 %     1.45 %     1.27 %     1.13 %     1.64 %

Return on Average Common Shareholders’ Equity

     16.59       16.37       15.12       13.96       21.58  

Common Dividend Payout Ratio

     41.00       42.22       48.83       60.78       39.21  

Efficiency Ratio

     65.7       66.0       66.0       55.4       55.2  

Per Common Share

          

Basic Earnings

   $ 2.05     $ 1.87     $ 1.54     $ 1.25     $ 1.84  

Diluted Earnings

     2.03       1.85       1.52       1.24       1.81  

Cash Dividends Paid

     0.82       0.79       0.76       0.76       0.72  

Market Value at Year-End

     31.85       33.42       33.12       23.96       40.80  

Averages

          

Securities

   $ 28,751     $ 25,046     $ 24,455     $ 22,970     $ 18,559  

Loans

     39,682       37,778       35,623       34,305       38,770  

Total Assets

     101,435       99,340       91,467       79,830       81,700  

Deposits

     62,215       61,056       58,615       53,795       56,278  

Long-Term Debt

     7,312       6,152       6,103       5,338       4,609  

Common Shareholders’ Equity

     9,473       8,797       7,654       6,465       6,224  

At Year-End

          

Allowance for Loan Losses as a Percent of Total Loans

     1.01 %     1.65 %     1.89 %     2.09 %     1.16 %

Allowance for Loan Losses as a Percent of Non-Margin Loans

     1.19       1.99       2.26       2.12       1.18  

Allowance for Credit Losses as a Percent of Total Loans

     1.39       2.06       2.28       2.65       1.72  

Allowance for Credit Losses as a Percent of Non-Margin Loans

     1.63       2.48       2.72       2.68       1.75  

Tier 1 Capital Ratio

     8.38       8.31       7.44       7.58       8.11  

Total Capital Ratio

     12.48       12.21       11.49       11.96       11.57  

Leverage Ratio

     6.60       6.41       5.82       6.48       6.70  

Common Equity to Assets Ratio

     9.67       9.83       9.12       8.60       7.80  

Total Equity to Assets Ratio

     9.67       9.83       9.12       8.60       7.80  

Common Shares Outstanding (In millions)

     771.129       778.121       775.192       725.971       729.500  

Employees

     23,451       23,363       22,901       19,437       19,181  

Assets Under Custody (In trillions)—Estimated

          

Total Assets Under Custody

   $ 10.9     $ 9.7     $ 8.3     $ 6.8     $ 6.9  

Equity Securities

     32 %     35 %     34 %     26 %     36 %

Fixed Income Securities

     68       65       66       74       64  

Cross-border Assets Under Custody

   $ 3.4     $ 2.7     $ 2.3     $ 1.9     $ 1.9  

Assets Under Management (In billions)—Estimated

          

Total Assets Under Management

   $ 155     $ 137     $ 112     $ 80     $ 72  

Asset Management Sector

     69 %     75 %     79 %     95 %     93 %

Equity Securities

       24%         27%         27%         27%         33%  

Fixed Income Securities

       14         16         17         24         18  

Alternative Investments

       10         11           8           8           7  

Liquid Assets

       21         21         27         36         35  

Foreign Exchange Overlay

     6       6       5       5       7  

Securities Lending Short-term Investment Funds

     25       19       16       —         —    

* The 2003 results reflect $96 million of merger and integration costs associated with the Pershing acquisition as well as a $78 million expense related to the settlement of a claim by General Motors Acceptance Corporation (“GMAC”) related to the 1999 sale of BNY Financial Corporation (“BNYFC”).
** The 2001 results reflect the estimated $242 million impact of the World Trade Center disaster, the related $175 million initial insurance recovery, and the $190 million special provision on the accelerated disposition of emerging telecommunications loans.

All amounts in the above notes are pre-tax.

 

1


Table of Contents

M ANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF THE COMPANY’S FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (“MD&A”)

INTRODUCTION

The Bank of New York Company, Inc.’s (the “Company”) actual results of future operations may differ from those estimated or anticipated in certain forward-looking statements contained herein for reasons which are discussed below and under the heading “Forward Looking Statements and Risk Factors That Could Affect Future Results.” When used in this report, the words “estimate,” “forecast,” “project,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “intend,” “believe,” “plan,” “goal,” “should,” “may,” “strategy,” “target,” and words of similar meaning are intended to identify forward looking statements in addition to statements specifically identified as forward looking statements.

OVERVIEW

The Company’s Businesses

The Bank of New York Company, Inc. (NYSE: BK) is a global leader in providing a comprehensive array of services that enable institutions and individuals to move and manage their financial assets in more than 100 markets worldwide. The Company has a long tradition of collaborating with clients to deliver innovative solutions through its core competencies: securities servicing, treasury management, investment management, and individual & regional banking services. The Company’s extensive global client base includes a broad range of leading financial institutions, corporations, government entities, endowments and foundations. Its principal subsidiary, The Bank of New York, founded in 1784, is the oldest bank in the United States and has consistently played a prominent role in the evolution of financial markets worldwide.

The Company’s strategy over the past decade has been to focus on highly scalable, fee-based securities servicing and fiduciary businesses, and it has achieved top three market share in most of its major product lines. The Company distinguishes itself competitively by offering the broadest array of products and services around the investment lifecycle. These include:

 

    advisory and asset management services to support the investment decision;

 

    extensive trade execution, clearance and settlement capabilities;

 

    custody, securities lending, accounting, and administrative services for investment portfolios;

 

    sophisticated risk and performance measurement tools for analyzing portfolios; and

 

    services for issuers of both equity and debt securities.

By providing integrated solutions for clients’ needs, the Company strives to be the preferred partner in helping its clients succeed in the world’s rapidly evolving financial markets.

The Company’s key objectives include:

 

    achieving positive operating leverage on an annual basis and

 

    sustaining top-line growth by expanding client relationships and winning new ones

To achieve its key objectives, the Company has grown both through internal reinvestment as well as execution of strategic acquisitions to expand product offerings and increase market share in its scale businesses. Internal reinvestment occurs through increased technology spending, staffing levels, marketing/branding initiatives, quality programs, and product development. The Company consistently invests in technology to improve the breadth and quality of its product offerings, and to increase economies of scale. The Company has acquired over 90 businesses over the past ten years, almost exclusively in its securities servicing and asset management areas. The acquisition of Pershing in 2003 for $2 billion was the largest of these acquisitions.

 

2


Table of Contents

As part of the transformation to a leading securities servicing provider, the Company has also de-emphasized or exited several of its slower growth traditional banking businesses over the past decade. The Company’s more significant actions include selling its credit card business in 1997 and its factoring business in 1999, and most recently, significantly reducing non-financial corporate credit exposures by 41% from December 31, 2001 to December 31, 2005. Capital generated by these actions has been reallocated to the Company’s higher-growth businesses.

The Company’s business model is well positioned to benefit from a number of long-term secular trends. These include:

 

    growth of worldwide financial assets,

 

    globalization of investment activity,

 

    structural market changes, and

 

    increased outsourcing.

These trends benefit the Company by driving higher levels of financial asset trading volume and other transactional activity, as well as higher asset price levels and growth in client assets, all factors by which the Company prices its services. In addition, international markets offer excellent growth opportunities.

Current Business Trends

In 2005 the operating environment was somewhat mixed relative to the Company’s assumptions at the beginning of the year. The equity markets showed lower price appreciation and volumes than assumed. The fixed income markets remained strong and cross-border investment and trading activity increased. Volatility in foreign exchange markets was in line with expectations. The Federal Reserve raised rates more than the Company anticipated at the start of 2005. Given the Company’s diversified business model, the Company achieved double-digit growth in many of its key business lines.

With respect to fee income growth, execution and clearing was lower than expected given the weaker equity markets, but the Company achieved solid growth in ADRs, corporate trust, and investor and broker-dealer services, which resulted in servicing fee growth of 10%.

Private client services and asset management, as well as foreign exchange and other trading, also had solid results. This offset weaker performance in the global payments business, corporate lending activities, and retail banking. Overall, core noninterest income growth for the year was 8%.

The Company has been positioned to benefit from rising interest rates, and with the Federal Reserve raising the federal funds rate from 2.25% at the start of the year to 4.25% at the end, core net interest income was up 11%. Strong liquidity generated from its core businesses, widening spreads on deposits, and sound asset positioning all contributed to this strong performance.

Expense control was effective as the Company’s staff count increased over 2005 by just 1% to 23,451, well below the pace of revenue growth. This reflects the Company’s continued progress on reengineering for labor efficiencies. The Company is also relocating staff to lower cost locations. Expense growth overall was up 9%, reflecting higher costs for pensions and options, construction of an out-of-region data center, and legal and regulatory costs. These factors should have a lesser impact on expense growth prospectively.

For 2006, the Company based its budget planning process on expectations of moderate economic growth and continued growth in the capital markets. The Company expects equity markets to strengthen slightly versus 2005 and rise 5-7%. U.S. non-program equity volumes are forecast to be up 4-6% with equity capital raising holding steady. Moderate growth in M&A volumes is expected. The Company assumes the federal funds rate

 

3


Table of Contents

will rise to 4.5% with only a slight steepening of the yield curve. GDP growth is expected to be slightly over 3%. The Company projects fixed income activity to be moderate, given the expectation of a leveling-off in short interest rates.

This presents an overall backdrop which is comparable to 2005, although with a somewhat different composition and a slightly less favorable environment for net interest income. In the aggregate, the Company expects to grow revenues faster than the markets by focusing on faster-growing market segments, gaining market share, and providing a high level of service to its existing clients.

Several other factors will have an impact on 2006 results, including:

 

    higher pension expense given relatively poor investment returns over the past four years and further changes in prospective assumptions partly offset by changes to the Company’s primary domestic plan;

 

    higher costs related to completing relocation projects;

 

    an anticipated lower level of securities gains; and

 

    potentially higher credit loss provisioning given the very favorable credit costs in 2005.

After considering the above, the Company is targeting positive operating leverage of 100+ basis points in 2006. The Company will seek to control overall expense growth through continued cost discipline and reengineering efforts, without sacrificing the investments necessary both to innovate and to enhance service quality. The Company continues to focus on key programs to attain greater straight-through processing of transactions, to reengineer labor costs, and to move activity to lower cost locations.

In January 2006, a significant customer ended its clearing relationship with Pershing following its acquisition by a major broker-dealer. Pershing currently is in discussions seeking compensation for the termination of the relationship.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

2005

In 2005, the Company reported net income of $1,571 million and diluted earnings per share of $2.03 compared with net income of $1,440 million and diluted earnings per share of $1.85 in 2004, and net income of $1,157 million and diluted earnings per share of $1.52 in 2003. Reported EPS reflects a reduction of 3 cents in 2004 due to items detailed in “Other 2004 Developments”.

Additional 2005 highlights include:

 

    Positive operating leverage on a core basis for the third and fourth quarters versus 2004;

 

    Securities servicing fees up 10% from 2004;

 

    Net interest income up 16% versus 2004;

 

    Private client services and asset management fees up 9%;

 

    Foreign exchange and other trading revenues up 7% from 2004; and

 

    Active capital management, as the Company repurchased 5 million net shares.

The Company’s 2005 earnings reflect significant progress toward its key objectives. New business wins and revenues from new and innovative products drove double-digit revenue growth in many of the Company’s key business lines. In 2005, the Company focused on generating positive operating leverage and began to deliver on that objective as well. A number of outstanding regulatory issues were resolved. The Company launched its branding initiative in January 2005 and continued to expand it throughout the year. Finally, the Company’s earnings per share of $2.03 was in the midpoint of the guidance range the Company provided early in 2005.

During 2005, the Company formed strategic alliances to penetrate faster-growing markets in France, Germany, the Nordic and Baltic region, Japan, Australia, and India. The Company also continued to expand its market presence in high-growth areas such as hedge fund servicing and collateral management, while extending its capabilities in the rapidly growing area of alternative investments.

 

4


Table of Contents

The Company continued to improve its credit risk portfolio, and it funded further long-term investment spending for technology, business continuity, quality, and branding programs.

In 2005, the Company continued to invest in enhancing its service offerings, critical to sustaining top-line growth through all types of markets, while maintaining its commitment to expense discipline to ensure a competitive cost base. Service offerings enhancements were the result of both internal development and acquisitions.

The Company announced three strategic transactions:

 

    Lynch, Jones & Ryan, Inc.– a market leader in commission recapture, the acquisition complements the Company’s execution business. The acquisition brings in 1,400 pension fund clients, which offer cross-sell opportunities for the Company’s transition management services.

 

    Alcentra – an international asset management group focused on funds that invest in non-investment grade debt. The acquisition adds structured credit to the Company’s asset management offering and $6 billion to assets under management.

 

    Urdang Capital Management – a real estate investment firm that manages approximately $3.0 billion in direct investments and portfolios of REIT securities. Expected to close in the first quarter of 2006, the acquisition expands the Company’s alternative investment platform by adding real estate investment management.

The acquisitions of Alcentra and Urdang bring asset classes that are in demand by core customer segments such as pension funds, endowments and foundations, international investors, and private clients. Going forward, the Company plans to continue building out its asset management capabilities and to capitalize on the Company’s inherent distribution strengths, as well as favorable secular trends for growth in investable assets.

2004

In 2004, the Company reported net income of $1,440 million and diluted earnings per share of $1.85. In 2004, the Company recorded several gains and charges that in the aggregate reduced reported earnings by 3 cents per share. These items are detailed in “Other 2004 Developments”.

In 2004, the growth in earnings was paced by securities servicing growth of 18% (9% adjusted for full-year impact of Pershing) to $2,857 million, core net interest income growth of 6%, strong credit performance, and higher than expected securities gains. Performance was strong across nearly all the Company’s securities servicing businesses. Investor and issuer services increased by 11% and 12%, respectively. The growth in investor services was driven largely by new business wins and improvements year-over-year in asset values and volumes. Issuer services benefited from increased cross-border activity in depositary receipts and improving market share in global products within corporate trust. Broker-dealer services were up 17% primarily due to strong growth in collateral management.

The Company’s asset management business continued to perform well, responding to growing institutional investor interest in alternative investments. Private client services and asset management fees increased $64 million, or 17%, primarily due to exceptional growth at the Company’s fund of funds manager, Ivy Asset Management (“Ivy”). In addition, foreign exchange results continued to benefit from currency volatility and increased cross-border investing. Foreign exchange and other trading revenues remained at historically high levels, up 11% versus a year ago. The provision for credit losses declined to $15 million from $155 million in 2003.

This strength in revenue was partially offset by upward pressure on the Company’s expense base. Higher employee stock option and pension expenses, business continuity spending, costs associated with legal and regulatory matters, and costs associated with converting new business opportunities in investor services all contributed to higher expense levels.

 

5


Table of Contents

2003

In 2003, the Company reported net income was $1,157 million and diluted earnings per share of $1.52. Merger and integration costs associated with the Pershing acquisition of 8 cents per share and the settlement with General Motors Acceptance Corporation (“GMAC”) of 7 cents per share impacted earnings in 2003. In 2003, securities servicing fees were $2,412 million, a 27% increase compared with $1,896 million in 2002, reflecting the Pershing acquisition and growth in investor and broker-dealer services. Global payment services fees increased 6% for the full year, which is attributable to improved multi-currency funds transfer product capabilities and new business wins. For the year 2003, private client services and asset management fees were up 12% from the previous year, reflecting higher equity price levels as well as strong growth at Ivy. In addition, the year-over-year comparison also benefited from the full-year impact of several 2002 acquisitions. Foreign exchange and other trading revenues were up 40% over 2002, resulting from increased client-driven foreign exchange, interest rate hedging activity, and the Pershing acquisition. The provision for credit losses was $155 million. Although expenses increased significantly due to the Pershing acquisition, stock option expensing, a lower pension credit, technology investment, and business continuity, the Company was able to attain positive leverage in the second half of the year.

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT REVIEW

Noninterest Income

 

                    Percent Inc/(Dec)  

(In millions)

   2005    2004    2003    2005 vs. 2004     2004 vs. 2003  

Noninterest Income

             

Servicing Fees

             

Securities

   $ 3,148    $ 2,857    $ 2,412    10 %   18 %

Global Payment Services

     294      319      314    (8 )   2  
                         
     3,442      3,176      2,726    8     17  

Private Client Services and Asset Management Fees

     490      448      384    9     17  

Service Charges and Fees

     382      384      375    (1 )   2  

Foreign Exchange and Other Trading Activities

     391      364      327    7     11  

Securities Gains/(Losses)

     68      78      35    (13 )   123  

Other

     183      200      149    (9 )   34  
                         

Total Noninterest Income

   $ 4,956    $ 4,650    $ 3,996    7     16  
                         

Noninterest income is provided by a wide range of securities servicing, global payment services, private client services and asset management, trading activities, and other fee-based services. Revenues from these activities were $4,956 million in 2005, compared with $4,650 million in 2004 and $3,996 million in 2003. As a percentage of revenues, total noninterest income was 72% in 2005, compared with 74% in 2004 and 71% in 2003. The growth in revenue in 2005 primarily reflects broadly stronger performance in securities servicing, private client services and asset management fees, and foreign exchange and other trading revenue.

The increase in 2004 primarily reflects strong performance across nearly all the Company’s securities servicing businesses and the full-year impact of the Pershing acquisition, as well as higher foreign exchange and other trading revenue, private client services and asset management fees, and securities gains. The 2004 increase also includes the $48 million pre-tax gain on the sale of a portion of the Company’s investment in Wing Hang Bank Limited and the $19 million gain on four sponsor fund investments recorded in 2004.

 

6


Table of Contents

The following table provides the breakdown of securities servicing fees for 2005, 2004, and 2003.

Securities Servicing Fees

 

                    Percent Inc/(Dec)  

(In millions)

   2005    2004    2003    2005 vs. 2004     2004 vs. 2003  

Execution and Clearing Services

   $ 1,222    $ 1,145    $ 885    7 %   29 %

Investor Services

     1,060      924      830    15     11  

Issuer Services

     639      583      522    10     12  

Broker-Dealer Services

     227      205      175    11     17  
                         

Securities Servicing Fees

   $ 3,148    $ 2,857    $ 2,412    10     18  
                         

Securities servicing fees were $3,148 million, $2,857 million, and $2,412 million, in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. The 10% increase in securities servicing fees from 2004 primarily reflects solid growth across all businesses. In 2004, the 18% increase in securities servicing fees from 2003 reflects the full-year impact of the Pershing acquisition and good organic growth in investor and issuer services, which were up 11% and 12%. For additional details on Securities Servicing Fees, refer to the “Business Segment Review” section.

Global payment services fees, principally funds transfer, cash management, and trade services, were $294 million in 2005, $319 million in 2004, and $314 million in 2003. The decline in global payment services fees in 2005 reflects customers choosing to pay with higher compensatory balances, which benefits net interest income. On an invoiced services basis total revenue was up 5% over 2004. The small 2004 increase in global payment services fees from 2003 is attributable to customers starting to leave higher compensatory balances to cover the cost of services rather than pay fees as a result of the rising rate environment.

Private client services and asset management fees were $490 million in 2005, $448 million in 2004, and $384 million in 2003. The 9% increase over 2004 reflects strong growth in asset management fees as well as higher fees in private banking. Asset management was driven by another strong performance at Ivy and double-digit growth in fixed income asset management and separate account services. The 17% increase in fees in 2004 from 2003 reflects strong growth in Ivy, higher fees from fixed income asset management, and higher equity price levels.

Service charges and fees were $382 million in 2005, compared with $384 million in 2004 and $375 million in 2003. The decrease in 2005 from 2004 reflects lower retail checking account fees. The increase in 2004 from 2003 reflects higher syndication and advisory fees.

Foreign exchange and other trading revenues were a record $391 million in 2005, $364 million in 2004, and $327 million in 2003. Foreign exchange trading grew strongly in 2005 reflecting increased volume due to new business wins and greater business from existing clients. Other trading grew in 2005 reflecting higher interest rate and equity derivatives trading partially offset by a decline in trading revenue at Pershing. The 11% increase in 2004 from 2003 resulted from new business wins and an increased level of client activity, tied to cross-border investing and hedging against currency volatility. Pershing contributed $44 million to foreign exchange and other trading revenue in 2005, compared with $51 million in 2004 and $35 million in 2003.

Securities gains were $68 million in 2005, compared with a $78 million in 2004 and a $35 million in 2003. The securities gains in 2005 and 2004 were primarily attributable to the Company’s private equity portfolio. In 2004, the Company’s private equity portfolio generated $19 million of realized gains on four sponsor investments. Half of the 2003 gains arose from repositioning actions in the Company’s fixed income securities portfolio.

Other noninterest income is attributable to asset-related gains, equity investments, and other transactions. Asset-related gains include gains on lease residuals, as well as loan and real estate dispositions. Equity investment income primarily reflects the Company’s proportionate share of the income from its investment in

 

7


Table of Contents

Wing Hang Bank Limited, AIB/BNY Securities Services (Ireland) Limited, and RBSI Securities Services (Holdings) Limited. Other income primarily includes income or loss from insurance contracts, low income housing and other investments as well as various miscellaneous revenues. The breakdown among these three categories is shown below:

Other Noninterest Income

 

(In millions)

       2005              2004              2003    

Asset-Related Gains

   $ 97      $ 82      $ 36

Equity Investment Income

     44        43        34

Other

     42        75        79
                        

Total Other Noninterest Income

   $ 183      $ 200      $ 149
                        

Other noninterest income was $183 million in 2005, $200 million in 2004, and $149 million in 2003. In 2005, asset-related gains included a $17 million gain on the sale of the Company’s interest in Financial Models Companies, Inc. (“FMC”), a $12 million gain on the sale of certain Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) investments, a $12 million gain on sale of eight New York Stock Exchange seats, and a $10 million gain on the sale of a building. The increase in asset-related gains in 2004 from 2003 reflected a pre-tax gain of $48 million from the sale of a portion of the Company’s investment in Wing Hang Bank Limited. The higher level of asset-related gains in 2005 and 2004 has helped to offset higher legal and regulatory costs and the impact of the 2004 SFAS 13 lease income adjustment. The 2005 decline in other in the above table reflects fewer government grants and lower insurance-related income.

Net Interest Income

 

                             Percent Inc/(Dec)  
       2005     2004     2003     2005 vs. 2004     2004 vs. 2003  

(Dollars in millions)

   Reported     Reported     Core*     Reported     Reported     Reported  

Net Interest Income

   $ 1,909     $ 1,645     $ 1,711     $ 1,609     16 %   2 %

Tax Equivalent Adjustment

     29       30       30       35      
                                    

Net Interest Income on a
Tax Equivalent Basis

   $ 1,938     $ 1,675     $ 1,741     $ 1,644     16 %   2 %
                                    

Net Interest Rate Spread

     1.83 %     1.78 %     1.86 %     1.97 %    

Net Yield on Interest Earning Assets

     2.36       2.07       2.15       2.22      

* Excludes SFAS 13 adjustments

For 2005, net interest income on a tax equivalent basis amounted to $1,938 million compared with $1,675 million in 2004. In 2005, the increase in net interest income reflects the Company’s sound interest rate positioning for a rising rate environment, continued expansion of deposit spreads, and increased liquidity generated by servicing activities. The Company also benefited from customers greater use of compensating balances in a rising rate environment. On a reported basis, net interest income on a tax equivalent basis was up 16% while on a core basis it was up 11%.

Net interest income in 2004 was affected by three cumulative adjustments to the leasing portfolio, which were triggered under SFAS 13. See “Other 2004 Developments”.

Excluding the impact of the SFAS 13 leasing adjustments on the leveraged lease portfolio, net interest income on a tax equivalent basis was $1,741 million in 2004, up 6% from $1,644 million in 2003. This increase was attributable to the full-year impact of Pershing and the benefit of rising interest rates. Rising rates reduced compression on deposit product spreads, increased the value of free funds and caused the Company’s global payment services customers to leave additional compensatory balances rather than pay for services with fees.

 

8


Table of Contents

The increase in net interest income in 2005 and 2004 also reflects an increase in average earning assets. Average earning assets were $82.1 billion in 2005 compared with $81.1 billion in 2004 and $74.1 billion in 2003. The increase in 2004 from 2003 reflects the inclusion of Pershing for the full year 2004. Average loans were $39.7 billion in 2005 compared with $37.8 billion in 2004 and $35.6 billion in 2003. Average securities were $28.8 billion in 2005, up from $25.0 billion in 2004 and $24.5 billion in 2003.

The net interest rate spread was 1.83% in 2005 compared with 1.78% in 2004, while the net yield on interest-earning assets was 2.36% in 2005 and 2.07% in 2004. Excluding the leasing adjustments of $66 million in 2004, the net interest rate spread was 1.86% and the net yield was 2.15%. The Company estimates that if Pershing had been owned for the full-year of 2003, the spread and yield in 2003 would have been reduced to 1.89% and 2.13%, respectively.

In this report a number of amounts related to net interest income are presented on a “tax equivalent basis.” The Company believes that this presentation provides comparability of net interest income arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice.

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses was $15 million in 2005, compared with $15 million in 2004 and $155 million in 2003. Asset quality remained high in 2005. The 2004 provision includes a credit of $7 million for the reduction in exposure associated with the restructuring of aircraft leases. The lower provision in 2004 from 2003 reflects the Company’s improved asset quality and a stronger credit environment.

Noninterest Expense

 

                    Percent Inc/(Dec)  

(In millions)

   2005    2004    2003    2005 vs. 2004     2004 vs. 2003  

Salaries and Employee Benefits

   $ 2,549    $ 2,324    $ 2,002    10 %   16 %

Net Occupancy

     323      305      261    6     17  

Furniture and Equipment

     208      204      185    2     10  

Clearing

     187      176      154    6     14  

Sub-custodian Expenses

     96      87      74    10     18  

Software

     215      193      170    11     14  

Communications

     95      93      92    2     1  

Amortization of Intangibles

     40      34      25    18     36  

Pershing Merger and Acquisition Costs

     —        —        96    —       —    

Other

     770      706      639    9     10  
                         

Total Noninterest Expense

   $ 4,483    $ 4,122    $ 3,698    9 %   11 %
                         

Total noninterest expense was $4,483 million in 2005, $4,122 million in 2004, and $3,698 million in 2003. The 2005 increase in expenses primarily reflects increased staffing and clearing costs associated with new business and acquisitions, higher stock option and pension expense, expanded occupancy costs associated with business continuity, as well as higher technology and legal costs. The 2004 increase in expenses primarily reflects the full-year impact of the Pershing acquisition, higher stock option expense, a lower pension credit, the upfront expenses associated with the implementation of cost reduction initiatives, higher volume related sub-custodian and clearing expenses and higher technology and business continuity spending. In 2003, noninterest expense included merger and acquisition costs relating to Pershing of $96 million and the settlement with GMAC of $78 million.

Salaries and employee benefits were $2,549 million in 2005, compared with $2,324 million in 2004 and $2,002 million in 2003. In 2005, salaries rose 7% as tight headcount control and reengineering and relocation

 

9


Table of Contents

projects partially offset the impact of business wins, acquisitions and additional legal and compliance personnel. Benefit expense rose significantly in 2005 reflecting higher expenses for pensions, stock options, medical benefits, and incentive payments. In 2004, the increase in salaries and employee benefits reflects higher performance related incentives and benefits, higher stock option and defined contribution plan expense, a higher pension expense as well as higher variable expenses associated with revenue growth. The number of employees at December 31, 2005, was 23,451, up from 23,363 and 22,901 in 2004 and 2003, respectively. Severance expense was $17 million in 2005, $16 million in 2004 and $10 million in 2003.

Net occupancy and furniture and fixture expenses were $531 million in 2005, compared with $509 million in 2004 and $446 million in 2003. Net occupancy increased by $18 million, primarily reflecting the costs associated with the Company’s new out-of-region data center in the mid-south region of the U.S. and the growth center in Manchester, England, as well as higher energy costs.

Clearing expenses were $187 million in 2005, compared with $176 million in 2004 and $154 million in 2003. The increase in 2005 reflects higher expenses associated with acquisitions within the execution business. Sub-custodian expenses increased 10% in 2005 to $96 million, reflecting higher level of business activity.

Software expenses increased in 2005 and 2004, reflecting the Company’s continued investment in technology capabilities supporting its servicing activities as well as spending and development to support business growth.

Amortization of intangibles increased to $40 million in 2005 from $34 million in 2004 and $25 million in 2003. In 2005 and 2004, the Pershing acquisition added $20 million in intangibles amortization.

Other noninterest expense is attributable to vendor services, business development, legal expenses, settlements and claims, other, and the GMAC settlement. Vendor services include professional fees, computer services, market data, courier, and other services. Business development includes advertising, charitable contributions, travel, and entertainment expenses. The breakdown among these five categories is shown below:

Other Noninterest Expense

 

(In millions)

   2005    2004    2003

Vendor Services

   $ 336    $ 307    $ 259

Business Development

     124      108      84

Legal Fees, Settlements and Claims

     125      96      43

Other

     185      195      175

GMAC Settlement

     —        —        78
                    

Total Other Noninterest Expense

   $ 770    $ 706    $ 639
                    

Other expenses in 2005 were $770 million, compared with $706 million in 2004 and $639 million in 2003. Since the Company owned Pershing for 8 months in 2003, $67 million of the 2004 increase relates to the full- year impact of owning Pershing. The increase in vendor services in 2005 primarily reflects higher consulting and pricing services expenses. Growth in business development expenses over the period reflects higher travel and entertainment and advertising related to the Company’s branding initiatives. Legal fees, settlement and claims in 2005 included $24 million associated with the Russian Funds transfer matter and other regulatory matters, as well as an increase in legal fees. In 2004, noninterest expense included expenses associated with the RW Matter of $30 million.

In 2003, the Company and GMAC settled claims relating to the Company’s 1999 sale to GMAC of BNY Financial Corporation, the Company’s factoring and asset-based finance business. The settlement resolved all claims between the parties with a payment of $110 million by the Company to GMAC. After accounting for a

 

10


Table of Contents

previously established reserve for this matter, the net impact of the settlement was approximately $78 million, or 7 cents per fully diluted share. The Company sold BNY Financial Corporation to GMAC for $1.8 billion in cash in 1999.

The Company continues to increase its investment in technology focusing on key items such as delivering positive operating leverage, driving product innovation and enhancing the client experience. Software development has been an increasing component of technology expense in 2005, 2004, and 2003. The rate of infrastructure investment is slowing. Approximately 80% of the data center capacity is two years old or less. In the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company’s new data center in the mid-south region of the U.S. became operational. The new data center will improve the geographic diversification and resilience of the Company’s operations and will support the processing needs of the Company’s institutional and retail customers. In 2006, the Company expects to benefit from the new data center as redundant locations are beginning to be shut down. Print center consolidation was completed in 2005. Core investor services applications were recently developed and engineered with technologies that should be durable over time.

The Company has a number of programs to control expense growth. These programs include day-to-day profitability programs, reengineering processes, and moving jobs to lower cost environs. Day-to-day profitability programs focus on stringent control of headcount and discretionary expenses, as well as enhanced vendor management.

Reengineering focuses on business process reviews throughout the Company. Projects commenced in 2005 are expected to have a $40 million impact in 2006. In 2004, the Company reviewed 15 areas and developed action steps to lower expenses by $90 million, with a $40 million impact in 2004 and a $50 million incremental for 2005. These savings have lowered the Company’s growth rate of expenses by approximately 1% over the past two years. The savings are partly offset by consulting costs.

In January 2004, the Company began a three-year effort to move 1,500 jobs to lower cost areas. In 2005, the Company moved 516 positions out of higher-cost locations, up from 419 moves in 2004. In 2006, the Company anticipates further expansion of the job relocation program to 1,800 jobs given the success of the program to date. As a result, the Company will incur higher expense in 2006 for severance and lease termination, but will achieve net benefits in 2007 and 2008.

The Company adopted fair value accounting for stock compensation on January 1, 2003, using the prospective method. The Company’s grants of stock options typically vest over two to four years. The year 2005 was the third and final year the adoption of expensing stock options impacted year-over-year expense comparisons. The Company expects stock options expense to be somewhat less expensive in 2006 since the Company is issuing fewer options than it has in the past.

Income Taxes

The Company’s consolidated effective tax rates for 2005, 2004, and 2003 were 33.6%, 33.3%, and 34.0%, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate in 2005 primarily reflects higher state and local taxes. The decline in the effective tax rate in 2004 from 2003 primarily reflects the increase in the tax reserve related to LILO exposures which was offset by the SFAS 13 leasing adjustments. The Company anticipates the tax rate for the year 2006 to increase slightly to 33.7%.

The Company invests in synthetic fuel (Section 29) and low income housing (Section 42) investments generating tax credits, which have the effect of permanently reducing the Company’s tax expense. The effective tax rates in all periods reflect a reclassification related to Section 42 tax credits. See “Accounting Changes and New Accounting Pronouncements” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company also invests in leveraged leases which, through accelerated depreciation, postpone the payment of taxes to future years. For financial statement purposes, deferred taxes are recorded as a liability for future payment.

 

11


Table of Contents

BUSINESS SEGMENT REVIEW

Segment Data

The Company has an internal information system that produces performance data for its four business segments along product and service lines.

Business Segments Accounting Principles

The Company’s segment data has been determined on an internal management basis of accounting, rather than the generally accepted accounting principles used for consolidated financial reporting. These measurement principles are designed so that reported results of the segments will track their economic performance. Segment results are subject to restatement whenever improvements are made in the measurement principles or when organizational changes are made.

In 2005, the Company has determined that it is appropriate to modify its segment presentation in order to provide more transparency into its results of operations and to better reflect modifications in the management structure that the Company implemented during the fourth quarter of 2005. As such, the Company has identified four major business segments for assessing its overall performance, with the Institutional Services segment being further subdivided into four business groupings. These segments are shown below:

 

    Institutional Services Segment

 

    Investor & Broker-Dealer Services Business

 

    Execution & Clearing Services Business

 

    Issuer Services Business

 

    Treasury Services Business

 

    Private Bank & BNY Asset Management Segment

 

    Retail & Middle Market Banking Segment

 

    Corporate and Other Segment

All prior periods have been restated to reflect this realignment. Other specific accounting principles employed include:

 

    The measure of revenues and profit or loss by a segment has been adjusted to present segment data on a tax equivalent basis.

 

    The provision for credit losses allocated to each segment is based on management’s judgment as to average credit losses that will be incurred in the operations of the segment over a credit cycle of a period of years. Management’s judgment includes the following factors among others: historical charge-off experience and the volume, composition, and size of the credit portfolio. This method is different from that required under generally accepted accounting principles as it anticipates future losses which are not yet probable and therefore not recognizable under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

    Balance sheet assets and liabilities and their related income or expense are specifically assigned to each segment.

 

    Net interest income is allocated to segments based on the yields on the assets and liabilities generated by each segment. Assets and liabilities generated by credit-related activities are allocated to businesses based on borrower usage of that businesses’ products or services. Credit-only relationships and borrowers using both credit and payment services remain in Treasury Services. Segments with a net liability position are allocated assets primarily from the securities portfolio.

 

    Noninterest income associated with Treasury-related services is similarly allocated back to those businesses.

 

12


Table of Contents
    Revenues and expenses associated with specific client bases are included in those segments. For example, foreign exchange activity associated with clients using custody products is allocated to Investor & Broker-Dealer Services.

 

    Support and other indirect expenses are allocated to segments based on internally-developed methodologies.

Description of Business Segments

The activities within each business segment are described below.

Institutional Services Segment

Investor & Broker-Dealer Services Business

Investor & Broker-Dealer Services includes global custody, global fund services, securities lending, global liquidity services, outsourcing, government securities clearance, collateral management, credit-related services, and other linked revenues, principally foreign exchange and execution and clearing revenues.

In Investor Services, the Company is one of the leading custodians with $10.9 trillion of assets under custody at December 31, 2005. The Company is one of the largest mutual fund custodians for U.S. funds and one of the largest providers of fund services in the world with over $1.6 trillion in total assets. The Company, also services more than 17% of the total industry assets for exchange-traded funds, and is a leading U.K. custodian. In securities lending, the Company is the largest lender of U.S. Treasury securities and depositary receipts with a lending pool of approximately $1.5 trillion in 27 markets around the world.

The Company’s Broker-Dealer Services business clears approximately 50% of U.S. Government securities. The Company is the leader in global clearance, clearing equity and fixed income transactions in 101 markets. With over $1.1 trillion in tri-party balances worldwide, the Company is the world’s largest collateral management agent.

Execution & Clearing Services Business

The Company provides execution, clearing and financial services outsourcing solutions in over 80 global markets, executing trades for 575 million shares and clearing 930,000 trades daily. In Execution Services, the Company conducts institutional agency brokerage, electronic trading, transition management services, and independent research. The Company’s Execution Services business is one of the largest global institutional agency brokerage organizations. In addition, it is one of the leading institutional electronic brokers for non-U.S. dollar equity execution.

Pershing’s clearing business provides clearing, execution, financing, and custody for introducing broker-dealers and registered investment advisors. Pershing services more than 1,100 institutional and retail financial organizations and independent investment advisors who collectively represent nearly 6 million individual investors.

Issuer Services Business

Issuer Services includes corporate trust, depositary receipts, employee investment plan services, stock transfer, and credit-related services.

In Issuer Services, the Company is depositary for more than 1,200 American and global depositary receipt programs, a 64% market share, acting in partnership with leading companies from 60 countries. As a trustee, the

 

13


Table of Contents

Company provides diverse services for corporate, municipal, structured, and international debt securities. Over 90,000 appointments for more than 30,000 worldwide clients have resulted in the Company being trustee for more than $3 trillion in outstanding debt securities. The Company is the third largest stock transfer agent, servicing more than 16 million shareowners. Employee Investment Plan Services has more than 124 clients with 650,000 employees in over 54 countries.

Treasury Services Business

Treasury Services includes global payment services for corporate customers as well as lending and credit-related services.

Corporate global payment services offers leading-edge technology, innovative products, and industry expertise to help its clients optimize cash flow, manage liquidity, and make payments around the world in more than 90 different countries. The Company maintains a global network of branches, representative offices and correspondent banks to provide comprehensive payment services including funds transfer, cash management, trade services and liquidity management. The Company is one of the largest funds transfer banks in the U.S. transferring over $1.18 trillion daily via more than 135,500 wire transfers.

The Company provides lending and credit-related services to large public and private corporations nationwide. Special industry groups focus on industry segments such as media, telecommunications, cable, energy, real estate, retailing, and healthcare. Credit-related revenues are allocated to businesses other than Treasury Services to the extent the borrower uses that businesses’ products or services. Credit-only relationships and borrowers using both credit and payment services remain in Treasury Services. Through BNY Capital Markets, Inc., the Company provides a broad range of capital markets and investment banking services including syndicated loans, bond underwriting, private placements of corporate debt and equity securities, and merger, acquisition, and advisory services. The Company is a leading arranger of syndicated financings for clients with 151 transactions totaling in excess of $59 billion in 2005.

For its credit services business overall, the Company’s corporate lending strategy is to focus on those clients and industries that are major users of securities servicing and global payment services.

Private Bank and BNY Asset Management

The Private Bank & BNY Asset Management segment includes traditional banking and trust services to wealthy clients and investment management services for institutional and high-net-worth clients. In private banking, the Company offers a full array of wealth management services to help individuals plan, invest and transition and includes financial and estate planning, trust and fiduciary services, customized banking services, brokerage and investment solutions.

BNY Asset Management provides investment solutions for some of the wealthiest individuals, largest corporate and most prestigious organizations around the world applying a broad spectrum of investment strategies and wealth management solutions. BNY Asset Management’s alternative strategies have expanded to include hedge fund of funds, private equity, alternative fixed income and real estate.

The Company’s asset management subsidiaries include:

 

    Ivy Asset Management Corporation, one of the country’s leading hedge fund of fund firms, offers a comprehensive range of multi-manager hedge fund products and customized portfolio solutions.

 

    Alcentra Group, acquired in January 2006, offers sophisticated alternative credit investments, including leveraged loans and subordinated and distressed debt.

 

    Urdang Capital, a real estate investment firm, which the Company has agreed to acquire, offers the opportunity to invest in real estate through separate accounts, a closed-end commingled fund that invests directly in properties, and a separate account that invests in publicly-traded REITs.

 

    Estabrook Capital Management LLC offers value-oriented investment management strategies, including socially responsible investing.

 

    Gannett Welsh & Kotler specializes in tax-exempt management and equity portfolio strategies.

 

14


Table of Contents

The Company also provides investment management services directly to institutions and manages the “Hamilton” family of mutual funds.

Retail & Middle Market Banking Segment

The Retail Bank includes branch banking, consumer, small business, residential mortgage and asset management activities conducted through the Company’s investment centers. The Company’s retail franchise includes more than 600,000 consumer relationships and 100,000 business relationships. The Company operates 342 branches in 23 counties in the New York tri-state region. The Company has 241 branches in New York, 93 in New Jersey and 8 in Connecticut. The New York branches are primarily suburban-based with 118 in upstate New York, 85 on Long Island and 38 in New York City. The retail network is a significant source of low-cost funding and provides a platform to cross-sell core services to both individuals and small businesses in the New York metropolitan area. The branches are a meaningful source of private client referrals. Small business and investment centers are set up in the largest 100 branches.

Investment centers provide personalized professional investment counseling to individuals. Products include mutual funds, annuities, and discount brokerage services.

In middle market lending, the Company’s regional commercial banking and regional commercial real estate divisions provide financing for a variety of businesses based in the New York metropolitan area. The types of financing include lines of credit, term loans, global trade services, and commercial mortgages.

Corporate and Other Segment

The Corporate and Other segment primarily includes the Company’s leasing operations and corporate overhead. Net interest income in this segment primarily reflects the funding cost of goodwill and intangibles. The tax equivalent adjustment on net interest income is eliminated in this segment. Provision for credit losses reflects the difference between the aggregate of the credit provision over a credit cycle for the other three reportable segments and the Company’s recorded provision. The Company’s approach to acquisitions is highly centralized and controlled by senior management. Accordingly, the resulting goodwill and other intangible assets are included in this segment for average assets. Noninterest expense includes the related amortization. Noninterest income primarily reflects leasing, securities gains, and income from the sale of other corporate assets. Noninterest expenses include direct expenses supporting the leasing activities as well as certain corporate overhead not directly attributable to the operations of the other segments.

Business Review

Institutional Services Segment

 

                    Inc/(Dec)  

(In millions)

   2005    2004    2003    2005 vs. 2004    2004 vs. 2003  

Net Interest Income

   $ 1,186    $ 1,064    $ 971    $ 122    $ 93  

Noninterest Income

     4,182      3,830      3,337      352      493  

Total Revenue

     5,368      4,894      4,308      474      586  

Provision for Credit Losses

     59      59      101      —        (42 )

Noninterest Expense

     3,444      3,140      2,691      304      449  

Income Before Taxes

     1,865      1,695      1,516      170      179  

Average Assets

     75,682      72,286      63,952      3,396      8,334  

Average Deposits

     44,833      42,533      40,683      2,300      1,850  

The Company’s Institutional Services business is conducted in four business groupings: Investor & Broker-Dealer Services, Execution & Clearing Services, Issuer Services, and Treasury Services. Income before taxes was up 10% to $1,865 million in 2005 from $1,695 million in 2004, which was up 12% versus $1,516 million in 2003.

 

15


Table of Contents

Market Data

 

                    Percent Inc/(Dec)  
     2005    2004    2003    2005 vs. 2004     2004 vs. 2003  

S&P 500 ® Index

   1,248    1,212    1,112    3 %   9 %

NASDAQ ® Index

   2,205    2,175    2,003    1     9  

Lehman Brothers

             

Aggregate Bond sm Index

   206.2    220.6    193.4    (7 )   14  

MSCI ® EAFE

   1,680.1    1,515.5    1,288.8    11     18  

NYSE Volume (In billions)

   403.8    367.1    352.4    10     4  

NASDAQ ® Volume (In billions)

   449.2    453.9    424.6    (1 )   7  

The S&P 500 ® Index was up 3% for the year, with average daily price levels up 7% from 2004. Performance for the NASDAQ ® Index was up 1% for the year, with average daily prices up by 6%. Globally, the MSCI ® EAFE index was up 11%. Combined NYSE and NASDAQ ® non-program trading volumes were down an estimated 1% during the year. As the Company’s business model is more volume than price sensitive, this created a drag on the Company’s equity-linked businesses. The Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond sm index was down 7%. Average fixed-income trading volume was up 14% offsetting some of the weakness in equities.

As of December 31, 2005, assets under custody rose to $10.9 trillion, from $9.7 trillion at December 31, 2004. The increase in assets under custody primarily reflects rising equity prices and new business wins. Equity securities composed 32% of the assets under custody at December 31, 2005 compared with 35% at December 31, 2004, while fixed income securities were 68% compared with 65% last year. Assets under custody in 2005 consisted of assets related to the custody and mutual funds businesses of $7.3 trillion, broker-dealer services assets of $2.2 trillion, and all other assets of $1.4 trillion.

The results for the businesses in the Institutional Service segment are discussed below.

Investor & Broker-Dealer Services Business

 

                    Inc/(Dec)  

(In millions)

   2005    2004    2003    2005 vs. 2004     2004 vs. 2003  

Net Interest Income

   $ 564    $ 518    $ 501    $ 46     $ 17  

Noninterest Income

     1,826      1,627      1,474      199       153  

Total Revenue

     2,390      2,145      1,975      245       170  

Provision for Credit Losses

     7      7      13      —         (6 )

Noninterest Expense

     1,636      1,441      1,316      195       125  

Income Before Taxes

     747      697      646      50       51  

Average Assets

     36,233      35,225      33,123      1,008       2,102  

Average Deposits

     28,316      26,231      24,671      2,085       1,560  

Nonperforming Assets

     5      28      55      (23 )     (27 )

Net Charge-offs

     —        4      24      (4 )     (20 )

In 2005, income before taxes in the Investor & Broker-Dealer Services business increased to $747 million from $697 million in 2004 and $646 million in 2003. The increase in 2005 reflects improvements in net interest income and noninterest income.

Noninterest income was $1,826 million in 2005, compared with $1,627 million in 2004 and $1,474 million in 2003. The increase in noninterest income in 2005 is attributable to an increase in both investor and broker-dealer service fees as well as foreign exchange and other trading revenue generated by clients in this segment.

 

16


Table of Contents

Investor services fees were up in both 2005 and 2004. The increase over 2004 reflects strength in global and domestic fund services and custody, as well as new business wins and strong organic growth. Securities lending fees showed good growth in 2005 benefiting from higher loan volumes, driven by new business wins as well as a favorable spread environment. In 2004, investor services fee growth resulted from good organic growth in most areas.

Broker-dealer services fees were up compared with 2004 and 2003. The increase in 2005 reflects higher volumes due to new business wins in the collateral management business and greater volumes in government securities clearance. The Company now handles approximately $1.1 trillion of financing for the Company’s broker-dealer clients daily through tri-party collateralized financing agreements, up 18% from a year ago. In 2004, increased broker-dealer services fees reflected higher volumes due to new business wins in the collateral management business and higher levels of mortgage-backed and government trading activity.

Net interest income in the Investor & Broker-Dealer Services business was $564 million in 2005, compared with $518 million in 2004 and $501 million in 2003. Net interest income growth in 2005 reflects increased deposit flows from customers in both businesses. The increase in net interest income in 2004 also reflected growth in deposits, primarily in investor services. Average deposits generated by the Investor & Broker-Dealer Services business were $28.3 billion in 2005, compared with $26.2 billion in 2004 and $24.7 billion in 2003. Average assets in the business were $36.2 billion in 2005, compared with $35.2 billion in 2004 and $33.1 billion in 2003.

Noninterest expense was $1,636 million in 2005, compared with $1,441 million in 2004 and $1,316 million in 2003. The rise in noninterest expense in 2005 was attributable primarily to higher salaries, benefits and sub-custody expenses tied to business growth, increased costs related to business continuity, and higher stock option and pension expenses. The increase in noninterest expense in 2004 was due to higher costs tied to increased activity levels, as well as the upfront expenses associated with the implementation of cost reduction initiatives and higher pension and option expense.

Net charge-offs were zero in 2005, compared with $4 million in 2004 and $24 million in 2003. Nonperforming assets were $5 million in 2005, compared with $28 million in 2004 and $55 million in 2003.

Execution & Clearing Services Business

 

                    Inc/(Dec)  

(In millions)

   2005    2004    2003    2005 vs. 2004     2004 vs. 2003  

Net Interest Income

   $ 211    $ 170    $ 108    $ 41     $ 62  

Noninterest Income

     1,327      1,242      959      85       283  

Total Revenue

     1,538      1,412      1,067      126       345  

Provision for Credit Losses

     1      1      1      —         —    

Noninterest Expense

     1,151      1,087      809      64       278  

Income Before Taxes

     386      324      257      62       67  

Average Assets

     15,478      15,122      11,022      356       4,100  

Average Payables to Customers and Broker-Dealers

     6,014      6,361      3,945      (347 )     2,416  

Nonperforming Assets

     —        2      3      (2 )     (1 )

Net Charge-offs

     8      10      1      (2 )     9  

In 2005, income before taxes in the Execution & Clearing Services Business increased to $386 million from $324 million and $257 million in 2004 and 2003. The increase in 2005 reflects strong growth in net interest income and higher value added fees at Pershing as well as incremental revenues and earnings contribution from the LJR acquisition in the execution business.

 

17


Table of Contents

Noninterest income was $1,327 million in 2005, compared with $1,242 million in 2004 and $959 million in 2003. The execution business benefited in 2005 from increased client activity, strong growth in transition management and incremental revenues from the LJR acquisition. These factors offset the relatively weak market environment, in which non-program trading volumes were down 1%.

Pershing’s 2005 noninterest income was up reflecting organic growth from value added fees, partially offset by business lost through client consolidation. The majority of Pershing’s revenues are generated from non-transactional activities, such as asset gathering, administration and other services. Pershing’s assets under administration were $749 billion at year-end 2005, compared with $706 billion at December 31, 2004. At year-end 2005, margin loans remained flat at $6.1 billion. In 2004, clearing services fees benefited from the full-year impact of Pershing and increased client activity.

In January 2006, a significant customer ended its clearing relationship with Pershing following its acquisition by a major broker-dealer. Pershing currently is in discussions seeking compensation for the termination of the relationship.

Execution and clearing service fees were $1,145 million in 2004, compared with $885 million in 2003. These businesses benefited from the full-year impact of Pershing, as well as increased client activity and strong growth in transition management.

Net interest income in the Execution and Clearing Services business was $211 million in 2005, compared with $170 million in 2004, and $108 million in 2003. Net interest income growth in 2005 and 2004 reflects the benefit of rising interest rates on spreads at Pershing. The year 2004 also benefited from the full-year impact of the Pershing acquisition. Average assets in the business were $15.5 billion in 2005, compared with $15.1 billion in 2004 and $11.0 billion in 2003.

Noninterest expense was $1,151 million in 2005, compared with $1,087 million in 2004 and $809 million in 2003. The rise in noninterest expense in 2005 was attributable to higher salaries, benefits and clearing expenses tied to both higher business activity overall as well as the LJR acquisition. The increase in noninterest expense in 2004 was due to stronger business activity and the full-year impact of the Pershing acquisition.

Net charge-offs were $8 million, $10 million, and $1 million in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. The increase in charge-offs in 2004 is attributable to a credit loss in Pershing’s UK clearing business as a result of an alleged deceptive scheme perpetrated on Pershing. Nonperforming assets were zero in 2005, compared with $2 million in 2004 and $3 million in 2003.

Issuer Services Business

 

                    Inc/(Dec)  

(In millions)

   2005    2004    2003    2005 vs. 2004     2004 vs. 2003  

Net Interest Income

   $ 238    $ 214    $ 208    $ 24     $ 6  

Noninterest Income

     757      696      636      61       60  

Total Revenue

     995      910      844      85       66  

Provision for Credit Losses

     11      11      18      —         (7 )

Noninterest Expense

     458      426      393      32       33  

Income Before Taxes

     526      473      433      53       40  

Average Assets

     13,349      11,776      11,310      1,573       466  

Average Deposits

     8,357      7,396      7,124      961       272  

Nonperforming Assets

     5      30      56      (25 )     (26 )

Net Charge-offs

     —        4      25      (4 )     (21 )

In 2005, income before taxes in the Issuer Services Business increased to $526 million from $473 million in 2004 and $433 million in 2003. The increase in 2005 reflects growth in net interest income tied primarily to corporate trust, and higher fees in both depositary receipts and corporate trust.

 

18


Table of Contents

Noninterest income was $757 million in 2005, compared with $696 million in 2004 and $636 million in 2003. In 2005, the increase reflects higher levels of trading activity and greater corporate actions in depositary receipts, as well as continued strength in international issuance and structured products in corporate trust. The European corporate trust market is growing rapidly and the Company was able to attract significant amounts of new business. In 2004, the increase reflects strong growth in depositary receipts and solid results in corporate trust.

The overall environment for depositary receipts has improved steadily from 2003 to 2005, with trading volumes increasing at a compound rate of 9%. The trend in net issuance has been strong, fueled by increased cross-border activity. The value of foreign equities held by U.S. investors has increased from 13% in 2003 to 16% in 2005. In addition, the increase in cross-border merger and acquisitions and capital raisings has been strong, particularly in 2005.

The growth in corporate trust fees has been solid over the period. The principal growth drivers have been the structured and international product areas, where the markets are growing more rapidly and the Company is gaining market share.

Net interest income in the Issuer Services business was $238 million in 2005, compared with $214 million in 2004 and $208 million in 2003. Net interest income growth in 2005 reflects the positive impact of rising rates on spreads and increased deposit levels generated by the corporate trust business. The increase in net interest income in 2004 was also driven by the increase in interest rates during the period. Average deposits generated by the Issuer Services business were $8.4 billion in 2005, compared with $7.4 billion in 2004 and $7.1 billion in 2003. Average assets in the business were $13.3 billion in 2005, compared with $11.8 billion in 2004 and $11.3 billion in 2003.

Noninterest expense was $458 million in 2005, compared with $426 million in 2004 and $393 million in 2003. The rise in noninterest expense in 2005 and 2004 was attributable to increased client activity as well as higher technology, stock option and pension expenses.

Net charge-offs were zero in 2005, compared with $4 million in 2004 and $25 million in 2003. Nonperforming assets were $5 million in 2005, compared with $30 million in 2004 and $56 million in 2003.

Treasury Services Business

 

                    Inc/(Dec)  

(In millions)

   2005    2004    2003    2005 vs. 2004     2004 vs. 2003  

Net Interest Income

   $ 173    $ 162    $ 154    $ 11     $ 8  

Noninterest Income

     272      265      268      7       (3 )

Total Revenue

     445      427      422      18       5  

Provision for Credit Losses

     40      40      69      —         (29 )

Noninterest Expense

     199      186      173      13       13  

Income Before Taxes

     206      201      180      5       21  

Average Assets

     10,622      10,163      8,497      459       1,666  

Average Deposits

     7,914      8,793      8,810      (879 )     (17 )

Nonperforming Assets

     16      95      177      (79 )     (82 )

Net Charge-offs

     2      14      79      (12 )     (65 )

In 2005, income before taxes in the Treasury Services Business was $206 million, compared with $201 million in 2004 and $180 million in 2003. The moderate growth rate of this segment reflects both the Company’s overall strategy to reduce corporate credit exposures as part of its risk reduction efforts, as well as specific initiatives to reduce the number and size of credit relationships with clients that do not use other securities servicing products. The results in 2005 reflect the continued strong credit environment. The improvement in 2004 over 2003 is primarily attributable to lower credit costs resulting from the reduction in credit risk as well as favorable conditions in credit markets.

 

19


Table of Contents

The increase in noninterest income to $272 million in the current year from $265 million in 2004 was due to higher capital market fees associated with clients in this segment, partially offset by lower fees from global payments as more clients used compensating balances to pay for services.

The Treasury Services business’s net interest income was $173 million in 2005, compared with $162 million in 2004 and $154 million in 2003. The increase in 2005 reflects customers’ increased use of compensating balances to pay for global payment services, partially offset by the impact of the credit reduction program. Credit spreads were lower, reflecting the higher asset quality of the portfolio. Average assets for 2005 were $10.6 billion, compared with $10.2 billion in 2004 and $8.5 billion in 2003. Average deposits were $7.9 billion versus $8.8 billion in 2004 and $8.8 billion in 2003.

The provision for credit losses, which is assessed on a long-term credit cycle basis (see “Business Segment Accounting Principles”), was $40 million in 2005 compared with $40 million in 2004 and $69 million in 2003. The decrease in 2004 compared to 2003 principally reflects the benefits of the Company’s corporate credit risk reduction program. Over the past several years, the Company has been seeking to improve its overall risk profile by reducing its credit exposures through elimination of non-strategic exposures, cutting back large individual exposures and avoiding outsized industry concentrations. Since 2001, the Company has reduced credit exposure to its corporate client base by 41%. In 2002, the Company set a goal of reducing corporate credit exposure to $24 billion by December 31, 2004. This goal was accomplished in early 2004 and exposures have since declined to $23.3 billion.

Net charge-offs in the Treasury Services business were $2 million, $14 million, and $79 million in 2005, 2004, and 2003. The charge-offs in 2004 primarily relate to loans to media, corporate, and foreign borrowers. The charge-offs in 2003 primarily relate to corporate borrowers. Nonperforming assets were $16 million in 2005, compared with $95 million in 2004 and $177 million in 2003. The decrease in nonperforming assets in 2005 primarily reflects loan sales, paydowns and charge-offs of commercial loans. The decrease in nonperforming assets in 2004 primarily reflects the sale of $43 million of loans to the operating subsidiaries of a major cable company as well as paydowns and charge-offs of domestic and foreign commercial loans.

Noninterest expense in 2005 was $199 million, compared to $186 million in 2004 and $173 million in 2003. The increase in noninterest expense in 2005 and 2004 was due in part to a higher pension expense, stock option expensing, and an increase in incentive compensation tied to revenues.

Private Bank and BNY Asset Management Segment

 

                    Inc/(Dec)  

(In millions)

   2005    2004    2003    2005 vs. 2004     2004 vs. 2003  

Net Interest Income

   $ 65    $ 61    $ 60    $ 4     $ 1  

Noninterest Income

     454      416      348      38       68  

Total Revenue

     519      477      408      42       69  

Provision for Credit Losses

     3      3      —        —         3  

Noninterest Expense

     317      288      233      29       55  

Income Before Taxes

     199      186      175      13       11  

Average Assets

     2,205      2,144      2,027      61       117  

Average Deposits

     1,673      1,616      1,765      57       (149 )

Nonperforming Assets

     1      1      8      —         (7 )

Net Charge-offs

     —        5      7      (5 )     (2 )

In 2005, income before taxes in the Private Bank and BNY Asset Management Segment was $199 million, compared with $186 million in 2004 and $175 million in 2003. The improvement over the period is primarily attributable to strong revenue growth at Ivy Asset Management.

 

20


Table of Contents

Noninterest income was $454 million in 2005, compared with $416 million in 2004 and $348 million in 2003. Private Bank and BNY Asset Management revenues in 2005 were up compared with 2004 and 2003. The increase in 2005 reflects strong growth at Ivy, higher fees in private client services, and higher equity price levels. The S&P 500 ® Index was up 3% for the year, with average daily price levels up 7% from 2004. Performance for the NASDAQ ® Index was up 1% for the year, with average daily prices up by 6%. In 2004, the increase reflects strong growth at Ivy, higher fees in private client services, and higher equity price. In 2004, Ivy opened an office in Tokyo to serve the expanding market for hedge fund products in Asia. Ivy successfully launched its London office in 2003.

Assets Under Management—Asset Management Sector

 

(In billions)—Estimated

   2005     2004     2003  

Total Assets Under Management

   105     102     89  

Equity Securities

   35 %   36 %   34 %

Fixed Income Securities

   20     21     22  

Alternative Investments

   14     15     10  

Liquid Assets

   31     28     34  

Assets under management (“AUM”) were $105 billion at December 31, 2005, compared with $102 billion at December 31, 2004 and $89 million at December 31, 2003. The increase in assets under management for 2005 reflects growth in Ivy, institutional equity products, and liquid assets as well as a rise in equity market values. Institutional clients represent 68% of AUM while individual clients equal 32%. AUM at December 31, 2005, are 35% invested in equities, 20% in fixed income, and 14% in alternative investments, with the remaining amount in liquid assets.

Net interest income in the Private Bank and BNY Asset Management segment was $65 million in 2005, compared with $61 million in 2004 and $60 million in 2003. Net interest income growth in 2005 and 2004 reflects wider spreads given higher interest rates. Average deposits generated by the Private Bank and BNY Asset Management segment were $1.7 billion in 2005, compared with $1.6 billion in 2004 and $1.8 billion in 2003. Average assets in the segment were $2.2 billion in 2005, compared with $2.1 billion in 2004 and $2.0 billion in 2003.

Noninterest expense was $317 million in 2005, compared with $288 million in 2004 and $233 million in 2003. The rise in noninterest expense in 2005 and 2004 was attributable to higher salaries, employee benefits, and technology costs.

Net charge-offs were zero, $5 million, and $7 million in 2005, 2004, and 2003. Nonperforming assets were $1 million in 2005, compared with $1 million and $8 million in 2004 and 2003.

 

21


Table of Contents

Retail & Middle Market Banking Segment

 

                    Inc/(Dec)  

(In millions)

   2005    2004    2003    2005 vs. 2004     2004 vs. 2003  

Net Interest Income

   $ 650    $ 616    $ 597    $ 34     $ 19  

Noninterest Income

     245      255      261      (10 )     (6 )

Total Revenue

     895      871      858      24       13  

Provision for Credit Losses

     29      31      31      (2 )     —    

Noninterest Expense

     511      484      474      27       10  

Income Before Taxes

     355      356      353      (1 )     3  

Average Assets

     13,778      15,166      15,996      (1,388 )     (830 )

Average Noninterest-Bearing Deposits

     5,626      5,572      5,477      54       95  

Average Deposits

     15,709      16,907      16,167      (1,198 )     740  

Nonperforming Assets

     34      52      42      (18 )     10  

Net Charge-offs

     36      31      41      5       (10 )

Number of Branches

     342      341      341      1       —    

Number of ATMs

     401      378      378      23       —    

In 2005, income before taxes was $355 million, compared with $356 million in 2004 and $353 million in 2003.

Net interest income in the Retail & Middle Market Banking Segment was $650 million in 2005, compared with $616 million in 2004 and $597 million in 2003. Net interest income growth in both 2005 and 2004 reflects the benefit of higher rates on interest spreads, growth in consumer loans, and the increasing number of small business customers’ use of compensating balances to pay for services.

Average deposits generated by the Retail & Middle Market Banking Segment were $15.7 billion in 2005, compared with $16.9 billion in 2004 and $16.2 billion in 2003. Average noninterest-bearing deposits were $5.6 billion in 2005, compared with $5.6 billion in 2004 and $5.5 billion in 2003. Average assets in the Retail & Middle Market Banking segment were $13.8 billion, compared with $15.2 billion in 2004 and $16.0 billion in 2003.

Noninterest income was $245 million in 2005, compared with $255 million in 2004 and $261 million in 2003. The decline in noninterest income in 2005 is attributable to lower monthly checking fees, lower gains from the sale of consumer loans given the Company’s decision to retain more consumer loans, and small business customers using compensating balances rather than fees to pay for services.

Noninterest expense was $511 million in 2005, compared with $484 million in 2004 and $474 million in 2003. The rise in noninterest expense in 2005 and 2004 was primarily attributable to higher pension, option, marketing, occupancy, and consultant expenses.

Net charge-offs were $36 million, $31 million, and $41 million in 2005, 2004, and 2003. Nonperforming assets were $34 million in 2005, compared with $52 million in 2004 and $42 million in 2003.

 

22


Table of Contents

Corporate and Other

 

                       Inc/(Dec)  

(In millions)

   2005     2004     2003     2005 vs. 2004     2004 vs. 2003  

Net Interest Income

   $ 8     $ (96 )   $ (19 )   $ 104     $ (77 )

Noninterest Income

     75       149       50       (74 )     99  

Total Revenue

     83       53       31       30       22  

Provision for Credit Losses

     (76 )     (78 )     23       2       (101 )

Noninterest Expense

     211       210       300       1       (90 )

Income Before Taxes

     (52 )     (79 )     (292 )     27       213  

Average Assets

     9,770       9,744       9,492       26       252  

Nonperforming Assets

     18       6       8       12       (2 )

Net Charge-offs

     140       15       5       125       10  

In 2005, income before taxes in the Corporate and Other Segment was a loss of $52 million, compared with a loss of $79 million and $292 million in 2004 and 2003.

Net interest income in the Corporate and Other Segment was $8 million in 2005, compared with a loss of $96 million in 2004 and a loss of $19 million in 2003. Net interest income in 2004 included the SFAS 13 cumulative adjustments to the leasing portfolio, which reduced net interest income by $66 million. Excluding the impact of this adjustment, the increase in net interest income in 2005 reflects lower earnings from the leasing portfolio, given the rising rate environment.

Noninterest income was $75 million in 2005, compared with $149 million in 2004 and $50 million in 2003. The decline in noninterest income in 2005 is attributable to both lower securities gains and lower gains from corporate asset sales in 2005 compared with 2004, given the $48 million gain on the sale of 5% of the Company’s stake in Wing Hang Bank in 2004. Securities gains were $68 million in 2005, compared to $78 million in 2004 and $35 million in 2003. In 2004, securities gains included $19 million of higher than anticipated gains from four large sponsor funds.

Provision for credit losses was a credit of $76 million in 2005, compared with a $78 million credit in 2004 and a $23 million expense in 2003. The provision for credit losses reflects the difference between the aggregate of the credit provision over a credit cycle assigned to the other segments and the Company’s recorded provision. The SFAS 13 aircraft adjustments lowered the provision by $7 million in 2004.

Noninterest expense, largely reflecting unallocated corporate overhead, amortization of goodwill, and nonrecurring items, was $211 million in 2005, compared with $210 million in 2004 and $300 million in 2003. The decrease in noninterest expense in 2004 versus 2003 was due to the $96 million of merger and integration costs associated with Pershing and the $78 million GMAC settlement in 2003, partially offset by growth in corporate overhead and goodwill amortization in 2004.

Net charge-offs were $140 million for 2005, compared to $15 million for 2004 and $5 million for 2003. The charge-offs in 2005 are attributable to the Company’s airline leasing portfolio.

 

23


Table of Contents

Significant other items related to the Corporate and Other segment for the past three years are presented in the following table.

 

(In millions)

       2005             2004             2003      

Items impacting net interest income:

      

Cost to Carry Goodwill

   (99 )   (105 )   (95 )

Tax Equivalent Basis

   (29 )   (30 )   (35 )

SFAS 13 Lease Adjustment

   —       (66 )   —    

Items impacting noninterest income:

      

Gain on Sale of FMC

   17     —       —    

Gain on Sale of Wing Hang

   —       48     —    

Other Gains

   —       —       16  

Items impacting noninterest expense:

      

Severance Costs

   5     12     6  

Goodwill and Intangibles Amortization

   40     34     25  

Pershing Integration Expenses

   —       —       96  

RW and Other Regulatory Matters

   24     30     —    

GMAC Settlement

   —       —       78  

Lease Termination

   —       8     —    

Other items —Acquisitions are the responsibility of corporate management. Accordingly, goodwill and the funding cost of goodwill are assigned to the Corporate and Other segment. If the funding cost of goodwill was allocated to the other three segments, it would be assigned based on the goodwill attributable to each segment.

The tax equivalent adjustment is eliminated in the Corporate and Other Segment. Certain revenue and expense items have been driven by corporate decisions and have been included in the Corporate and Other Segment. In 2005, these include the $17 million gain on the sale of FMC and the $24 million charge for the Russian Funds transfer matter and other regulatory matters. Alternatively these items could be allocated to the Institutional Services Segment. In 2004, the $48 million gain on the sale of Wing Hang would be attributable to the Institutional Services Segment. The 2004 charge for the RW Matter would be attributable to the Retail & Middle Market Banking Segment.

Severance and lease termination costs in 2004 primarily relate to the Institutional Services Segment and to staff areas that cut across all business lines. Intangible amortization primarily relates to the Institutional Services Segment. In 2003, the GMAC settlement and the Pershing integration expenses are attributable to the Institutional Services Segment.

 

24


Table of Contents

The consolidating schedule below shows the contribution of the Company’s businesses to its overall profitability.

 

(Dollars in millions)

For the Year Ended
December 31, 2005

  Investor &
Broker-Dealer
Services
   

Execution

& Clearing

Services

   

Issuer

Services

   

Treasury

Services

   

Sub-total

Institutional

Services

   

Private

Bank &

BNY Asset

Management

   

Retail &

Middle

Market

   

Corporate

and Other

    Total

Net Interest Income

  $ 564     $ 211     $ 238     $ 173     $ 1,186     $ 65     $ 650     $ 8     $ 1,909

Noninterest Income

    1,826       1,327       757       272       4,182       454       245       75       4,956

Total Revenue

    2,390       1,538       995       445       5,368       519       895       83       6,865

Provision for Credit Losses

    7       1       11       40       59       3       29       (76 )     15

Noninterest Expense

    1,636       1,151       458       199       3,444       317       511       211       4,483
                                                                     

Income Before Taxes

  $ 747     $ 386     $ 526     $ 206     $ 1,865     $ 199     $ 355     $ (52 )   $ 2,367
                                                                     

Contribution Percentage*

    31 %     16 %     22 %     8 %     77 %     8 %     15 %    

Average Assets

  $ 36,233     $ 15,478     $ 13,349     $ 10,622     $ 75,682     $ 2,205     $ 13,778     $ 9,770     $ 101,435

(Dollars in millions)

For the Year Ended
December 31, 2004

  Investor &
Broker-Dealer
Services
    Execution
& Clearing
Services
    Issuer
Services
    Treasury
Services
    Sub-total
Institutional
Services
    Private
Bank &
BNY Asset
Management
    Retail &
Middle
Market
    Corporate
and Other
    Total

Net Interest Income

  $ 518     $ 170     $ 214     $ 162     $ 1,064     $ 61     $ 616     $ (96 )   $ 1,645

Noninterest Income

    1,627       1,242       696       265       3,830       416       255       149       4,650

Total Revenue

    2,145       1,412       910       427       4,894       477       871       53       6,295

Provision for Credit Losses

    7       1       11       40       59       3       31       (78 )     15

Noninterest Expense

    1,441       1,087       426       186       3,140       288       484       210       4,122
                                                                     

Income Before Taxes

  $ 697     $ 324     $ 473     $ 201     $ 1,695     $ 186     $ 356     $ (79 )   $ 2,158
                                                                     

Contribution Percentage*

    31 %     15 %     21 %     9 %     76 %     8 %     16 %    

Average Assets

  $ 35,225     $ 15,122     $ 11,776     $ 10,163     $ 72,286     $ 2,144     $ 15,166     $ 9,744     $ 99,340

(Dollars in millions)

For the Year Ended
December 31, 2003

  Investor &
Broker-Dealer
Services
    Execution
& Clearing
Services
    Issuer
Services
    Treasury
Services
    Sub-total
Institutional
Services
    Private
Bank &
BNY Asset
Management
    Retail &
Middle
Market
    Corporate
and Other
    Total

Net Interest Income

  $ 501     $ 108     $ 208     $ 154     $ 971     $ 60     $ 597     $ (19 )   $ 1,609

Noninterest Income

    1,474       959       636       268       3,337       348       261       50       3,996

Total Revenue

    1,975       1,067       844       422       4,308       408       858       31       5,605

Provision for Credit Losses

    13       1       18       69       101       —         31       23       155

Noninterest Expense

    1,316       809       393       173       2,691       233       474       300       3,698
                                                                     

Income Before Taxes

  $ 646     $ 257     $ 433     $ 180     $ 1,516     $ 175     $ 353     $ (292 )   $ 1,752
                                                                     

Contribution Percentage*

    31 %     13 %     21 %     9 %     74 %     9 %     17 %    

Average Assets

  $ 33,123     $ 11,022     $ 11,310     $ 8,497     $ 63,952     $ 2,027     $ 15,996     $ 9,492     $ 91,467

*As a percent of total income before tax excluding Corporate and Other.

Foreign Operations

The Company’s primary foreign activities consist of securities servicing and global payment services. Target customers include financial service companies, pension funds and securities issuers worldwide. The Company’s international clearing business delivers clearing and financial services outsourcing solutions in 65 countries. In Execution, the Company provides institutional trade execution services in over 80 global markets, including 50 emerging markets.

 

25


Table of Contents

In Investor Services, the Company is a leading global custodian. In the United Kingdom the Company provides a full global and local product set. In Continental Europe a full global product set is provided with access to local markets through strategic partnerships. Off-shore mutual fund servicing capabilities for funds registered in Dublin, the Channel Islands, Luxembourg and Singapore are provided through operations in Luxembourg and Dublin.

In Issuer Services, the Company has been a leader in the ADR market, currently acting as the depositary receipts agent for 64% of all publicly sponsored listings by foreign companies. For debt issuance, the Company is one of the leading corporate trust providers for global debt issuance.

In the Asia-Pacific region, the Company has over 50 years experience providing trade and cash services to financial institutions and central banks. In addition, the Company offers a broad range of servicing and fiduciary products to financial institutions, corporations and central banks depending on the state of market development. In emerging markets, the Company leads with global payments and issuer services, introducing other products as the markets mature. For more established markets, the Company focus is on global, not local, investor services products and alternative investments.

The Company is also a leading provider and major market maker in the area of foreign exchange and interest-rate risk management services, dealing in over 100 currencies, and provides traditional trust and banking services to customers domiciled outside of the United States, principally in Europe and Asia. Ivy UK provides clients in Europe and the Middle East with hedge fund of funds investment advisory services.

Major operation centers are based in London, England; Brussels, Belgium; and Singapore with additional subsidiaries, branches, and representative offices in 33 countries.

International clients accounted for 25% of revenue and 18% of net income in 2005. The Company has approximately 3,699 employees in Europe and 1,693 in Asia. Foreign revenue, income before income taxes, net income and assets from foreign operations are shown in the table below.

 

      2005   2004   2003

(In millions)

Geographic Data

  Revenues  

Income

Before

Income

Taxes

 

Net

Income

 

Total

Assets

  Revenues  

Income

Before

Income

Taxes

 

Net

Income

 

Total

Assets

  Revenues  

Income

Before

Income

Taxes

   

Net

Income

   

Total

Assets

Domestic

  $ 5,177   $ 1,933   $ 1,283   $ 75,795   $ 4,703   $ 1,706   $ 1,139   $ 74,343   $ 4,367   $ 1,442     $ 952     $ 72,830

Europe

    1,209     306     203     19,414     1,140     308     205     15,062     943     286       189       13,771

Asia

    298     97     64     4,828     306     135     90     3,759     184     25       17       4,348

Other

    181     31     21     2,037     146     9     6     1,365     111     (1 )     (1 )     1,448
                                                                           

Total

  $ 6,865   $ 2,367   $ 1,571   $ 102,074   $ 6,295   $ 2,158   $ 1,440   $ 94,529   $ 5,605   $ 1,752     $ 1,157     $ 92,397
                                                                           

In 2005, revenues from Europe were $1,209 million, compared with $1,140 million in 2004 and $943 million in 2003. Excluding the 2004 impact of a SFAS 13 leasing adjustment, revenues in Europe were up 11% in 2005. The increase in 2005 reflects strong growth in investor and issuer service revenues. The increase in 2004 reflects the positive impact of a SFAS 13 leasing adjustment, full-year impact of the Pershing acquisition, new business growth, increased revenue from depositary receipts, and Ivy. Revenues from Asia were $298 million in 2005, compared with $306 million and $184 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively. The slight decrease in Asia in 2005 was primarily due to the large gain in 2004 related to Wing Hang Bank. Excluding the impact of the 2004 Wing Hang Bank sale, revenues in Asia were up 16% in 2005 reflecting strength in investor services, execution services and Ivy. Net income from Europe was $203 million in 2005, compared with $205 million and $189 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively. Net income from Asia was $64 million in 2005, compared with $90 million and $17 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively. Net income in Europe and Asia were driven by the same factors affecting revenue. In addition, in 2005 and 2004, net income in Europe was adversely impacted by the strength of the Euro and Sterling versus the dollar.

 

26


Table of Contents

Cross-Border Risk

Foreign assets are subject to general risks attendant to the conduct of business in each foreign country, including economic uncertainties and each foreign government’s regulations. In addition, the Company’s foreign assets may be affected by changes in demand or pricing resulting from fluctuations in currency exchange rates or other factors. Cross-border outstandings include loans, acceptances, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, other interest bearing investments, and other monetary assets which are denominated in dollars or other non-local currency. Also included are local currency outstandings not hedged or funded by local borrowings.

The tables below show the Company’s cross-border outstandings for the last three years where cross-border exposure exceeds 1.00% of total assets (denoted with “*”) or 0.75% of total assets (denoted with “**”).

 

(In millions)

 

2005

   Germany*   

United

Kingdom*

   Netherlands*    France*    Belgium**    Switzerland**

Banks and other Financial Institutions

   $ 2,216    $ 571    $ 1,010    $ 740    $ 634    $ 744

Public Sector

     185      —        —        169      49      —  

Commercial, Industrial and Other

     406      1,256      570      203      257      141
                                         

Total Cross-Border Outstandings

   $ 2,807    $ 1,827    $ 1,580    $ 1,112    $ 940    $ 885
                                         

 

(In millions)

 

2004

   Germany*    United
Kingdom*
   France*

Banks and other Financial Institutions

   $ 2,586    $ 307    $ 850

Public Sector

     176      —        128

Commercial, Industrial and Other

     433      776      302
                    

Total Cross-Border Outstandings

   $ 3,195    $ 1,083    $ 1,280
                    

 

(In millions)

 

2003

   Germany*    United
Kingdom*
   Belgium*    Netherlands*    France**

Banks and other Financial Institutions

   $ 1,988    $ 1,048    $ 815    $ 719    $ 473

Public Sector

     169      1      217      —        143

Commercial, Industrial and Other

     377      885      108      359      299
                                  

Total Cross-Border Outstandings

   $ 2,534    $ 1,934    $ 1,140    $ 1,078    $ 915
                                  

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company’s significant accounting policies are described in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under “Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies”. Four of the Company’s more critical accounting policies are those related to the allowance for credit losses, the valuation of derivatives and securities where quoted market prices are not available, goodwill and other intangibles, and pension accounting. In addition to the “Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies” footnote, further information on policies related to the allowance for credit losses can be found under “Asset Quality and Allowance for Credit Losses” in the MD&A. Further information on the valuation of derivatives and securities where quoted market prices are not available can be found under “Market Risk Management” and “Trading Activities and Risk Management” in the MD&A section and in “Fair Value of Financial Instruments” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Further information on goodwill and intangible assets can be found in “Goodwill and Intangibles” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Additional information on pensions can be found in “Employee Benefit Plans” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

27


Table of Contents

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses and allowance for lending-related commitments consist of four elements: (1) an allowance for impaired credits; (2) an allowance for higher risk rated loans and exposures; (3) an allowance for pass rated loans and exposures; and (4) an unallocated allowance based on general economic conditions and certain risk factors in the Company’s individual portfolio and markets. Further discussion on the four elements can be found under “Asset Quality and Allowance for Credit Losses” in the MD&A section.

The allowance for credit losses represents management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio. This evaluation process is subject to numerous estimates and judgments. Probability of default ratings are assigned after analyzing the credit quality of each borrower/counterparty and the Company’s internal rating are generally consistent with external ratings agency’s default databases. Loss given default ratings are driven by the collateral, structure, and seniority of each individual asset and are consistent with external loss given default/recovery databases. The portion of the allowance related to impaired credits is based on the present value of future cash flows. Changes in the estimates of probability of default, risk ratings, loss given default/recovery rates, and cash flows could have a direct impact on the allocated allowance for loan losses.

To the extent actual results differ from forecasts or management’s judgment, the allowance for credit losses may be greater or less than future charge-offs.

The Company considers it difficult to quantify the impact of changes in forecast on its allowance for credit losses. Nevertheless, the Company believes the following discussion may enable investors to better understand the variables that drive the allowance for credit losses.

A key variable in determining the allowance is management’s judgment in determining the size of the unallocated allowance. At December 31, 2005, the unallocated allowance was 17% of the total allowance. If the unallocated allowance were five percent higher or lower, the allowance would have increased or decreased by $28 million, respectively.

The credit rating assigned to each credit is another significant variable in determining the allowance. If each credit were rated one grade better, the allowance would have decreased by $96 million, while if each credit were rated one grade worse, the allowance would have increased by $151 million.

Similarly, if the loss given default were one rating worse, the allowance would have increased by $62 million, while if the loss given default were one rating better, the allowance would have decreased by $56 million.

For impaired credits, if the fair value of the loans were 10% higher or lower, the allowance would have increased or decreased by $3 million, respectively.

Valuation of Derivatives and Securities Where Quoted Market Prices Are Not Available

When quoted market prices are not available for derivatives and securities values, such values are determined at estimated fair value, which is defined as the value at which positions could be closed out or sold in a transaction with a willing counterparty over a period of time consistent with the Company’s trading or investment strategy. Fair value for these instruments is determined based on discounted cash flow analysis, comparison to similar instruments, and the use of financial models. Financial models use as their basis independently-sourced market parameters including, for example, interest rate yield curves, option volatilities, and currency rates. Discounted cash flow analysis is dependent upon estimated future cash flows and the level of interest rates. Model-based pricing uses inputs of observable prices for interest rates, foreign exchange rates, option volatilities and other factors. Models are benchmarked and validated by independent parties. The Company’s valuation process takes into consideration factors such as counterparty credit quality, liquidity and

 

28


Table of Contents

concentration concerns. The Company applies judgment in the application of these factors. In addition, the Company must apply judgment when no external parameters exist. Finally, other factors can affect the Company’s estimate of fair value, including market dislocations, incorrect model assumptions, and unexpected correlations.

These valuation methods could expose the Company to materially different results should the models used or underlying assumptions be inaccurate. See “Use of Estimates” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements “Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies”.

To assist in assessing the impact of a change in valuation, at December 31, 2005, approximately $2.2 billion of the Company’s portfolio of securities and derivatives is not priced based on quoted market prices. A change of 2.5% in the valuation of these securities and derivatives would result in a change in pre-tax income of $56 million.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

The Company records all assets and liabilities acquired in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill, indefinite-lived intangibles, and other intangibles, at fair value as required by SFAS 141. Goodwill ($3,619 million at December 31, 2005) and indefinite-lived intangible assets ($370 million at December 31, 2005) are not amortized but are subject to annual tests for impairment or more often if events or circumstances indicate they may be impaired. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are subject to impairment if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount. The initial recording of goodwill and other intangibles requires subjective judgments concerning estimates of the fair value of the acquired assets. The goodwill impairment test is performed in two phases. The first step compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired; however, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an additional procedure must be performed. That additional procedure compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. An impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are evaluated for impairment at least annually by comparing their fair value to their carrying value.

Other identifiable intangible assets ($441 million at December 31, 2005) are evaluated for impairment if events and circumstances indicate a possible impairment. Such evaluation of other intangible assets is based on undiscounted cash flow projections. Fair value may be determined using: market prices, comparison to similar assets, market multiples, discounted cash flow analysis and other determinants. Estimated cash flows may extend far into the future and, by their nature, are difficult to determine over an extended timeframe. Factors that may significantly affect the estimates include, among others, competitive forces, customer behaviors and attrition, changes in revenue growth trends, cost structures and technology, and changes in discount rates and specific industry or market sector conditions. Other key judgments in accounting for intangibles include useful life and classification between goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles or other intangibles which require amortization. See “Goodwill and Intangibles” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding intangible assets.

To assist in assessing the impact of a goodwill or intangible asset impairment charge, at December 31, 2005, the Company has $4.4 billion of goodwill and intangible assets. The impact of a 5% impairment charge would result in a reduction in pre-tax income of approximately $222 million.

Pension Accounting

The Company has defined benefit plans covering approximately 13,900 U.S. employees and approximately 3,175 non-US employees.

 

29


Table of Contents

The Company has three defined benefit pension plans in the U.S. and six overseas. The U.S. plans account for 82% of the projected benefit obligation. Pension expense was $26 million in 2005 while there were pension credits in 2004 and 2003 of $24 million and $39 million. In addition to its pension plans, the Company also has an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) which may provide additional benefits to certain employees. Upon retirement, covered employees are entitled to the higher of their benefit under the ESOP or the defined benefit plan. If the benefit is higher under the defined benefit plan, the employees’ ESOP account is contributed to the pension plan.

A number of key assumption and measurement date values determine pension expense. The key elements include the long-term rate of return on plan assets, the discount rate, the market-related value of plan assets, and for the primary U.S. plan the price used to value stock in the ESOP. Since 2003, these key elements have varied as follows:

 

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

   2006     2005     2004     2003  

Domestic Plans:

        

Long-Term Rate of Return on Plan Assets

     7.88 %     8.25 %     8.75 %     9.00 %

Discount Rate

     5.88       6.00       6.25       6.50  

Market-Related Value of Plan Assets (1)

   $ 1,324     $ 1,502     $ 1,523     $ 1,483  

ESOP Stock Price (1)

     30.46       30.67       27.88       33.30  

Net U.S Pension Credit/(Expense)

     $ (17 )   $ 31     $ 46  

All other Pension Credit/(Expense)

       (9 )     (7 )     (7 )
                          

Total Pension Credit/(Expense)

     $ (26 )   $ 24     $ 39  
                          

(1) Actuarially smoothed data. See “Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies” in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The discount rate for U.S. pension plans was determined after reviewing a number of high quality long-term bond indices whose yields were adjusted to match the duration of the Company’s pension liability. The Company also reviewed the results of several models that matched bonds to the Company’s pension cash flows. The various indices and models produced discount rates ranging from 5.68% to 6.2%. After reviewing the various indices and models the Company selected a discount rate of 5.875%. The discount rates for foreign pension plans are based on high quality corporate bonds rates in countries that have an active corporate bond market. In those countries with no active corporate bond market, discount rates are based on local government bond rates plus a credit spread.

The Company’s expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on anticipated returns for each asset class. At September 30, 2005 and 2004, the assumptions for the long-term rates of return on plan assets were 7.88% and 8.25%, respectively. Anticipated returns are weighted for the target allocation for each asset class. Anticipated returns are based on forecasts for prospective returns in the equity and fixed income markets, which should track the long-term historical returns for these markets. The Company also considers the growth outlook for U.S. and global economies, as well as current and prospective interest rates.

The market-related value of plan assets also influences the level of pension expense. Differences between expected and actual returns are recognized over five years to compute an actuarially derived market-related value of plan assets. In 2005, the market-related value of plan assets declined as the extraordinary actual return in 2000 was replaced with a more modest return.

Unrecognized actuarial gains and losses are amortized over the future service period (11 years) of active employees if they exceed a threshold amount. The Company currently has unrecognized losses which are being amortized.

 

30


Table of Contents

For 2005, U.S. pension expense increased by $48 million reflecting changes in assumptions, the amortization of unrecognized pension losses and a decline in the market-related value of plan assets. These same factors are expected to further increase pension expense in 2006. To reduce the impact of these factors, the Company changed certain of its domestic defined benefit pension plans during the third quarter of 2005. The primary change was to switch the computation of the benefits from final average pay to career average pay effective January 1, 2006. As a result U.S. pension expense is expected to increase by approximately $21 million.

The annual impacts on the primary U.S. plan of hypothetical changes in the key elements on the pension expense are shown in the tables below.

 

(Dollars in millions)

  

Increase in

Pension Expense

    2006 Base    

Decrease in

Pension Expense

 

Long-Term Rate of Return on Plan Assets

     6.88 %     7.38 %     7.88 %     8.38 %     8.88 %

Change in Pension Expense

   $ 16.0     $ 7.9       N/A     $ 7.9     $ 15.7  

Discount Rate

     5.38 %     5.63 %     5.88 %     6.13 %     6.38 %

Change in Pension Expense

   $ 14.9     $ 7.2       N/A     $ 6.9     $ 13.4  

Market-Related Value of Plan Assets

     -20.00 %     -10.00 %   $ 1,324       +10.00 %     +20.00 %

Change in Pension Expense

   $ 50.8     $ 25.4       N/A     $ 25.4     $ 50.8  

ESOP Stock Price

   $ 20.46     $ 25.46     $ 30.46     $ 35.46     $ 40.46  

Change in Pension Expense

   $ 15.2     $ 7.3       N/A     $ 6.7     $ 12.9  

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET REVIEW

The Company’s assets were $102.1 billion at December 31, 2005, up from $94.5 billion in the prior year. The increase in 2005 from 2004 primarily reflects increased loans to financial institutions and growth in the securities portfolio. Investment securities as a percent of the Company’s year-end assets were 27% in 2005 and 25% in 2004. Loans as a percent of assets was 39% and 37% of assets in 2005 and 2004, respectively. Total shareholders’ equity was $9.9 billion at December 31, 2005 compared with $9.3 billion in 2004. The major reason for the increase in shareholders’ equity was the retention of earnings.

Investment Securities

Total investment securities were $27.3 billion in 2005 compared with $23.8 billion in 2004 and $22.8 billion in 2003. The increases in 2005 and 2004 were primarily due to growth in the Company’s portfolio of highly rated mortgage-backed securities. In 2005 and 2004, the Company added approximately $3.1 billion and $0.7 billion, respectively, of mortgage-backed securities to its investment portfolio. Average investment securities were $25.2 billion in 2005 compared with $23.0 billion in 2004 and $19.9 billion in 2003. At December 31, 2005, the fixed income portfolio composition was approximately 39% hybrid, 35% fixed rate, and 12% variable rate mortgage-backed securities while treasuries, government agencies, municipalities and short-term securities were 8% and other securities were 6%.

The Company’s portfolio of mortgage-backed securities is 89% rated AAA, 8% AA, and 3% A. Mortgage-backed securities increased to $22.5 billion in 2005 from $19.4 billion in 2004. The primary risk in these securities is interest rate sensitivity. The Company seeks to reduce interest rate risk by investing in securities that convert to floating within three to five years or by investing in traunches of mortgage-backed securities that have rapid repayment characteristics. See “Asset/Liability Management”. The Company has been adding either adjustable or short life classes of structured mortgage-backed securities, both of which have short durations. The Company has maintained an effective duration of approximately 1.9 years on its mortgage portfolio to best match its liabilities and to reduce the adverse impact from a rise in interest rates.

Corporate debt securities declined in 2005. The primary risks in corporate debt securities are credit risk and interest rate risk. Almost all of the corporate securities are investment grade. Included in these securities are $0.9 billion of investment grade securities that are guaranteed by highly rated financial institutions.

 

31


Table of Contents

The short-term money market instruments and obligations of state and political subdivisions have a modest amount of credit risk. The U.S. Treasury and Agency securities and obligations of state and political subdivision are generally fixed rate securities so they expose the Company to interest rate risk.

The table below shows the distribution of the Company’s securities portfolio:

Investment Securities (at Fair Value)

 

(In millions)

   December 31,
2005
   December 31,
2004

Fixed Income:

     

Mortgage-Backed Securities

   $ 22,483    $ 19,393

Asset-Backed Securities

     305      —  

Corporate Debt

     1,034      1,259

Short-Term Money Market Instruments

     975      982

U.S. Treasury Securities

     226      403

U.S. Government Agencies

     620      505

State and Political Subdivisions

     224      197

Emerging Market Debt (Collateralized by US Treasury
Zero Coupon Obligations)

     117      107

Other Foreign Debt

     363      545
             

Subtotal Fixed Income

     26,347      23,391

Equity Securities:

     

Money Market Funds

     922      388

Other

     31      10
             

Subtotal Equity Securities

     953      398
             

Total Securities

   $ 27,300    $ 23,789
             

The net unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale was $108 million at December 31, 2005, compared with a gain of $75 million at December 31, 2004. The decline in unrealized gains reflects the rise in interest rates in 2005.

 

32


Table of Contents

The following table shows the maturity distribution by carrying amount and yield (not on a tax equivalent basis) of the Company’s securities portfolio at December 31, 2005.

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

U.S.

Government

   

U.S

Government
Agency

    States and
Political
Subdivisions
    Other Bonds,
Notes and
Debentures
   

Mortgage/

Asset-Backed

and Equity
Securities

    Total
  Amount   Yield*     Amount   Yield*     Amount   Yield*     Amount   Yield*     Amount   Yield*    

Securities Held-to-Maturity

                     

One Year or Less

  $ —     —   %   $ —     —   %   $ 105   4.77 %   $ 7   4.47 %   $ —     —   %   $ 112

Over 1 through 5 Years

    15   3.47       245   3.42       —     —         —     —         —     —         260

Over 5 through
10 Years

    33   4.70       —     —         —     —         —     —         —     —         33

Over 10 years

    —     —         —     —         —     —         121   6.25       —     —         121

Mortgage-Backed Securities

    —     —         —     —         —     —         —     —         1,451   4.78       1,451
                                             
  $ 48   4.32 %   $ 245   3.42 %   $ 105   4.77 %   $ 128   6.15 %   $ 1,451   4.78 %   $ 1,977
                                             

Securities Available-for-Sale

                     

One Year or Less

  $ 178   3.31 %   $ 221   3.35 %   $ 8   5.58 %   $ 1,799   4.03 %   $ —     —   %   $ 2,206

Over 1 through 5 Years

    —     —         163   4.03       36   6.07       4   5.90       —     —         203

Over 5 through
10 Years

    —     —         —     —         43   5.86       4   6.46       —     —         47

Over 10 years

    —     —         —     —         28   6.40       547   3.10       —     —         575

Mortgage-Backed Securities

    —     —         —     —         —     —         —     —         21,162   4.67       21,162

Asset-Backed Securities

    —     —         —     —         —     —         —     —         307   5.19       307

Equity Securities

    —     —         —     —         —     —         —     —         957   4.03       957
                                             
  $ 178   3.31 %   $ 384   3.64 %   $ 115   6.04 %   $ 2,354   3.96 %   $ 22,426   4.65 %   $ 25,457
                                             

* Yields are based upon the amortized cost of securities.

The Company also has equity investments categorized as other assets (bracketed amounts indicate carrying values). Included in other assets are strategic investments related to securities servicing ($73 million), venture capital investments ($341 million), an investment in Wing Hang Bank Ltd. ($215 million), tax advantaged low-income housing ($176 million), Federal Reserve Bank stock ($106 million), and other equity investments ($4 million).

The largest minority interest is Wing Hang with a fair value of $427 million (book value of $215 million) at December 31, 2005. An agreement with certain other shareholders of Wing Hang prohibits the sale of this interest without their permission. The Company received dividends from Wing Hang of $16 million, $12 million, and $17 million in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. In 2004, the Company reduced its investment in Wing Hang from approximately 25% of Wing Hang’s outstanding shares to 20%.

Venture capital activities consist of investments in private equity funds, mezzanine financings, and direct equity investments. The carrying and fair value of the Company’s venture capital investments was $341 million at December 31, 2005, consisting of investments in private equity funds of $246 million, direct equity of $29 million, mezzanine financings of $39 million and leveraged bond funds of $27 million. Fair values for private equity funds are generally based upon information provided by fund sponsors and the Company’s knowledge of the underlying portfolio while mezzanine financing and direct equity investments are based upon Company models.

In 2005, the Company had an average invested balance of $347 million in venture capital. Securities gains and interest income were $54 million, a pre-tax return of 16%. For 2006, the Company enters the year with a $341 million investment balance, and would expect returns to be somewhat lower.

 

33


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2005, the Company had $35 million of principal investment commitments to private equity funds and partnerships compared with $60 million at December 31, 2004. The timing of future cash requirements to fund such commitments is generally dependent on the investment cycle. This cycle, the period over which privately-held companies are funded by private equity investors and ultimately sold, merged, or taken public through an initial offering, can vary based on overall market conditions as well as the nature and type of industry in which the companies operate. If unused, the commitments expire as follows:

 

(In millions)

   Commitments

2006

   $ 25

2007

     3

2008 - 2010

     7
      

Total

   $ 35
      

Commitments to venture capital limited partnerships may extend beyond expiration period shown to cover certain follow-on investments, claims and liabilities, and organizational and partnership expenses.

Consistent with the Company’s policy to focus on its core activities, it continues to reduce its exposure to venture capital activities. At December 31, 2005, the Company had hedged approximately $39 million of its private equity fund investments. Hedge gains and losses are recorded at fair value in securities gains. Consistent with its objective to expand its asset management activities, the Company expects to start the $200 million BNY Mezzanine Fund LLP in 2006 and plans to commit up to $75 million to the fund, and it may make other commitments consistent with that strategy from time to time.

Loans

 

(In billions)

   December 31,    Annual Average
   Total    Non-Margin    Margin    Total    Non-Margin    Margin

2005

   $ 40.7    $ 34.6    $ 6.1    $ 39.7    $ 33.3    $ 6.4

2004

     35.8      29.7      6.1      37.8      31.5      6.3

2003

     35.3      29.6      5.7      35.6      31.8      3.8

Total loans were $40.7 billion at December 31, 2005, compared with $35.8 billion in 2004. The increase in 2005 versus 2004 primarily reflects an increase in overdrafts, securities industry loans, and residential mortgages. The Company continues to focus on its strategy of reducing non-strategic and outsized corporate loan exposures to improve its credit risk profile. Average total loans were $39.7 billion in 2005, compared with $37.8 billion in 2004. The increase in average loans in 2005 primarily results from increased lending to financial institutions.

 

34


Table of Contents

The table below shows trends in the loans outstanding at year-end over the last five years based on a product analysis.

 

(In millions)

   2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  

Domestic

          

Commercial and Industrial Loans

   $ 6,271     $ 6,168     $ 6,611     $ 10,612     $ 11,633  

Real Estate Loans:

          

Construction and Land Development

     324       284       304       480       434  

Other, Principally Commercial Mortgages

     1,694       2,040       2,335       2,420       2,501  

Collateralized by Residential Properties

     5,890       4,593       3,739       3,416       3,050  

Banks and Other Financial Institutions

     2,156       1,323       1,320       1,292       2,075  

Loans for Purchasing or Carrying Securities

     4,935       3,028       4,221       1,720       3,581  

Lease Financings

     3,262       3,595       3,727       3,529       3,576  

Less:

          

Unearned Income on Lease Financings

     (938 )     (1,072 )     (1,063 )     (944 )     (1,026 )

Consumer Loans

     1,372       1,293       1,429       1,669       1,782  

Margin loans

     6,089       6,059       5,712       352       452  

Other

     946       548       431       238       427  
                                        

Total Domestic

     32,001       27,859       28,766       24,784       28,485  
                                        

Foreign

          

Commercial and Industrial Loans

     1,456       793       1,305       1,780       2,390  

Banks and Other Financial Institutions

     3,924       3,939       2,045       1,624       2,060  

Lease Financings

     5,816       5,871       6,026       6,062       5,271  

Less:

          

Unearned Income on Lease Financings

     (2,615 )     (2,731 )     (2,960 )     (3,124 )     (2,810 )

Government and Official Institutions

     101       42       93       205       224  

Other

     43       8       8       9       127  
                                        

Total Foreign

     8,725       7,922       6,517       6,556       7,262  
                                        

Less: Allowance for Loan Losses

     (411 )     (591 )     (668 )     (656 )     (415 )
                                        

Net Loans

   $ 40,315     $ 35,190     $ 34,615     $ 30,684     $ 35,332  
                                        

Asset Quality and Allowance for Credit Losses

Over the past several years, the Company has improved its risk profile through greater focus on clients who are active users of the Company’s non-credit services, with a de-emphasis on broad-based loan growth. The Company’s primary exposure to credit risk of a customer consists of funded loans, unfunded formal contractual commitments to lend, counterparty risk associated with derivative transactions and overdrafts associated with clearing and settlement.

The role of credit has shifted to one that complements the Company’s other services instead of as a lead product. Credit solidifies customer relationships and, through a disciplined allocation of capital, can earn acceptable rates of return as part of an overall relationship. The Company’s credit risk management objectives are: (1) to eliminate non-strategic exposures; (2) to increase granularity in the portfolio by cutting back large individual borrower exposures; (3) to restructure the portfolio to avoid outsized industry concentrations; and (4) to limit exposures to non-investment grade counterparties. The goal of these objectives is to reduce volatility in the Company’s credit provisioning and earnings. The Company regularly culls its loan portfolio of credit exposures that no longer meet risk/return criteria, including an assessment of overall relationship profitability. In addition, the Company makes use of credit derivatives and other risk mitigants to hedge portions of the credit risk in its portfolio. The effect of these transactions is to transfer credit risk to creditworthy, independent third parties.

 

35


Table of Contents

The Company continues to make progress towards improving its credit risk profile.

 

    At December 31, 2005, corporate exposure was $23.3 billion.

 

    The Company brought industry concentrations in line with reduced targets in areas such as telecom, retailing, and automotive. The largest single corporate industry exposure is now media at 13%.

 

    The Company continued to eliminate non-strategic exposures that do not meet yield or cross-sell criteria.

 

    At December 31, 2005, the Company has used credit default swaps to reduce exposure on $1,099 million of loans and commitments.

At December 31, 2005, total exposures were $89.0 billion up from $82.5 billion in 2004 reflecting greater lending to financial institutions and increased residential mortgage lending.

The Company’s largest absolute risk is lending to financial institutions and corporates, which make up 66% of the total and remained the same as 2004. The consumer and middle market portfolio increased by 13% reflecting increased residential mortgage lending. The business unit components of the loan portfolio are detailed below.

Loan Portfolio

 

       12/31/05    12/31/04    12/31/03    12/31/02

(In billions)

   Loans    Exposure    Loans    Exposure    Loans    Exposure    Loans    Exposure

Financial Institutions

   $ 13.0    $ 35.5    $ 9.5    $ 31.1    $ 9.2    $ 31.0    $ 6.6    $ 30.7

Corporate

     3.7      23.3      3.6      23.0      4.0      24.5      8.2      31.6
                                                       
     16.7      58.8      13.1      54.1      13.2      55.5      14.8      62.3
                                                       

Consumer & Middle Market

     10.3      15.1      8.9      13.4      8.2      12.3      8.0      12.1

Lease Financings

     5.5      5.5      5.6      5.6      5.8      5.8      5.6      5.7

Commercial Real Estate

     2.1      3.5      2.1      3.3      2.4      3.2      2.5      3.3

Margin Loans

     6.1      6.1      6.1      6.1      5.7      5.7      0.4      0.4
                                                       

Total

   $ 40.7    $ 89.0    $ 35.8    $ 82.5    $ 35.3    $ 82.5    $ 31.3    $ 83.8
                                                       

Of the credits in the financial institutions and corporate segments with a rating equivalent to non-investment grade at December 31, 2005, 47% of these credits mature in less than one year.

 

36


Table of Contents

Financial Institutions

The financial institutions portfolio exposure was up from $30.7 billion in 2002 to $35.5 billion at year-end 2005. The financial institutions exposure fluctuates day to day based on the financing needs of the Company’s broker-dealer customers and overdrafts relating to security settlements. These exposures are generally high quality, with 85% meeting the investment grade criteria of the Company’s rating system. The exposures are short-term with 74% expiring within one year, and are frequently secured. For example, mortgage banking, securities industry, and investment managers often borrow against marketable securities held in custody at the Company. The diversity of the portfolio is shown in the accompanying table.

 

      12/31/05   % Inv
Grade
    % due
<1 Yr
    12/31/04   12/31/03

(In billions)

Lending Division

  Loans   Unfunded
Commitments
  Total
Exposures
      Loans   Unfunded
Commitments
  Total
Exposures
  Loans   Unfunded
Commitments

Banks

  $ 5.1   $ 3.8   $ 8.9   65 %   87 %   $ 4.2   $ 3.5   $ 7.7   $ 2.6   $ 3.1

Securities Industry

    3.4     3.7     7.1   88     96       1.5     3.0     4.5     1.9     3.5

Insurance

    0.4     4.9     5.3   96     44       0.5     4.8     5.3     0.3     5.0

Government

    0.1     4.7     4.8   98     52       —       5.0     5.0     0.2     5.6

Asset Managers

    3.8     3.6     7.4   89     80       3.0     3.8     6.8     3.6     3.5

Mortgage Banks

    0.1     0.7     0.8   70     51       0.2     0.7     0.9     0.4     0.5

Endowments

    0.1     1.1     1.2   99     55       0.1     0.8     0.9     0.2     0.6
                                                           

Total

  $ 13.0   $ 22.5   $ 35.5   85 %   74 %   $ 9.5   $ 21.6   $ 31.1   $ 9.2   $ 21.8
                                                           

Corporate

The corporate portfolio exposure was reduced to $23.3 billion at December 31, 2005, from $31.6 billion at year-end 2002. Approximately 74% of the portfolio is investment grade based on the Company’s rating system and 16% of the portfolio matures within one year. In 2004, the Company reached its goal of reducing corporate exposure below $24.0 billion. This represents a decline of over $9 billion since the Company announced its goal to reduce corporate exposure in 2002.

 

      12/31/05   % Inv
Grade
    % due
<1 Yr
    12/31/04   12/31/03

(In billions)

Lending Division

  Loans   Unfunded
Commitments
  Total
Exposures
      Loans   Unfunded
Commitments
  Total
Exposures
  Loans   Unfunded
Commitments

Media

  $ 1.1   $ 2.0   $ 3.1   62 %   10 %   $ 0.9   $ 2.2   $ 3.1   $ 0.9   $ 2.3

Cable

    0.4     0.5     0.9   41     18       0.6     0.4     1.0     0.7     0.7

Telecom

    0.1     0.4     0.5   79     7       0.1     0.5     0.6     0.3     0.6
                                                   

Subtotal

    1.6     2.9     4.5   60     11       1.6     3.1     4.7     1.9     3.6

Energy

    0.4     4.9     5.3   84     10       0.4     4.4     4.8     0.4     4.2

Retailing

    0.1     2.1     2.2   75     23       0.1     2.1     2.2     0.1     2.3

Automotive*

    0.1     1.2     1.3   55     38       0.1     1.7     1.8     0.1     2.1

Healthcare

    0.3     1.7     2.0   82     11       0.3     1.5     1.8     0.2     1.3

Other**

    1.2     6.8     8.0   77     18       1.1     6.6     7.7     1.3     7.0
                                                           

Total

  $ 3.7   $ 19.6   $ 23.3   74 %   16 %   $ 3.6   $ 19.4   $ 23.0   $ 4.0   $ 20.5
                                                           

* In 2005, the Company reduced its automotive exposure, eliminated the Automotive division, and transferred the remaining customers to the other geographic lending divisions. The amounts in the table were reconstructed for comparison to prior years.
** Diversified portfolio of industries and geographies

Other Corporate Risks

Included in the Company’s corporate exposures are automotive and airline exposures. The Company continues to selectively reduce automotive exposures given ongoing weakness in the domestic automotive industry. Total exposure previously reported in the Automotive Division was $1.3 billion at December 31, 2005,

 

37


Table of Contents

down $516 million from December 31, 2004. This broadly defined industry portfolio consists of $194 million to Big Three automotive manufacturing, $199 million to finance subsidiaries, $453 million to highly rated asset- backed securitizations, $311 million to suppliers, and $144 million of other.

The Company’s exposure to the airline industry consists of a $337 million leasing portfolio, including a $16 million real estate lease exposure. The airline leasing portfolio consists of $141 million to major U.S. carriers, $133 million to foreign airlines, and $63 million to U.S. regionals. In 2005, the industry continued to face the dilemma of an increasingly uncompetitive cost structure, weak demand with further downward pressure. In addition, considerable excess capacity and higher oil prices continue to negatively impact the valuations of the industry’s aircraft in the secondary market. Because of these factors, the Company continues to maintain a sizable allowance for loan losses against these exposures and to closely monitor the portfolio. In 2005, the Company charged-off $140 million of a $153 million exposure to two bankrupt domestic airlines.

Consumer and Middle Market

The Company’s consumer loan exposure is concentrated in the New York Tri-State region and consists primarily of loans secured by real estate and small business loans, as well as unsecured closed-end and open-end loans to individual consumers. These loans are originated through the Company’s Private Client Services and Retail Banking businesses. The Company’s middle market loan portfolio is very granular, with an average loan size of less than $2.5 million. It consists of loans to midsize companies, and focuses on users of cash management, trade finance, capital markets, and private client services.

Lease Financings

The Company utilizes the leasing portfolio as part of its tax cash flow management strategy. This portfolio generates attractive after-tax risk-adjusted returns. Counterparties in the leasing transactions are generally highly rated. The leasing portfolio consists of non-airline exposures of $5.2 billion and $337 million of airline exposures.

The non-airline portion of the leasing portfolio is backed by well-diversified assets, primarily large-ticket transportation equipment. The largest component is rail, consisting of both passenger and freight trains. Assets are both domestic and foreign-based, with primary concentrations in the United States and European countries. Excluding airline leasing, counterparty rating equivalents are as follows: 43% AA or better, 34% single A, 17% BBB, and 6% non-investment grade.

Commercial Real Estate

The Company’s commercial real estate loan portfolio totaled $3.6 billion of exposure at December 31, 2005. Over 72% of the portfolio is secured by mortgages on properties predominantly located in the Tri-State region. The portfolio is diverse by project type with approximately 19% secured by office buildings, 33% secured by residential buildings, approximately 8% secured by retail buildings, while approximately 20% are unsecured loans to real estate investment trusts (REIT’s) and approximately 20% fall into other categories.

The Company avoids speculative development loans and concentrates its activities largely within its retail branch network footprint. Real estate credit facilities are focused on experienced owners and are structured with moderate leverage based on existing cash flows.

International Loans

The Company is active in the international markets, particularly in areas associated with securities servicing and trade finance. Excluding leasing, these activities result in outstanding loans to foreign institutions of $5.5 billion and $4.8 billion at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

At December 31, 2005, the Company’s emerging markets exposures consisted of $96 million in medium-term loans, $1,267 million in short-term loans, primarily trade related, and a $215 million investment in Wing

 

38


Table of Contents

Hang. In addition, the Company has $117 million of Philippine bonds whose principal payments are collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero coupon obligations and whose interest payments are partially collateralized. Emerging market countries where the Company has exposure include Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, Honduras, Indonesia, Jamaica, Malaysia, Mexico, Morocco, Panama, Peru, Philippines, Russia, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela, and Vietnam.

Further details of the Company’s outstandings are detailed under “Loans”.

Counterparty Risk Ratings Profile

The table below summarizes the risk ratings of the Company’s foreign exchange and interest rate derivative counterparty credit exposure for the past year.

 

     For the Quarter Ended  

Rating (1)

   12/31/05     9/30/05     6/30/05     3/31/05     12/31/04  

AAA to AA-

   74 %   71 %   68 %   74 %   68 %

A+ to A-

   13     13     15     13     19  

BBB+ to BBB-

   9     13     14     10     10  

Noninvestment Grade

   4     3     3     3     3  
                              

Total

   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %
                              

(1) Represents credit rating agency equivalent of internal credit ratings.

For derivative counterparty credit exposure see “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” in the Notes to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets decreased by $135 million to $79 million at December 31, 2005. The decrease in nonperforming assets during 2005 is primarily attributable to sales of the Company’s exposure to a cable operator that was categorized as nonperforming as well as paydowns and charge-offs of commercial loans. See “Loans” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Activity in Nonperforming Assets

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(In millions)

       2005             2004      

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 214     $ 349  

Additions

     45       118  

Charge-offs

     (25 )     (58 )

Paydowns/Sales

     (155 )     (179 )

Other

     —         (16 )
                

Balance at end of year

   $ 79     $ 214  
                

 

39


Table of Contents

The following table shows the distribution of nonperforming assets at the end of each of the last five years:

 

(Dollars in millions)

   2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  

Category of Loans:

          

Domestic:

          

Other Commercial

   $ 17     $ 132     $ 219     $ 321     $ 138  

Regional Commercial

     35       53       51       34       18  

Foreign

     14       28       79       84       64  
                                        

Total Nonperforming Loans

     66       213       349       439       220  

Other Assets Owned

     13       1       —         1       2  
                                        

Total Nonperforming Assets

   $ 79     $ 214     $ 349     $ 440     $ 222  
                                        

Nonperforming Asset Ratio

     0.2 %     0.7 %     1.2 %     1.4 %     0.6 %

Allowance for Loan Losses/Nonperforming Loans

     629.7       277.5       191.2       149.2       188.7  

Allowance for Loan Losses/Nonperforming Assets

     524.0       276.5       191.2       148.9       187.0  

Allowance for Credit Losses/Nonperforming Loans

     865.4       345.6       230.2       189.1       280.0  

Allowance for Credit Losses/Nonperforming Assets

     720.2       344.3       230.2       188.7       277.6  

Significant nonperforming assets at December 31, 2005 include $13 million related to aircraft leasing, $9 million of emerging markets exposure, and $8 million to a grocery retailer.

The following table shows loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest for the last five years:

 

(In millions)

   2005    2004    2003    2002    2001

Domestic:

              

Consumer

   $ 7    $ 11    $ 14    $ 3    $ 3

Commercial

     7      4      6      18      11
                                  
     14      15      20      21      14

Foreign:

              

Banks

     —        —        —        5      —  
                                  
   $ 14    $ 15    $ 20    $ 26    $ 14
                                  

 

40


Table of Contents

Activity in Allowance for Credit Losses

The following table details changes in the Company’s allowance for credit losses for the last five years.

 

(Dollars in millions)

   2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  

Loans Outstanding, December 31,

   $ 40,726     $ 35,781     $ 35,283     $ 31,340     $ 35,747  

Average Loans Outstanding

     39,682       37,778       35,623       34,305       38,770  

Allowance for Credit Losses

          

Balance, January 1

          

Domestic

   $ 590     $ 621     $ 653     $ 508     $ 491  

Foreign

     27       70       79       43       67  

Unallocated

     119       113       99       65       58  
                                        

Total, January 1

     736       804       831       616       616  
                                        

Charge-Offs:

          

Commercial

     (144 )     (24 )     (118 )     (396 )     (345 )

Foreign

     (10 )     (28 )     (26 )     (23 )     (18 )

Regional Commercial

     (11 )     (11 )     (22 )     (42 )     (7 )

Consumer

     (30 )     (30 )     (32 )     (23 )     (18 )
                                        

Total

     (195 )     (93 )     (198 )     (484 )     (388 )

Recoveries:

          

Commercial

     1       2       9       7       4  

Foreign

     2       3       1       2       5  

Regional Commercial

     2       2       3       2       1  

Consumer

     4       3       3       3       3  
                                        

Total

     9       10       16       14       13  
                                        

Net Charge-Offs

     (186 )     (83 )     (182 )     (470 )     (375 )
                                        

Provision

     15       15       155       685       375  

Balance, December 31,

          

Domestic

     458       590       621       653       508  

Foreign

     11       27       70       79       43  

Unallocated

     96       119       113       99       65  
                                        

Total, December 31,

   $ 565     $ 736     $ 804     $ 831     $ 616  
                                        

Allowance for Loan Losses

   $ 411     $ 591     $ 668     $ 656     $ 415  

Allowance for Lending-Related Commitments

     154       145       136       175       201  

Ratios

          

Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans Outstanding

     0.47 %     0.22 %     0.51 %     1.37 %     0.97 %

Net Charge-Offs to Total Allowance for Credit Losses

     32.92       11.28       22.64       56.56       60.88  

Total Allowance for Credit Losses to
Year-End Loans Outstanding

     1.39       2.06       2.28       2.65       1.72  

Allowance for Loan Losses to
Year-End Loans Outstanding

     1.01       1.65       1.89       2.09       1.16  

Net charge-offs were $186 million in 2005, $83 million in 2004, and $182 million in 2003. In 2005, net charge-offs increased from 2004 primarily due to the charge-off of $140 million of leases with two bankrupt domestic airline customers in the fourth quarter of 2005. Net charge-offs decreased in 2004 and 2003 primarily due to improvement in asset quality.

 

41


Table of Contents

The provision for credit losses was $15 million in 2005, compared with $15 million in 2004 and $155 million in 2003. The decrease in the provision in 2004 primarily reflects the Company’s improved risk profile as well as improvements in the credit environment. In 2005 and 2004, asset quality improved as nonperforming loans declined and loan granularity improved.

Allowance for Credit Losses

 

     At December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2005     2004  

Margin Loans

   $ 6,089     $ 6,059  

Non-Margin Loans

     34,637       29,722  
                

Total Loans

   $ 40,726     $ 35,781  
                

Allowance for Loan Losses

   $ 411     $ 591  

Allowance for Lending-Related Commitments

     154       145  
                

Total Allowance for Credit Losses

   $ 565     $ 736  
                

Allowance for Loan Losses
As a Percent of Total Loans

     1.01 %     1.65 %

Allowance for Loan Losses
As a Percent of Non-Margin Loans

     1.19       1.99  

Total Allowance for Credit Losses
As a Percent of Total Loans

     1.39       2.06  

Total Allowance for Credit Losses
As a Percent of Non-Margin Loans

     1.63       2.48  

The total allowance for credit losses was $565 million and $736 million at year-end 2005 and 2004, respectively. The ratio of the total allowance for credit losses to year-end non-margin loans was 1.63% and 2.48% at December 31, 2005 and 2004, reflecting improved credit quality in 2005. The decline in the allowance and in the ratios also reflects the charge-off of $153 million of airline credits which had $140 million of allowance for credit losses associated with them.

The Company has $6.1 billion of secured margin loans on its balance sheet at December 31, 2005. The Company has rarely suffered a loss on these types of loans and does not allocate any of its allowance for credit losses to these loans. The Company believes that the ratio of allowance for credit losses to non-margin loans is a more appropriate metric to measure the adequacy of the reserve.

Loans at December 31, 2005, were $40.7 billion compared with $35.8 billion at the prior year-end. Non-margin loans increased to $34.6 billion in 2005 from $29.7 billion in 2004, reflecting increased lending to financial institutions and higher holdings of residual mortgage loans. The decrease in the total allowance for credit losses in 2005 reflects a charge-off of $140 million related to airline exposure and continued improvement in credit quality.

The Company’s total allowance at year-end equated to approximately 3.5 times the average charge-offs and 3.8 times the average net charge-offs for the last three years. Because historical charge-offs are not necessarily indicative of future charge-off levels, the Company also gives consideration to other risk indicators when determining the appropriate allowance level.

The allowance for loan losses and the allowance for lending-related commitments consist of four elements: (1) an allowance for impaired credits (nonaccrual commercial credits over $1 million); (2) an allowance for higher risk rated credits; (3) an allowance for pass rated credits; and (4) an unallocated allowance based on general economic conditions and risk factors in the Company’s individual markets.

 

42


Table of Contents

The first element, impaired credits, is based on individual analysis of all nonperforming commercial credits over $1 million. The allowance is measured by the difference between the recorded value of impaired loans and their fair value. Fair value is either the present value of the expected future cash flows from the borrower, the market value of the loan, or the fair value of the collateral.

The second element, higher risk rated credits, is based on the assignment of loss factors for each specific risk category of higher risk credits. The Company rates each credit in its portfolio that exceeds $1 million and assigns the credits to specific risk pools. A potential loss factor is assigned to each pool, and an amount is included in the allowance equal to the product of the amount of the loan in the pool and the risk factor. Reviews of higher risk rated loans are conducted quarterly and the loan’s rating is updated as necessary. The Company prepares a loss migration analysis and compares its actual loss experience to the loss factors on an annual basis to attempt to ensure the accuracy of the loss factors assigned to each pool. Pools of past due consumer loans are included in specific risk categories based on their length of time past due.

The third element, pass rated credits, is based on the Company’s expected loss model. Borrowers are assigned to pools based on their credit ratings. The expected loss for each loan in a pool incorporates the borrower’s credit rating, loss given default rating and maturity. The credit rating is dependent upon the borrower’s probability of default. The loss given default incorporates a recovery expectation. Borrower and loss given default ratings are reviewed semi-annually at a minimum and are periodically mapped to third party, including rating agency and default and recovery data bases to ensure ongoing consistency and validity. Commercial loans over $1 million are individually analyzed before being assigned a credit rating. In 2004, the Company began to apply this technique to its leasing and consumer portfolios. In addition, the Company adjusted the estimates for default probabilities to a long-term average and adjusted from estimated to actual maturities. At the time of these changes, the impact was to increase the reserve requirement by $56 million. All current consumer loans are included in the pass rated consumer pools.

The fourth element, the unallocated allowance, is based on management’s judgment regarding the following factors:

 

    Economic conditions including duration of the current cycle;

 

    Past experience including recent loss experience;

 

    Credit quality trends;

 

    Collateral values;

 

    Volume, composition, and growth of the loan portfolio;

 

    Specific credits and industry conditions;

 

    Results of bank regulatory and internal credit exams;

 

    Actions by the Federal Reserve Board;

 

    Delay in receipt of information to evaluate loans or confirm existing credit deterioration; and

 

    Geopolitical issues and their impact on the economy.

In 2005, the allowance for pass rated credits increased due to a slight increase in exposure and some downward credit migration, primarily in the automotive industry. This was more than offset by a decline in the allowance for impaired credits as several impaired credits were repaid or sold. The major portion of the overall decline in the allowance was due to a decline in reserve for higher risk credits as a result of the charge-offs taken on two bankrupt domestic airlines. The amount of allocated allowance decreased reflecting the continued relatively benign credit environment.

 

43


Table of Contents

Based on an evaluation of these four elements, including individual credits, historical credit losses, and global economic factors, the Company has allocated its allowance for credit losses as follows:

 

         2005             2004             2003             2002             2001      

Domestic:

          

Real Estate

   2 %   2 %   2 %   3 %   6 %

Commercial

   69     71     73     74     73  

Consumer

   10     7     2     2     3  

Foreign

   2     4     9     9     7  

Unallocated

   17     16     14     12     11  
                              
   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %
                              

Such an allocation is inherently judgmental, and the entire allowance for credit losses is available to absorb credit losses regardless of the nature of the loss.

The following table shows the maturity structure of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio at December 31, 2005.

 

(In millions)

   Within
1 Year
   Between
1 and 5 Years
   After
5 Years
   Total

Domestic:

           

Real Estate, Excluding Loans Collateralized by 1-4 Family Residential Properties

   $ 263    $ 1,244    $ 511    $ 2,018

Commercial and Industrial Loans

     2,212      3,619      440      6,271

Loans for Purchasing or Carrying Securities

     4,800      135      —        4,935

Margin Loans

     6,089      —        —        6,089

Other, Excluding Loans to Individuals and Those Collateralized by 1-4 Family Residential Properties

     2,443      613      46      3,102
                           
     15,807      5,611      997      22,415

Foreign

     4,843      554      91      5,488
                           

Total

   $ 20,650    $ 6,165    $ 1,088    $ 27,903
                           

Loans with:

           

Predetermined Interest Rates

   $ 5,291    $ 622    $ 266    $ 6,179

Floating Interest Rates

     15,359      5,543      822      21,724
                           

Total

   $ 20,650    $ 6,165    $ 1,088    $ 27,903
                           

Deposits

Total deposits were $64.4 billion in 2005, compared with $58.7 billion in 2004 and $56.4 billion in 2003. The increase was primarily due to higher market activity levels, which resulted in a higher level of customer deposits at year-end. The rise also reflects customers’ greater use of compensating balances in a rising rate environment. Noninterest-bearing deposits were $18.2 billion in 2005, compared with $17.4 billion in 2004 and $14.8 billion in 2003. Interest-bearing deposits were $46.2 billion in 2005, compared with $41.3 billion in 2004 and $41.6 billion in 2003.

The aggregate amount of deposits by foreign customers in domestic offices was $5.6 billion, $5.2 billion, and $4.1 billion at December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

 

44


Table of Contents

The following table shows the maturity breakdown of domestic time deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2005.

 

(In millions)

   Certificates
of Deposits
   Other Time
Deposits
   Total

3 Months or Less

   $ 769    $ 11,337    $ 12,106

Between 3 and 6 Months

     429      —        429

Between 6 and 12 Months

     996      —        996

Over 12 Months

     1,906      —        1,906
                    

Total

   $ 4,100    $ 11,337    $ 15,437
                    

Other Borrowed Funds

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements were $834 million in 2005, compared with $1,205 million in 2004 and $1,039 million in 2003. Other borrowed funds were $860 million in 2005, compared with $533 million in 2004 and $834 million in 2003.

Information related to other borrowed funds in 2005, 2004, and 2003 is presented in the table below.

 

     2005     2004     2003  

(Dollars in millions)

   Amount    Average
Rate
    Amount    Average
Rate
    Amount    Average
Rate
 

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

               

At December 31

   $ 834    3.04 %   $ 1,205    0.91 %   $ 1,039    0.69 %

Average During Year

     1,284    2.73       1,551    0.99       1,542    0.85  

Maximum Month-End Balance During Year

     3,349    4.19       4,173    0.92       2,436    0.75  

Other

               

At December 31

   $ 860    3.07 %   $ 533    2.13 %   $ 834    1.15 %

Average During Year

     1,865    3.10       2,675    1.93       1,654    1.26  

Maximum Month-End Balance During Year

     1,414    2.52       2,052    2.98       1,415    0.95  

Other consists primarily of commercial paper, extended federal funds purchased, and amounts owed to the U.S. Treasury.

LIQUIDITY

The Company maintains its liquidity through the management of its assets and liabilities, utilizing worldwide financial markets. The diversification of liabilities reflects the Company’s efforts to maintain flexibility of funding sources under changing market conditions. Stable core deposits, including demand, retail time, and trust deposits from processing businesses, are generated through the Company’s diversified network and managed with the use of trend studies and deposit pricing. The use of derivative products such as interest rate swaps and financial futures enhances liquidity by enabling the Company to issue long-term liabilities with limited exposure to interest rate risk. Liquidity also results from the maintenance of a portfolio of assets which can be easily sold and the monitoring of unfunded loan commitments, thereby reducing unanticipated funding requirements. Liquidity is managed on both a consolidated basis and also at The Bank of New York Company, Inc. parent company (“Parent”).

On a consolidated basis, non-core sources of funds such as money market rate accounts, certificates of deposit greater than $100,000, federal funds purchased and other borrowings were $13.1 billion and $14.6 billion on an average basis in 2005 and 2004, respectively. Average foreign deposits, primarily from the Company’s European based securities servicing business, were $26.6 billion compared with $25.8 billion in 2004. Domestic

 

45


Table of Contents

savings and other time deposits were $10.1 billion on an average basis compared to $10.2 billion in 2004. Average payables to customers and broker-dealers declined to $6.0 billion from $6.4 billion. Long-term debt averaged $7.3 billion in 2005 and $6.2 billion in 2004.

The Company has entered into several modest securitization transactions. See “Securitizations” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. These transactions have not had a significant impact on the Company’s liquidity or capital.

The Parent’s cash position was $791 million and $1,195 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The majority of these funds were deposited with the Bank of New York (“The Bank”). The Company’s policy is to maintain sufficient cash for the Parent to be able to satisfy its obligations for one year without the need to access the capital markets or take a dividend from the Bank.

The Parent has four major sources of liquidity: dividends from its subsidiaries, the commercial paper market, a revolving credit agreement with third party financial institutions, and access to the capital markets.

In 2006, the Bank can pay dividends of approximately $278 million to the Parent without the need for regulatory waiver. This dividend capacity will increase in the remainder of 2006 to the extent of the Bank’s net income less dividends. Nonbank subsidiaries of the Parent have liquid assets of approximately $264 million. These assets could be liquidated and the proceeds delivered by dividend or loan to the Parent.

Restrictions on the ability of the Company to obtain funds from its subsidiaries are discussed in more detail in the “Company Financial Information” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In 2005 and 2004, the Parent’s average commercial paper borrowings were $248 million and $155 million, respectively. Commercial paper outstandings were $85 million and $253 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. At December 31, 2005, the Parent had cash of $791 million compared with cash of $1,195 million at December 31, 2004. Net of commercial paper outstanding, the Parent’s cash position at December 31, 2005 was down $236 million to $706 million compared with December 31, 2004.

The Company has a back-up line of credit of $275 million with 14 financial institutions. This line of credit matures in October 2006. The fee on this facility depends on the Company’s credit rating and is currently eight basis points. The credit agreement requires the Company to maintain: stockholders’ equity of $5 billion; a ratio of Tier 1 capital plus the allowance for credit losses to nonperforming assets of at least 2.5; a double leverage ratio less than 1.3; and all its banks adequately capitalized for regulatory purposes. There were no borrowings under the line of credit at December 31, 2005.

The Company also has the ability to access the capital markets. Access to the capital markets is partially dependent on the Company’s credit ratings, which as of January 31, 2006 were as follows:

 

     Parent
Commercial
Paper
   Parent
Subordinated
Long-Term Debt
   Parent Senior
Long-Term Debt
  

The Bank of

New York
Long-Term
Deposits

   Outlook

Standard & Poor’s

   A-1    A    A+    AA-    Stable

Moody’s

   P-1    A1    Aa3    Aa2    Stable

Fitch

   F1+    A+    AA-    AA    Stable

Dominion Bond Rating Service

   R-1(middle)    A(high)    AA(low)    AA    Stable

The Parent’s major uses of funds are payment of dividends, principal and interest on its borrowings, acquisitions, and additional investment in its subsidiaries.

The Parent has $225 million of long-term debt that becomes due in 2006. In addition, the Parent has the option to call $229 million of subordinated debt in 2006, which it will call and refinance if market conditions are favorable. The Parent expects to refinance any debt it repays by issuing a combination of senior and subordinated debt.

 

46


Table of Contents

The Company has $800 million of preferred trust securities that are callable in 2006. These securities qualify as Tier 1 Capital. The Company has not yet decided if it will call these securities. The decision to call will be based on interest rates, the availability of cash and capital, and regulatory conditions. If the Company calls the preferred trust securities, it expects to replace them with new preferred trust securities or senior or subordinated debt. See discussion of qualification of preferred trust securities as capital in “Accounting Changes and New Accounting Pronouncements” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Double leverage is the ratio of investment in subsidiaries divided by the Company’s consolidated equity plus preferred trust securities. The Company’s double leverage ratio at December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 was 103.90%, 92.99%, and 100.24%, respectively. The Company’s target double leverage ratio is a maximum of 120%. The double leverage ratio is monitored by regulators and rating agencies and is an important constraint on the Company’s ability to invest in its subsidiaries to expand its businesses.

Pershing LLC, an indirect subsidiary of the Company, has committed and uncommitted lines of credit in place for liquidity purposes. The committed line of credit of $500 million with five financial institutions matures in March 2006. There were no borrowings against this line of credit in 2005. Pershing LLC has three separate uncommitted lines of credit amounting to $1 billion in aggregate. In 2005, average daily borrowing under these lines was $15 million in aggregate.

Pershing Limited, an indirect subsidiary of the Company, has committed and uncommitted lines in place for liquidity purposes. The committed line of credit of $275 million with four financial institutions matures in April 2006. In 2005, the average borrowing against this line of credit was $14 million. Pershing Limited has three separate uncommitted lines of credit amounting to $300 million in aggregate. In 2005, average daily borrowing under these lines was $200 million in aggregate.

The following comments relate to the information disclosed in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Earnings and other operating activities used $1.1 billion in cash flows in 2005, compared with $3.4 billion and $3.8 billion provided in 2004 and 2003, respectively. The cash flows from operations in 2005, 2004 and 2003 were principally the result of earnings and changes in trading activities.

In 2005, cash used for investing activities was $7.6 billion as compared to $2.2 billion used for investing activities in 2004 and $6.5 billion used for investing activities in 2003. In 2005, 2004, and 2003, cash was used to increase the Company’s investment securities portfolio, which is part of an ongoing strategy to shift the Company’s asset mix from loans towards highly-rated investment securities and short-term liquid assets. Interest-bearing deposits were a use of funds in 2005, 2004, and 2003. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements was a source of funds in 2005 and 2003 while it was a use of funds in 2004. Payments for the Pershing transaction were a significant use of cash in 2003.

In 2005, cash provided by financing activities was $8.1 billion as compared to $0.8 billion used for financing activities in 2004 and $1.8 billion provided by financing activities in 2003. In 2005, sources of funds included deposits, issuance of long-term debt and common stock. Payables to customers and broker-dealers were a significant use of funds in 2004. In 2003, the Company issued common stock and long-term debt to fund the Pershing acquisition as well as repay maturing long-term debt.

 

47


Table of Contents

COMMITMENTS AND OBLIGATIONS

The Company has contractual obligations to make fixed and determinable payments to third parties as indicated in the table below. The table excludes certain obligations such as trade payables and trading liabilities, where the obligation is short-term or subject to valuation based on market factors.

 

       Total    Payments Due by Period

(In millions)

Contractual Obligations

      Less
Than
1 Year
   1-3
Years
   4-5
Years
   Over
5 Years

Deposits Without a Stated Maturity

   $ 9,023    $ 9,023    $ —      $ —      $ —  

Term Deposits

     37,165      35,131      1,232      752      50

Federal Funds Borrowed and Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

     834      834      —        —        —  

Payables to Customer and Broker Dealers

     8,623      8,623      —        —        —  

Other Borrowed Funds

     860      860      —        —        —  

Long-Term Debt (1)

     12,297      899      2,661      1,026      7,711

Operating Leases

     1,157      183      306      196      472

Unfunded Pension and Post Retirement Benefits

     234      37      47      47      103
                                  

Total Contractual Cash Obligations

   $ 70,193    $ 55,590    $ 4,246    $ 2,021    $ 8,336
                                  

(1) Including Interest

The Company has entered into fixed and determinable commitments as indicated in the table below:

 

       Total
Amounts
Committed
  

Amount of Commitment

Expiration Per Period

(In millions)

Other Commercial Commitments

     

Less

Than
1 Year

   1-3
Years
   4-5
Years
   Over
5 Years

Lending Commitments

   $ 36,954    $ 10,391    $ 2,906    $ 5,386    $ 18,271

Standby Letters Of Credit

     10,383      6,632      1,525      2,127      99

Commercial Letters Of Credit

     1,189      1,121      33      32      3

Securities Lending Indemnifications

     310,970      310,970      —        —        —  

Contingent Acquisitions Payments

     195      126      67      2      —  

Investment Commitments (1)

     312      89      91      9      123

Purchase Obligations

     209      44      114      24      27
                                  

Total Commitments

   $ 360,212    $ 329,373    $ 4,736    $ 7,580    $ 18,523
                                  

(1) Includes venture capital, community reinvestment act, and other investment-related commitments. Commitments to venture capital limited partnerships may extend beyond expiration period shown to cover certain follow-on investments, claims and liabilities, and organizational and partnership expenses.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

Off-balance sheet arrangements required by regulation to be discussed in this section are limited to guarantees, retained or contingent interests, certain derivative instruments related to the Company’s common stock, and obligations arising out of unconsolidated variable interest entities. For the Company, these items include certain credit guarantees and securitizations. Guarantees include lending-related guarantees issued as part of the Company’s corporate banking business and securities lending indemnifications issued as part of the Company’s servicing and fiduciary businesses.

 

48


Table of Contents

The Company has issued guarantees as indicated in the table below:

 

(In millions)

Guarantees

   Notional    Typical Revenue
Based on Notional
(Basis Points)

Corporate Banking

     

Standby Letters of Credit

   $ 10,383      5 - 135

Commercial Letters of Credit

     1,189    15 -   75

Credit Derivatives

     370    20 -   40

Securities Lending Indemnifications

     310,970      4 -     6

The Company expects many of these guarantees to expire without the need to advance any cash. The revenue associated with guarantees frequently depends on the credit rating of the obligor and the structure of the transaction including collateral, if any. Advances under securities lending indemnifications would be secured by collateral.

The Company provides services to 6 QSPEs as of December 31, 2005. All of the Company’s securitizations are QSPEs as defined by SFAS 140 which by design are passive investment vehicles, and are therefore not consolidated by the Company. See “Securitizations” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

Shareholders’ equity was $9,876 million at December 31, 2005, compared with $9,290 million at December 31, 2004, and $8,428 million at December 31, 2003. During 2005, the Company retained $927 million of earnings. Accumulated other comprehensive income declined $128 million reflecting higher unrealized mark-to-market losses in the securities available-for-sale portfolio.

In 2005, the Company issued $285 million of callable medium-term subordinated notes bearing interest at rates from 5.00% to 5.90%. The notes are due in 2020 and 2030 and are callable by the Company after three to five years. The notes qualify as Tier II capital.

The Company also issued $500 million of non-callable subordinated notes due in 2015 and bearing interest at a rate of 4.95%. The notes qualify as Tier II capital.

In 2005, the Company issued $600 million of senior debt with an initial maturity date of April 4, 2006. The investors have the right to extend the maturity date on a monthly basis through March 10, 2015. If an investor does not extend the maturity date of the note, the note becomes payable in 13 months. The debt bears interest at a floating rate ranging from 1-month Libor minus 3 basis points at inception to 1-month Libor plus 2 basis points in 2015.

Also, in 2005, the Company issued $400 million of senior debt due in 2011 and bearing interest at a rate of 4.95%.

On February 27, 2006, indirect subsidiaries of the Company entered into a financing transaction (the “Transaction”) structured as a series of leases pursuant to which the Company’s headquarters building and another office building it occupies in New York City (collectively, the “Premises”) were leased to a foreign financial institution (the “Investor”) pursuant to the terms of a lease (the “Lease”) between the Investor and an indirect subsidiary (the “Subsidiary”) of the Company. The Investor pre-paid rent under the Lease equal to the Euro equivalent of $527 million and subleased the Premises to The Bank of New York. Repayment of the $527 million and all other financial obligations under the Transaction documents are guaranteed by the Company.

The Company recorded the Transaction as long-term debt of $527 million bearing interest at a fixed Euro rate of 3.1% per annum and amortizing on a quarterly basis through 2031, unless terminated earlier.

 

49


Table of Contents

The arrangement can be terminated early by either the Subsidiary or the Investor upon the occurrence of certain events within the first two years. After the second anniversary of the transaction date the Investor may terminate the Lease at its discretion, and the Subsidiary may, at its discretion, discontinue paying operating expenses on the Premises, which would substantially reduce the yield to the Investor and induce the Investor to terminate the Lease.

During 2005, the Company called $94 million of higher rate debt and $110 million of debt matured. In 2005, long-term debt increased to $7,817 million from $6,121 million reflecting the transfer of Pershing from the Bank to the Parent.

The Company raised its common stock dividend to 21 cents per quarter in July 2005. In January 2006, the Company declared a quarterly common stock dividend of 21 cents per share. The Company has two shelf registrations with a remaining capacity of $1,257 million of debt, preferred stock, preferred trust securities, or common stock at December 31, 2005.

In 2004, the Company retained $832 million of earnings, restoring its tangible common equity ratio to its target range. In 2004, the Company issued $206 million of callable medium-term subordinated notes qualifying as Tier 2 capital, as well as $305 million of senior debt. During 2004, the Company called $175 million of higher rate debt, and $300 million of debt matured. Long-term debt was flat at $6,121 million.

In 2003, the Company retained $594 million of earnings. In connection with the acquisition of Pershing, the Company sold 40 million common shares for $996 million. The Company also issued $400 million of non-callable subordinated notes and $239 million of callable medium-term subordinated notes qualifying as Tier 2 capital. In addition, the Company issued $1,281 million of senior debt. The increased long-term debt replaced subordinated debt ceasing to qualify as Tier 2 capital, $525 million of higher rate debt that the Company called during 2003, $710 million of debt that matured in 2003, and provided funding for the Pershing acquisition.

Regulators establish certain levels of capital for bank holding companies and banks, including the Company and the Bank, in accordance with established quantitative measurements. For the Parent to maintain its status as a financial holding company, the Bank must qualify as well capitalized. In addition, major bank holding companies such as the Parent are expected by the regulators to be well capitalized. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company and the Bank were considered well capitalized on the basis of the ratios (defined by regulation) of Total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and leverage (Tier 1 capital to average assets), which are shown as follows:

 

     December 31, 2005     December 31, 2004     Company
Targets
    Well
Capitalized
Guidelines
    Adequately
Capitalized
Guidelines
 
     Company     Bank     Company     Bank        

Tier 1*

   8.38 %   8.88 %   8.31 %   7.07 %   7.75 %   6 %   4 %

Total Capital**

   12.48     11.84     12.21     11.41     11.75     10     8  

Leverage

   6.60     7.05     6.41     5.45       5     3-5  

Tangible Common Equity

   5.58     6.62     5.56     5.24     5.00-5.25 %   N.A.     N.A.  

* Tier 1 capital consists, generally, of common equity, preferred trust securities, and certain qualifying preferred stock, less goodwill and most other intangibles.
** Total Capital consists of Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital consists, generally, of certain qualifying preferred stock and subordinated debt and a portion of the loan loss allowance.

If a bank holding company or bank fails to qualify as “adequately capitalized”, regulatory sanctions and limitations are imposed.

 

50


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2005, the amounts of capital by which the Company and the Bank exceed the well capitalized guidelines are as follows:

 

(In millions)

   Company    Bank

Tier 1 Capital

   $ 1,886    $ 1,950

Total Capital

     1,970      1,244

Leverage

     1,610      1,749

In 2005, the Company bought back a net 5 million shares of which 1 million shares were part of the newly announced buyback program of 20 million shares, leaving 19 million shares authorized for repurchase at December 31, 2005.

In 2006, the Company will balance its acquisition initiatives with continued buyback activity. The Company is also factoring in the use of capital for completion of the Alcentra and Urdang acquisitions, growth in the balance sheet, and the proposed change in lease accounting. Currently, the Company expects a net share reduction in a comparable range to the 5 million share reduction in 2005.

In the first quarter of 2005, ownership of Pershing was transferred from The Bank of New York to the parent company, The Bank of New York Company, Inc. In connection with the transfer, the Company issued $1.1 billion of debt of which $500 million qualified as Tier 2 Capital.

The following table presents the components of the Company’s risk-based capital at December 31, 2005 and 2004:

 

(In millions)

   2005     2004  

Common Stock

   $ 9,876     $ 9,290  

Preferred Trust Securities

     1,150       1,150  

Adjustments:

 

Intangibles

     (4,426 )     (4,265 )
 

Securities Valuation Allowance

     51       (51 )
 

Merchant Banking Investments

     (8 )     (6 )
                

Tier 1 Capital

     6,643       6,118  
                

Qualifying Unrealized Equity Security Gains

     —         —    

Qualifying Subordinated Debt

     2,690       2,149  

Qualifying Allowance for Loan Losses

     565       729  
                

Tier 2 Capital

     3,255       2,878  
                

Total Risk-based Capital

   $ 9,898     $ 8,996  
                

 

51


Table of Contents

The following table presents the components of the Company’s risk-adjusted assets at December 31, 2005 and 2004:

 

     2005     2004  

(In millions)

   Balance
sheet/
notional
amount
    Risk
adjusted
balance
    Balance
sheet/
notional
amount
    Risk
adjusted
balance
 

Assets

        

Cash, Due From Banks and Interest-Bearing Deposits in Banks

   $ 12,159     $ 2,121     $ 12,078     $ 1,918  

Securities

     27,326       6,555       23,802       6,578  

Trading Assets

     5,930       —         4,627       —    

Fed Funds Sold and Securities Purchased
Under Resale Agreements

     2,425       169       5,708       752  

Loans

     40,726       33,748       35,781       30,900  

Allowance for Loan Losses

     (411 )     —         (591 )     —    

Other Assets

     13,919       10,455       13,124       8,853  
                                

Total Assets

   $ 102,074       53,048     $ 94,529       49,001  
                                

Off-Balance Sheet Exposures

        

Commitments to Extend Credit

   $ 37,005     $ 12,979     $ 36,836     $ 11,966  

Securities Lending

     310,970       222       232,184       977  

Standby Letters of Credit and Other Guarantees

     13,703       10,762       12,626       9,464  

Interest Rate Contracts

     695,874       1,271       565,908       1,149  

Foreign Exchange Contracts

     94,535       575       93,850       623  
                                

Total Off-Balance Sheet Exposures

   $ 1,152,087       25,809     $ 941,404       24,179  
                                

Market Risk Equivalent Assets

       426         488  

Allocated Transfer Risk Reserve

       (1 )       (7 )
                    

Risk-Adjusted Assets

     $ 79,282       $ 73,661  
                    

CAPITAL FRAMEWORK

The U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies’ risk capital guidelines are based upon the 1988 Capital Accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”). The Basel Committee is a committee of central banks and bank supervisors of the major industrialized countries that develop broad policy guidelines with respect to bank supervisory policies. The Basel Committee issued, in June 2004, and updated in November 2005 a revised framework for capital adequacy commonly known as the New Accord (“New Accord”) or Basel II (“Basel II”) that would set capital requirements for operational risk and refine the existing capital requirements for credit risk. Operational risk would be defined as the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. Capital measurement for credit risk under the revised framework would differentiate capital levels based upon the risk characteristics of the underlying exposures. The Basel Committee proposal outlines several alternatives for capital assessment of credit and operational risks. The Basel Committee requires two years of impact analysis and parallel testing for banks adopting the advanced approaches under the New Accord, with implementation extended until year-end 2007.

U.S. Implementation of Basel II

In the United States, U.S. regulators are mandating the adoption of the New Accord by banks, such as The Bank of New York, which are considered internationally active or critical to the U.S. payments system. The only approach available to these mandated banks under the New Accord is the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (“AIRB”) approach for credit risk and the Advanced Measurement Approach (“AMA”) for operational risk.

In June 2004 the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies published a joint release describing proposed Basel II revisions to capital adequacy standards based on the AIRB and AMA approaches. The regulatory agencies

 

52


Table of Contents

have also published draft implementation guidance addressing a number of issues. During 2005, the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies indicated that the publication of a formal notice of proposed rulemaking setting forth the details of the AIRB and AMA approaches for internationally active banking organizations would be delayed until the first quarter of 2006. During this interim period pending publication and ultimate adoption of new rules, banks that will adopt the new rules in the U.S. are relying upon the current proposal.

The Bank has been relying upon the current proposal—the Advanced Notice Proposed Rulemaking and draft guidance to prepare its implementation strategies. Additionally, the Bank and other mandated banks have been coordinating with international regulatory agencies responsible for supervising the implementation of Basel II at foreign subsidiaries. Jurisdictions outside of the United States are adhering to the original implementation schedule outlined in the New Accord, namely a parallel run of Basel I and Basel II capital calculations by January 2007.

Banking organizations that are not internationally active banking organizations may choose to adopt the AIRB/AMA approaches of the New Accord or they may calculate regulatory capital according to current rules based on the 1988 Accord, subject to revisions to those rules that may be implemented. In October 2005 the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies published proposed revisions to existing capital guidelines that would apply to these banking organizations and that are based on the so-called “standardized approach” in Basel II. The comment period for these proposals expired on January 18, 2006. The regulators have indicated that the AIRB/AMA provisions for internationally active banking organizations and these provisions for others will become effective on similar time frames.

Both the terms and timing of implementation of Basel II are the subject of considerable controversy among both the bank regulators and Congress. Accordingly, it is not possible to predict the timing or ultimate terms of implementation of Basel II.

The Company’s Implementation

Since June 2004, the Company’s Basel Project Management Office (“Basel PMO”) has been managing the Company’s implementation of the AIRB and AMA approach under the New Accord. The Basel PMO’s primary responsibilities include managing the development of the systems infrastructure to facilitate the data collection and retention requirements under the New Accord and ensuring the Company satisfies the AIRB qualification requirements of the New Accord. The Company believes it is currently in compliance with the requirements of the AMA.

The Company has assigned 24 full-time staff members to the effort and has retained a team of consultants to assist with the systems infrastructure development effort. The estimated cost of implementation to the Company is approximately $30 million and is slated for completion in 2006 to meet both the U.S. and international regulatory agencies’ implementation schedules.

The Basel PMO is nearing completion of its systems infrastructure development effort. It has built the core data warehouse to store the credit risk data necessary to calculate regulatory capital. The Company will begin populating the warehouse with data in the first quarter of 2006 and will be ready to test Basel II capital calculations shortly thereafter. The Basel PMO has also completed the design of validation methodologies for its parameter estimates and has documented the development of the Company’s validation methodologies. The Company has engaged in active discussion with U.S. regulators during the design of these methodologies to help facilitate a smooth transition during the Basel II qualification process.

Basel II Impact on the Company

The Company has participated in four quantitative impact studies with banking regulators to assess the impact of the New Accord. Based on the results of the Fourth Quantitative Impact Study, which used June 30, 2004 data, the Company believes that the New Accord, as currently envisioned, like the current capital requirements under Basel I, will not constrain its current business practices.

 

53


Table of Contents

RISK MANAGEMENT

The major risks to which the Company is exposed are credit, market (primarily interest rate and foreign exchange) and operational risk. Risk management and oversight begins with the Board of Directors and two key Board committees: the Audit and Examining Committee and the Risk Committee.

The Risk Committee meets on a regular basis to review the Company’s risks, policies, and risk management activities. The delegation of policy formulation and day-to-day oversight is to the Company’s Chief Risk Policy Officer, who, together with the Chief Auditor and Chief Compliance Officer helps ensure an effective risk management structure.

The Audit & Examining Committee of the Board of Directors (the “A&E Committee”) is comprised of independent directors, all of whom have been determined by the Board to have financial expertise, as defined under SEC regulations. The A&E Committee meets on a regular basis to perform, among other things, an oversight review of the integrity of the Company’s financial statements and financial reporting process, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the independent public accountant’s qualifications and independence, and the performance of the independent public accountant and the Company’s internal audit function. The A&E Committee also reviews management’s assessment of the adequacy of internal controls. The functions of the A&E Committee are described in more detail in its charter, a copy of which is available on the Company’s website, www.bankofny.com.

The Company’s risk management framework is designed to:

 

    Provide that risks are identified, monitored, reported, and priced properly;

 

    Define and communicate the types and amount of risks to take;

 

    Communicate to the appropriate level within the Company the type and amount of risk taken;

 

    Maintain a risk management organization that is independent of the risk taking activities; and

 

    Promote a strong risk management culture that encourages a focus on risk-adjusted performance.

Credit Risk Management

Credit risk is the possible loss the Company would suffer if any of its borrowers or other counterparties were to default on their obligations to the Company. Credit risk arises primarily from lending, trading, and securities servicing activities. To balance the value of its activities with the credit risk incurred in pursuing them, the Company sets and monitors internal credit limits for activities that entail credit risk, most often on the size of the exposure and the maximum maturity of credit extended. For credit exposures, driven by changing market rates and prices, exposure measures include an add-on for such potential changes.

The Company manages credit risk at both the individual exposure level as well as at the portfolio level. Credit risk at the individual exposure level is managed through the Company’s credit approval system of Divisional Portfolio Managers (DPMs) and Senior Credit Officers (SCOs). The DPMs and SCOs are responsible for approving the size, terms and maturity of all credit exposures as well as the ongoing monitoring of the exposures. In addition, they are responsible for assigning and maintaining the risk ratings on each exposure. The Credit Risk Review area regularly examines the credit portfolio to determine compliance with approval policies.

Credit risk at the portfolio level is managed by the Portfolio Management Division (PMD). The PMD is responsible for calculating two fundamental credit measures. First, the Company projects a statistically expected credit loss, used to help determine the appropriate loan loss reserve and to measure customer profitability. Expected loss considers three basic components: the estimated size of the exposure whenever default might occur, the probability of default before maturity, and the severity of the loss the Company would incur, commonly called “loss given default.” For corporate banking, where most of the Company’s credit risk is

 

54


Table of Contents

created, unfunded commitments are assigned a usage given default percentage. Borrowers/Counterparties are assigned ratings by DPMs and SCOs on an 18-grade scale, which translates to a scaled probability of default. Additionally, transactions are assigned loss-given-default ratings (on a 12-grade scale) that reflect the transactions’ structure including the effects of guarantees, collateral, and relative seniority of position.

The second fundamental measurement of credit risk calculated by the PMD is called economic capital. The Company’s economic capital model estimates the capital required to support the overall credit risk portfolio. Using a Monte Carlo simulation engine and measures of correlation among borrower defaults, the economic model examines extreme and highly unlikely scenarios of portfolio credit loss in order to estimate credit related capital, and then allocates that capital to individual borrowers and exposures. Credit related capital calculation supports a second tier of policy standards and limits by serving as an input to both profitability analysis and concentration limits of capital at risk with any one borrower, country or industry.

The PMD is responsible for the calculation methodologies and the estimates of the inputs used in those methodologies for the determination of expected loss and economic capital. These methodologies and input estimates are regularly evaluated to insure their appropriateness and accuracy. As new techniques and data become available, the PMD attempts to incorporate, where appropriate, those techniques or data.

Credit risk is intrinsic to much of the banking business and necessary to its smooth functioning. However, the Company seeks to limit both on and off-balance sheet credit risk through prudent underwriting and the use of capital only where risk-adjusted returns warrant. The Company seeks to manage risk and improve its portfolio diversification through syndications, asset sales, credit enhancements, credit derivatives, and active collateralization and netting agreements. In addition, the Company has a separate Credit Risk Review group made up of experienced loan review officers who perform timely reviews of the loan files and credit ratings assigned to the loans.

Market Risk Management

Market risk is the risk of loss due to adverse changes in the financial markets. Market risk arises from derivative financial instruments, such as futures, forwards, swaps and options, and other financial instruments, including loans, securities, deposits, and other borrowings. The Company’s market risks are primarily interest rate and foreign exchange risk and, to a lesser extent, equity and credit risk.

The Company’s market risk governance structure includes two committees comprised of senior executives who review market risk activities, risk measurement methodologies, and risk limits; approve new products; and provide direction for the Company’s market risk profile. The Asset/Liability Management Committee oversees the market risk management process for interest rate risk related to asset/liability management activities. The Market Risk Management Committee oversees the market risk management process for trading activities, including foreign exchange risk. Both committees are supported by a comprehensive risk management process that is designed to help identify, measure, and manage market risk, as discussed under “Trading Activities and Risk Management” and “Asset/Liability Management” below and in “Fair Value of Financial Instruments” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The information presented that follows with respect to market risk is forward looking information. As such it is subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from projected results discussed in this Report. These include adverse changes in market conditions, the timing of such changes and the actions that management could take in response to these changes as well as the additional factors discussed under “Forward Looking Statements and Risk Factors That Could Affect Future Results”.

Trading Activities and Risk Management

The Company’s trading activities are focused on acting as a market maker for the Company’s customers. The risk from these market making activities and from the Company’s own positions is managed by the Company’s traders and limited in total exposure as described below.

 

55


Table of Contents

The Company manages trading risk through a system of position limits, a value at risk (VAR) methodology based on a Monte Carlo simulation, stop loss advisory triggers, and other market sensitivity measures. Risk is monitored and reported to senior management by a separate unit on a daily basis. Based on certain assumptions, the VAR methodology is designed to capture the potential overnight pre-tax dollar loss from adverse changes in fair values of all trading positions. The calculation assumes a one-day holding period for most instruments, utilizes a 99% confidence level, and incorporates the non-linear characteristics of options. The VAR model is used to calculate economic capital which is allocated to the business units for computing risk-adjusted performance.

As VAR methodology does not evaluate risk attributable to extraordinary financial, economic or other occurrences, the risk assessment process includes a number of stress scenarios based upon the risk factors in the portfolio and management’s assessment of market conditions. Additional stress scenarios based upon historic market events are also tested. Stress tests by their design incorporate the impact of reduced liquidity and the breakdown of observed correlations. The results of these stress tests are reviewed weekly with senior management.

The following table indicates the calculated VAR amounts for the trading portfolio for the years ending December 31, 2005 and 2004.

 

(In millions)    2005     2004  

Market Risk

   Average     Minimum    Maximum    12/31/05     Average     Minimum    Maximum    12/31/04  

Interest Rate

   $ 2.7     $ 1.8    $ 4.6    $ 2.8     $ 3.8     $ 1.4    $ 7.8    $ 4.0  

Foreign Exchange

     1.5       0.4      4.1      0.9       0.9       0.2      3.1      0.9  

Equity

     0.6       0.3      1.1      0.8       1.1       0.5      2.8      0.7  

Credit Derivatives

     1.4       0.7      2.1      0.9       1.9       1.4      2.3      2.0  

Diversification

     (1.2 )     NM      NM      (1.1 )     (1.4 )     NM      NM      (1.3 )

Overall Portfolio

     5.0       3.1      9.1      4.3       6.3       3.6      12.8      6.3  

NM  – Because the minimum and maximum may occur on different days for different risk components, it is not meaningful to compute a portfolio diversification effect.

During the year 2005, interest rate risk generated 41% of average VAR, credit derivatives generated 28% of average VAR, foreign exchange accounted for 22% of average VAR, and equity generated 9% of average VAR. During 2005, the Company’s daily trading loss did not exceed the Company’s calculated VAR amounts on any given day.

Asset/Liability Management

The Company’s asset/liability management activities include lending, investing in securities, accepting deposits, raising money as needed to fund assets, and processing securities and other transactions. The market risks that arise from these activities are interest rate risk and, to a lesser degree, foreign exchange risk. The Company’s primary market risk is exposure to movements in U.S. dollar interest rates. Exposure to movements in foreign currency interest rates also exists but to a significantly lower degree. The Company actively manages interest rate sensitivity. In addition to gap analysis, the Company uses earnings simulation and discounted cash flow models to identify interest rate exposures.

An earnings simulation model is the primary tool used to assess changes in pre-tax net interest income. The model incorporates management’s assumptions regarding interest rates, balance changes on core deposits, changes in the prepayment behavior of loans and securities, and the impact of derivative financial instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes. These assumptions have been developed through a combination of historical analysis and future expected pricing behavior. These assumptions are inherently uncertain, and, as a result, the earnings simulation model cannot precisely estimate net interest income or the impact of higher or lower interest rates on net interest income. Actual results may differ from projected results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes and changes in market conditions and management’s strategies, among other factors.

 

56


Table of Contents

The Company evaluates the effect on earnings by running various interest rate ramp scenarios up and down from a baseline scenario, which assumes no changes in interest rates. These scenarios are reviewed to examine the impact of large interest rate movements. Interest rate sensitivity is quantified by calculating the change in pre-tax net interest income between the scenarios over a 12 month measurement period. The measurement of interest rate sensitivity is the percentage change in net interest income as shown in the following table:

 

     Estimated Changes in
Net Interest Income
December 31, 2005
 
     (In millions)     %  

+200 basis point Ramp vs. Stable Rate

   $ (65 )   (3.2 )%

+100 basis point Ramp vs. Stable Rate

     (29 )   (1.4 )

-100 basis point Ramp vs. Stable Rate

     (8 )   (0.4 )

-200 basis point Ramp vs. Stable Rate

     (32 )   (1.6 )

The base case scenario fed funds rate in the December 31, 2005 analysis was 4.25%. The 100+ basis point ramp scenario assumes short-term rates rise 25 basis points in each of the next four quarters, while the 200+ ramp scenario assumes a 50 basis point per quarter increase. The 100+ basis point December 31, 2005 scenario assumes a steepening of the yield curve with 10-year rates rising 114 basis points. The 200+ basis point December 31, 2005 scenario assumes a slight steepening of the yield curve with 10-year rates rising 214 basis points. These scenarios do not reflect strategies that management could employ to limit the impact as interest rate expectations change.

The above table relies on certain critical assumptions, including depositors’ behavior related to interest rate fluctuations and the prepayment and extension risk in certain of the Company’s assets. In addition, if interest rates decline, the Company’s portfolio of mortgage-related assets would have reduced returns if the borrowers pay off their mortgages earlier than anticipated. To the extent that actual behavior is different from that assumed in the models, there could be a change in interest rate sensitivity.

The Company also projects future cash flows from its assets and liabilities over a long-term horizon and then discounts these cash flows using the same assumptions noted above. The aggregation of these discounted cash flows is the Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”). The following table shows how the EVE would change in response to changes in interest rates:

 

Rate Change

   Estimated Change in EVE
December 31, 2005
 
     (In millions)  

+200 basis point Ramp vs. Stable Rate

   $ 42  

+100 basis point Ramp vs. Stable Rate

     56  

-100 basis point Ramp vs. Stable Rate

     (56 )

-200 basis point Ramp vs. Stable Rate

     (176 )

These results do not reflect strategies that management could employ to limit the impact as interest rate expectations change.

The asymmetrical accounting treatment of the impact of a change in interest rates on the Company’s balance sheet may create a situation in which an increase in interest rates can adversely affect reported equity and regulatory capital, even though economically there may be no impact on the economic capital position of the Company. For example, an increase in rates will result in a decline in the value of the Company’s fixed income investment portfolio, which will be reflected through a reduction in other comprehensive income in the Company’s shareholders equity, thereby affecting the tangible common equity (“TCE”) ratio. Under current accounting rules, there is no corresponding change on the Company’s fixed liabilities, even though economically these liabilities are more valuable as rates rise.

 

57


Table of Contents

The Company projects the impact of this change using the same interest rate ramp up assumptions described earlier and comparing the projected mark-to-market on the investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2005, under the higher rate environments versus a stable rate scenario. The table below shows the impact of a change in interest rates on the TCE ratio:

 

Rate Change

  

Estimated Change in TCE ratio
December 31, 2005

(In basis points)

 

+200 basis point Ramp vs. Stable Rate

   (40 )

+100 basis point Ramp vs. Stable Rate

   (19 )

-100 basis point Ramp vs. Stable Rate

   13  

-200 basis point Ramp vs. Stable Rate

   19  

These results do not reflect strategies that management could employ to limit the impact as interest rate expectations change.

To manage foreign exchange risk, the Company funds foreign currency-denominated assets with liability instruments denominated in the same currency. The Company utilizes various foreign exchange contracts if a liability denominated in the same currency is not available or desired, and to minimize the earnings impact of translation gains or losses created by investments in overseas markets. The foreign exchange risk related to the interest rate spread on foreign currency-denominated asset/liability positions is managed as part of the Company’s trading activities. The Company uses forward foreign exchange contracts to protect the value of its net investment in foreign operations. At December 31, 2005, net investments in foreign operations totaled approximately $1,589 million and were spread across 13 foreign currencies.

Operational Risk

Overview

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, human factors and systems, or from external events.

In providing securities servicing, global payment services, asset management, and traditional banking and trust services, the Company is exposed to operational risk. Operational risk may result from, but is not limited to, errors related to transaction processing, breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements, and the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside the corporation or business interruption due to system failures or other events. The risk of loss from operational risk also includes potential legal or regulatory actions that could arise as a result of noncompliance with applicable laws and/or regulatory requirements. As discussed in “Certain Regulatory Considerations”, the Company is subject to a very comprehensive and frequently changing regulatory scheme.

In the event of an operational event, the Company could suffer financial loss, face regulatory or law enforcement action and/or suffer damage to its reputation.

To address this risk, the Company maintains comprehensive policies and procedures and an internal control framework designed to provide a sound operational environment. These controls have been designed to manage operational risk at appropriate levels given the Company’s financial strength, the business environment and markets in which it operates, the nature of its businesses, and considering factors such as competition and regulation. The Company’s internal auditors monitor and test the overall effectiveness of the internal control and financial reporting systems on an ongoing basis.

The Company has also established procedures that are designed to ensure that policies relating to conduct, ethics and business practices are followed on a uniform basis. Among the procedures designed to ensure effectiveness are the Company’s “Code of Conduct”, “Know Your Customer”, and compliance training programs.

 

58


Table of Contents

Operational Risk Management

The Company has established operational risk management as an independent risk discipline. The Operational Risk Management (“ORM”) group reports to the Chief Risk Policy Officer. The organizational framework for operational risk is based upon a strong risk culture that incorporates both governance and risk management activities comprising:

 

    Board Oversight and Governance—The Company has established a Risk Committee of the Board that approves and oversees the Company’s operational risk management strategy in addition to credit and market risk. The Committee meets regularly to review and approve operational risk management initiatives, discuss key risk issues, and review the effectiveness of the risk management systems.

 

    Business Line Accountability—Business managers are responsible for maintaining an effective system of internal controls commensurate with their risk profiles and in accordance with Company policies and procedures.

 

    ORM group—The ORM group is responsible for developing risk management policies and tools for assessing, monitoring, and measuring operational risk for the Company. The primary objectives of the ORM group are to promote effective risk management, create incentives for generating continuous improvement in controls, optimize capital, and improve shareholder value.

Key elements of the operational risk management function include systems to measure, monitor, and allocate economic capital to the business units for operational risks.

Global Compliance

The Company’s global compliance function provides leadership, guidance, and oversight to help business units identify applicable laws and regulations and implement effective measures to meet the specific requirements. Compliance attempts to take a proactive approach by anticipating evolving regulatory standards and remaining aware of industry best practices, legislative initiatives, competitive issues, and public expectations and perceptions. The function uses its global reach to disseminate information about compliance-related matters throughout the Company. The Chief Compliance Officer reports to the General Counsel, is a member of all critical Corporate committees, and provides routine updates to the Audit and Examining Committee of the Board.

Internal Audit

The Company’s internal audit function employs over 190 professionals globally. The group reports directly to the Audit & Examining Committee of the Company. Internal Audit utilizes a risk based approach to its audit approach covering the risks in the operational, compliance, regulatory, technology, fraud, processing and other key risks areas of the Company. Internal Audit has unrestricted access to the Company and regularly participates in all key committees of the Company. In addition, Internal Audit has established an active monitoring program to ensure that the risk based audit program is continually being enhanced for current issues and events.

Business Continuity

The Company has prepared for events that could damage the Company’s physical facilities, cause delay or disruptions to operational functions, including telecommunications networks, or impair the Company’s clients, vendors, and counterparties. Key elements of the Company’s business continuity strategies are extensive planning and testing, and diversity of business operations, data centers and telecommunications infrastructure.

The Company has established multiple geographically diverse locations for its funds transfer and broker-dealer services operations, which have redundant full functionality to assure uninterrupted processing. The Company’s mutual fund accounting and custody, securities operations, securities lending, corporate trust, master trust, UIT, stock transfer, and treasury have common functionality in multiple sites designed to facilitate recovery within 24 hours. In addition, the Company has recovery positions outside downtown Manhattan for over 5,000 employees.

 

59


Table of Contents

The Company has continued to develop geographic diversity outside Manhattan by moving additional personnel to growth centers outside New York City, and by establishing its primary data center in the U.S. mid-South region in late 2005.

The Company replicates 100% of its critical production computer data to its recovery data center, which is at a distance of well over 500 miles from its primary data center.

In the telecommunications area, the Company uses multiple central office sites, with a fiber optic relay network backed up by T-3 lines to ensure the continuity of its voice and data communications. In addition, primary customer connectivity has been moved outside of New York City and back-up lines are generally leased rather than dial-up. The Company has an active program to test customer back-up connections.

In May 2003, the Federal Reserve published the Interagency Paper, “Sound Practices to Strengthen the Resilience of the U.S. Financial System” (“Interagency Paper”). The purpose of the document was to define the guidelines for the financial services industry and other interested parties regarding “best practices” related to business continuity planning. The Interagency Paper identified the Company as a core clearing and settlement organization required to meet a higher standard for business continuity. Significant areas impacting the Company include the proximity of production to contingency sites for technology processing and business operations, technology recovery, recovery timeframes, regional diversification, definition of critical functions in financial services, and timetables for implementing best practices.

The Company is committed to meeting or exceeding all of the requirements. As a core clearing and settlement organization, the Company believes that it is at the forefront of the industry in improving its business continuity practices. Acceleration of the implementation of this plan resulted in overlap costs of $26 million which will phase out over 2006 and 2007. With the Company’s new primary data center having become operational in late 2005, the Company believes it has met substantially all of the requirements.

The Company is committed to ensuring that requirements for business continuity are met not just within its own data centers, but also within the facilities of those vendors and service providers whose operation is critical to the Company’s safety and soundness. To that end, the Company has a Service Provider Management Office whose function is to ensure that new and existing service providers and vendors meet the Company’s standards for business continuity, as well as information security, financial stability, personnel practices, etc.

Although the Company is committed to observing best practices as well as meeting regulatory requirements, geopolitical uncertainties and other external factors will continue to create risk that cannot always be identified and anticipated.

 

60


Table of Contents

STATISTICAL INFORMATION

Average Balances and Rates on a Tax Equivalent Basis

 

    2005     2004     2003  
(Dollars in millions)   Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Rate
 

Assets

                 

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Banks (Primarily Foreign)

  $ 8,996     $ 274     3.04 %   $ 11,675     $ 305     2.62 %   $ 6,690     $ 150     2.24 %

Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements

    4,685       142     3.03       6,562       80     1.22       7,326       79     1.07  

Margin Loans

    6,403       267     4.17       6,342       156     2.46       3,795       86     2.27  

Non-Margin Loans
Domestic Offices

                 

Consumer

    5,648       347     6.15       4,598       233     5.06       4,069       223     5.47  

Commercial

    17,157       704     4.10       17,255       566     3.28       16,389       632     3.86  

Foreign Offices

    10,474       454     4.33       9,583       283     2.95       11,370       332     2.93  
                                                     

Non-Margin Loans

    33,279       1,505 *   4.52       31,436       1,082 *   3.44       31,828       1,187 *   3.73  
                                                     

Securities

                 

U.S. Government Obligations

    273       9     3.43       415       11     2.58       323       11     3.12  

U.S. Government Agency Obligations

    3,766       153     4.05       3,853       128     3.33       3,516       128     3.66  

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions

    215       15     6.95       229       17     7.41       329       23     6.94  

Other Securities
Domestic Offices

    19,066       784     4.11       17,101       593     3.47       14,597       529     3.62  

Foreign Offices

    1,882       83     4.44       1,354       59     4.36       1,085       42     3.91  
                                                     

Total Other Securities

    20,948       867     4.14       18,455       652     3.53       15,682       571     3.64  
                                                     

Trading Securities

                 

Domestic Offices

    593       22     3.77       584       16     2.72       587       15     2.55  

Foreign Offices

    2,956       131     4.45       1,510       36     2.41       4,018       115     2.85  
                                                     

Total Trading Securities

    3,549       153     4.34       2,094       52     2.50       4,605       130     2.81  
                                                     

Total Securities

    28,751       1,197     4.16       25,046       860     3.43       24,455       863     3.53  
                                                     

Total Interest-Earning Assets

    82,114     $ 3,385     4.12 %     81,061     $ 2,483     3.06 %     74,094     $ 2,365     3.19 %
                                   

Allowance for Credit Losses

    (574 )         (623 )         (672 )    

Cash and Due from Banks

    3,357           3,151           2,834      

Other Assets

    16,538           15,751           15,211      
                                   

Total Assets

  $ 101,435         $ 99,340         $ 91,467      
                                   

Assets Attributable to Foreign Offices **

    26.27 %         26.47 %         29.09 %    
                                   

Tax equivalent adjustments were $29 million in 2005, $30 million in 2004, and $35 million in 2003, and are based on the federal statutory tax rate (35%) and applicable state and local taxes.

 

* Includes fees of $69 million in 2005, $95 million in 2004, and $88 million in 2003. Nonaccrual loans are included in the average loan balance; the associated income, recognized on the cash basis, is included in interest.
** Includes Cayman Islands branch office.

 

61


Table of Contents

Average Balances and Rates on a Tax Equivalent Basis

 

    2005     2004     2003  
(Dollars in millions)   Average
Balance
    Interest   Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest   Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest   Average
Rate
 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

                 

Interest-Bearing Deposits
Domestic Offices

                 

Money Market Rate Accounts

  $ 6,767     $ 109   1.62 %   $ 6,648     $ 54   0.81 %   $ 7,381     $ 60   0.82 %

Savings

    8,695       103   1.18       9,224       65   0.71       9,014       71   0.78  

Certificates of Deposit of $100,000 or More

    3,167       108   3.40       3,706       55   1.49       4,179       65   1.56  

Other Time Deposits

    1,378       35   2.57       955       15   1.57       1,257       20   1.55  
                                               

Total Domestic Offices

    20,007       355   1.77       20,533       189   0.92       21,831       216   0.99  
                                               

Foreign Offices

                 

Banks in Foreign Countries

    6,050       129   2.13       5,705       60   1.05       5,765       56   0.98  

Government & Official Institutions

    581       14   2.44       419       8   1.84       422       8   1.92  

Other Time and Savings

    19,930       459   2.30       19,633       291   1.49       17,927       227   1.26  
                                               

Total Foreign Offices

    26,561       602   2.26       25,757       359   1.39       24,114       291   1.21  
                                               

Total Interest-Bearing Deposits

    46,568       957   2.05       46,290       548   1.18       45,945       507   1.10  
                                               

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

    1,284       35   2.73       1,551       15   0.99       1,542       13   0.85  

Other Borrowed Funds

                 

Domestic Offices

    1,480       55   3.68       2,025       40   1.95       1,580       20   1.27  

Foreign Offices

    385       3   0.84       650       12   1.88       74       1   0.88  
                                               

Total Other Borrowed Funds

    1,865       58   3.10       2,675       52   1.93       1,654       21   1.26  

Payables to Customers and Broker-Dealers

    6,014       128   2.12       6,361       57   0.89       3,945       30   0.75  

Long-Term Debt

    7,312       269   3.68       6,152       136   2.19       6,103       150   2.45  
                                               

Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities

    63,043       1,447   2.29 %     63,029       808   1.28 %     59,189       721   1.22 %
                                               

Noninterest-Bearing Deposits (Primarily Domestic)

    15,647           14,766           12,670      

Other Liabilities

    13,272           12,748           11,954      

Common Shareholders’ Equity

    9,473           8,797           7,654      
                                   

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  $ 101,435         $ 99,340         $ 91,467      
                                   

Net Interest Earnings and Interest Rate Spread

    $ 1,938   1.83 %     $ 1,675   1.78 %     $ 1,644   1.97 %
                                         

Net Yield on Interest-Earning Assets

      2.36 %       2.07 %       2.22 %
                             

Liabilities Attributable to Foreign Offices

    28.06 %         28.40 %         28.78 %    
                                   

 

62


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis on a Tax Equivalent Basis

 

     2005 vs. 2004     2004 vs. 2003  
(In millions)   

Increase (Decrease)

due to change in:

   

Increase (Decrease)

due to change in:

 
     Average
Balance
    Average
Rate
    Total
Increase
(Decrease)
    Average
Balance
    Average
Rate
    Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 

Interest Income

            

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Banks

   $ (76 )   $ 45     $ (31 )   $ 127     $ 28     $ 155  

Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements

     (28 )     90       62       (9 )     10       1  

Margin Loans

     2       109       111       62       8       70  

Non-Margin Loans

            

Domestic Offices

            

Consumer

     58       56       114       27       (17 )     10  

Commercial

     (3 )     141       138       33       (99 )     (66 )

Foreign Offices

     28       143       171       (52 )     3       (49 )
                                                

Non-Margin Loans

     83       340       423       8       (113 )     (105 )
                                                

Securities

            

U.S. Government Obligations

     (5 )     3       (2 )     2       (2 )     —    

U.S. Government Agency Obligations

     (3 )     28       25       12       (12 )     —    

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions

     (1 )     (1 )     (2 )     (7 )     1       (6 )

Other Securities:

            

Domestic Offices

     74       117       191       88       (24 )     64  

Foreign Offices

     23       1       24       11       6       17  
                                                

Total Other Securities

     97       118       215       99       (18 )     81  
                                                

Trading Securities:

            

Domestic Offices

     —         6       6       —         1       1  

Foreign Offices

     50       45       95       (63 )     (16 )     (79 )
                                                

Total Trading Securities

     50       51       101       (63 )     (15 )     (78 )
                                                

Total Securities

     138       199       337       43       (46 )     (3 )
                                                

Total Interest Income

     119       783       902       231       (113 )     118  
                                                

Interest Expense

            

Interest-Bearing Deposits

            

Domestic Offices:

            

Money Market Rate Accounts

     1       54       55       (5 )     (1 )     (6 )

Savings

     (4 )     42       38       1       (7 )     (6 )

Certificate of Deposits of $100,000 or More

     (9 )     62       53       (7 )     (3 )     (10 )

Other Time Deposits

     8       12       20       (5 )     —         (5 )
                                                

Total Domestic Offices

     (4 )     170       166       (16 )     (11 )     (27 )
                                                

Foreign Offices:

            

Banks in Foreign Countries

     4       65       69       —         4       4  

Government and Official Institutions

     3       3       6       —         —         —    

Other Time and Savings

     5       163       168       22       42       64  
                                                

Total Foreign Offices

     12       231       243       22       46       68  
                                                

Total Interest-Bearing Deposits

     8       401       409       6       35       41  

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

     (3 )     23       20       —         2       2  

Other Borrowed Funds

            

Domestic Offices

     (13 )     28       15       7       13       20  

Foreign Offices

     (4 )     (5 )     (9 )     10       1       11  
                                                

Total Other Borrowed Funds

     (17 )     23       6       17       14       31  
                                                

Payables to Customers and Broker-Dealers

     (3 )     74       71       21       6       27  

Long-Term Debt

     30       103       133       1       (15 )     (14 )
                                                

Total Interest Expense

     15       624       639       45       42       87  
                                                

Change in Net Interest Income

   $ 104     $ 159     $ 263     $ 186     $ (155 )   $ 31  
                                                

Changes which are not solely due to balance changes or rate changes are allocated to such categories on the basis of the respective percentage changes in average balances and average rates.

 

63


Table of Contents

Operating Leverage

 

     2005    2004   

% Change

Reported

   

% Change

Core

 

(In millions)

   Reported    Adj     Core    Reported    Adj     Core     

Noninterest Income

   $ 4,956    $ —       $ 4,956    $ 4,650    $ (70 )   $ 4,580    6.6 %   8.2 %

Net Interest Income

     1,909      —         1,909      1,645      66       1,711    16.0     11.6  

Total Revenue

     6,865      —         6,865      6,295      (4 )     6,291    9.1     9.1  

Total Expense

     4,483      —         4,483      4,122      (48 )     4,074    8.8     10.0  

Operating Leverage

                   0.3 %   (0.9 )%
                            
     2004    2003   

% Change

Reported

   

% Change

Core

 
       Reported    Adj     Core    Reported    Adj     Core     

Noninterest Income

   $ 4,650    $ (70 )   $ 4,580    $ 3,996    $ —       $ 3,996    16.4 %   14.6 %

Net Interest Income

     1,645      66       1,711      1,609      —         1,609    2.2     6.3  

Total Revenue

     6,295      (4 )     6,291      5,605      —         5,605    12.3     12.2  

Total Expense

     4,122      (48 )     4,074      3,698      —         3,698    11.5     10.2  

Operating Leverage

                   0.8 %   2.0 %
                            

UNAUDITED QUARTERLY DATA

 

(Dollars in millions,

except per share amounts)

   2005     2004  
   Fourth     Third     Second     First     Fourth     Third     Second     First  

Total Revenue (tax equivalent basis)

   $ 2,237     $ 2,126     $ 2,077     $ 1,917     $ 1,967     $ 1,736     $ 1,765     $ 1,667  

Interest Income

     956       870       814       732       782       629       601       441  

Interest Expense

     464       378       344       277       255       201       180       173  
                                                                

Net Interest Income

     492       492       470       455       527       428       421       268  
                                                                

Provision for Credit Losses

     10       10       5       (10 )     (7 )     —         10       12  

Noninterest Income

     1,274       1,248       1,256       1,178       1,176       1,099       1,156       1,220  

Noninterest Expense

     1,148       1,135       1,123       1,077       1,097       999       1,012       1,013  
                                                                

Income Before Income Taxes

     608       595       598       566       613       528       555       463  

Income Taxes

     203       206       200       187       262       174       184       99  
                                                                

Net Income

   $ 405     $ 389     $ 398     $ 379     $ 351     $ 354     $ 371     $ 364  
                                                                

Per Common Share Data:

                

Basic Earnings

   $ 0.53     $ 0.51     $ 0.52     $ 0.49     $ 0.45     $ 0.46     $ 0.48     $ 0.47  

Diluted Earnings

     0.53       0.51       0.52       0.49       0.45       0.46       0.48       0.47  

Cash Dividend

     0.21       0.21       0.20       0.20       0.20       0.20       0.20       0.19  

Stock Price

                

High

     32.96       31.25       29.58       33.31       33.92       30.26       33.01       34.71  

Low

     28.83       28.69       27.25       28.74       29.65       27.55       28.69       30.58  

Ratios:

                

Return on Average Common Shareholders’ Equity

     16.57 %     16.15 %     17.12 %     16.52 %     15.34 %     15.90 %     17.14 %     17.17 %

Return on Average Assets

     1.53       1.53       1.59       1.55       1.40       1.45       1.49       1.47  

 

64


Table of Contents

The Company’s securities that are listed on the New York Stock Exchange ® (NYSE) are Common Stock, 5.95% Preferred Trust Securities Series F, and 6.88% Preferred Trust Securities Series E. The NYSE symbol for the Company’s Common Stock is BK. All of the Company’s other securities are not currently listed. The Company had 25,186 common shareholders of record at January 31, 2006.

New York Stock Exchange Annual Certification

Because the Company’s common stock is listed on the NYSE, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer is required to make, and has made, an annual certification to the NYSE stating that he was not aware of any violation by the Company of the corporate governance listing standards of the NYSE. The Company’s chief executive officer submitted his annual certification to that effect to the NYSE as of May 11, 2005.

The Company has filed with the SEC the certification required to be made by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2005.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On October 10, 2005, 2,400 shares of common stock were issued to a new non-employee director as part of his annual retainer. This transaction was exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2).

Under its stock repurchase program, the Company buys back shares from time to time. The following table discloses the Company’s repurchases of its common stock made during the fourth quarter of 2005.

 

Period

  

Total

Number

of Shares

Purchased

  

Average

Price

Paid

Per Share

  

Total Number

of Shares

Purchased as

Part of Publicly

Announced Plans

or Programs

  

Maximum

Number of Shares

That May Yet be

Repurchased

Under the Plans

or Programs

October 1-31

   51,407    $ 31.12    51,407    19,255,175

November 1-30

   3,723      31.49    3,723    19,251,452

December 1-31

   250,172      32.25    250,172    19,001,280
               

Total

   305,302       305,302   

All shares were repurchased through the Company’s 20 million share stock repurchase program, which was announced on July 12, 2005. All the shares repurchased in the fourth quarter were from employee benefit plans.

 

65


Table of Contents

OTHER 2004 DEVELOPMENTS

(1) In 2004 the Company recorded several gains and charges that in the aggregate reduced reported earnings by 3 cents per share. These items were recorded in the first and fourth quarters of 2004 and are summarized in the table below.

 

(In millions)
Item

  

Applicable
Quarter

  

Income Statement
Caption

   Pre-Tax
Income
    Tax     After-Tax
Income
 

Net Interest Income (a)

            

SFAS 13 cumulative
lease adjustment—(leasing portfolio)

    

First

    

Net Interest Income

   $ (145 )   $ 113     $ (32 )

lease adjustment—(cross-border
rail equipment leases)

    

Fourth

    

Net Interest Income

     89       (37 )     52  

lease adjustment—(aircraft leases)

   Fourth    Net Interest Income      (10 )     4       (6 )
                              

Subtotal—Net Interest Income

           (66 )     80       14  

Aircraft leases/other

   Fourth    Provision for Credit Losses      7       (3 )     4  
                              

Subtotal—Net Interest Income After
Provision for Credit Losses

           (59 )     77       18  

Noninterest Income (b)

            

Gain on sale of Wing Hang

   First    Other Income      48       (21 )     27  

Gain on sponsor fund investments

   First    Securities Gains      19       (7 )     12  

Aircraft leases

   Fourth    Other Income      3       (1 )     2  
                              

Subtotal—Noninterest Income

           70       (29 )     41  

Noninterest Expense (c)

            

Severance tied to relocations

   First    Salaries and Employee Benefits      (10 )     4       (6 )

Lease terminations

   First    Net Occupancy      (8 )     3       (5 )

Charge for the RW Matter

   Fourth    Other Expense      (30 )     8       (22 )
                              

Subtotal—Noninterest Expense

           (48 )     15       (33 )

Federal tax reserve adjustment related to
LILO exposure

    

Fourth

    

Income Tax

     —         (50 )     (50 )
                              

Total

         $ (37 )   $ 13     $ (24 )
                              

(a) An after-tax charge of $32 million resulting from a cumulative adjustment to the leasing portfolio was triggered under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13 “Accounting for Leases” (“SFAS 13”) by the combination of a reduction in state and local taxes and a restructuring of the lease portfolio completed in the first quarter. The SFAS 13 adjustment impacts the timing of lease income reported by the Company, and resulted in a reduction in net interest income of $145 million, offset by tax benefits of $113 million.

An after-tax benefit of $52 million resulted from a SFAS 13 cumulative adjustment to the leasing portfolio for customers exercising their early buy-out (“EBO”) options. The Company’s leasing portfolio contains a number of large cross-border leveraged leases where the lessee has an early buy-out option to purchase the leased assets, generally railcars and related assets. Given a confluence of economic factors, the value of the leased equipment currently exceeds the exercise price of the early buy-out option. The Company offered financial incentives to these lessees to accelerate the exercise of their early buy-out options. As a result, several lessees agreed to this proposal, triggering the after-tax $52 million gain. The gain results from the recognition of lease income over a shorter time frame, since the term of the lease has been shortened to the early buy-out date.

 

66


Table of Contents

Net investment in aircraft leases was impacted by a $6 million after-tax adjustment related to aircraft leased to two airlines. The Company recorded a $7 million reduction in the provision for credit losses which largely reflects release of reserves on the aircraft leases.

(b) A $27 million after-tax gain on the sale of a portion of the Company’s interest in Wing Hang Bank Limited (“Wing Hang”), a Hong Kong based bank, which was recorded in other income, and $19 million ($12 million after-tax) of higher than anticipated securities gains in the first quarter resulting from realized gains on sponsor fund investments in Kinkos, Inc., Bristol West Holdings, Inc., Willis Group Holdings, Ltd., and True Temper Sports, Inc.

The Company also had an after-tax gain of $2 million on the sale of a leased aircraft.

(c) The Company also took several actions associated with its long-term cost reduction initiatives. These actions included an after-tax severance charge of $6 million related to staff reductions tied to job relocations and a $5 million after-tax charge for terminating high cost leases associated with the staff redeployments.

The Company recorded an after-tax expense of $22 million in connection with the anticipated settlement of the RW Professional Leasing Services Corp. matter (“RW Matter”). This expense is only partially tax deductible.

The Company had several appellate conferences with the IRS related to the Company’s cross-border leveraged lease transactions in December of 2004 and January 2005. Based on a revision to the probabilities and costs assigned to litigation and settlement outcomes, the Company recorded a $50 million expense associated with increasing the tax reserve on these transactions.

 

67


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

Alternative investments: Usually refers to investments in hedge funds, leveraged loans, subordinated and distressed debt, real estate and foreign currency overlay. Many hedge funds pursue strategies that are uncommon relative to mutual funds. Examples of alternative investment strategies are: long-short equity, event driven, statistical arbitrage, fixed income arbitrage, convertible arbitrage, short bias, global macro, and equity market neutral.

Assets Under Custody: The financial institution has legal responsibility for the customer’s assets. This includes management, administration and safekeeping.

Assets Under Management: Usually refers to the market value of assets an investment company manages on behalf of investors. The Company includes in its assets under management funds managed by its foreign exchange overlay business and short term investment funds managed as part of its securities lending business.

Collateral Management: Collateral management is a comprehensive program designed to simplify collateralization and expedite securities transfers for buyers and sellers. The Company acting as an independent collateral manager is positioned between the buyer and seller to provide a convenient, flexible, and efficient service to ensure proper collateralization throughout the term of the transaction. The service includes verification of securities eligibility and maintenance of margin requirements.

Credit derivatives are contractual agreements that provide insurance against a credit event of one or more referenced credits. The nature of the credit event is established by the buyer and seller at the inception of the transaction, such events include bankruptcy, insolvency and failure to meet payment obligations when due. The buyer of the credit derivative pays a periodic fee in return for a contingent payment by the seller (insurer) following a credit event.

Credit risk: The risk of loss due to borrower or counterparty default.

Cross-currency swaps are contracts that generally involve the exchange of both interest and principal amounts in two different currencies. Also see interest rate swaps in this glossary.

Depositary receipts (“DR”): A negotiable security that generally represents a non-U.S. company’s publicly traded equity. Although typically denominated in U.S. dollars, depositary receipts can also be denominated in Euros. Depositary receipts are eligible to trade on all U.S. stock exchanges and many European stock exchanges. American depositary receipts (“ADR”) trade only in the U.S.

Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”) : An aggregation of discounted future cash flows of assets and liabilities over a long-term horizon.

Exchange traded fund (“ETF”): Each share of an ETF tracks a basket of stocks in some index or benchmark, providing investors with a vehicle that closely parallels the performance of these benchmarks while allowing for intraday trading.

Foreign currency options are similar to interest rate options except they are based on foreign exchange rates. Also see interest rate options in this glossary.

Foreign currency swaps: An agreement to exchange stipulated amounts of one currency for another currency at one or more future dates.

Foreign exchange contracts are contracts that provide for the future receipt or delivery of foreign currency at previously agreed-upon terms.

Foreign exchange overlay: The Company’s specialist currency management group, BNY Overlay Associates, provides foreign exchange risk management solutions and alternative investment products. The

 

68


Table of Contents

currency programs can be structured as independent investment vehicles or as value-enhancing overlays on another asset class. The Company provides complete management service, from initial consultation to strategy execution and electronic reporting.

Forward rate agreements are contracts to exchange payments on a specified future date, based on a market change in interest rates from trade date to contract settlement date.

Granularity refers to the amount of concentration in the credit portfolio due to large individual exposures. One measure of granularity is the amount of economic capital an exposure uses. As the average economic capital per exposure declines, the portfolio is considered to be more granular.

Hedge fund: A fund, usually used by wealthy individuals and institutions, which is allowed to use aggressive strategies that are unavailable to mutual funds, including selling short, leverage, program trading, swaps, arbitrage, and derivatives. Hedge funds are exempt from many of the rules and regulations governing mutual funds, which allow them to accomplish aggressive investing goals. Legal requirements in many countries allow only certain sophisticated investors to participate in hedge funds.

Interest rate options , including caps and floors, are contracts to modify interest rate risk in exchange for the payment of a premium when the contract is initiated. As a writer of interest rate options, the Company receives a premium in exchange for bearing the risk of unfavorable changes in interest rates. Conversely, as a purchaser of an option, the Company pays a premium for the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell a financial instrument or currency at predetermined terms in the future.

Interest rate sensitivity: The exposure of net interest income to interest rate movements.

Interest rate swaps are contracts in which a series of interest rate flows in a single currency is exchanged over a prescribed period. Interest rate swaps are the most common type of derivative contract that the Company uses in its asset/liability management activities. An example of a situation in which the Company would utilize an interest rate swap would be to convert its fixed-rate debt to a variable rate. By entering into the swap, the principal amount of the debt would remain unchanged, but the interest streams would change.

Investment grade equivalent: The Company’s internal risk assessment which generally represents a risk profile similar to that of a BBB-/Baa3 or better rating as defined by independent rating agencies, such as Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s.

Invoiced services are services provided by global payment services that are paid for by fees or by leaving a compensating balance.

Liquidity risk: The risk of being unable to fund the Company’s portfolio of assets at appropriate maturities and rates, and the risk of being unable to liquidate a position in a timely manner at a reasonable price.

Mark-to-market exposure: Mark-to market exposure is a measure, at a point in time, of the value of a derivative or foreign exchange contract in the open market. When the mark-to-market is positive, it indicates the counterparty owes the Company and, therefore, creates a repayment risk for the Company. When the mark-to-market is negative, the Company owes the counterparty. In this situation, the Company does not have repayment risk.

Market risk: The potential loss in value of portfolios and financial instruments caused by movements in market variables, such as interest and foreign-exchange rates, credit spreads, and equity and commodity prices.

Net yield on interest-earning assets: The average rate for interest-earning assets less the average rate paid for all sources of funds.

 

69


Table of Contents

Operating leverage is measured by comparing the rate of increase in revenue to the rate of increase in expenses.

Operational risk: The risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors, or external events.

Securities lending short-term investment fund: For some of its securities lending clients, the Company invests the cash collateral received in the customer’s securities lending transactions in a short-term highly liquid commingled investment fund. The fund is rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s and started operation in 2003.

SFAS: Statement of Financial Accounting Standard.

Sub-custodian: A local provider (e.g., a bank) contracted by the Company to provide specific custodial related services in a selected country or geographic area. Services generally include holding foreign securities in safekeeping, facilitating settlements and reporting holdings to the custodian.

Tangible common equity (“TCE”) ratio: The percentage computed by dividing common shareholders’ equity less intangibles and goodwill by period end assets less intangibles and goodwill.

Unit investment trust (“UIT”): A sponsor-created portfolio of securities. Like mutual funds, these securities portfolios are designed to meet specific investment objectives. However, unlike a mutual fund, a UIT is an unmanaged portfolio consisting of securities that are fixed at the UIT’s initiation and generally remain unchanged over the security’s life.

Value at risk (“VAR”): A measure of the dollar amount of potential loss from adverse market moves in an everyday market environment.

 

70


Table of Contents

T HE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

   2005     2004  

Assets

    

Cash and Due from Banks

   $ 3,515     $ 3,886  

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Banks

     8,644       8,192  

Securities

    

Held-to-Maturity (fair value of $1,951 in 2005 and $1,873 in 2004)

     1,977       1,886  

Available-for-Sale

     25,349       21,916  
                

Total Securities

     27,326       23,802  

Trading Assets

     5,930       4,627  

Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements

     2,425       5,708  

Loans (less allowance for loan losses of $411 in 2005 and $591 in 2004)

     40,315       35,190  

Premises and Equipment

     1,060       1,097  

Due from Customers on Acceptances

     233       137  

Accrued Interest Receivable

     391       285  

Goodwill

     3,619       3,477  

Intangible Assets

     811       793  

Other Assets

     7,805       7,335  
                

Total Assets

   $ 102,074     $ 94,529  
                

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

    

Deposits

    

Noninterest-Bearing (principally domestic offices)

   $ 18,236     $ 17,442  

Interest-Bearing

    

Domestic Offices

     19,522       18,692  

Foreign Offices

     26,666       22,587  
                

Total Deposits

     64,424       58,721  

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

     834       1,205  

Trading Liabilities

     2,401       2,873  

Payables to Customers and Broker-Dealers

     8,623       8,664  

Other Borrowed Funds

     860       533  

Acceptances Outstanding

     235       139  

Accrued Taxes and Other Expenses

     4,124       4,452  

Accrued Interest Payable

     172       113  

Other Liabilities (including allowance for lending-related commitments of $154 in 2005 and $145 in 2004)

     2,708       2,418  

Long-Term Debt

     7,817       6,121  
                

Total Liabilities

     92,198       85,239  
                

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Common Stock-par value $7.50 per share, authorized 2,400,000,000 shares, issued 1,044,994,517 shares in 2005 and 1,041,495,972 shares in 2004

     7,838       7,811  

Additional Capital

     1,826       1,734  

Retained Earnings

     7,089       6,162  

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

     (134 )     (6 )
                
     16,619       15,701  

Less:    Treasury Stock (273,662,218 shares in 2005 and     263,374,998 shares in 2004), at cost

     6,736       6,411  

Loan to ESOP (203,507 shares in 2005), at cost

     7       —    
                

Total Shareholders’ Equity

     9,876       9,290  
                

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 102,074     $ 94,529  
                

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

71


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

       For the years ended
December 31,
   Percent Inc/(Dec)  
(In millions, except per share amounts)    2005    2004    2003    2005 vs. 2004     2004 vs. 2003  

Interest Income

             

Loans

   $ 1,505    $ 1,080    $ 1,187    39 %   (9 )%

Margin Loans

     267      156      86    71     81  

Securities

             

Taxable

     976      741      651    32     14  

Exempt from Federal Income Taxes

     40      40      48    —       (17 )
                         
     1,016      781      699    30     12  

Deposits in Banks

     274      305      150    (10 )   103  

Federal Funds Sold and Securities

             

Purchased Under Resale Agreements

     142      80      79    78     1  

Trading Assets

     152      51      129    198     (60 )
                         

Total Interest Income

     3,356      2,453      2,330    37     5  
                         

Interest Expense

             

Deposits

     957      548      507    75     8  

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under
Repurchase Agreements

     35      15      13    133     15  

Other Borrowed Funds

     58      52      21    12     148  

Customer Payables

     128      57      30    125     90  

Long-Term Debt

     269      136      150    98     (9 )
                         

Total Interest Expense

     1,447      808      721    79     12  
                         

Net Interest Income

     1,909      1,645      1,609    16     2  

Provision for Credit Losses

     15      15      155    —       (90 )
                         

Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Losses

     1,894      1,630      1,454    16     12  
                         

Noninterest Income

             

Servicing Fees

             

Securities

     3,148      2,857      2,412    10     18  

Global Payment Services

     294      319      314    (8 )   2  
                         
     3,442      3,176      2,726    8     17  

Private Client Services and Asset Management Fees

     490      448      384    9     17  

Service Charges and Fees

     382      384      375    (1 )   2  

Foreign Exchange and Other Trading Activities

     391      364      327    7     11  

Securities Gains

     68      78      35    (13 )   123  

Other

     183      200      149    (9 )   34  
                         

Total Noninterest Income

     4,956      4,650      3,996    7     16  
                         

Noninterest Expense

             

Salaries and Employee Benefits

     2,549      2,324      2,002    10     16  

Net Occupancy

     323      305      261    6     17  

Furniture and Equipment

     208      204      185    2     10  

Clearing

     187      176      154    6     14  

Sub-custodian Expenses

     96      87      74    10     18  

Software

     215      193      170    11     14  

Communications

     95      93      92    2     1  

Amortization of Intangibles

     40      34      25    18     36  

Merger and Integration Costs

     —        —        96    —       —    

Other

     770      706      639    9     10  
                         

Total Noninterest Expense

     4,483      4,122      3,698    9     11  
                         

Income Before Income Taxes

     2,367      2,158      1,752    10     23  

Income Taxes

     796      718      595    11     21  
                         

Net Income

   $ 1,571    $ 1,440    $ 1,157    9     24  
                         

Per Common Share:

             

Basic Earnings

   $ 2.05    $ 1.87    $ 1.54    10     21  

Diluted Earnings

     2.03      1.85      1.52    10     22  

Cash Dividends Paid

     0.82      0.79      0.76    4     4  

Diluted Shares

     773      778      759    (1 )   3  

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

72


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
             2005           2004           2003  
(In millions)       

Common Stock

            

Balance, January 1

     $ 7,811       $ 7,794       $ 7,453  

Common Stock Issued in Connection with Pershing Acquisition (Shares: 40,000,000 in 2003)

       —           —           300  

Common Stock Issued in Connection with Employee Benefit Plans (shares: 3,498,545 in 2005 2,273,840 in 2004, and 5,524,835 in 2003)

       27         17         41  
                              

Balance, December 31

       7,838         7,811         7,794  
                              

Additional Capital

            

Balance, January 1

       1,734         1,635         847  

Common Stock Issued in Connection with Pershing Acquisition

       —           —           696  

Common Stock Issued in Connection with Employee Benefit Plans

       131         99         92  

Stock Rights Redemption

       (39 )       —           —    
                              

Balance, December 31

       1,826         1,734         1,635  
                              

Retained Earnings

Balance, January 1

       6,162         5,330         4,736  

Net Income

   $ 1,571       1,571     $ 1,440       1,440     $ 1,157       1,157  

Cash Dividends on Common Stock

       (644 )       (608 )       (563 )
                              

Balance, December 31

       7,089         6,162         5,330  
                              

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
    Balance, January 1

       (6 )       72         134  

Change in Fair Value of Securities Available-for-Sale, Net of Taxes of ($74) in 2005, ($49) in 2004, and ($68) in 2003

     (114 )     (114 )     (79 )     (79 )     (90 )     (90 )

Reclassification Adjustment, Net of Taxes of $7 in 2005, $1 in 2004, and $23 in 2003

     10       10       2       2       31       31  

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment, Net of Taxes of ($4) in 2005, $4 in 2004, and ($13) in 2003

     (16 )     (16 )     5       5       (1 )     (1 )

Net Unrealized Derivative Loss on Cash Flow Hedges, Net of Taxes ($5) in 2005, $1 in 2004, and ($3) in 2003

     (5 )     (5 )     3       3       (2 )     (2 )

Minimum Pension Liability Adjustment, Net of Taxes of ($2) in 2005 and ($6) in 2004

     (3 )     (3 )     (9 )     (9 )     —         —    
                              

Balance, December 31

       (134 )       (6 )       72  
                                                

Total Comprehensive Income

   $ 1,443       $ 1,362       $ 1,095    
                              

Less Treasury Stock

Balance, January 1

       6,411         6,402         6,483  

Issued (shares: 3,341,804 in 2005, 4,529,465 in 2004, and 4,068,345 in 2003)

       (82 )       (110 )       (99 )

Acquired (shares: 13,629,024 in 2005, 4,000,986 in 2004, and 730,968 in 2003)

       407         119         18  
                              

Balance, December 31

       6,736         6,411         6,402  
                              

Less Loan to ESOP

Balance, January 1

       —           1         3  

Issued (shares: 305,261 in 2005)

       10          

Released (shares: 101,754 in 2005, 126,960 in 2004, and 358,573 in 2003)

       (3 )       (1 )       (2 )
                              

Balance, December 31

       7         —           1  
                              

Total Shareholders’ Equity, December 31

     $ 9,876       $ 9,290       $ 8,428  
                              

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

73


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
       2005     2004     2003  
(In millions)       

Operating Activities

      

Net Income

   $ 1,571     $ 1,440     $ 1,157  

Adjustments to Determine Net Cash Attributable to Operating Activities:

      

Provision for Credit Losses and Losses on Other Real Estate

     15       15       155  

Depreciation and Amortization

     526       480       430  

Deferred Income Taxes

     (55 )     383       488  

Securities (Gains) Losses

     (68 )     (78 )     (35 )

Change in Trading Activities

     (2,216 )     1,288       1,961  

Change in Accruals and Other, Net

     (885 )     (170 )     (341 )
                        

Net Cash Provided (Used) by Operating Activities

     (1,112 )     3,358       3,815  
                        

Investing Activities

      

Change in Interest-Bearing Deposits in Banks

     (946 )     (172 )     (2,689 )

Change in Margin Loans

     (30 )     (347 )     (973 )

Purchases of Securities Held-to-Maturity

     (544 )     (1,494 )     (27 )

Paydowns of Securities Held-to-Maturity

     373       217       706  

Maturities of Securities Held-to-Maturity

     70       19       10  

Purchases of Securities Available-for-Sale

     (17,969 )     (14,344 )     (28,034 )

Sales of Securities Available-for-Sale

     4,941       4,257       7,397  

Paydowns of Securities Available-for-Sale

     6,759       7,791       9,375  

Maturities of Securities Available-for-Sale

     2,437       2,448       5,812  

Net Principal Received (Disbursed) on Loans to Customers

     (5,819 )     514       1,367  

Sales of Loans and Other Real Estate

     263       21       953  

Change in Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements

     3,283       (879 )     754  

Purchases of Premises and Equipment

     (131 )     (262 )     (129 )

Acquisitions, Net of Cash Acquired

     (265 )     (137 )     (1,844 )

Proceeds from the Sale of Premises and Equipment

     —         11       11  

Other, Net

     (44 )     112       805  
                        

Net Cash Provided (Used) by Investing Activities

     (7,622 )     (2,245 )     (6,506 )
                        

Financing Activities

      

Change in Deposits

     7,139       1,562       (201 )

Change in Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

     (371 )     166       (229 )

Change in Payables to Customers and Broker-Dealers

     (41 )     (1,528 )     1,702  

Change in Other Borrowed Funds

     366       (238 )     (814 )

Proceeds from the Issuance of Long-Term Debt

     2,033       209       2,276  

Repayments of Long-Term Debt

     (215 )     (476 )     (1,534 )

Issuance of Common Stock

     243       227       1,230  

Stock Rights Redemption

     (39 )     —         —    

Treasury Stock Acquired

     (417 )     (119 )     (18 )

Cash Dividends Paid

     (644 )     (608 )     (563 )
                        

Net Cash Provided (Used) by Financing Activities

     8,054       (805 )     1,849  
                        

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash

     309       (265 )     (63 )
                        

Change in Cash and Due From Banks

     (371 )     43       (905 )

Cash and Due from Banks at Beginning of Year

     3,886       3,843       4,748  
                        

Cash and Due from Banks at End of Year

   $ 3,515     $ 3,886     $ 3,843  
                        

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information Cash Paid During the Year for:

      

Interest

   $ 1,389     $ 777     $ 739  

Income Taxes

     876       384       449  

Noncash Investing Activity (Primarily Foreclosure of Real Estate)

     —         1       —    

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

74


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies

The Bank of New York Company, Inc. (the “Company”) provides a complete range of banking and other financial services to corporations and individuals worldwide through its business segments: Institutional Services, Private Bank and BNY Asset Management, Retail and Middle Market, and Corporate and Other. Segment Data and Foreign Operations are incorporated from the Business Segment Review section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the Company’s Financial Condition and Results of Operations. There were no major customers from whom revenues were individually material to the Company’s performance.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Amounts subject to significant estimates and assumptions are items such as the allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments, goodwill and intangibles, pension and post-retirement obligations, and the fair value of financial instruments. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Qualified special-purpose entities (QSPEs) are not consolidated. Revenue is recognized when earned based on contractual terms, or as transactions or services are provided. Revenue on interest-earning assets is recognized based on the effective yield of the financial instrument. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. The results of operations of businesses purchased are included from the date of acquisition. Equity investments of less than a majority but at least 20% ownership are accounted for by the equity method and classified as other assets. The Company’s most significant equity method investment is a 20.2% share in Wing Hang, with a carrying value of $215 million.

Securities

Debt and equity securities classified as available-for-sale are carried at fair value, except for those equity securities whose fair value cannot be readily determined. These securities are carried at cost. For securities carried at fair value, the after-tax effect of net unrealized gains and losses is reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity.

Securities classified as trading assets are carried at fair value, with net unrealized holding gains and losses recognized currently in income. Debt securities, which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity, are classified as held-to-maturity and stated at cost, adjusted for discount accreted and premium amortized. Realized gains and losses on the sale of debt and equity securities are determined by the specific identification and average cost methods, respectively.

The Company conducts quarterly reviews to identify and evaluate investments that have indications of possible impairment. An investment in a debt or equity security is impaired if its fair value falls below its cost and the decline is considered other-than-temporary. The Company examines various factors when determining whether an impairment is other-than-temporary. Examples of factors that may indicate that an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred include:

 

    Fair value is below cost;

 

    The decline in fair value has existed for an extended period of time;

 

75


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Management does not possess both the intent and the ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value;

 

    The decline in fair value is attributable to specific adverse conditions affecting a particular investment;

 

    The decline in fair value is attributable to specific conditions, such as conditions in an industry or in a geographic area; and

 

    A debt security has been downgraded by a rating agency.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level that, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb probable losses associated with specifically identified loans, as well as estimated probable credit losses inherent in the remainder of the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Management’s judgment includes the following factors, among others: risks of individual credits; past experience; the volume, composition, and growth of the loan portfolio; and economic conditions.

The Company conducts a quarterly portfolio review to determine the adequacy of its allowance for credit losses. All commercial exposures over $1 million are assigned to specific risk categories. Smaller commercial and consumer exposures are evaluated on a pooled basis and assigned to specific risk categories. Following this review, senior management of the Company analyzes the results and determines the allowance for credit losses. The Company’s Board of Directors reviews the allowance at the end of each quarter.

The portion of the allowance for credit losses allocated to impaired loans (nonaccrual commercial loans over $1 million) is measured by the difference between their recorded value and fair value. Fair value is determined by one of the following: present value of the expected future cash flows from borrowers, the market value of the loan, or the fair value of the collateral. See “Asset Quality and Allowance for Credit Losses” and “Critical Accounting Policies” in MD&A for additional information.

Nonperforming Assets

Commercial loans are placed on nonaccrual status when collateral is insufficient and principal or interest is past due 90 days or more, or when there is reasonable doubt that interest or principal will be collected. Accrued interest is usually reversed when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment. Nonaccrual loans are restored to accrual status when principal and interest are current or they become fully collateralized. Consumer loans are not classified as nonperforming assets, but are charged off and interest accrued is suspended based upon an established delinquency schedule determined by product. Real estate acquired in satisfaction of loans is carried in other assets at the lower of the recorded investment in the property or fair value minus estimated costs to sell.

Leveraged Leases

Significant assumptions involving cash flows, residual values and income tax rates affect the level of revenue associated with leases. Gains and losses on residual values of leased equipment sold are included in other income. Considering the nature of these leases and the number of significant assumptions, there is risk associated with the income recognition on these leases should any of the assumptions change materially in future periods.

 

76


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative contracts, such as futures contracts, forwards, interest rate swaps, foreign currency swaps and options and similar products used in trading activities, are recorded at fair value. The Company does not recognize gains or losses at the inception of derivative transactions if the fair value is not determined based upon observable market transactions and market data. Gains and losses are included in foreign exchange and other trading activities in non-interest income. Unrealized gains and losses are reported on a gross basis in trading account assets and trading liabilities, after taking into consideration master netting agreements.

The Company enters into various derivative financial instruments for non-trading purposes primarily as part of its asset/liability management (“ALM”) process. These derivatives are designated as fair value and cash flow hedges of certain assets and liabilities when the Company enters into the derivative contracts. Gains and losses associated with fair value hedges are recorded in income as well as any change in the value of the related hedged item. Gains and losses on cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income. If a derivative used in ALM does not qualify as a hedge it is marked to market and the gain or loss is included in net interest income.

The Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements to manage its exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Interest rate swaps are used to convert fixed rate loans, deposits and long-term debt to floating rates, and to hedge interest rate resets of variable rate cash flows. Basis swaps are used to convert various variable rate borrowings to LIBOR which better matches the assets funded by the borrowings. Cross-currency swaps are used to hedge exposure to exchange rate fluctuations on principal and interest payments for borrowings denominated in foreign currencies.

The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair-value hedges to specific assets or liabilities on the balance sheet. The Company also formally assesses (both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis) whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of hedged items and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain highly effective in future periods. The Company will discontinue hedge accounting prospectively when it determines that the derivative is no longer an effective hedge, the derivative expires or is sold, or management discontinues the derivative’s hedge designation.

For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Company recorded ineffectiveness of $1.1 million, zero and $(0.4) million related to fair value and cash flow hedges. Ineffectiveness is generally recorded in interest income or interest expense related to the hedged item. The Company recorded a debit of $5 million in 2005, a credit of $3 million in 2004, and a debit of $1 million in 2003 to other comprehensive income arising from the change in value of cash flow hedges.

The Company also utilizes foreign exchange forward contracts to manage currency exposure relating to its net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency operations. The change in fair market value of these contracts is deferred and reported within cumulative translation adjustments in shareholders’ equity, net of tax effects. Interest elements (forward points) on these foreign exchange forward contracts are recorded in other comprehensive income, net of tax effects.

The amounts recognized as other comprehensive income for cash flow hedges are reclassified to net interest income as interest is realized on the hedging derivative. Assuming interest rates remain stable, a minimal amount is expected to be reclassified to income over the next twelve months.

 

77


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Tax

The Company records current tax liabilities or assets through charges or credits to the current tax provision for the estimated taxes payable or refundable for the current year. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A deferred tax valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Premises, Equipment, and Internal-Use Software

Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the owned asset and, for leasehold improvements, over the lesser of the remaining term of the leased facility or the estimated economic life of the improvement. For owned and capitalized assets, estimated useful lives range from 3 to 50 years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while major improvements are capitalized and amortized to operating expense over their identified useful life. For internal-use computer software, the Company capitalizes qualifying costs incurred during the application development stage. The resulting asset is amortized using the straight-line method over the expected life, which is generally 5 years. All other costs incurred in connection with an internal-use software project are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill and other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that also lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset, or liability. Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment. All other intangible assets which have finite useful lives are amortized over those periods, which range from 3 to 18 years.

Stock Options

On January 1, 2003, the Company adopted the fair value method of accounting for its options under SFAS 123 as amended by SFAS 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation- Transition and Disclosure.” SFAS 148 permits three different methods of adopting fair value: (1) the prospective method, (2) the modified prospective method, and (3) the retroactive restatement method. Under the prospective method, options issued after January 1, 2003 are expensed while all options granted prior to January 1, 2003 are accounted for under APB 25 using the intrinsic value method. Consistent with industry practice, the Company elected the prospective method of adopting fair value accounting. See footnote “Stock Option Plans” for more information regarding stock options.

 

78


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The retroactive restatement method requires the Company’s financial statements to be restated as if fair value accounting had been adopted in 1995. The following table discloses the pro forma effects on the Company’s net income and earnings per share as if the retroactive restatement method had been adopted.

 

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

   2005      2004      2003  

Reported net income

   $ 1,571      $ 1,440      $ 1,157  

Stock based employee compensation costs, using prospective method, net of tax

     29        23        16  

Stock based employee compensation costs, using retroactive restatement method, net of tax

     (37 )      (57 )      (81 )
                          

Pro forma net income

   $ 1,563      $ 1,406      $ 1,092  
                          

Reported diluted earnings per share

   $ 2.03      $ 1.85      $ 1.52  

Impact on diluted earnings per share

     (0.01 )      (0.04 )      (0.07 )
                          

Pro forma diluted earnings per share

   $ 2.02      $ 1.81      $ 1.45  
                          

Pension

At September 30, the measurement date, plan assets were determined based on fair value generally representing observable market prices. The projected benefit obligation is determined based on the present value of projected benefit distributions at an assumed discount rate. The discount rate utilized is based on the yield of high quality corporate bonds available in the marketplace. Periodic pension expense includes service costs, interest costs based on an assumed discount rate, an expected return on plan assets based on an actuarially derived market-related value and amortization of actuarial gains and losses.

Actuarial gains and losses include the impact of plan amendments and various unrecognized gains and losses which are deferred and amortized over the future service periods of active employees. The market-related value utilized to determine the expected return on plan assets is based on fair value adjusted for the difference between expected returns and actual performance of plan assets. The unrealized difference between actual experience and expected returns is included in the market-related value over a five-year period. The Company’s stock price used by the ESOP is also smoothed to reduce volatility.

Any unrecognized gains or losses related to changes in the amount of the projected benefit obligation or plan assets resulting from experience different from the assumed discount rate or expected returns and from changes in assumptions are deferred. To the extent an unrecognized gain or loss, excluding the unrecognized asset gain or loss, exceeds 10 percent of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets, the excess is recognized over the future service periods of active employees.

2. Accounting Changes and New Accounting Pronouncements

On July 1, 2003, the Company adopted SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (SFAS 149). SFAS 149 amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments. The adoption of SFAS 149 did not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

On July 1, 2003, the Company adopted SFAS 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity”. The provisions of SFAS 150 were effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise were effective after June 30, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 150 did not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

 

79


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

On February 1, 2003, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities”. This interpretation requires a company that holds a variable interest in an entity to consolidate the entity if the company’s interest in the variable interest entities (VIE) is such that the company will absorb a majority of the VIE’s expected losses and/or receives a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns. The consolidation requirements of FIN 46 applied immediately to VIEs created after January 31, 2003. Various amendments to FIN 46, including FIN 46(R), delayed the effective date for certain previously established entities until the first quarter of 2004. The adoption of FIN 46 and FIN 46(R) did not have a significant impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

As of December 31, 2005, the Company had variable interests in 6 securitization trusts. These trusts are qualifying special-purpose entities, which are exempt from the consolidation requirements of FIN 46. See “Securitizations” note.

The most significant impact of FIN 46 and FIN 46(R) was to require that the trusts used to issue trust preferred securities be deconsolidated. As a result, the trust preferred securities no longer represent a minority interest. Under regulatory capital rules, minority interests count as Tier 1 Capital. The Company has $1,150 million of trust preferred securities outstanding. On March 1, 2005, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) adopted a final rule that allows the continued limited inclusion of trust preferred securities in the Tier 1 capital of bank holding companies (BHCs). Under the final rule, the Company will be subject to a 15 percent limit in the amount of trust preferred securities that can be included in Tier 1 capital, net of goodwill, less any deferred tax liability. Amounts in excess of these limits will continue to be included in Tier 2 capital. The final rule provides a five-year transition period, ending March 31, 2009, for application of quantitative limits. Under the transition rules, the Company expects all its trust preferred securities to continue to qualify as Tier 1 capital. Both the Company and the Bank are expected to remain “well capitalized” under the final rule. At the end of the transition period, the Company expects all its current trust preferred securities will continue to qualify as Tier 1 capital.

In May 2004, FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. 106-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003” (“FSP FAS 106-2”), which supersedes FSP FAS 106-1, in response to the December 2003 enactment of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (“the Act”). FSP FAS 106-2 provides guidance on the accounting for the effects of the Act for employers that sponsor postretirement health care plans that provide prescription drug benefits. The Company believes that its plans are eligible for the subsidy provided by the Act and adopted FSP FAS 106-2 in the third quarter of 2004 retroactive to January 1, 2004. The adoption of FSP FAS 106-2 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

In November 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1 “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments”. The FSP addresses the determination as to when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other than temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. The Company adopted the FSP on January 1, 2006. The Company does not expect the adoption of the standard will have a significant impact on its financial condition or results of operations.

In July 2005, the FASB issued an exposure draft, FSP FAS 13-a, revising the accounting guidance under SFAS 13 for leveraged leases. The exposure draft modifies existing interpretations of SFAS 13 and associated industry practice. As a result, if the revised FSP becomes effective by year-end 2006 the Company expects to recognize a material one-time after-tax charge to earnings or capital of $340 - $385 million related to a change in the timing of its lease cash flows. However, an amount approximating this one-time charge would be taken into income over the remaining term of the affected leases.

 

80


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 123 (revised 2004) (“SFAS 123(R)”), “Share-Based Payment”, which is a revision of FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” FASB 123(R) eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation transactions using Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 and requires that such transactions be accounted for using a fair value-based method. Statement 123(R) covers a wide range of share-based compensation arrangements including share options, restricted share plans, performance-based awards, share appreciation rights, and employee share purchase plans. The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006 using the “modified prospective” method. Under this method, compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based on the requirements of Statement 123(R) for all share-based payments granted after the effective date and (b) based on the requirements of Statement 123 for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of SFAS 123(R) that remain unvested on the effective date.

The Company adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation prospectively as of January 1, 2003. As of January 1, 2006, the Company was amortizing all of its unvested stock option grants.

Certain of the Company’s stock compensation grants vest when the employee retires. SFAS 123(R) will require the completion of expensing of new grants with this feature by the first date the employee is eligible to retire. For grants prior to January 1, 2006, the Company will continue to expense them over their stated vesting period. The Company expects the adoption of FAS 123(R) to increase pre-tax expense in 2006 by $3 million due to the vesting on retirement feature.

In June 2005, the FASB ratified the consensus in EITF Issue No. 04-5, “Determining Whether a General Partner, or the General Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar Entity When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights” (“EITF 04-5”), which provides guidance in determining whether a general partner controls a limited partnership. The adoption of EITF 04-5 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operation.

In July 2005, the FASB issued an Exposure Draft of a proposed Interpretation, “Accounting for Uncertain Tax Positions”. The proposed Interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertain tax positions in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes”. The proposed Interpretation requires that a tax position meet a “probable recognition threshold” for the benefit of the uncertain tax position to be recognized in the financial statements. A tax position that fails to meet the probable recognition threshold will result in either reduction of current or deferred tax asset or receivable, or recording a current or deferred tax liability. The proposed Interpretation also provides guidance on measurement, derecognition of tax benefits, classification, interim period accounting disclosure, and transition requirements in accounting for uncertain tax positions. A final standard is expected to be issued in 2006. The Company is assessing the impact of adopting the new pronouncement and is currently unable to estimate its impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The Company participates in unconsolidated investments that own real estate qualifying for low income housing tax credits based on Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company’s share of operating losses generated by these investments is recorded as other income. The Company has historically netted the tax credits generated by these investments against the related operating losses. In the first quarter of 2005, the Company reviewed this accounting method and determined it was more appropriate to record these tax credits as a reduction of income tax expense. Prior period results for other income and income tax expense have been reclassified and did not have an impact on net income.

Certain other prior year information has been reclassified to conform its presentation to the 2005 financial statements.

 

81


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

3. Acquisitions

The Company continues to be an active acquirer of securities servicing and asset management businesses. The Company frequently structures its acquisitions with both an initial payment and a later contingent payment tied to post-closing revenue or income growth. The Company records the fair value of contingent payments as an additional cost of the entity acquired in the period that the payment becomes probable.

At December 31, 2005, the Company was liable for potential contingent payments related to acquisitions in the amount of $195 million. During 2005, the Company paid or accrued $44 million for contingent payments related to acquisitions made in prior years, and $240 million of potential contingent payments lapsed.

2006

In January 2006, the Company acquired Alcentra Group Limited, an international asset management group focused on managing funds that invest in non-investment grade debt. Alcentra’s management team will retain a 20 percent interest. Alcentra has operations in London and Los Angeles and currently manages 15 different investment funds with over $6.2 billion of assets.

In January 2006, the Company announced a definitive agreement to acquire Urdang Capital Management, Inc., a real estate investment management firm that manages approximately $3.0 billion in direct investments and portfolios of REIT securities. The transaction is expected to close by the end of the first quarter, pending regulatory approval and other customary conditions of closing.

2005

During 2005, four businesses were acquired for a total cost of $188 million. Potential contingent payments related to 2005 acquisitions are $8 million. Goodwill and the tax-deductible portion of goodwill related to 2005 acquisitions transactions was $124 million. All of the goodwill was assigned to the Company’s Institutional Services segment. The pro forma effect of the 2005 acquisitions is not material to the 2005 results. The revenue impact is included in the “Business Segment Review”.

In January 2005, the Company acquired certain of the assets and liabilities of Standard & Poor’s Securities, Inc. (“SPSI”), the institutional brokerage subsidiary of Standard & Poor’s. The Company will assume SPSI’s client relationships and Standard & Poor’s research clients will have access to BNY Securities Group’s diverse set of execution management platforms and commission management services. The acquisition demonstrates the Company’s strategy to work with leading independent providers of research and other financial services.

In March 2005, the Company acquired the execution and commission management services of Boston Institutional Services (“BIS”). Under the terms of the agreement, the Company will assume BIS’s client relationships for its execution and commission management business.

In July 2005, the Company acquired Lynch, Jones & Ryan, Inc. (“LJR”), a subsidiary of Instinet Group. LJR is the pioneer and premier provider of commission recapture programs, with over 30 years experience in providing value-added trading services to institutional investors who comprise 1,400 plan sponsor funds, with more than $2.2 trillion in assets. The Company’s headquarters are in New York, with regional offices in Chicago, Dallas, and San Francisco and a presence in London, Tokyo and Sydney. The acquisition of LJR bolsters the Company’s position as a leading provider of agency brokerage and commission management services, and reinforces its long-standing commitment to the plan sponsor and institutional fund community around the world.

 

82


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In June 2005, the Company and Trust Company of Australia Ltd. (“Trust”) formed a joint venture that will provide securitization trustee and other agency-related services to Australian-based issuers of debt. The new company will combine Trust’s strong local infrastructure and market presence with the Company’s global experience and expertise to provide a wide range of trustee and agency services. The joint venture, based in Sydney, began operating in early June 2005. The joint venture presents the Company with a significant opportunity to expand its footprint in Australia and to capitalize on the sizeable growth potential in the securitization market across a variety of asset classes.

In July 2005, the Bank of New York and BHF-BANK established BHF BNY Securities Services GmbH as a jointly held subsidiary. Based in Frankfurt am Main, the new company will market Global Custody (Depotbank) services for German investment companies, and securities custody and settlement services for the national and international direct investments of institutional investors.

In July 2005, the Company acquired the bond administration business of Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A., and M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank, where they act as bond trustee, paying/fiscal agent, master trustee, transfer agent and/or registrar. The transaction involves the acquisition of approximately 560 bond trusteeships and agency appointments, representing $4.8 billion of principal debt outstanding for an estimated 225 clients.

In August 2005, the Company and Nordea, the leading financial services provider in the Nordic region, have entered into a strategic agreement to provide global custody and selected related services to Nordea’s institutional clients in the Nordic and Baltic Sea regions. The scope of the agreement involves approximately €240 billion of assets which represent about half of Nordea’s €500 billion assets under custody.

In August 2005, the Company announced a strategic arrangement with IL&FS Trust Company Limited (“ITCL”), a leading provider of trust and fiduciary services in India. The arrangement between the two organizations will provide Indian issuers with access to the Company’s global network, a comprehensive array of services to the international capital markets, and leading-edge technology capabilities. Under the arrangement, ITCL will perform corporate trust services in India, and the Company will provide offshore services.

In October 2005, the Company announced a marketing alliance with National Australia Bank (“National”). The arrangement will enable the Company to offer commission recapture services to National’s custody clients in Australia and New Zealand. The alliance continues the strategic international build-out of the Company’s transition management and commission recapture capabilities, which has included the opening of its Sydney, Australia office and acquisition of LJR.

2004

During 2004, nine businesses were acquired for a total cost of approximately $68 million, primarily paid in cash. Potential contingent payments related to 2004 acquisitions were $66 million. Goodwill related to 2004 acquisition transactions was $46 million. The tax-deductible portion of goodwill was $46 million. All of the goodwill was assigned to the Company’s Institutional Services segment.

In February 2004, the Company signed an agreement with Thomson Institutional Services Inc. (“TISI”), a unit of Thomason Financial, to transfer its commission services client base to Westminster Research Associates, Inc. (“WAR”), a subsidiary of The Bank of New York. In March 2004, the Company acquired software and other assets of Sonic Financial Technologies LLC, a leading provider of direct access electronic trading solutions.

 

83


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In May 2004, the Company made a strategic investment in London-based Netik, LLC. Late in the second quarter of 2004, the Company acquired a unit investment trust business that services approximately $20 billion in assets for over 4,200 different series of unit investment trusts.

In July 2004, the Company reached an agreement with National Australia Bank, following their strategic decision to close the National Custodian Services UK operation, to transfer its clients to The Bank of New York. In October 2004, the Company acquired Osprey Partners LLC’s portfolio accounting technology to broaden its managed account services offering. In November 2004, the Company acquired the execution and commission management assets of Wilshire Associates. In December 2004, the Company acquired Continental Fund Services (CFS), a Luxembourg PSF (Professional of the Financial Sector).

2003

During 2003, six businesses were acquired for a total cost of $2,126 million, primarily paid in cash. Potential contingent payments related to 2003 acquisitions were $56 million. Goodwill related to 2003 acquisition transactions was $716 million. The tax-deductible portion of goodwill was $709 million. The goodwill was primarily assigned to the Company’s Institutional Services segment.

The principal acquisition in 2003 was Credit Suisse First Boston’s Pershing unit, headquartered in Jersey City, New Jersey. Pershing is a leading global provider of correspondent clearing services and outsourcing solutions for broker-dealers, asset managers and other financial intermediaries. At acquisition, Pershing had approximately 3,700 employees worldwide at 13 locations in the U.S., Europe, and Asia.

The Company paid a purchase price of $2 billion in cash, with the premium to book value of $1.3 billion. The Company financed the purchase price through settlement of its forward sale of 40 million common shares in exchange for approximately $1 billion. The remainder of the purchase price was financed using long-term debt.

The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS 141, “Business Combinations.” The purchase price of $2 billion was allocated as follows: goodwill $0.6 billion, customer relationships $0.4 billion, trademarks $0.4 billion, and other tangible assets $0.6 billion. The results of Pershing are included in the accompanying statements of income after May 1, 2003.

The details of the other 2003 acquisitions are as follows:

 

    The back-office clearance and settlement capabilities of England-based Tilney Investment Management.

 

    International Fund Administration Ltd. (IFA), a Bermuda-based, alternative investment fund administrator.

 

    Capital Resource Financial Services, LLC (CRFS), a Chicago-based provider of commission recapture, transition management and third-party services to plan sponsors and investment managers.

 

    The corporate trust business of INTRUST Bank, N.A., headquartered in Wichita, Kansas.

 

    Fifth Third Bank’s corporate trust business located in Cincinnati, Ohio.

 

84


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

4. Goodwill and Intangibles

Goodwill by reporting unit for the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 is as follows:

 

(In millions)

  

December 31,

2005

  

December 31,

2004

Institutional Services

   $ 3,121    $ 2,998

Private Bank & BNY Asset Management

     389      370

Retail & Middle Market Banking

     109      109

Corporate and Other

     —        —  
             

Consolidated Total

   $ 3,619    $ 3,477
             

The Company’s business segments are tested annually for goodwill impairment. No impairment loss was recorded in 2005 or 2004.

Intangible Assets

 

     December 31, 2005    December 31, 2004

(Dollars in millions)

  

Gross

Carrying

Amount

  

Accumulated

Amortization

   

Net

Carrying

Amount

  

Weighted

Average

Amortization

Period in Years

  

Gross

Carrying

Amount

  

Accumulated

Amortization

   

Net

Carrying

Amount

Trade Names

   $ 370    $ —       $ 370    Indefinite Life    $ 370    $ —       $ 370

Customer Relationships

     531      (99 )     432    16      474      (65 )     409

Other Intangible Assets

     28      (19 )     9    6      41      (27 )     14

The aggregate amortization expense of intangibles was $40 million, $34 million and $25 million for 2005, 2004, and 2003. Estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

 

      

For the year ended

December 31,

   Amortization
Expense
          (In millions)
   2006    $ 46
   2007      42
   2008      41
   2009      39
   2010      37

 

85


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

5. Securities

The following table sets forth the amortized cost and the fair values of securities at the end of the last two years:

 

    2005   2004
   

Amortized

Cost

  Gross
Unrealized
 

Fair

Value

 

Amortized

Cost

  Gross
Unrealized
 

Fair

Value

(In millions)

    Gains   Losses       Gains   Losses  

Securities Held-to-Maturity:

               

US Government Obligations

  $ 48   $ 1   $ —     $ 49   $ 48   $ 1   $ —     $ 49

US Government Agency Obligations

    245     —       6     239     245     —       2     243

Obligations of States & Political Subdivisions

    105     —       1     104     30     —       —       30

Mortgage-Backed Securities

    1,451     3     24     1,430     1,432     5     7     1,430

Emerging Markets

    117     1     —       118     117     —       10     107

Other Debt Securities

    11     —       —       11     14     —       —       14
                                               

Total Securities Held-to-Maturity

    1,977     5     31     1,951     1,886     6     19     1,873
                                               

Securities Available-for-Sale:

               

US Government Obligations

    178     —       1     177     354     —       —       354

US Government Agency Obligations

    384     —       3     381     263     —       1     262

Obligations of States & Political Subdivisions

    115     5     —       120     157     9     —       166

Mortgage-Backed Securities

    21,162     50     159     21,053     17,915     109     61     17,963

Asset-Backed Securities

    307     —       2     305     —       —       —       —  

Equity Securities

    957     —       4     953     398     —       —       398

Other Debt Securities

    2,354     6     —       2,360     2,754     19     —       2,773
                                               

Total Securities Available-for-Sale

    25,457     61     169     25,349     21,841     137     62     21,916
                                               

Total Securities

  $ 27,434   $ 66   $ 200   $ 27,300   $ 23,727   $ 143   $ 81   $ 23,789
                                               

At December 31, 2005, almost all of the unrealized losses are attributable to changes in interest rates on investment grade securities. The Company has the ability and intent to hold these securities until their value recovers. The Company believes that all of its unrealized losses are temporary in nature.

 

86


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following tables show the aggregate related fair value of investments with a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months and those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for greater than twelve months.

December 31, 2005

 

     Less than 1 Year    1 Year or More    Total

(In millions)

   Market
Value
   Unrealized
Loss
   Market
Value
   Unrealized
Loss
   Market
Value
   Unrealized
Loss

Securities Held-to-Maturity

                 

U.S. Government Obligations

   $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —  

U.S. Government Agency Obligations

     98      2      141      4      239      6

Obligations of States &
Political Subdivisions

     104      1      —        —        104      1

Mortgage-Backed Securities

     646      9      591      15      1,237      24

Emerging Market

     —        —        —        —        —        —  

Equity Securities

     —        —        —        —        —        —  

Other Debt Securities

     —        —        —        —        —        —  
                                         

Total Securities Held-to-Maturity

     848      12      732      19      1,580      31
                                         

Securities Available-for-Sale

                 

U.S. Government Obligations

     —        —        74      1      74      1

U.S. Government Agency Obligations

     254      1      120      2      374      3

Obligations of States &
Political Subdivisions

     —        —        —        —        —        —  

Mortgage-Backed Securities

     8,916      74      5,431      85      14,347      159

Asset Backed Securities

     200      2      —        —        200      2

Emerging Markets

     —        —        —        —        —        —  

Equity Securities

     8      4      —        —        8      4

Other Debt Securities

     —        —        —        —        —        —  
                                         

Total Securities Available-for-Sale

     9,378      81      5,625      88      15,003      169
                                         

Total

   $ 10,226    $ 93    $ 6,357    $ 107    $ 16,583    $ 200
                                         

 

87


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2004

 

     Less than 1 Year    1 Year or More    Total

(In millions)

   Market
Value
   Unrealized
Loss
   Market
Value
   Unrealized
Loss
   Market
Value
   Unrealized
Loss

Securities Held-to-Maturity

                 

U.S. Government Obligations

   $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —  

U.S. Government Agency Obligations

     118      2      —        —        118      2

Obligations of States & Political Subdivisions

     —        —        —        —        —        —  

Mortgage-Backed Securities

     1,046      7      —        —        1,046      7

Emerging Markets

     —        —        107      10      107      10

Equity Securities

     —        —        —        —        —        —  

Other Debt Securities

     —        —        —        —        —        —  
                                         

Total Securities Held-to-Maturity

     1,164      9      107      10      1,271      19
                                         

Securities Available-for-Sale

                 

U.S. Government Obligations

     —        —        —        —        —        —  

U.S. Government Agency Obligations

     230      1      —        —        230      1

Obligations of States & Political Subdivisions

     —        —        —        —        —        —  

Mortgage-Backed Securities

     9,869      52      585      9      10,454      61

Asset-Backed Securities

     —        —        —        —        —        —  

Emerging Markets

     —        —        —        —        —        —  

Equity Securities

     —        —        —        —        —        —  

Other Debt Securities

     —        —        —        —        —        —  
                                         

Total Securities Available-for-Sale

     10,099      53      585      9      10,684      62
                                         

Total

   $ 11,263    $ 62    $ 692    $ 19    $ 11,955    $ 81
                                         

The amortized cost and fair values of securities at December 31, 2005, by contractual maturity, are as follows:

 

     Held-to-Maturity    Available-for-Sale

(In millions)

   Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
   Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value

Due in One Year or Less

   $ 112    $ 111    $ 2,206    $ 2,204

Due After One Year Through Five Years

     260      254      203      203

Due After Five Years Through Ten Years

     33      34      47      50

Due After Ten Years

     121      122      575      581

Mortgage-Backed Securities

     1,451      1,430      21,162      21,053

Asset-Backed Securities

     —        —        307      305

Equity Securities

     —        —        957      953
                           

Total

   $ 1,977    $ 1,951    $ 25,457    $ 25,349
                           

Realized gross gains on the sale of securities available-for-sale were $26 million in each of 2005 and 2004. There were $5 million of realized gross losses in 2005 and $21 million of realized gross losses in 2004.

 

88


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

At December 31, 2005, assets amounting to $24.0 billion were pledged primarily for potential borrowing at the Federal Reserve Discount Window. The significant components of pledged assets were as follows: $20.2 billion were securities and $3.8 billion were loans. Included in these pledged assets was securities available-for-sale of $893 million which were pledged as collateral for actual borrowings. The lenders in these borrowings have the right to repledge or sell these securities. The Company obtains securities under resale, securities borrowed and custody agreements on terms which permit it to repledge or resell the securities to others. As of December 31, 2005, the market value of the securities received that can be sold or repledged was $20.2 billion. The Company routinely repledges or lends these securities to third parties. As of December 31, 2005, the market value of collateral repledged and sold was $295 million.

6. Loans

The Company’s loan distribution and industry concentrations of credit risk at December 31, 2005 and 2004 are incorporated by reference from “Loans” in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis Section of this report. The Company’s retail, community, and regional commercial banking operations in the New York metropolitan area create a significant geographic concentration.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its banking subsidiaries have made loans at prevailing interest rates and terms to directors and executive officers of the Company and to certain entities which these individuals are affiliated. The aggregate dollar amount of these loans was $244 million, $229 million, and $475 million at December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003. These loans are primarily extensions of credit under revolving lines of credit established for the affiliated entities. During 2005, these loans averaged $260 million, and ranged from $222 million to $328 million. A total of $0.4 million of these loans was classified by the Company as nonperforming at year-end 2005.

The composition of the Company’s loan portfolio at December 31 is shown in the following table:

 

(In millions)

   2005     2004  

Commercial

   $ 7,727     $ 6,961  

Real Estate

     7,908       6,917  

Consumer Loans

     1,372       1,293  

Lease Financings

     5,525       5,663  

Banks and Other Financial Institutions

     6,080       5,262  

Loans for Purchasing or Carrying Securities

     4,935       3,028  

Margin Loans

     6,089       6,059  

Government and Official Institutions

     101       42  

Other

     989       556  

Less: Allowance for Loan Losses

     (411 )     (591 )
                

Total

   $ 40,315     $ 35,190  
                

 

89


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Transactions in the allowance for credit losses, which represents the allowance for loan losses plus the allowance for lending-related commitments are summarized as follows:

 

     2005  

(In millions)

  

Allowance for

Loan Losses

   

Allowance for

Lending-Related
Commitments

  

Allowance for

Credit Losses

 

Balance, Beginning of Period

   $ 591     $ 145    $ 736  

Charge-Offs

     (195 )     —        (195 )

Recoveries

     9       —        9  
                       

Net Charge-Offs

     (186 )     —        (186 )

Provision

     6       9      15  
                       

Balance, End of Period

   $ 411     $ 154    $ 565  
                       

 

     2004     2003  

(In millions)

  

Allowance for

Loan Losses

   

Allowance for

Lending-Related

Commitments

  

Allowance for

Credit Losses

   

Allowance for

Credit Losses

 

Balance, Beginning of Period

   $ 668     $ 136    $ 804     $ 831  

Charge-Offs

     (93 )     —        (93 )     (198 )

Recoveries

     10       —        10       16  
                               

Net Charge-Offs

     (83 )     —        (83 )     (182 )

Provision

     6       9      15       155  
                               

Balance, End of Period

   $ 591     $ 145    $ 736     $ 804  
                               

The table below sets forth information about the Company’s nonperforming assets and impaired loans at December 31:

 

(In millions)

       2005            2004            2003    

Domestic Nonperforming Loans

   $ 52    $ 185    $ 270

Foreign Nonperforming Loans

     14      28      79
                    

Total Nonperforming Loans

     66      213      349

Other Assets Owned

     13      1      —  
                    

Total Nonperforming Assets

   $ 79    $ 214    $ 349
                    

Impaired Loans with an Allowance

   $ 42    $ 128    $ 287

Impaired Loans without an Allowance (1)

     —        65      41
                    

Total Impaired Loans

   $ 42    $ 193    $ 328
                    

Allowance for Impaired Loans (2)

   $ 16    $ 52    $ 106

Average Balance of Impaired Loans during the Year

     137      297      394

Interest Income Recognized on Impaired Loans during the Year

     5      6      2

(1) When the discounted cash flows, collateral value or market price equals or exceeds the carrying value of the loan, then the loan does not require an allowance under the accounting standard related to impaired loans.
(2) The allowance for impaired loans is included in the Company’s allowance for loan losses.

 

90


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Lost Interest

 

(In millions)

       2005            2004            2003    

Amount by which interest income recognized on
nonperforming loans exceeded reversals:

        

Total

   $ 1    $ 4    $ 1

Foreign

     —        —        —  

Amount by which interest income would have increased if nonperforming loans at year-end had been performing for the entire year:

        

Total

     3      5      12

Foreign

     —        1      1

At December 31, 2005, commitments to borrowers whose loans were classified as nonaccrual or reduced rate were not material. The Company uses the discounted cash flow method as its primary method for valuing its impaired loans.

7. Long-Term Debt

The following is a summary of the contractual maturity of long-term debt at December 31, 2005 and totals for 2004:

 

     2005    2004

(In millions)

   Under
5 Years
   After 5 Years
Through
10 Years
   After
10 Years
   Total    Total

Senior Debt

              

Fixed Rate

   $ 1,665    $ 412    $ —      $ 2,077    $ 1,436

Floating Rate

     1,049      600      31      1,680      1,190

Subordinated Debt (1)

     273      1,516      1,087      2,876      2,309

Junior Subordinated Debt (1)

     —        —        1,184      1,184      1,186
                                  

Total

   $ 2,987    $ 2,528    $ 2,302    $ 7,817    $ 6,121
                                  

(1) Fixed rate

The Company has $493 million of debt maturing in 2006. At December 31, 2005, subordinated debt aggregating $838 million is redeemable at the option of the Company as follows: $229 million in 2006; $119 million in 2007; $490 million after 2007. The Company has $250 million of subordinated debt that is fixed at 4.25% until 2007 when it becomes variable. The Company has the option to call this debt at that time. The Company has $400 million of subordinated debt that is fixed at 3.40% until 2008 when it becomes variable. The Company has the option to call this debt at that time.

 

Weighted Average Interest Rates

       2005             2004      

Fixed Rate Senior Debt

   4.12 %   3.88 %

Floating Rate Senior Debt

   4.37     2.37  

Fixed Rate Subordinated Debt

   5.44     5.31  

Preferred Trust Securities

   7.12     7.12  

Range of Fixed Interest Rates at December 31, 2005

    
     From     To  

Senior Debt

   2.20 %   5.20 %

Subordinated Debt

   3.40     7.40  

Junior Subordinated Debt

   5.95     7.97  

 

91


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Exposure to interest rate movements is reduced by interest rate swap agreements. As a result of these agreements, the effective interest rates differ from those stated.

Wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company (the “Trusts”) have issued cumulative Company-Obligated Mandatory Redeemable Trust Preferred Securities of Subsidiary Trust Holding Solely Junior Subordinated Debentures (“Preferred Trust Securities”). The sole assets of each trust are junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures of the Company, whose maturities and interest rates match the Preferred Trust Securities. The Company’s obligations under the agreements that relate to the Preferred Trust Securities, the Trusts and the debentures constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the Trusts’ obligations under the Preferred Trust Securities.

The following table sets forth a summary of the Junior Subordinated Debt issued by the Company as of December 31, 2005:

Preferred Trust Securities

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Amount    Interest
Rate
    Assets
of Trust (1)
   Due
Date
   Call
Date
   Call
Price
 

BNY Institutional Capital Trust A

   $ 300    7.78 %   $ 309    2026    2006    103.89 %

BNY Capital I

     300    7.97       309    2026    2006    103.99  

BNY Capital IV

     200    6.88       206    2028    2004    Par  

BNY Capital V

     350    5.95       362    2033    2008    Par  
                        
   $ 1,150      $ 1,186         
                        

(1) Junior Subordinated Debt

The Company has the option to shorten the maturity of BNY Capital IV to 2013 or extend the maturity to 2047.

8. Securitizations

The Company provides services to 6 QSPEs as of December 31, 2005. All of the Company’s securitizations are QSPEs as defined in SFAS 140, which by design are passive investment vehicles. Total rate of return swaps entered into in connection with the securitization transactions are recorded in the trading account at fair value with the gain or loss included in net income.

Asset-Backed Commercial Paper Securitization

Since 2000, the Company sells and distributes securities for an asset backed commercial paper securitization program. The Company services the program and receives a market-based fee of approximately five basis points that is just adequate to compensate the Company for its servicing responsibilities. As a result, there is no servicing asset or liability.

The Company provides liquidity and credit enhancement to the commercial paper securitization program through total rate of return swaps. The swaps are constructed to allow reset dates to occur at the maturity of any beneficial interest issued to fund an asset purchase. To the extent there is a liquidity issue impacting the paying ability of the underlying assets or if the underlying assets undergo a credit default, the swaps ensure the timely payments to the beneficial interest holder. Under the terms of the swaps, the Company pays the funding cost of the program plus the expenses and receives the return on the assets.

 

92


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The $50 million of program assets at December 31, 2005 consist of securities that are 100% rated Aa2. The authorized size of the program is $5 billion. The Company has not recognized any gain on the sale of assets to this program due to the short time period between the origination or purchase of the transferred assets and their sale to the program. The purpose of the securitization is to hold highly rated low-risk medium-term customer obligations in a capital efficient manner.

Money Fund Securitization

In 2000, the Company purchased BNY Hamilton Money Fund shares with a market value of $400 million. The Company then sold the right to receive the principal value of the shares in 2021 in a securitization transaction and retained the rights to receive on-going dividends from the shares. The Company did not recognize a gain on the sale. The purpose of this securitization is to achieve a favorable after-tax risk-adjusted investment return. The Company sponsors the BNY Hamilton Money Fund and receives an administrative fee for servicing the fund. The Company hedged a portion of the interest rate risk of the transaction by entering into a $200 million interest rate swap with a third party. The retained interest is recorded in available-for-sale securities in the consolidated balance sheet.

Municipal Bond Securitizations

The Company also sponsored $71 million of municipal bond securitizations for which no gain was recognized. The municipal bonds that were transferred were weekly variable rate demand bonds that are designed to trade at par. Therefore, the book value of the bonds was equal to par and they were sold at par, resulting in no gain or loss on sale. All of the bonds in the program are credit enhanced by a third party letter of credit provider rated at least A3/BBB. The Company provides additional liquidity and credit enhancement through total rate of return swaps, letters of credit, and/or, standby bond purchase agreements. The program’s purpose is to achieve a favorable after-tax risk-adjusted investment return.

Impact of Programs

The impact of these securitizations on the Company’s fully diluted earnings per share is less than 1 cent. Furthermore, if these transactions were consolidated on the balance sheet, there would have been virtually no impact on the Company’s liquidity, and the Tier 1 and Total Capital ratios at December 31, 2005 would have been 8.36% and 12.46%, respectively vs. 8.38% and 12.48% as reported.

9. Shareholders’ Equity

The Company has 5 million authorized shares of Class A preferred stock having a par value of $2.00 per share. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, 3,000 shares were outstanding.

In addition to the Class A preferred stock, the Company has 5 million authorized shares of preferred stock having no par value, with no shares outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

In February 2005, the Company’s board of directors voted unanimously to terminate the Company’s Rights Plan and to impose conditions on its ability to adopt a shareholder rights plan in the future.

Each share of the Company’s common stock represented one right under the Rights Plan. On March 25, 2005, the Company paid 5 cents per right to redeem them.

 

93


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company has reserved the right of its Board, by a majority vote of its independent directors in their exercise of their fiduciary duties, to determine in light of the circumstances then existing if it would be in the best interest of the Company and its shareholders to adopt a new shareholder rights plan without prior shareholder approval. If a shareholder rights plan is adopted by the Board without prior shareholder approval, the plan must provide that it will expire within 12 months from its effective date unless ratified by the Company’s shareholders.

At December 31, 2005, the Company had reserved for issuance approximately 76 million common shares pursuant to the terms of employee benefit plans.

Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated as follows:

 

(In millions, except per share amounts)

   2005    2004    2003

Net Income (1)

   $ 1,571    $ 1,440    $ 1,157

Basic Weighted Average Shares Outstanding

     765      772      752

Shares Issuable upon Conversion:

        

Employee Stock Options

     8      6      7
                    

Diluted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding

     773      778      759
                    

Basic Earnings per Share

   $ 2.05    $ 1.87    $ 1.54

Diluted Earnings per Share

   $ 2.03    $ 1.85    $ 1.52

(1) Net income, net income available to common shareholders and diluted net income are the same for all years presented.

10. Stock Option Plans

The Company’s stock option plans (“the Option Plans”) provide for the issuance of stock options at fair market value at the date of grant to officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. At December 31, 2005, under the Option Plans, the Company may issue 31,504,480 new options. In addition, the Company may reissue any options cancelled under its 1999 and 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plans. Generally, each option granted under the Option Plans is exercisable between one and ten years from the date of grant.

The compensation cost that has been charged against income was $49 million, $39 million, and $24 million for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The total income tax benefit recognized in the income statement was $20 million, $16 million, and $10 million for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

In 2005, the Company switched to a lattice-based binomial method to calculate the fair value on the date of grant. In 2004 and 2003 the Company used a Black-Scholes model. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the following weighted-average assumptions noted in the following table.

 

         2005             2004             2003      

Dividend yield

   2.6 %   2.5 %   3.0 %

Expected volatility

   24     25     31  

Risk free interest rate

   4.17     2.61     2.82  

Expected option lives

   5     5     5  

For 2005 assumptions were determined as follows:

 

    Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from traded options on the Company’s stock, historical volatility of the Company’s stock, and other factors.

 

94


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination within the valuation model.

 

    The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the time of grant.

 

    The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.

A summary of the status of the Company’s Option Plans as of December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, and changes during the years ending on those dates is presented below:

 

     2005    2004    2003

Options

   Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding at
Beginning of Year

     68,809,804     $ 34.89      66,185,011     $ 34.44      51,425,347     $ 37.52

Granted

     6,249,675       30.37      7,215,950       33.06      18,041,155       23.12

Exercised

     (3,370,085 )     18.22      (2,614,568 )     17.08      (1,949,374 )     10.24

Canceled

     (2,226,170 )     38.45      (1,976,589 )     36.39      (1,332,117 )     34.98
                                

Outstanding at End of Year

     69,463,224       35.18      68,809,804       34.89      66,185,011       34.44
                                

Options Exercisable
at End of Year

     54,918,181       36.79      47,337,115       37.49      36,444,541       36.47

Weighted Average Fair Value of Options At Grate Date

   $ 6.13        $ 6.24        $ 4.84    

Aggregate Intrinsic Value (In millions)

    —Outstanding at 12/31

     189          270          307    

    —Exercisable at 12/31

     144          152          131    

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2005:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable

Range of

Exercise Prices

  

Number

Outstanding at

12/31/05

  

Weighted Average

Remaining

Contractual Life

  

Weighted Average

Exercise Price

  

Number

Exercisable at

12/31/05

  

Weighted Average

Exercise Price

$  11 to 20

   2,453,781    0.9 Years    $ 16.75    2,453,781    $ 16.75

    20 to 26

   14,125,165    7.1                23.09    10,013,339      23.07

    26 to 31

   10,528,998    6.3                29.19    4,348,880      27.53

    31 to 43

   31,512,180    5.5                38.16    27,259,081      38.95

    43 to 57

   10,843,100    5.2                52.26    10,843,100      52.26
                  

$    7 to 57

   69,463,224    5.7                35.18    54,918,181      36.79
                  

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $31 million, $27 million, and $25 million.

As of December 31, 2005, there was $49 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested shares granted under the Option Plans. The unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years.

 

95


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Cash received from option exercise under the option plans for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, was $61 million, $45 million, and $20 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercised totaled $11 million, $9 million, and $9 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003.

11. Income Taxes

Income taxes included in the consolidated statements of income consist of the following:

 

     2005    2004    2003

(In millions)

   Current    Deferred     Total    Current    Deferred     Total    Current     Deferred    Total

Federal

   $ 574    $ (96 )   $ 478    $ 183    $ 400     $ 583    $ 6     $ 377    $ 383

Foreign

     198      —         198      112      —         112      104       —        104

State and Local

     79      41       120      40      (17 )     23      (3 )     111      108
                                                                 

Income Taxes

   $ 851    $ (55 )   $ 796    $ 335    $ 383     $ 718    $ 107     $ 488    $ 595
                                                                 

The components of income before taxes are as follows:

 

(In millions)

   2005    2004    2003

Domestic

   $ 2,101    $ 2,043    $ 1,629

Foreign

     266      115      123
                    

Income Before Taxes

   $ 2,367    $ 2,158    $ 1,752
                    

The Company’s net deferred tax liability (included in accrued taxes) at December 31 consisted of the following:

 

(In millions)

   2005      2004      2003  

Lease Financings

   $ 3,255      $ 3,427      $ 3,196  

Depreciation and Amortization

     549        441        394  

Pension

     373        382        382  

Discount on Money Market Investment

     121        126        125  

Securities Valuation

     31        105        125  

Credit Losses on Loans

     (304 )      (299 )      (334 )

Tax Credit Carryovers

     (390 )      (375 )      (248 )

NOL Carryover

     (285 )      (140 )      (15 )

Liabilities not Deducted for Tax

     (119 )      (111 )      (133 )

Other Assets

     (236 )      (268 )      (311 )

Other Liabilities

     66        99        69  
                          

Net Deferred Tax Liability

   $ 3,061      $ 3,387      $ 3,250  
                          

The Company has recorded foreign tax credit carryovers of $223 million, a portion of which will begin to expire in 2012, general business credit carryovers of $107 million which begin to expire in 2023, and a $60 million AMT carryover which does not expire. The Company has Federal and State NOL carryovers of $736 million (for which it has recorded a $285 million tax benefit) related to a separate filing of a group of certain leasing subsidiaries which begin to expire in 2023. In addition, the Company has elected to permanently reinvest the earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries in accordance with APB 23. The related unrecognized deferred tax liability is $10 million. The Company has not recorded a valuation allowance because it expects to realize all of its deferred tax assets including these carryovers.

 

96


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The statutory federal income tax rate is reconciled to the Company’s effective income tax rate below:

 

         2005             2004             2003      

Federal Rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State and Local Income Taxes, Net of Federal Income Tax Benefit

   3.3     0.7     3.9  

Nondeductible Expenses

   0.4     0.4     0.2  

Credit for Synthetic Fuel Investments

   (2.1 )   (0.9 )   (0.8 )

Credit for Low-Income Housing Investments

   (1.5 )   (1.9 )   (0.8 )

Tax-Exempt Income from Municipal Securities

   (0.1 )   (0.2 )   (0.3 )

Other Tax-Exempt Income

   (1.1 )   (1.2 )   (1.5 )

Foreign Operations

   (0.3 )   0.2     (0.1 )

Leveraged Lease Portfolio

   (0.2 )   (0.5 )   (0.3 )

Tax Reserve—LILO Exposure

   0.4     2.3     —    

Other—Net

   (0.2 )   (0.6 )   (1.3 )
                  

Effective Rate

   33.6 %   33.3 %   34.0 %
                  

 

97


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

12. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has defined benefit and contribution retirement plans covering substantially all full-time and eligible part-time employees and also provides health care benefits for certain retired employees. The Company uses September 30 as the measurement date for plan assets and obligations.

Defined Benefit Plans

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the benefit obligation, fair value of plan assets, and funded status for 2005 and 2004:

 

     Pension Benefits     Healthcare Benefits  
     Domestic     Foreign     Domestic     Foreign  

(In millions)

   2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004     2005  

Change in Benefit Obligation

              

Obligation at Beginning of Period

   $ (969 )   $ (826 )   $ (159 )   $ (133 )   $ (153 )   $ (170 )   $ (6 )

Plan Amendments

     114       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Service Cost

     (64 )     (47 )     (9 )     (9 )     —         (1 )     —    

Interest Cost

     (55 )     (50 )     (9 )     (9 )     (9 )     (8 )     (1 )

Employee Contributions

     —         —         (1 )     (1 )     —         —         —    

Actuarial Gain/(Loss)

     (30 )     (91 )     (44 )     (10 )     (37 )     13       (1 )

Benefits Paid

     41       45       4       3       14       13       —    
                                                        

Obligation at End of Period

     (963 )     (969 )     (218 )     (159 )     (185 )     (153 )     (8 )
                                                        

Change in Plan Assets

              

Fair Value at Beginning of Period

     1,240       1,171       142       96       62       59       —    

Actual Return on Plan Assets

     132       109       23       10       3       3       —    

Employer Contributions

     2       6       53       37       —         —         —    

Employee Contributions

     —         —         1       1       —         —         —    

Benefit Payments

     (41 )     (46 )     (4 )     (2 )     —         —         —    
                                                        

Fair Value at End of Period

     1,333       1,240       215       142       65       62       —    
                                                        

Funded Status

     370       271       (3 )     (17 )     (120 )     (91 )     (8 )

Unrecognized Net Transition (Asset) Obligation

     —         —         —         —         38       44       —    

Unrecognized Prior Service Cost

     (113 )     2       —         —         —         —         —    

Unrecognized Net (Gain)/Loss

     587       586       73       43       95       58       —    

Additional Liability

     —         —         (2 )     (2 )     —         —         —    
                                                        

Prepaid Benefit Cost

   $ 844     $ 859     $ 68     $ 24     $ 13     $ 11     $ (8 )
                                                        

Unrecognized actuarial gains and losses are amortized over the future service period (11 years) of active employees if they exceed a threshold amount. The Company currently has unrecognized losses which are being amortized.

Amounts recognized in the Company’s balance sheet at September 30, 2005 and 2004 consist of:

 

     Pension Benefits     Healthcare Benefits  
     Domestic     Foreign     Domestic    Foreign  

(In millions)

     2005         2004         2005         2004         2005        2004        2005    

Prepaid Benefit Cost

   $ 903     $ 905     $ 77     $ 32     $ 13    $ 11    $ —    

Accrued Benefit Cost

     (59 )     (46 )     (9 )     (8 )     —        —        (8 )
                                                      
   $ 844     $ 859     $ 68     $ 24     $ 13    $ 11    $ (8 )
                                                      

 

98


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit plans was $1,080 million at September 30, 2005 and $964 million at September 30, 2004.

The following table contains information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31:

 

(In millions)

   Domestic    Foreign
     2005        2004        2005        2004  

Projected Benefit Obligation

   $ 61    $ 58    $ 13    $ 10

Accumulated Benefit Obligation

     59      46      11      8

Fair Value of Plan Assets

     —        —        1      1

Net Periodic Benefit Cost

Net periodic benefit cost included the following components:

 

     Pension Benefits     Healthcare Benefits
     Domestic     Foreign     Domestic     Foreign

(In millions)

   2005     2004     2003     2005     2004     2003     2005     2004     2003     2005

Net Periodic Cost (Income):

                    

Service Cost

   $ 64     $ 47     $ 39     $ 9     $ 9     $ 4     $ —       $ 1     $ 1     $ —  

Interest Cost

     55       50       44       9       9       5       9       8       10       1

Expected Return on Asset

     (120 )     (132 )     (132 )     (11 )     (11 )     (2 )     (5 )     (6 )     (6 )     —  

Other

     18       4       3       2       —         —         8       7       7       —  
                                                                              

Net Periodic Cost (Income)

   $ 17     $ (31 )   $ (46 )   $ 9     $ 7     $ 7     $ 12     $ 10     $ 12     $ 1
                                                                              

Plan Assumptions

 

     Pension Benefits     Healthcare Benefits  
     Domestic     Foreign     Domestic     Foreign  

(Dollars in millions)

   2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004     2005  

Market-Related Value of
Plan Assets at Beginning Period

   $ 1,502     $ 1,523     $ 215     $ 142     $ 70     $ 71     N/A  

Discount Rate

     5.88 %     6.00 %     4.90 %     5.50 %     5.88 %     6.00 %   5.00 %

Expected Rate of Return on Plan Assets

     7.88       8.25       6.70       7.10       7.25       7.25     N/A  

Rate of Compensation Increase

     3.75       3.75       4.20       4.20        

The Company’s expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on anticipated returns for each asset class. Anticipated returns are weighted for the target allocation for each asset class. Anticipated returns are based on forecasts for prospective returns in the equity and fixed income markets, which should track the long-term historical returns for these markets. The Company also considers the growth outlook for U.S. and global economies, as well as current and prospective interest rates.

For additional information on pension assumptions see “Critical Accounting Policies” in MD&A.

Assumed Healthcare Cost Trend

Domestic Healthcare Benefits

The assumed health care cost trend rate used in determining benefit expense for 2005 is 10.5% decreasing to 5.0% in 2013. This projection is based on various economic models that forecast a decreasing growth rate of

 

99


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

health care expenses overtime. The underlying assumption is that health care expense growth cannot outpace gross national product (“GNP”) growth indefinitely, and over time a lower equilibrium growth rate will be achieved. Further, the growth rate assumed in 2013 bears a reasonable relationship to the discount rate.

An increase in the health care cost trend rate of one percentage point for each year would increase the post-retirement benefit obligation by $15.7 million, or 8.4%, and the sum of the service and interest costs by $1.0 million, or 10.8%. Conversely, a decrease in this rate of one percentage point for each year would decrease the benefit obligation by $13.5 million, or 7.3%, and the sum of the service and interest costs by $0.8 million, or 9.3%.

Foreign Healthcare Benefits

An increase in the health care cost trend rate of one percentage point for each year would increase the post-retirement benefit obligation by $2 million, or 25%, and the sum of the service and interest costs by $0.2 million, or 27%. Conversely, a decrease in this rate of one percentage point for each year would decrease the benefit obligation by $1.6 million, or 19%, and the sum of the service and interest costs by $0.1 million, or 20%.

Investment Strategy and Asset Allocation

The Company’s investment objective for its U.S. and foreign plans is to maximize total return while maintaining a broadly diversified plan. Equities are the main holding including the Company’s common stock as well as private equities. The Company has committed to fund additional private equities, which, when the commitments are drawn upon, will bring the Company’s actual allocation for private equities closer to its target of 5%. Alternative investments and fixed income securities provide diversification and lower the volatility of returns.

The Company’s pension assets were invested as follows at September 30:

 

     Actual Allocation     Target Allocation  
     2005     2004     Domestic     Foreign  
     Domestic     Foreign     Domestic     Foreign      

Equities

   69 %   60 %   66 %   61 %   60 %   60 %

Fixed Income

   22     40     24     38     30     40  

Alternative Investment

   5     —       5     —       5     —    

Private Equities

   2     —       1     —       5     —    

Cash

   2     —       4     1     —       —    
                                    

Total Plan Assets

   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %
                                    

Included in the domestic plan assets above were 4.2 million shares of the Company’s common stock with a fair value of $125 million and $124 million on September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively, representing 9% of 2005 plan assets and 10% of 2004 plan assets. Assets of the postretirement health care plan are invested in an insurance contract.

Expected Contributions for the Fiscal Year Ending December 31, 2005

The Company estimates that the contributions it will make in 2006 to fund its pension plans will be $19 million for the domestic plans and $9 million for the foreign plans.

 

100


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following table shows the expected future benefit payments for the next 10 years:

 

(In millions)    Pension Benefits    Healthcare Benefits

Year

   Domestic    Foreign    Domestic    Foreign

2006

   $ 104    $ 3    $ 18    $ —  

2007

     96      3      17      —  

2008

     99      5      18      —  

2009

     107      5      18      —  

2010

     111      6      18      —  

2011-2015

     634      41      75      1
                           
   $ 1,151    $ 63    $ 164    $ 1
                           

Defined Contribution Plans

The Company has an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) covering certain domestic full-time employees with more than one year of service. The ESOP works in conjunction with the Company’s defined benefit pension plan. Employees are entitled to the higher of their benefit under the ESOP or the defined benefit pension plan. If the benefit under the pension plan is higher, the employee’s share of the ESOP is contributed to the pension plan. Contributions are made equal to required principal and interest payments on borrowings by the ESOP. At September 30, 2005 and 2004, the ESOP owned 11 million shares of the Company’s stock. The fair value of total ESOP assets were $326 million and $324 million at September 30, 2005 and 2004. Contributions were approximately $2.1 million in 2005, $0.2 million in 2004 and $1.9 million in 2003. ESOP related expense was $2 million, $3 million and $10 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003.

The Company has defined contribution plans, excluding the ESOP, for which it recognized a cost of $67 million in 2005, $65 million in 2004, and $48 million in 2003.

13. Company Financial Information

The Bank of New York (the “Bank”), the Company’s primary banking subsidiary, is subject to dividend limitations under the Federal Reserve Act and state banking laws. Under these statutes, prior regulatory approval is required for dividends in any year that would exceed the Bank’s net profits for such year combined with retained net profits for the prior two years. The Bank is also prohibited from paying a dividend in excess of undivided profits.

Under the first and more significant of these limitations, the Bank could declare dividends of approximately $278 million in 2006 plus net profits earned in the remainder of 2006.

The Federal Reserve Board can also prohibit a dividend if payment would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. The Federal Reserve Board generally considers that a bank’s dividends should not exceed earnings from continuing operations.

The Company’s capital ratios and discussion of related regulatory requirements are incorporated by reference from the “Capital Resources” section of Management’s Discussion & Analysis.

The Federal Reserve Act limits and requires collateral for extensions of credit by the Company’s insured subsidiary banks to the Company and certain of its non-bank affiliates. Also, there are restrictions on the amounts

 

101


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

of investments by such banks in stock and other securities of the Company and such affiliates, and restrictions on the acceptance of their securities as collateral for loans by such banks. Extensions of credit by the banks to each of the Company and such affiliates are limited to 10% of such bank’s regulatory capital, and in the aggregate for the Company and all such affiliates to 20%, and collateral must be between 100% and 130% of the amount of the credit, depending on the type of collateral.

The insured subsidiary banks of the Company are required to maintain reserve balances with Federal Reserve Banks under the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation D. Required balances averaged $119 million and $188 million for the years 2005 and 2004.

The Company’s condensed financial statements are as follows:

Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,
(In millions)    2005    2004

Assets

     

Cash and Due from Banks

   $ 791    $ 1,195

Securities

     18      3

Loans

     91      33

Investment in and Advances to Subsidiaries and Associated Companies

     

Banks

     10,846      11,444

Other

     8,395      5,182
             
     19,241      16,626

Other Assets

     170      270
             

Total Assets

   $ 20,311    $ 18,127
             

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

     

Other Borrowed Funds

   $ 85    $ 253

Due to Non-Bank Subsidiaries

     2,723      2,487

Due to Bank Subsidiaries

     —        —  

Other Liabilities

     383      317

Long-Term Debt

     7,244      5,780
             

Total Liabilities

     10,435      8,837
             

Shareholders’ Equity*

     

Preferred

     —        —  

Common

     9,876      9,290
             

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 20,311    $ 18,127
             

* See Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity.

 

102


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Statements of Income

 

       For the years ended December 31,  
(In millions)    2005     2004     2003  

Operating Income

      

Dividends from Subsidiaries

      

Banks

   $ 862     $ 1,189     $ 188  

Other

     108       73       230  

Interest from Subsidiaries

      

Banks

     104       154       149  

Other

     142       81       81  

Other

     24       23       21  
                        

Total

     1,240       1,520       669  
                        

Operating Expenses

      

Interest (including $81 in 2005, $34 in 2004, and $19 in 2003 to Subsidiaries)

     340       169       172  

Other

     63       5       22  
                        

Total

     403       174       194  
                        

Income Before Income Taxes and
Equity in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiaries

     837       1,346       475  

Income Tax Expense/(Benefit)

     (58 )     29       (16 )
                        

Income Before Equity in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiaries

     895       1,317       491  
                        

Equity in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiaries

      

Banks

     411       (15 )     780  

Other

     265       138       (114 )
                        

Total

     676       123       666  
                        

Net Income

   $ 1,571     $ 1,440     $ 1,157  
                        

 

103


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Statements of Cash Flows

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
(In millions)    2005     2004     2003  

Operating Activities

  

Net Income

   $ 1,571     $ 1,440     $ 1,157  

Adjustments to Determine Net Cash Attributable to Operating Activities:

      

Amortization

     30       15       15  

Equity in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiaries

     (676 )     (123 )     (666 )

Change in Interest Payable

     25       5       2  

Change in Taxes Payable

     23       (53 )     (73 )

Other, Net

     (7 )     58       (108 )
                        

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     966       1,342       327  
                        

Investing Activities

      

Purchases of Securities

     (18 )     (3 )     (49 )

Sales of Securities

     —         3       —    

Maturities of Securities

     —         —         49  

Change in Loans

     (61 )     9       (11 )

Acquisition of, Investment in, and Advances to Subsidiaries

     (2,093 )     (232 )     (1,737 )

Other, Net

     15       4       10  
                        

Net Cash Used by Investing Activities

     (2,157 )     (219 )     (1,738 )
                        

Financing Activities

      

Change in Other Borrowed Funds

     (168 )     180       (63 )

Proceeds from the Issuance of Long-Term Debt

     1,778       209       1,916  

Repayments of Long-Term Debt

     (202 )     (476 )     (1,234 )

Change in Advances from Subsidiaries

     236       225       179  

Issuance of Common Stock

     243       227       1,230  

Treasury Stock Acquired

     (417 )     (119 )     (18 )

Cash Dividends Paid

     (644 )     (608 )     (563 )

Stock Rights Redemption

     (39 )     —         —    
                        

Net Cash Provided (Used) by Financing Activities

     787       (362 )     1,447  
                        

Change in Cash and Due from Banks

     (404 )     761       36  

Cash and Due from Banks at Beginning of Year

     1,195       434       398  
                        

Cash and Due from Banks at End of Year

   $ 791     $ 1,195     $ 434  
                        

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

Cash Paid During the Year for:

      

Interest

   $ 314     $ 168     $ 236  

Income Taxes

     658       96       186  

 

104


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

14. Other Noninterest Income and Expense

In 2004, other noninterest income included a pre-tax gain of $48 million from the sale of a portion of the Company’s investment in Wing Hang Bank Limited. In 2003, other noninterest income included $32 million of insurance recoveries. This was offset by an equal amount of expenses related to the WTC disaster in 2003.

Other noninterest income includes equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries of $44 million, $43 million, and $34 million in 2005, 2004, and 2003.

15. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments (i.e., monetary assets and liabilities) are determined under different accounting methods - see “Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The following disclosure discusses these instruments on a uniform basis - fair value. However, active markets do not exist for a significant portion of these instruments, principally loans and commitments. As a result, fair value determinations require significant subjective judgments regarding future cash flows. Other judgments would result in different fair values. Among the assumptions used by the Company are discount rates ranging principally from 4% to 7% at December 31, 2005 and 2% to 6% at December 31, 2004. The fair value information supplements the basic financial statements and other traditional financial data presented throughout this report.

A summary of the practices used for determining fair value is as follows.

Securities, Trading Activities, and Derivatives Used for ALM

The fair value of securities and trading assets and liabilities is based on quoted market prices, dealer quotes, or pricing models. Fair value amounts for derivative instruments, such as options, futures and forward rate contracts, commitments to purchase and sell foreign exchange, and foreign currency swaps, are similarly determined. The fair value of interest rate swaps is the amount that would be received or paid to terminate the agreement.

Loans and Commitments

For certain categories of consumer loans, fair value includes consideration of the quoted market prices for securities backed by similar loans. Discounted future cash flows and secondary market values are used to determine the fair value of other types of loans. The fair value of commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and commercial letters of credit is based upon the cost to settle the commitment.

Other Financial Assets

Fair value is assumed to equal carrying value for these assets due to their short maturity.

Deposits, Borrowings, and Long-Term Debt

The fair value of noninterest-bearing deposits is assumed to be their carrying amount. The fair value of interest-bearing deposits, borrowings, and long-term debt is based upon current rates for instruments of the same remaining maturity or quoted market prices for the same or similar issues.

 

105


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:

 

     December 31,
       2005    2004
(In millions)    Carrying
Amount
   Fair
Value
   Carrying
Amount
   Fair
Value

Assets

           

Securities

   $ 28,134    $ 28,352    $ 24,730    $ 24,945

Trading Assets

     5,930      5,930      4,627      4,627

Loans and Commitments

     34,780      34,884      29,523      29,952

Derivatives Used for ALM

     116      180      192      242

Other Financial Assets

     15,738      15,738      18,745      18,745
                           

Total Financial Assets

     84,698    $ 85,084      77,817    $ 78,511
                   

Non-Financial Assets

     17,376         16,712   
                   

Total Assets

   $ 102,074       $ 94,529   
                   

Liabilities

           

Noninterest-Bearing Deposits

   $ 18,236    $ 18,236    $ 17,442    $ 17,442

Interest-Bearing Deposits

     46,188      46,188      41,279      41,280

Payables to Customers and Broker-Dealers

     8,623      8,623      8,664      8,664

Borrowings

     1,741      1,741      1,769      1,769

Long-Term Debt

     7,817      7,820      6,121      6,307

Trading Liabilities

     2,401      2,401      2,873      2,873

Derivatives Used for ALM

     125      101      83      70
                           

Total Financial Liabilities

     85,131    $ 85,110      78,231    $ 78,405
                   

Non-Financial Liabilities

     7,067         7,008   
                   

Total Liabilities

   $ 92,198       $ 85,239   
                   

The table below summarizes the carrying amount of the hedged financial instruments and the related notional amount of the hedge and estimated fair value (unrealized gain/(loss)) of the derivatives that were linked to these items:

 

     Carrying
Amount
   Notional
Amount
   Unrealized  

(In millions)

         Gain    (Loss)  

At December 31, 2005

           

Loans

   $ 581    $ 579    $ 6    $ (10 )

Securities Held-for-Sale

     514      434      42      (8 )

Deposits

     1,232      1,238      7      —    

Long-Term Debt

     5,068      5,102      125      (83 )

At December 31, 2004

           

Loans

   $ 292    $ 280    $ —      $ (13 )

Securities Held-for-Sale

     750      714      45      (23 )

Deposits

     173      175      —        (1 )

Long-Term Debt

     4,183      4,082      197      (33 )

 

106


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table illustrates the notional amount, remaining contracts outstanding, and weighted average rates for derivative hedging contracts:

 

    

Total (2)

12/31/05

    Remaining Contracts Outstanding at December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010  

Receive Fixed Interest Rate Swaps:

            

Notional Amount

   $ 6,540     $ 5,201     $ 4,391     $ 3,856     $ 3,373     $ 3,391  

Weighted Average Rate

     5.31 %     5.60 %     5.83 %     6.13 %     6.18 %     6.18 %

Pay Fixed Interest Rate Swaps:

            

Notional Amount

   $ 488     $ 400     $ 375     $ 331     $ 259     $ 208  

Weighted Average Rate

     6.05 %     6.31 %     6.30 %     6.33 %     6.43 %     6.35 %

Forward LIBOR Rate (1)

     4.53 %     4.78 %     4.72 %     4.78 %     4.86 %     4.84 %

(1) The forward LIBOR rate shown above reflects the implied forward yield curve for that index at December 31, 2005. However, actual repricings for ALM interest rate swaps are generally based on 3-month LIBOR.
(2) In addition, the Company has $325 million of foreign exchange contracts that expire in 2006.

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities are primarily variable rate instruments except for investment securities. Fixed rate loans and deposits are issued to satisfy customer and investor needs. Derivative financial instruments are utilized to manage exposure to the effect of interest rate changes on fixed rate assets and liabilities, and to enhance liquidity. The Company matches the duration of derivatives to that of the assets and liabilities being hedged, so that changes in fair value resulting from changes in interest rates will be offset.

The Company uses interest rate swaps, futures contracts, and forward rate agreements to convert fixed rate loans, deposits, and long-term debt to floating rates. Basis swaps are used to convert various variable rate borrowings to LIBOR which better matches the assets funded by the borrowings.

The Company uses forward foreign exchange contracts to protect the value of its investments in foreign subsidiaries. The after-tax effects are shown in the cumulative translation adjustment included in shareholders’ equity. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, foreign exchange contracts in a net notional amount of $1,636 million and $1,449 million with fair values of $24 million and $(32) million, hedged corresponding amounts of foreign investments. These foreign exchange contracts had a maturity of less than six months at December 31, 2005. In 2005, the Company hedged its $33 million net investment in an affiliate with a non-derivative financial instrument. In addition, at December 31, 2005, foreign exchange contracts with notional amounts of $89 million and maturities of less than one year hedged corresponding amounts of foreign currency denominated forecasted transactions; the fair value of these contracts was $(2) million.

Deferred net gains or losses on ALM derivative financial instruments at December 31, 2005 and 2004 were $9 million credit and a $12 million credit, respectively.

Net interest income increased by $86 million in 2005, $147 million in 2004, and $142 million in 2003 as a result of ALM derivative financial instruments.

A discussion of the credit, market, and liquidity risks inherent in financial instruments is presented under “Liquidity”, “Market Risk Management”, “Trading Activities and Risk Management”, and “Asset/Liability

 

107


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Management” in the unaudited MD&A section of this report and in the “Trading Activities” and “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

16. Trading Activities

The following table shows the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments that are held for trading purposes:

 

     2005    2004
(In millions)    Assets    Liabilities    Assets    Liabilities

Trading Account

   12/31    Average    12/31    Average    12/31    Average    12/31    Average

Interest Rate Contracts:

                       

Futures and Forward Contracts

   $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 27    $ —      $ —  

Swaps

     1,438      1,635      635      843      1,787      1,493      741      425

Written Options

     —        —        1,184      1,253      —        —        1,322      1,269

Purchased Options

     191      187      —        —        175      161      —        —  

Foreign Exchange Contracts:

                       

Written Options

     —        —        51      64      —        —        33      41

Purchased Options

     68      113      —        —        117      81      —        —  

Commitments to Purchase and Sell Foreign Exchange

     294      385      316      399      533      478      586      517

Debt Securities

     3,846      3,512      164      171      1,894      2,076      76      96

Credit Derivatives

     1      1      6      7      2      2      6      8

Equities

     92      174      45      129      119      167      109      123
                                                       

Total Trading Account

   $ 5,930    $ 6,007    $ 2,401    $ 2,866    $ 4,627    $ 4,485    $ 2,873    $ 2,479
                                                       

 

108


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Foreign exchange and other trading income included the following:

 

(In millions)

       2005             2004            2003      

Foreign Exchange

   $ 274     $ 255    $ 193  

Interest Rate Contracts

     25       6      41  

Debt Securities

     68       66      74  

Credit Derivatives

     (2 )     2      (7 )

Equities

     26       35      26  
                       

Total

   $ 391     $ 364    $ 327  
                       

Foreign exchange includes income from purchasing and selling foreign exchange, futures, and options. Interest rate contracts reflect results from futures and forward contracts, interest rate swaps, foreign currency swaps, and options. Debt and other securities primarily reflect income from debt securities. Credit derivatives include revenue from credit default swaps. Equities include income from equity securities and equity derivatives.

The following table of total daily revenue or loss captures trading volatility and shows the number of days in which the Company’s trading revenues fell within particular ranges during the past year.

Distribution of Revenues*

 

     For the Quarter Ended
(Dollars in millions)        12/31/05            9/30/05            6/30/05            3/31/05            12/31/04    

Revenue Range

   Number of Occurrences

Less than $(2.5)

   0    0    0    0    0

$(2.5)~ $ 0

   3    3    6    1    6

$    0  ~ $ 2.5

   44    51    40    50    49

$ 2.5  ~ $ 5.0

   14    8    16    11    8

More than $5.0

   0    2    2    0    0

* Based on revenues before share with joint venture partner, Susquehanna Trading.

17. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

In the normal course of business, various commitments and contingent liabilities are outstanding which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Management does not expect any material losses to result from these matters.

The Company’s significant trading and off-balance-sheet risks are securities, foreign currency and interest rate risk management products, commercial lending commitments, letters of credit, and securities lending indemnifications. The Company assumes these risks to reduce interest rate and foreign currency risks, to provide customers with the ability to meet credit and liquidity needs, to hedge foreign currency and interest rate risks, and to trade for its own account. These items involve, to varying degrees, credit, foreign exchange, and interest rate risk not recognized in the balance sheet. The Company’s off-balance-sheet risks are managed and monitored in manners similar to those used for on-balance-sheet risks. There are no significant industry concentrations of such risks.

 

109


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

A summary of the notional amount of the Company’s off-balance-sheet credit transactions, net of participations, at December 31, 2005 and 2004 follows:

Off-Balance-Sheet Credit Risks

 

(In millions)

   2005    2004

Lending Commitments

   $ 36,954    $ 36,755

Standby Letters of Credit

     10,383      9,507

Commercial Letters of Credit

     1,189      1,264

Securities Lending Indemnifications

     310,970      232,025

The total potential loss on undrawn commitments, standby and commercial letters of credit, and securities lending indemnifications is equal to the total notional amount if drawn upon, which does not consider the value of any collateral. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The allowance for lending-related commitments at December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $154 million and $145 million.

A securities lending transaction is a fully collateralized transaction in which the owner of a security agrees to lend the security through an agent (the Company) to a borrower, usually a broker/dealer or bank, on an open, overnight or term basis, under the terms of a prearranged contract, which generally matures in less than 90 days. The Company generally lends securities with indemnification against broker default. The Company generally requires the borrower to provide 102% cash collateral which is monitored on a daily basis, thus reducing credit risk. Security lending transactions are generally entered into only with highly-rated counterparties. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, securities lending indemnifications were secured by collateral of $317.4 billion and $233.0 billion.

Standby letters of credit principally support corporate obligations and include $0.9 billion and $0.5 billion that were collateralized with cash and securities at December 31, 2005 and 2004. At December 31, 2005, approximately $6.6 billion of the standbys will expire within one year, and the balance between one to five years.

The notional amounts for other off-balance-sheet risks express the dollar volume of the transactions; however, credit risk is much smaller. The Company performs credit reviews and enters into netting agreements to minimize the credit risk of foreign currency and interest rate risk management products. The Company enters into offsetting positions to reduce exposure to foreign exchange and interest rate risk.

At December 31, 2005, approximately $218 billion of interest rate contracts will mature within one year, $352 billion between one and five years, and the balance after five years. At December 31, 2005, approximately $91 billion of foreign exchange contracts will mature within one year and $3 billion between one and five years. Derivative financial instruments with a carrying value of $3 million were on nonperforming status at year-end 2005.

Use of derivative financial instruments involves reliance on counterparties. Failure of a counterparty to honor its obligation under a derivative contract is a risk the Company assumes whenever it engages in a derivative contract.

 

110


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

A summary of the notional amount and credit exposure of the Company’s derivative financial instruments at December 31, 2005 and 2004 follows:

 

     Notional Amount    Credit Exposure  

(In millions)

   2005    2004    2005     2004  

Interest Rate Contracts:

          

Futures and Forward Contracts

   $ 40,163    $ 36,603    $ 5     $ —    

Swaps

     256,750      232,523      3,907       4,615  

Written Options

     218,997      171,949      8       9  

Purchased Options

     179,964      124,833      837       1,077  

Foreign Exchange Contracts:

          

Swaps

     3,130      3,808      156       245  

Written Options

     6,042      6,698      1       —    

Purchased Options

     7,723      9,430      100       164  

Commitments to Purchase and Sell Foreign Exchange

     77,640      73,914      648       957  

Equity Derivatives:

          

Futures and Forwards

     339      70      2       —    

Written Options

     2,073      1,205      14       1  

Purchased Options

     2,011      1,117      97       35  

Credit Derivatives:

          

Beneficiary

     1,099      1,184      —         —    

Guarantor

     370      440      —         2  
                      
           5,775       7,105  

Effect of Master Netting Agreements

           (4,843 )     (5,390 )
                      

Total Credit Exposure

         $ 932     $ 1,715  
                      

Operating Leases

Net rent expense for premises and equipment was $219 million in 2005, $199 million in 2004, and $154 million in 2003.

At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company was obligated under various noncancelable lease agreements, some of which provide for additional rents based upon real estate taxes, insurance, and maintenance and for various renewal options. The minimum rental commitments under noncancelable operating leases for premises and equipment having a term of more than one year from December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 are as follows:

 

(In millions)     

Year After December 31,

   2005    2004

First

   $ 183    $ 171

Second

     172      165

Third

     134      127

Fourth

     104      107

Fifth

     92      92

Thereafter

     472      485
             

Total Minimum Lease Payments

   $ 1,157    $ 1,147
             

 

111


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Other

The Company has provided standard representations for underwriting agreements, acquisition and divestiture agreements, sales of loans and commitments, and other similar types of arrangements and customary indemnification for claims and legal proceedings related to its provision of financial services. Insurance has been purchased to mitigate certain of these risks. The Company is a minority equity investor in, and member of, several industry clearing or settlement exchanges through which foreign exchange, securities or other transactions settle. Certain of these industry clearing or settlement exchanges require their members to guarantee their obligations and liabilities or to provide financial support in the event other partners do not honor their obligations. It is not possible to estimate a maximum potential amount of payments that could be required with such agreements.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company makes certain investments that have tax consequences. From time to time, the IRS may question or challenge the tax position taken by the Company. The Company engaged in certain types of structured cross-border leveraged leasing investments, referred to as “LILOs”, prior to mid-1999 that the IRS has challenged. In 2004, the IRS proposed adjustments to the Company’s tax treatment of these transactions. As previously disclosed, beginning in the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company had several appellate conferences with the IRS in an attempt to settle the proposed adjustments related to these LILO transactions.

On February 28, 2006, the Company settled this matter with the IRS relating to LILO transactions closed in 1996 and 1997. The settlement will not affect first quarter 2006 net income, as the impact of the settlement was fully reserved.

The Company’s 1998 leveraged lease transactions are in a subsequent audit cycle and were not part of the settlement. The Company believes that a comparable settlement for 1998 will ultimately be possible, given the similarity between these leases and the settled leases. However, negotiations are not complete and the treatment of the 1998 leases may still be litigated. Under current generally accepted accounting principles, if the 1998 leases are settled on a basis comparable to the 1996 and 1997 leases, the Company would not expect the settlement of the 1998 leases to have an impact on net income, based on existing reserves.

In the fourth quarter of 2005 the Company deposited funds with the IRS in anticipation of reaching a settlement on all of its LILO investments.

On February 11, 2005, the IRS released Notice 2005-13, which identified certain lease investments known as “SILOs” as potentially subject to IRS challenge. The Company believes that certain of its lease investments entered into prior to 2004 may be consistent with transactions described in the notice. In response, the Company is reviewing its lease portfolio and evaluating the technical merits of the IRS’ position. Although it is likely the IRS will challenge the tax benefits associated with these leases, the Company remains confident that its tax treatment of the leases complied with statutory, administrative and judicial authority existing at the time they were entered into.

The Company currently believes it has adequate tax reserves to cover its LILO exposure and any other potential tax exposures, based on a probability assessment of various potential outcomes. Probabilities and outcomes are reviewed as events unfold, and adjustments to the reserves are made when appropriate.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to a number of pending and potential legal actions, including actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants, and regulatory matters. Claims for significant monetary damages are asserted in certain of these actions and proceedings. Due to the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, the Company

 

112


Table of Contents

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

cannot ascertain what the eventual outcome of these matters will be; however, based on current knowledge and after consultation with legal counsel, the Company does not believe that judgments or settlements, if any, arising from pending or potential legal actions or regulatory matters, either individually or in the aggregate, after giving effect to applicable reserves, will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of the Company although they could have a material effect on net income for a given period. The Company intends to defend itself vigorously against all of the claims asserted in these legal actions.

See discussion of contingent legal matters in the “Legal and Regulatory Proceedings” section.

 

113


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To The Board of Directors and Shareholders

of The Bank of New York Company, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of The Bank of New York Company Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 22, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/    ERNST & YOUNG LLP        

NEW YORK, NEW YORK

February 22, 2006

 

114


Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


Form 10-K

FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 


(Mark One)

x Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005

 

¨ Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from                  to             

Commission file number 001-06152

 


THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 


 

 

New York   13-2614959

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
One Wall Street, New York, NY   10286
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)
(Registrant’s Telephone number, Including Area Code)   (212) 495-1784

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class   Name of Each Exchange of Which Registered
Common Stock   New York Stock Exchange
6.88% Preferred Trust Securities, Series E   New York Stock Exchange
5.95% Preferred Trust Securities, Series F   New York Stock Exchange

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Class A, 7.75% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock

(Title of Class)

7.97% Capital Securities, Series B

(Title of Class)

 


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   x     No   ¨

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates (persons other than directors and executive officers) computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold as of the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 30, 2005) was $22,183,508,448.

The number of shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding on January 31, 2006, was 771,250,214.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

This Annual Report and Form 10-K incorporates into a single document the requirements of the accounting profession and the Securities and Exchange Commission. Only those sections of the Annual Report referenced in the following cross-reference index and the information under the caption “Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factors That Could Affect Future Results” are incorporated in the Form 10-K.

 


 

115


Table of Contents

The following sections of the Annual Report set forth in the cross-reference index are incorporated in Form 10-K.

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX

 

            Page(s)

PART I

     

Item 1

   Business    2 - 70

Item 1A

   Risk Factors    126 - 135

Item 1B

   Unresolved Staff Comments    Not applicable

Item 2

   Properties    121

Item 3

   Legal Proceedings    121-122

Item 4

   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    121

PART II

     

Item 5

  

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   65

Item 6

  

Selected Financial Data

   1

Item 7

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations

   2 - 70

Item 7A

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   55 - 58

Item 8

  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   71 - 113
  

Quarterly Data

   64

Item 9

  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
and Financial Disclosure

   121

Item 9A

  

Controls and Procedures

   137

Item 9B

  

Other Information

   Not applicable

PART III

     

Item 10

   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant    123, 139 - 140

Item 11

  

Executive Compensation

   *

Item 12

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   *

Item 13

  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   *

Item 14

  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

   *

PART IV

     

Item 15

   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules    141 - 146

* Pursuant to Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K, the remainder of the information to be provided in Item 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Form 10-K (other than information pursuant to Items 401(b) and 406 of Regulation S-K) is incorporated herein by reference to the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2006 annual meeting of shareholders to be filed within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.

 

116


Table of Contents

CERTAIN REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS

General

The Company is a bank holding company subject to the regulation and supervision of the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (“BHC Act”) and has qualified and elected to be treated as a financial holding company (a “FHC”) under the BHC Act. The Company is also subject to regulation by the New York State Banking Department. Under the BHC Act, bank holding companies that are not FHCs are generally limited to engaging in the business of banking, managing or controlling banks, and other activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto.

A bank holding company, such as the Company, each of whose insured depository institution subsidiaries is “well capitalized” (Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6%, Total capital ratio of at least 10% and a leverage ratio of at least 5%) and “well managed” under applicable law and regulation and which has received at least a “satisfactory” rating in its most recent examination under the Community Reinvestment Act may elect to be a FHC and engage in a broader range of financial activities than those traditionally permissible for U.S. bank holding companies that are not FHCs. Under the BHC Act, a FHC may, without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board, engage in any activity, or acquire and retain the shares of any company engaged in any activity, that is either (1) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity (as determined by the Federal Reserve Board in consultation with the Department of the Treasury) or (2) complementary to a financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally (as solely determined by the Federal Reserve Board). Activities that are financial in nature include insurance, securities underwriting and dealing, and merchant banking. Under the merchant banking provisions of the BHC Act, qualifying FHCs may invest in companies that engage in activities that are not otherwise permissible, subject to certain limitations, including that the FHC makes the investment for a limited duration and does not routinely manage the company.

A FHC that does not continue to meet all the requirements for FHC status will, depending on which requirements it fails to meet, lose the ability to undertake new activities or make acquisitions that are not generally permissible for bank holding companies or to continue such activities.

Both federal and state laws extensively regulate various aspects of the banking business, such as permissible loans, investments and activities, and impose reserve requirements. These regulations are intended primarily for the protection of depositors rather than the Company’s stockholders.

The Company’s subsidiary banks are subject to supervision and examination by applicable federal and state banking agencies. The Bank of New York (the “Bank”), the Company’s principal banking subsidiary, is a New York chartered banking corporation, is a member of the Federal Reserve System and is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve and by the New York State Banking Department.

Under Federal Reserve Board policy, the Company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to its banks and to commit resources to support its banks, including in circumstances where it might not do so absent such policy. In addition, any loans by the Company to its banks would be subordinate in right of payment to depositors and to certain other indebtedness of its banks.

Acquisitions

Federal and state laws impose approval requirements for mergers and acquisitions involving commercial banks or bank holding companies. The BHC Act requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board for the direct or indirect acquisition of more than 5% of any class of the voting shares or all or substantially all of the assets of a commercial bank or bank holding company. In reviewing bank acquisition and merger applications, the bank regulatory authorities will consider, among other things, the competitive effect of the transaction, financial and managerial issues including the capital position of the combined organization, convenience and needs factors, including the applicant’s record under the Community Reinvestment Act, and the effectiveness of the subject organizations in combating money laundering activities.

 

117


Table of Contents

Capital Adequacy

The Federal bank regulators have adopted risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies and banks. The minimum ratio of qualifying total capital (“Total Capital”) to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet items) is 8%. At least half of the Total Capital must consist of common stock, retained earnings, qualifying noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries and, for bank holding companies, a limited amount of non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, trust preferred securities and certain other so-called ‘restricted core capital elements’, less most intangibles including goodwill (“Tier 1 Capital”). The remainder (“Tier 2 Capital”) may consist of certain other preferred stock, certain other capital instruments, and limited amounts of subordinated debt and the allowance for loan and lease losses. Restricted core capital elements are currently limited to 25% of Tier 1 Capital and, beginning March 31, 2009, will be limited to 15% of Tier 1 Capital for internationally active banking organizations like the Company and the Bank.

In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has established minimum Leverage Ratio (Tier 1 Capital to average total assets) guidelines for bank holding companies and banks. The Federal Reserve Board’s guidelines provide for a minimum Leverage Ratio of 3% for bank holding companies and banks that meet certain specified criteria, including those having the highest supervisory rating. All other banking organizations will be required to maintain a Leverage Ratio of at least 4%. At December 31, 2005, the Federal Reserve Board has not advised the Company of any specific minimum Leverage Ratio applicable to it .

The guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets.

As discussed above, the Company’s bank subsidiaries must be “well capitalized” for the Company to maintain its FHC status. In addition, as a practical regulatory matter, the Company must maintain capital ratios above well capitalized.

In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, which it revised in December 2003 (“FIN 46”). One consequence of FIN 46 is that, effective December 31, 2003, the Company deconsolidated the statutory trusts which have issued trust preferred securities. As a result, the junior subordinated debentures held by the trusts are now reported on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The Federal Reserve Board has, however, confirmed the continued qualification of trust preferred securities as Tier 1 Capital (subject to the restrictions described above) notwithstanding the change in accounting treatment. See “Accounting Changes and New Accounting Pronouncements” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements regarding the adoption of FIN 46.

See “Capital Resources” in the “Management Discussion & Analysis” section for a discussion of the BIS proposal to change the risk-based capital guidelines.

Prompt Corrective Action

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”) among other things, requires federal banking regulators to take prompt corrective action in respect of FDIC-insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. The FDIA specifies five capital tiers: “well capitalized”, “adequately capitalized”, “undercapitalized”, “significantly undercapitalized”, and “critically undercapitalized”. A depository institution’s capital tier will depend upon how its capital levels compare to various relevant capital measures and certain other factors, as established by regulation.

Under applicable regulations, an FDIC-insured bank is deemed to be: (i) well capitalized if it maintains a Leverage Ratio of at least 5%, a Tier 1 Capital Ratio of at least 6% and a Total Capital Ratio of at least 10% and is not subject to an order, written agreement, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific level for any capital measure; (ii) adequately capitalized if it maintains a Leverage Ratio of at

 

118


Table of Contents

least 4% (or a Leverage Ratio of at least 3% if it received the highest supervisory rating in its most recent report of examination, subject to appropriate federal banking agency guidelines), a Tier 1 Capital Ratio of 4% and a Total Capital Ratio of at least 8% and is not defined to be well capitalized; (iii) undercapitalized if it has a Leverage Ratio of less than 4% (or a Leverage Ratio that is less than 3% if it received the highest supervisory rating in its most recent report of examination, subject to appropriate federal banking agency guidelines), a Tier 1 Capital Ratio less than 4% or a Total Capital Ratio of less than 8% and it does not meet the definition of a significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized institution; (iv) significantly undercapitalized if it has a Leverage Ratio of less than 3%, a Tier 1 Capital Ratio less than 3% or a Total Capital Ratio of less than 6% and it does not meet the definition of critically undercapitalized; and (v) critically undercapitalized if it maintains a level of tangible equity capital of less than 2% of total assets. A bank may be deemed to be in a capitalization category that is lower than is indicated by its actual capital position if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating. The FDIA imposes progressively more restrictive constraints on operations, management and capital distributions, depending on the capital category in which an institution is classified.

A depository institution that is not well capitalized is subject to certain limitations on brokered deposits. In addition, as indicated above, if a depository institution is not well capitalized, its parent holding company cannot become, and, subject to a capital restoration plan, cannot remain, a FHC.

The FDIA generally prohibits an FDIC-insured depository institution from making any capital distribution (including payment of dividends) or paying any management fee to its holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to restrictions on borrowing from the Federal Reserve and to growth limitations, and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. For a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, any holding company must guarantee the capital plan up to an amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the depository institution’s assets at the time it became undercapitalized and the amount of the capital deficiency at the time it fails to comply with the plan. In the event of the holding company’s bankruptcy, such guarantee would take priority over claims of its general unsecured creditors. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is significantly undercapitalized.

Significantly undercapitalized depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. Critically undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to appointment of a receiver or conservator.

A further discussion of the Company’s capital position and capital adequacy is incorporated by reference from “Capital Resources” in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” Section.

FDIC Insurance Assessments

The Company is subject to FDIC deposit insurance assessments for the Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”). For purposes of assessment, the Company is assigned to one of three capital groups: well capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized. The Company is further assigned to one of three subgroups within its capital group. The assignment to a particular subgroup is based on supervisory evaluations by the primary federal and state supervisors and other information relevant to the Company’s financial condition and the risk posed to the applicable insurance fund.

In the future, the assessment rate applicable to the Company will be determined in part by the risk assessment classification assigned by the FDIC and in part by the BIF assessment adopted by the FDIC. FDIC regulations currently provide that premiums related to deposits assessed by the BIF are to be assessed at a rate between 0 cent and 27 cents per $100 of deposits.

In recent years, the Company’s U.S. bank subsidiaries and other well capitalized and well managed banks have not paid premiums for FDIC insurance due to favorable loss experience and a healthy reserve ratio in the

 

119


Table of Contents

BIF. However, such well capitalized and well managed banks may be required to pay premiums on deposit insurance in the future. The outcome of legislative and regulatory initiatives, the BIF loss experience and other factors will determine the amount of such premiums.

The Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 separated the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) assessment to service the interest on its bond obligations from the BIF and the Savings Association Insurance Fund assessments. The amount assessed on individual institutions by the FICO will be in addition to the amount, if any, paid for deposit insurance according to the FDIC’s risk-related assessment rate schedules. FICO assessment rates may be adjusted quarterly to reflect a change in assessment base for the BIF. The current FICO annual assessment rate is 1.34 cents per $100 of deposits.

Depositor Preference

The FDIA provides for a depositor preference on amounts realized from the liquidation or other resolution of any depository institution insured by the FDIC.

Cross Guarantee Liability of FDIC-Insured Bank Subsidiaries

A financial institution insured by the FDIC that is under common control with a failed or failing FDIC-insured institution can be required to indemnify the FDIC for losses incurred by, or reasonably expected to be incurred by, the FDIC resulting from the insolvency of the failed institution or from providing assistance to the failing institution, even if this causes the affiliated institution also to become insolvent. Any obligation or liability owed by a subsidiary depository institution to its parent company is subordinate to the subsidiary’s cross-guarantee liability with respect to commonly controlled insured depository institutions and to the rights of depositors.

Restrictions on Transfer of Funds

Restrictions on the transfer of funds to the Company and subsidiary bank dividend limitations are discussed in “Company Financial Information” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Privacy

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLB Act”) modified laws related to financial privacy. The GLB Act financial privacy provisions generally prohibit a financial institution, including the Company, from disclosing nonpublic personal financial information about consumers to unaffiliated third parties unless consumers have the opportunity to “opt out” of the disclosure. A financial institution is also required to provide its privacy policy annually to its customers. A number of state legislatures have adopted privacy laws, including laws prohibiting sharing of customer information without the customer’s prior permission, and other state legislatures are considering similar laws. These laws may make it more difficult for the Company to share customer information with its marketing partners, reduce the effectiveness of marketing programs, and increase the cost of marketing programs.

Anti-Money Laundering Initiatives and the USA PATRIOT Act

A major focus of governmental policy relating to financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”) substantially broadened the scope of U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued a number of implementing regulations which apply to various requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act to financial institutions such as the Company’s bank, broker-dealer and investment adviser subsidiaries and mutual funds and

 

120


Table of Contents

private investment companies advised or sponsored by the Company’s subsidiaries. Those regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. In addition, the bank regulatory agencies are imposing heightened standards, which have resulted in an increased number of regulatory sanctions and law enforcement authorities have been taking a more active role. Because the Bank is a major correspondent bank, a number of these new regulations and standards impose particularly heightened requirements. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.

Community Reinvestment Act

The Community Reinvestment Act requires banks to help serve the credit needs of their communities, including credit to low and moderate income individuals and geographies. Should the Company or its bank subsidiaries fail to serve adequately the community, potential penalties may include regulatory denials to expand branches, relocate, add subsidiaries and affiliates, expand into new financial activities and merge with or purchase other financial institutions.

Legislative and Regulatory Initiatives

Various legislative initiatives are from time to time introduced in Congress, and various regulatory initiatives are introduced, that would apply to the Company. The Company cannot determine the ultimate effect that any such potential legislation or regulations, if adopted, would have upon its financial condition or operations.

S UBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders of the registrant during the fourth quarter of 2005.

C HANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

There have been no events which require disclosure under Item 304 of Regulation S-K.

P ROPERTIES

At December 31, 2005 in New York City, the Company owned the forty-nine story building housing its executive headquarters at One Wall Street and an operations center at 101 Barclay Street. See “Capital Resources” in the “Management Discussion & Analysis” section. The Company leases the land at the 101 Barclay Street location under a lease expiring in 2080. In addition, the Company owns and/or leases administrative and operations facilities in New York, New Jersey, Delaware, Florida, Connecticut and the mid-south region of the U.S.; Brussels, Belgium; London, England; Liverpool, England; Manchester, England; Edinburgh, Scotland; Chennai, India. Other real properties owned or leased by the Company, when considered in the aggregate, are not material to its operations.

L EGAL AND REGULATORY PROCEEDINGS

In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to a number of pending and potential legal actions, including actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants, and regulatory matters. Claims for significant monetary damages are asserted in certain of these actions and proceedings. In regulatory enforcement matters, claims for disgorgement and the imposition of penalties and/or other remedial sanctions are possible. Due to the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, the Company cannot ascertain what the eventual outcome of these matters will be; however, based on current knowledge and after consultation with legal counsel, the Company does not believe that judgments or

 

121


Table of Contents

settlements, if any, arising from pending or potential legal actions or regulatory matters, either individually or in the aggregate, after giving effect to applicable reserves, will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of the Company although they could have a material effect on net income for a given period. The Company intends to defend itself vigorously against all of the claims asserted in these legal actions.

As disclosed in a report filed on Form 8-K on November 8, 2005, the Bank entered into a non-prosecution agreement with the U.S. Attorney’s Offices for the Southern and Eastern Districts of New York (“SDNY” and “EDNY”). The agreement resolves the previously disclosed SDNY investigation involving funds transfer activities to and from Russia from 1996-1999 and the EDNY investigation of a fraudulent scheme conducted by a former customer of one of the Bank’s Long Island branch offices.

The Company is broadly involved in the mutual fund industry, and various governmental and self-regulatory agencies have sought documents and other information from it in connection with investigations relating to that industry. The Company is cooperating with these investigations. One of these investigations, by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), concerns the relationship between: (1) the BNY Hamilton Funds, Inc., a family of mutual funds; (2) the Company, which acts as the investment adviser to the Hamilton Funds and provides certain other services; and (3) a third-party service provider that acts as administrator and principal underwriter of the Hamilton Funds. This investigation principally concerns the appropriateness of certain expenditures made in connection with marketing and distribution of the Hamilton Funds. Another SEC investigation has focused on possible market-timing transactions cleared by Pershing LLC (“Pershing”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, for Mutuals.com and other introducing brokers. The Company has entered into settlement negotiations with the SEC staff concerning the Pershing investigation and believes that these discussions will result in a resolution of this investigation, but there can be no assurance that a settlement will be reached.

Pershing, which was acquired from Credit Suisse First Boston (USA), Inc. (“CSFB”) in May 2003, is defending three putative class action lawsuits filed against CSFB seeking unspecified damages relating to mutual fund market-timing transactions that were cleared through Pershing’s facilities. Because the conduct at issue is alleged to have occurred largely during the period that Pershing was owned by CSFB, the Company had made a claim for indemnification against CSFB relating to these lawsuits under the agreement relating to the acquisition of Pershing. CSFB is disputing this claim for indemnification.

Pershing Trading Company LP, an indirect subsidiary of the Company, has received a request for information from the SEC in connection with its investigation of the trading activities of floor specialists from 1999 to 2004 on two regional exchanges. The investigation involves possible interpositioning and frontrunning activities by certain specialists on these exchanges. Pershing is cooperating with the investigation. Because the conduct under review occurred largely during the period that Pershing was owned by CSFB, the Company has made a claim for indemnification against CSFB relating to this matter. CSFB is disputing this claim for indemnification.

As previously disclosed, the SEC has sought documents and other information from the Company in connection with investigations relating to its issuer services business. The Company continues to cooperate with these investigations. The investigations have focused primarily on (i) the Company’s role as transfer agent on behalf of equity issuers in the United States and the process used by the Company’s stock transfer division to search for lost security holders of its issuer clients; and (ii) the Company’s role as auction agent in connection with auction rate securities issued by various issuers. The Company has entered into settlement negotiations with the SEC staff concerning the transfer agent investigation. The Company has made an offer of settlement to resolve this matter that the staff has agreed to recommend to the SEC. There can be no assurance that the SEC will accept the offer or that a settlement will be reached.

 

122


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Thomas A. Renyi

Mr. Renyi, 59, has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. and The Bank of New York since at least 2000.

Gerald L. Hassell

Mr. Hassell, 54, has served as President of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. and The Bank of New York since at least 2000.

Bruce W. Van Saun

Mr. Van Saun, 48, has served as Vice Chairman since November 2005 and Chief Financial Officer of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. and The Bank of New York since at least 2000. He served as Senior Executive Vice President of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. and The Bank of New York from at least 2000 to 2005.

John M. Liftin

Mr. Liftin, 62, has served as Vice Chairman, General Counsel and Secretary of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. and as Vice Chairman and General Counsel of The Bank of New York since April 2005. Mr. Liftin joined the Company from Prudential Financial, Inc., where he served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel from 1998 to 2005.

Thomas J. Mastro

Mr. Mastro, 56, has served as Comptroller of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. since 1999. He has served as Executive Vice President since 2004 and Comptroller since 1999 of The Bank of New York. He served as Senior Vice President of The Bank of New York from at least 1999 to 2004.

Kevin C. Piccoli

Mr. Piccoli, 48, has served as Auditor of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. since 2001. He has served as Executive Vice President since 2004 and Chief Auditor since 2001 of The Bank of New York. He served as Senior Vice President of The Bank of New York from 2001 to 2004. Prior to joining The Bank of New York Company Inc., Mr. Piccoli was Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of Cantor Fitzgerald LP and Chief Financial Officer of eSpeed, Inc. (a NASDAQ listed, majority owned subsidiary of Cantor Fitzgerald) from 1999 to 2001.

There are no family relationships between the executive officers of the Company. The terms of office of the executive officers of the Company extend until the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

123


Table of Contents

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS AND RISK FACTORS THAT COULD AFFECT

FUTURE RESULTS

General

The information presented with respect to, among other things, earnings and revenue outlook, projected business growth, the outcome of legal, regulatory and investigatory proceedings, the Company’s plans, objectives and strategies, and future loan losses, is forward looking information. Forward looking statements are the Company’s current estimates or expectations of future events or future results.

The Company or its executive officers and directors on behalf of the Company may from time to time make forward looking statements. When used in this report, any press release or oral statements, the words “estimate,” “forecast,” “foresee,” “project,” “anticipate,” “target,” “expect,” “effort,” “intend,” “think,” “continue,” “seek,” “believe,” “plan,” “goal,” “could,” “should,” “may,” “will,” “strategy,” and words of similar meaning are intended to identify forward looking statements in addition to statements specifically identified as forward looking statements.

Forward looking statements, including the Company’s discussions and projections of future results of operations and discussions of future plans contained in Management’s Discussion and Analysis and elsewhere in this Form 10-K, are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions: Variations in management’s projections, methodologies used by management to set adequate reserve levels for expected and contingent liabilities, and evaluation of risk or market forecasts and the actions that management could take in response to these changes are all subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from projected results. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to:

 

    General business and economic conditions;

 

    Monetary and other governmental policies;

 

    Level and volatility of interest rates;

 

    Actions of rating agencies;

 

    Acquisitions and divestitures;

 

    Competition;

 

    Changes in technology;

 

    Dependence on fee based business;

 

    Terrorism and responses;

 

    Legislative and regulatory environment;

 

    Reputational and legal risk;

 

    Changes to tax laws and regulations;

 

    Changes to accounting principles or standards;

 

    Domestic and global economic trends;

 

    Market volatility;

 

    Access to capital markets;

 

    Actual and assumed rates of return on pension assets;

 

    Credit risks inherent in the lending process and the Company’s provision for credit losses;

 

    Inflation;

 

124


Table of Contents
    Rising employee benefit expenses; and

 

    The effectiveness of management’s efforts to control expenses

Readers of this document should not rely solely on forward-looking information and should consider all uncertainties and risks disclosed throughout this document and in the Company’s other reports to the SEC, including but not limited to, those discussed below. Any factor described in this report could by itself, or together with one or more other factors, adversely affect the Company’s business, future prospects, and results of operations or financial condition. There are also other factors that are not described in this report and the Company’s other reports that could cause the Company’s results to differ from the Company’s expectations. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report.

Forward looking statements could be affected by a number of risks potentially impacting its business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, some of which by their nature are dynamic and subject to rapid and possibly abrupt changes which the Company is necessarily unable to predict with accuracy. In addition to the risks described in other parts of the report, including the Legal and Regulatory Proceedings and Risk Management sections, these risks include, but are not limited to, those discussed below under “Risk Factors.”

Forward looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. The Company will not update forward looking statements to reflect facts, assumptions, circumstances or events which have changed after a forward looking statement was made except as required by law.

 

125


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

Making or continuing an investment in securities issued by the Company, including its common stock, involves certain risks that you should carefully consider. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks that may have a material adverse effect on the Company. Additional risks and uncertainties also could adversely affect its business and its results. If any of the following risks actually occur, its business, financial condition or results of operations could be negatively affected, the market price for your securities could decline, and you could lose all or a part of your investment. Further, to the extent that any of the information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitutes forward-looking statements, the risk factors set forth below also are cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Company.

Risks Related to the Company’s Business

Global Trends—The Company’s business could be adversely affected if current global trends do not continue or if global business and economic conditions weaken.

The Company’s businesses benefit from certain global trends, such as the growth of financial assets, creation of new securities, financial services industry consolidation, rapid technological change, globalization of investment activities, structural changes to financial markets, shortened settlement cycles, straight-through processing requirements, and increased demand for outsourcing. The Company believes that these long-term trends all tend to increase the demand for the Company’s products and services around the world. If these trends do not continue then the Company’s fee-based revenue growth may be adversely affected.

The Company expects that its business will benefit from worldwide pension reform that creates additional pools of assets that use custody and related services, and investment management services. If the pace of pension reform and resulting programs, including public and private pension plans, slows down or if substantial pension reform does not occur, particularly in markets in which the Company is active, then the Company’s revenue growth may be adversely affected.

In addition, sustained weakness or weakening in business and economic conditions in any or all of the domestic or international financial markets in which the Company conducts its business could have one or more of the following effects:

 

    Decreased demand for investment products or services offered by the Company as a result of negative trends in savings rates or in individuals’ investment preferences.

 

    Decreased demand for custody and related services and investment management services as a result of slowed or halted inflows to pension plans.

 

    Increased credit costs and higher provision for credit losses as a result of lower credit quality of the Company’s clients.

Competition—The Company is subject to intense competition in all aspects of its business, which could negatively affect its ability to maintain or increase its profitability.

Many businesses in which the Company operates are intensely competitive around the world. Other domestic and international banks and financial service companies such as trading firms, broker dealers, investment banks, specialized processing companies, outsourcing companies, data processing companies and asset managers aggressively compete with the Company for fee-based business. The Company also faces competition from both unregulated and regulated financial services organizations such as mutual funds, insurance companies, credit unions, money market funds and investment counseling firms, whose products and services span the local, national and global markets in which the Company conducts operations. The ability of a competitor to offer comparable or improved products or services at a lower price would likely negatively affect the Company’s ability to maintain or increase its profitability.

 

126


Table of Contents

In the traditional banking part of the Company’s business, commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations and credit unions actively compete for deposits, and money market funds and brokerage houses offer deposit-like services. These institutions, as well as consumer and commercial finance companies, national retail chains, receivables factors, insurance companies and pension trusts, are important competitors that offer various types of loans to borrowers. Issuers of commercial paper compete actively for funds and reduce demand for bank loans. Insurance companies, investment counseling firms, brokerage houses and other business firms and individuals offer active competition for personal trust services and investment counseling services.

Pricing pressures as a result of the activities of competitors, customer pricing reviews, and the introduction of new products may result in a reduction in the price the Company can charge for its products and services.

The Company’s competitive environment in traditional banking is also impacted by the growth of alternative delivery channels, in particular the Internet, which facilitates competition by removing geographic barriers to providing certain of its products and services and which further opens the market for competitors. It is likely that competition will increase in the future as a result of ongoing legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continuing trend of consolidation in the financial services industry. Federal banking law permits affiliation among banks, securities firms and insurance companies, which also is changing the competitive environment in which the Company conducts business.

The Company’s internal strategies and forecasts assume a growing client base and increasing client usage of its services. A decline in the pace at which the Company attracts new clients and a decline of the pace at which existing and new clients use additional services and assign additional assets to the Company for management or custody would adversely affect its future results of operations. A decline in the rate at which Company clients outsource functions, such as their internal accounting activities, would also adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

The Company’s ability to successfully compete for business depends in part on its ability to develop and market new and innovative services, and to adopt or develop new technologies that differentiate its products or provide cost efficiencies. Rapid technological change in the financial services industry, together with competitive pressures, require the Company to make significant and ongoing investments to bring new services to market in a timely fashion at competitive prices. The Company cannot provide any assurance that its technology spending will achieve gains in competitiveness or profitability, and the costs it incurs in product development could be substantial. Accordingly, the Company could incur substantial development costs without achieving corresponding gains in profitability.

Dependence on fee-based business—The Company is dependent on fee-based business for a substantial majority of its revenue.

The Company’s principal operational focus is on fee-based business, as distinct from commercial banking institutions that earn most of their revenues from traditional interest-generating products and services. The Company has redeployed its assets away from traditional corporate banking in order to further concentrate on fee-based businesses, including cash management, custody, mutual fund services, unit investment trusts, corporate trust, depositary receipts, stock transfer, securities execution and clearance, collateral management, and asset management. As a result, for the year ended December 31, 2005, approximately 72% of its total revenues came from fee-based business with the balance from interest earnings on corporate and retail loans or its investment securities portfolio. Accordingly, the Company’s overall results of operations are dependent on the performance of its fee-based businesses.

The Company’s fee-based revenues could be adversely affected by a slowing in capital market activity, significant declines in market values or negative trends in savings rates or in individual investment preferences.

The Company’s businesses benefit from increases in the volume of financial market transactions worldwide. Corporate actions, cross-border investing, global mergers and acquisitions activity, new debt and equity

 

127


Table of Contents

issuances, and secondary trading volumes all affect the level of the Company’s revenues. Fees for many of the Company’s products and services are based on the volume of transactions processed, the market value of assets managed and administered, securities lending volume and spreads, and fees for other services rendered. Asset-based fees are typically determined on a sliding scale so that, as the value of a client portfolio grows, the Company receives a smaller percentage of the increasing value as fee income. This is particularly important to the Company’s asset management, global funds services and global custody businesses. Significant declines in the values of capital assets, particularly equities, would reduce the market value of some of the assets the Company manages and administers and result in a corresponding decrease in the amount of fees the Company receives and therefore would have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations. Similarly, significant declines in the volume of capital markets activity would reduce the number of transactions the Company processes and the amount of securities lending the Company does and therefore would also have an adverse effect on its results of operations.

The Company’s business generally benefits when individuals invest their savings in mutual funds and other collective funds or in defined contribution pension plans. If there is a decline in the savings rates of individuals, or if there is a change in investment preferences that leads to less investment in mutual funds, other collective funds and defined contribution plans, the Company’s revenues could be adversely affected.

The Company’s fee-based revenues could be adversely affected by a stable exchange-rate environment or decreased cross-border investing activity.

The degree of volatility in foreign exchange rates can affect the amount of the Company’s foreign exchange trading revenue. While much of the Company’s foreign exchange revenue is derived from its securities servicing client base, activity levels are generally higher when there is more volatility. Accordingly, the Company benefits from currency volatility and its foreign exchange revenue is likely to decrease during times of decreased currency volatility.

The Company’s future revenue may increase or decrease depending upon the extent of increases or decreases in cross-border or other investments made by the Company’s clients. Economic and political uncertainties resulting from terrorist attacks, military actions or other events, including changes in laws or regulations governing cross-border transactions, such as currency controls, could result in decreased cross-border investment activity. Decreased cross-border investing could lead to decreased demand for investor services provided by the Company.

The Company’s ability to retain existing business and obtain new business is dependent on its consistent execution of the fee-based services it performs.

The Company provides custody, accounting, daily pricing and administration, master trust and master custody, investment management, trustee and recordkeeping, foreign exchange, securities lending, securities execution and clearance, correspondent clearing, stock transfer, cash management, trading and information services to clients worldwide. Assets under custody and assets under management are held by the Company in a custodial or fiduciary capacity and are not included in assets of the Company. If the Company fails to perform these services in a manner consistent with its fiduciary, custodial and other obligations, existing and potential clients may lose confidence in the Company’s ability to properly perform these services and the Company’s business may be adversely affected. In addition, any such failure may result in contingent liabilities that could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or losses that could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

Interest Rate Environment—The Company’s revenues and profits are sensitive to changes in interest rates.

The Company’s net interest income and cash flows are sensitive to interest rate changes, changes in valuations in the debt or equity markets and changes in customer credit quality, over which the Company has no

 

128


Table of Contents

control. The Company’s net interest income is the difference between the interest income earned on the Company’s interest-earning assets, such as loans, and the interest expense incurred on its interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits.

As a result of changes in interest rates the Company may experience one or more of the following effects:

 

    Changes in net interest income depending on the Company’s balance sheet position at the time of change. See discussion under “Asset/Liability Management” elsewhere in this report.

 

    Reduced credit demand due to sustained higher interest rates.

 

    An increased number of delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults and more nonperforming assets and net charge offs as a result of abrupt increases in interest rates.

 

    Increased borrowing costs and reduced access to the capital markets caused by unfavorable financial conditions.

 

    Sustained lower interest rates, which may reduce the spread the Company earns on deposits.

 

    A decline in the value of the Company’s fixed income investment portfolio as a result of increasing interest rates.

 

    Decreased fee-based revenues due to a slowing of capital market activity or significant declines in market value.

A more detailed discussion of the interest rate and market risks the Company faces is contained in the Risk Management section of this report.

Capital Adequacy—The Company is subject to capital adequacy guidelines, and if it fails to meet these guidelines its financial condition would be adversely affected.

Under regulatory capital adequacy guidelines and other regulatory requirements, the Company and the Bank must meet guidelines that include quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items, subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. If the Company or the Bank failed to meet these minimum capital guidelines and other regulatory requirements, their respective financial conditions would be materially and adversely affected. The regulatory accords on international banking institutions to be reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and implemented by the Federal Reserve may require the Company and the Bank to satisfy additional, more stringent, capital adequacy standards. The Company cannot fully predict the final form of, or the effects of, the regulatory accords or implementing regulations. Failure by the Bank to maintain its status as “well capitalized” and “well managed”, if unremedied over a period of time, would cause the Company to lose its status as a financial holding company. Financial holding companies are permitted to engage in a wide range of financial activities, insurance, merchant banking and real estate investment that are not permissible for other bank holding companies and are also eligible for a streamlined review process for proposed acquisitions. Failure of the Bank or the Company to maintain the status of “well capitalized” could affect the confidence of clients in the Company, thus also compromising its competitive position. See “Certain Regulatory Considerations” and “Capital Resources” elsewhere in this report.

Access to Capital Markets—If the Company’s ability to access the capital markets is diminished, the Company’s business may be adversely affected.

The Company’s business is dependent in part on its ability to successfully access the capital markets on a regular basis. The Company relies on access to both short-term money markets and long-term capital markets as significant sources of liquidity to the extent liquidity requirements are not satisfied by the cash flow from its consolidated operations. Events or circumstances, such as rising interest rates, market disruptions or an adverse change in the Company’s credit rating, or loss of confidence of debt purchasers or counterparties in the Company

 

129


Table of Contents

or in the funds markets generally that limit the Company’s access to capital markets or result in unfavorable capital market conditions, may increase the Company’s cost of borrowing or may adversely affect the Company’s liquidity, impair its ability to execute its business plan and refinance higher cost debt or delay the consummation of acquisitions that the Company would otherwise rely on for future growth.

Acquisitions and Divestitures—The Company’s business strategy includes pursuing opportunistic acquisitions and divestitures, which subject it to related risks.

Historically, an important component of the Company’s overall growth strategy is to make focused acquisitions of complementary businesses, as well as strategic divestitures of portions of its business. Since 1995, the Company has completed more than 90 acquisitions, particularly in the securities servicing and asset management businesses. In addition, the Company enters into strategic joint ventures around the globe. While the level of transactions has been fairly consistent, acquisition activity, by its nature, is not predictable and involves risks such as:

 

    Lower than expected performance or higher than expected costs in connection with acquisitions and integration of acquired businesses;

 

    Potential unavailability of attractive acquisition candidates;

 

    Potential disruption to the Company’s management’s time and attention;

 

    Difficulty and expense of maintaining and integrating expensive technology components of the acquired businesses;

 

    Possible loss of employees and customers of the acquired company;

 

    Difficulty entering new and unfamiliar markets;

 

    Incurring undiscovered liabilities or operational risks associated with acquired company;

 

    Incorrectly valuing acquisition candidates; and

 

    The Company’s ability to realize the growth opportunities of acquired businesses and management’s ability to achieve efficiency goals.

Similarly, selling or agreeing to sell portions of the Company’s business may subject it to risks. The Company may not be able to successfully complete any divestitures on satisfactory terms, if at all, and proposed sales that are complex or time consuming could divert management resources. If the Company is unable to divest operations identified by management to be divestiture candidates its profitability and financial ratios could be adversely affected. The Company cannot provide any assurance that its overall business will benefit from any given divestiture. Divestitures may result in reductions in revenues and net income. The Company may also be subject to claims from buyers or third parties as a result of certain divestitures that the Company makes, even after those divestitures have been consummated.

The Company is subject to extensive government regulation and supervision.

The Company operates in a highly regulated environment, being subject to a comprehensive statutory regulatory regime as well as oversight by governmental agencies. In the United States the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”), the New York State Banking Department and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as well as certain self-regulatory organizations (including securities exchanges). In the United Kingdom, it is subject to regulation by the Financial Services Authority. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not shareholders. These regulations affect the Company’s lending practices, capital structure, scope of activities, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputational damage, which could have a material

 

130


Table of Contents

adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Although the Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent any such violations, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur. Laws, regulations or policies, including accounting standards and interpretations, currently affecting the Company and its subsidiaries may change at any time. Regulatory authorities may also change their interpretation of these statutes and regulations. Therefore, the Company’s business may be adversely affected by future changes in laws, regulations, policies or interpretations or regulatory approaches to compliance and enforcement. See “Certain Regulatory Considerations” elsewhere in this report.

Monetary and Other Governmental Policies—The Company’s business is influenced by monetary and other governmental policies.

The monetary, tax and other policies of the government and its agencies, including the Federal Reserve have a significant impact on interest rates and overall financial market performance. Heightened regulatory scrutiny and increased sanctions, changes or potential changes in domestic and international legislation and regulation as well as domestic or international regulatory investigations impose compliance, legal, review and response costs that may impact the Company’s profitability and may allow additional competition, facilitate consolidation of competitors, or attract new competitors into the Company’s businesses. The cost of geographically diversifying and maintaining the Company’s facilities to comply with regulatory mandates necessarily results in additional costs. See “Certain Regulatory Considerations” elsewhere in this report.

Operational Risk—The Company is exposed to operational risk as a result of providing certain services, which could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

The Company is exposed to operational risk as a result of providing certain securities servicing, global payment services, private client services and asset management and traditional banking and trust services. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, human factors and systems or external events. The Company continually assesses and monitors operational risk in its business and provides for disaster and business recovery planning including geographical diversification of its facilities; however, the occurrence of various events including unforeseeable and unpreventable events such as hurricanes or other natural disasters could still damage the Company’s physical facilities or its computer systems or software, cause delay or disruptions to operational functions, impair the Company’s clients, vendors and counterparties and negatively impact the Company’s results of operations.

The Company’s controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented.

Management regularly reviews and updates the Company’s internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of the Company’s controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company’s information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.

The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Company’s customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. While the Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of its information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of the Company’s information systems could damage the Company’s reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject the Company to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose the Company to civil

 

131


Table of Contents

litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. See the section captioned “Certain Regulatory Considerations,” elsewhere in this report.

Technology—The Company depends on technology and its intellectual property; if third parties misappropriate the Company’s intellectual property, the Company’s business may be adversely affected.

The Company is dependent on technology because many of the Company’s products and services depend on processing large volumes of data. The Company’s technology platforms must therefore provide global capabilities and scale. Rapid technological changes require significant and ongoing investments in technology to develop competitive new products and services or adopt new technologies. Technological advances which result in lower transaction costs may adversely impact the Company’s revenues.

Developments in the securities processing industry, including shortened settlement cycles and straight-through-processing, will necessitate ongoing changes to the Company’s business and operations and will likely require additional investment in technology. The Company’s financial performance depends in part on its ability to develop and market new and innovative services, to adopt or develop new technologies that differentiate its products or provide cost efficiencies and to deliver these products and services to the market at a competitive price.

The Company uses trademark, trade secret, copyright and other proprietary rights and procedures to protect its intellectual property and technology resources. Despite the Company’s efforts, it cannot be certain that the steps it takes to prevent unauthorized use of its proprietary rights are sufficient to prevent misappropriation of its technology, particularly in foreign countries where laws or law enforcement practices may not protect its proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. In addition, the Company cannot be sure that courts will adequately enforce contractual arrangements it has entered into to protect its proprietary technologies. If any of the Company’s proprietary information were misappropriated by or otherwise disclosed to the Company’s competitors, its competitive position could be adversely affected. The Company may incur substantial costs to defend ownership of its intellectual property or to replace misappropriated proprietary technology. If a third party were to assert a claim of infringement of its proprietary rights, obtained through patents or otherwise, against the Company with respect to one or more of its methods of doing business or conducting its operations, the Company would be required to spend significant amounts to defend such claims, develop alternative methods of operations or obtain a license from the third party.

Acts of Terrorism—Acts of terrorism may have a continuing negative impact on the Company’s business.

Acts of terrorism could have a significant impact on the Company’s business and operations. While the Company has in place business continuity and disaster recovery plans, acts of terrorism could still damage the Company’s facilities and disrupt or delay normal operations, and have a similar impact on the Company’s clients, suppliers, and counterparties. Acts of terrorism could also negatively impact the purchase of the Company’s products and services to the extent they resulted in reduced capital markets activity, lower asset price levels, or disruptions in general economic activity in the United States or abroad, or in financial market settlement functions. The war in Iraq, the national and global efforts to combat terrorism and other potential military activities and outbreaks of hostilities have affected and may further adversely affect economic growth, and may have other adverse effects on the Company in ways that the Company is necessarily unable to predict.

The Company’s expenses have increased as a result of its responses to and new requirements to which the Company is subject as a result of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks. Among these responses have been actions taken to enhance the Company’s capabilities, disperse its operations and establish redundancies to avoid future disruptions in processing in the event of terrorist attacks or natural catastrophes. The Company has made substantial capital outlays for physical plant and computers and communications equipment, and will incur future costs to maintain such facilities. These and other costs are not by their nature intended to enhance profitability, and the Company cannot predict whether further new requirements will be imposed upon it or whether such new investments will be deemed prudent in the future, and, in either case, cause it to incur significant expenses unrelated to the enhancement of its operations and financial performance.

 

132


Table of Contents

Reputational and Legal Risk—The Company’s business may be negatively affected by adverse publicity, regulatory actions or litigation with respect to the Company, other well-known companies and the financial services industry generally.

Adverse publicity and damage to the Company’s reputation arising from its failure or perceived failure to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, financial reporting irregularities involving other large and well known companies, increasing regulatory scrutiny of “know your customer” anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing procedures and their effectiveness, regulatory investigations of the mutual fund industry, including mutual funds advised by the Company, and litigation that arises from the failure or perceived failure of the Company to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, could result in increased regulatory supervision, affect the Company’s ability to attract and retain customers or maintain access to the capital markets, result in suits, enforcement actions, fines and penalties or have adverse effects on the Company in ways that are not predictable.

Uncertainty surrounding recently enacted legislation and regulatory changes under consideration in the securities industry, as well as investigations by various federal and state regulatory agencies, the Department of Justice and state attorneys general, and any related litigation, could have an adverse effect on investment activity generally and on the Company.

The Company’s subsidiaries are subject to claims and litigation pertaining to fiduciary responsibility.

From time to time, customers of the Company’s subsidiaries may make claims and take legal action pertaining to performance of fiduciary responsibilities. Whether customer claims and legal action related to the subsidiary’s performance of its fiduciary responsibilities are founded or unfounded, if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to the subsidiary they may result in financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of the Company and its products and services as well as impact customer demand for those products and services. Any financial liability or reputation damage could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

New lines of business or new products and services may subject the Company to additional risks.

From time to time, the Company may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services the Company may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company may not be able to attract and retain skilled people.

The Company’s success depends, in large part, on its ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people in most activities engaged in by the Company can be intense and the Company may not be able to hire people or to retain them. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of the Company’s key personnel could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business because of their skills, knowledge of the Company’s market, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.

 

133


Table of Contents

Tax Laws and Regulations—Tax law changes or challenges by federal or state authorities to the Company’s tax positions with respect to historical transactions by federal or state authorities may adversely affect the Company’s net income, effective tax rate and the Company’s overall results of operations and financial condition.

The U.S. Treasury and Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) have taken increasingly aggressive positions against certain corporate investment programs that either reduce or defer taxes. The IRS has challenged certain types of structured leasing investments referred to as LILOs, in which the Company engaged prior to mid-1999 and SILOs in which the Company engaged prior to 2004. See “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company has also entered into investments that produce synthetic fuel from coal byproducts. Section 29 of the Internal Revenue Code provides a tax credit for these types of transactions. The amount of the credit is dependent on the amount of synthetic fuel produced by these investments. Synthetic fuel production can be impacted by mine, workforce, transportation, and weather conditions among other factors. The tax credits available under Section 29 of the Internal Revenue Code for the production and sale of synthetic fuel produced in any given year are phased out if the reference price of a barrel of oil for that year falls within a specified, inflation-adjusted price range.

The Company estimates that the 2006 phase-out would begin if, for the entire calendar year of 2006, reference prices correspond to popularly published spot prices of approximately $59 for a barrel of oil and the credit would fully phase-out at popularly published spot prices of $73 for a barrel of oil. Tax legislation is currently pending before Congress which could mitigate the effect of the phase-out. If the legislation is not enacted, the Company anticipates a substantial phase-out for 2006.

The Company believes it has adequate tax reserves to cover its LILO exposure and any other potential tax exposures the IRS is likely to raise. Probabilities and outcomes are reviewed as events unfold, and adjustments to the reserves are made when necessary, but the reserves may prove inadequate because the Company necessarily cannot accurately predict the outcome of any challenge, settlement or litigation or to what extent it will negatively affect the Company or its business.

Going forward, there may be fewer opportunities to participate in lease investing, tax credit programs and similar transactions that have benefited the Company in the past. This may adversely impact the Company’s net interest income and effective tax rate. In addition, changes in tax legislation or the interpretation of existing tax laws worldwide could have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations.

Accounting Principles—Changes in accounting standards could have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC, and bank regulators change the financial accounting and reporting standards governing the preparation of the Company’s financial statements. These changes are very difficult to predict and can materially impact how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations and other financial data, although, in certain instances, these changes may not have an economic impact on the Company’s business. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the Company restating prior period financial statements.

Loan Reserves—The Company could incur income statement charges if its loan reserves are inadequate.

The Company has credit exposure to the airline, automotive, and telecommunications industries, as well as to many other industries. The Company cannot provide any assurance as to whether charge-offs related to these

 

134


Table of Contents

sectors or to different credit risks may occur in the future. Though credit risk is inherent to lending activities, the Company’s revenues and profitability are adversely affected when its borrowers default in whole or in part on their loan obligations to it. The Company relies on its business experience to estimate future defaults, which it uses to create loan loss reserves against its loan portfolio. It cannot provide any assurance that these reserves, based on management estimates, will not be required to be augmented due to an unexpectedly high level of defaults. If loan reserves are not sufficient, the Company would be required to record a larger loan reserve against current earnings.

Holding Company—The Company is a holding company, and as a result is dependent on dividends from its subsidiaries, including the Bank, to meet its obligations, including its obligations with respect to its debt securities, and to provide funds for payment of dividends to its shareholders.

The Company is a non-operating holding company, whose principal asset and source of income is its investment in the Bank. The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and its other subsidiaries and, therefore, it relies primarily on dividends from these subsidiaries to meet its obligations, including its obligations with respect to its debt securities, and to provide funds for payment of dividends to its shareholders, to the extent declared by its board of directors. There are various legal limitations on the extent to which the Bank and the other subsidiaries can finance or otherwise supply funds to the Company (by dividend or otherwise) and certain of its affiliates. Although the Company maintains cash positions for liquidity at the holding company level, if the Bank or other of the Company’s subsidiaries were unable to supply the Company with cash over time, it could be unable to meet its obligations, including its obligations with respect to its debt securities, or declare or pay dividends in respect of its capital stock. See “Certain Regulatory Considerations” elsewhere in this report.

Because the Company is a holding company, its rights and the rights of its creditors, including the holders of its debt securities, to a share of the assets of any subsidiary upon the liquidation or recapitalization of the subsidiary will be subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors (including, in the case of the Bank and The Bank of New York (Delaware), their depositors), except to the extent that the Company may itself be a creditor with recognized claims against the subsidiary. The rights of holders of the Company’s debt securities to benefit from those distributions will also be junior to those prior claims. Consequently, the debt securities of the Company will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries. A holder of Company debt securities should look only to the Company’s assets for payments in respect of those debt securities.

Anti-Takeover Provisions—Regulatory requirements, state corporation law and provisions of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws could delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that shareholders might perceive to be in their best interests.

Provisions of the Company’s articles of incorporation and by-laws, federal banking laws and the New York State Business Corporation Law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire the Company, even if doing so would be perceived as beneficial to the Company’s shareholders. The combination of these provisions may hinder or prevent companies or persons from acquiring control of the Company without the consent of its board of directors, even in the event that a potential acquiror were to offer a premium over the then-prevailing price of its common stock, thus potentially adversely affecting the market price of its common stock.

 

135


Table of Contents

WEBSITE INFORMATION

The Company makes available on its website: www.bankofny.com

 

    All of its SEC filings, including annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to these reports, SEC Forms 3, 4 and 5 and its proxy statement as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC,

 

    Its earnings releases and management conference calls and presentations, and

 

    Its corporate governance guidelines and the charters of the Audit and Examining, Compensation and Organization and Nominating and Governance Committees of its Board of Directors.

The corporate governance guidelines and committee charters are available in print to any shareholder who requests them. Requests should be sent to The Bank of New York Company, Inc., Corporate Communications, One Wall Street, NY, NY 10286.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Company has adopted a code of ethics which it refers to as its Code of Conduct. The Code of Conduct applies to all employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, including its Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer), Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer) and Comptroller, as well as to directors of the Company. The Code of Conduct is posted on the Company’s website http://www.bankofny.com and is also available in print, without charge, to any shareholder who requests it. Requests should be sent to The Bank of New York Company, Inc., Corporate Communications, One Wall Street, NY, NY 10286. The Company intends to disclose on its website any amendments to or waiver of the Code of Conduct relating to executive officers (including the Specified Officers) or its directors.

 

136


Table of Contents

C ONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s Disclosure Committee has responsibility for ensuring that there is an adequate and effective process for establishing, maintaining, and evaluating disclosure controls and procedures for the Company in connection with its external disclosures.

An evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

Management Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting that is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”).

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

 

    Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

 

    Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that the Company’s receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and

 

    Provide reasonable assurance regarding the prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility that a control can be circumvented or overridden and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time. Accordingly, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changed conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005. In making this assessment, the Company’s management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control - Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2005, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

In November 2005, the Company moved its production data center to an out-of-region location in the mid-South region of the United States, centralizing the Company’s production sites. This was done in response to guidelines promulgated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, the Company’s primary regulator, stating that certain institutions important to the national financial infrastructure should provide geographical separation between production and recovery sites. The new data center allows the Company to consolidate the Company’s three primary production data centers into a single location, and in conjunction with a major site over 700 miles away, provides redundancy appropriate for the institution.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has issued an audit report on management’s assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which is included herein.

 

137


Table of Contents

AUDITOR’S ATTESTATION REPORT

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To The Board of Directors and Shareholders of The Bank of New York Company, Inc.

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting, that The Bank of New York Company, Inc. (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to also meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), management’s assessment and our audit of The Bank of New York Company Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FRY-9C). A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that The Bank of New York Company, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, The Bank of New York Company, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on the COSO criteria .

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 and our reported dated February 22, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/    ERNST & YOUNG LLP        

New York, New York

February 22, 2006

 

138


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized in New York, New York, on the 24 th day of February, 2006.

 

The Bank of New York Company, Inc.

By:

 

/s/    T HOMAS J. M ASTRO        

 

Thomas J. Mastro

Comptroller

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been duly signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    T HOMAS A. R ENYI        

Thomas A. Renyi

  

Chairman of the Board,
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer), and Director

  February 24, 2006

/ S /    G ERALD L. H ASSELL        

Gerald L. Hassell

  

President and Director

  February 24, 2006

/ S /    B RUCE W. V AN S AUN        

Bruce W. Van Saun

  

Vice Chairman and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

  February 24, 2006

/ S /    T HOMAS J. M ASTRO        

Thomas J. Mastro

  

Comptroller
(Principal Accounting Officer)

  February 24, 2006

/ S /    F RANK J. B IONDI , J R .        

Frank J. Biondi, Jr.

  

Director

  February 24, 2006

/ S /    N ICHOLAS M. D ONOFRIO        

Nicholas M. Donofrio

  

Director

  February 24, 2006

/ S /    R ICHARD J. K OGAN        

Richard J. Kogan

  

Director

  February 24, 2006

/ S /    M ICHAEL J. K OWALSKI        

Michael J. Kowalski

  

Director

  February 24, 2006

/ S /    J OHN A. L UKE , J R .        

John A. Luke, Jr.

  

Director

  February 24, 2006

/ S /    J OHN C. M ALONE        

John C. Malone

  

Director

  February 24, 2006

/ S /    P AUL M YNERS        

Paul Myners

  

Director

  February 24, 2006

/ S /    C ATHERINE A. R EIN        

Catherine A. Rein

  

Director

  February 24, 2006

 

139


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    W ILLIAM C. R ICHARDSON        

William C. Richardson

  

Director

  February 24, 2006

/ S /    B RIAN L. R OBERTS        

Brian L. Roberts

  

Director

  February 24, 2006

/ S /    S AMUEL C. S COTT III        

Samuel C. Scott III

  

Director

  February 24, 2006

/ S /    R ICHARD C. V AUGHAN        

Richard C. Vaughan

  

Director

  February 24, 2006

 

140


Table of Contents

E XHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

Financial Statement Filed

   Pages

The Bank of New York Company, Inc.
Consolidated Financial Statements

   71 - 74

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   75 - 113

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   114

Financial statement schedules are omitted since the required information is either not applicable, not deemed material, or is shown in the respective financial statements or in the notes thereto.

The exhibits filed as part of the 2005 Form 10-K are accessible at no cost on the Company’s Website at www.bankofny.com or through the United States Securities and Exchange Commission’s Website at www.sec.gov. Printed copies of the exhibits may be obtained by shareholders of record for $0.15 per page by writing to Patricia Bicket, Secretary, The Bank of New York, One Wall Street, New York, NY 10286.

The following Exhibit Index lists the Exhibits to the Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Exhibit No.

    
3(a)    The By-Laws of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. as amended through April 12, 2005 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(ii) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005.
  (b)    Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. dated May 8, 2001, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed June 7, 2001 (File No. 333-62516, 333-62516-01, 333-62516-02, 333-62516-03 and 333-62516-04).
4(a)    None of the outstanding instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Company represent long-term debt in excess of 10% of the total assets of the Company. The Company hereby agrees to furnish to the Commission, upon request, a copy of any of such instrument.
*10(a)    Trust Agreement dated November 16, 1993 (“Trust Agreement”) related to certain executive compensation plans and agreements, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.
*(b)    Amendment Number 1 dated May 13, 1994 to the Trust Agreement related to executive compensation agreements incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
*(c)    Amendment Number 2 dated April 11, 1995 to the Trust Agreement related to executive compensation agreements incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
*(d)    Amendment dated October 11, 1994 to Trust Agreement related to certain executive compensation plans and agreements, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(r) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.
*(e)    Amendment Number 4 dated January 31, 1996 to the Trust Agreement related to executive compensation agreements incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
*(f)    Amendment Number 5 dated January 14, 1997 to the Trust Agreement related to executive compensation agreements, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.

 

141


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

    
*(g)    Amendment Number 6 dated January 31, 1997 to the Trust Agreement related to executive compensation agreements, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.
*(h)    Amendment Number 7 dated May 9, 1997 to the Trust Agreement related to executive compensation agreements incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
*(i)    Amendment Number 8 dated July 8, 1997 to the Trust Agreement related to executive compensation agreements incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
*(j)    Amendment Number 9 dated October 1, 1997 to the Trust Agreement related to executive compensation agreements, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.
*(k)    Amendment Number 10 dated September 11, 1998 to the Trust Agreement related to executive compensation agreements, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(oo) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
*(l)    Amendment Number 11 dated December 23, 1999 to the Trust Agreement related to executive compensation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(gg) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999.
*(m)    Amendment Number 12 dated July 11, 2000 to the Trust Agreement related to executive compensation agreements, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended September 30, 2000.
*(n)    Amendment Number 13 dated January 22, 2001 to the Trust Agreement related to executive compensation agreements incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(jjj) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.
*(o)    Amendment Number 14 dated June 28, 2002 to the Trust Agreement related to executive compensation agreements incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(o) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
*(p)    Amendment Number 15 dated June 30, 2003 to the Trust Agreement related to executive compensation agreements incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(p) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
*(q)    Amendment Number 16 dated September 15, 2003 to the Trust Agreement related to executive compensation agreements incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(q) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
*(r)    Amendment Number 17 dated June 10, 2004 to the Trust Agreement related to executive compensation agreements incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(r) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004.
*(s)    Amendment Number 18 dated June 29, 2005 to the Trust Agreement related to executive compensation agreements.
*(t)    Compensation Agreement dated April 17, 1997, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.
*(u)    The Bank of New York Company, Inc. Excess Contribution Plan as amended through July 10, 1990, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1990.

 

142


Table of Contents
Exhibit No.      
* (v)   Amendments dated February 23, 1994 and November 9, 1993 to The Bank of New York Company, Inc. Excess Contribution Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.
* (w)   Amendment to The Bank of New York Company, Inc. Excess Contribution Plan dated November 14, 1995, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(l) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.
* (x)   Amendment to The Bank of New York Company, Inc. Excess Contribution Plan dated November 12, 2002 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(v) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
* (y)   The Bank of New York Company, Inc. Excess Benefit Plan as amended through December 8, 1992, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.
* (z)   Amendment dated May 10, 1994 to The Bank of New York Company, Inc. Excess Benefit Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.
* (aa)   Amendment dated November 14, 1995 to The Bank of New York Company, Inc. Excess Benefit Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.
* (bb)   Amendment dated December 10, 1996 to The Bank of New York Company, Inc. Excess Benefit Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(kk) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999.
* (cc)   2004 Management Incentive Compensation Plan of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. as Amended and Restated, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004.
* (dd)   The Bank of New York Company, Inc. 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement dated March 31, 2003.
* (ee)   Amendment dated December 28, 2005 to the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan of The Bank of New York Company, Inc.,
* (ff)   1988 Long-Term Incentive Plan as amended through December 8, 1992, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992.
* (gg)   Amendment dated October 11, 1994 to the 1988 Long-Term Incentive Plan of The Bank of New York Company, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.
* (hh)   The Bank of New York Company, Inc. 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992.
* (ii)   Amendment dated October 11, 1994 to the 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan of The Bank of New York Company, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(l) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.
* (jj)   Amendment dated December 10, 1996 to the 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan of The Bank of New York Company, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.

 

143


Table of Contents
Exhibit No.     
*(kk)    Amendment dated January 14, 1997 to the 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan of The Bank of New York Company, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.
*(ll)    Amendment dated March 11, 1997 to the 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan of The Bank of New York Company, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.
*(mm)    Amendment dated July 14, 1998 to the 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(z) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
*(nn)    Amendment dated July 11, 2000 to The Bank of New York Company, Inc. 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000.
*(oo)    The Bank of New York Company, Inc. 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(aa) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
*(pp)    Amendment dated July 11, 2000 to The Bank of New York Company, Inc. 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000.
*(qq)    Amendment dated December 28, 2005 to the 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan of The Bank of New York Company, Inc.
*(rr)    The Bank of New York Company, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992.
*(ss)    Amendment dated March 9, 1993 to The Bank of New York Company, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(k) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.
*(tt)    Amendment effective October 11, 1994 to The Bank of New York Company, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(o) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.
*(uu)    Amendment dated June 11, 1996 to The Bank of New York Company, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.
*(vv)    Amendment dated November 12, 1996 to The Bank of New York Company, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.
*(ww)    Amendment dated July 11, 2000 to The Bank of New York Company, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000.
*(xx)    Amendment dated February 13, 2001 to The Bank of New York Company, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ggg) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.
*(yy)    Amendment dated December 13, 2005 to The Bank of New York Company, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.

 

144


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

    
    *(zz)    Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors of The Bank of New York Company, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(s) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.
    *(aaa)    Amendment dated November 8, 1994 to Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors of The Bank of New York Company, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(z) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.
    *(bbb)    Amendment dated February 11, 1997 to the Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan for The Bank of New York Company, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.
    *(ccc)    Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors of The Bank of New York Company, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000.
    *(ddd)    Amendment dated November 12, 2002 to Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors of The Bank of New York Company, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(yy) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
    *(eee)    Employee Severance Agreement dated July 11, 2000, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000.
    *(fff)    Employee Severance Agreement dated July 11, 2000, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000.
    *(ggg)    Employee Severance Agreement dated July 11, 2000, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000.
    *(hhh)    Employee Severance Agreement dated July 8, 2003 for an executive officer of the Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003.
    *(iii)    Employee Severance Agreement dated July 1, 2005, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended for June 30, 2005.
    *(jjj)    Form of Remuneration Agreement dated October 11, 1994 between the Company and three of the five most highly compensated officers of the Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(v) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.
    *(kkk)    Description of Remuneration Agreement dated December 13, 2000 between the Company and an executive officer of the Company incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(iii) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.
    *(lll)    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Company’s 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 2004.
    *(mmm)    Form of Performance Share Agreement under the Registrant’s 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 2004.
    *(nnn)    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the Company’s 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 2004.
      (ooo)    Lease agreement dated July 16, 2004 between Suntrust Equity Funding, LLC and Tennessee Processing Center LLC.

 

145


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

    
(ppp)    Master agreement dated July 16, 2004 between The Bank of New York Company, Inc., Tennessee Processing Center LLC, and Suntrust Equity Funding, LLC.
(qqq)    Real Estate Lease Dated February 27, 2006 between 4101 Austin Boulevard Corp. and Fructibail Invest.
(rrr)    Real Estate Lease Waiver Agreement dated February 27, 2006 between 4101 Austin Boulevard Corp. and Fructibail Invest.
(sss)    Real Estate Sublease dated February 27, 2006 between The Bank of New York and Fructibail Invest.
(ttt)    Real Estate Sublease Waiver Agreement dated February 27, 2006 between The Bank of New York and Fructibail Invest.
(uuu)    Supplemental Agreement dated February 27, 2006 by and among Fructibail Invest, 4101 Austin Boulevard Corp. and the Bank of New York.
(vvv)    Guarantee of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. dated February 27, 2006.
   12    Statement – Re: Computation of Earnings to Fixed Charges Ratios
   21    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
     23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
      31(a)    Certification of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
      31(b)    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
      32(a)    Certification of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
      32(b)    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

* Constitutes a Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement

 

146

Exhibit 10(s)

 

AMENDMENT NUMBER EIGHTEEN

 

TO

 

GRANTOR TRUST AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT, made as of the 29th day of June, 2005 by and between THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK (formerly known as THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the New York (hereinafter referred to as the “Trustee”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee entered into a Grantor Trust Agreement dated as of November 16, 1993 (as amended from time to time, the “Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, Article TWELFTH of the Agreement provides that the Company may amend the Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Trustee agree as follows, effective June 29, 2005:

 

Exhibit I to the Agreement is amended by deleting Exhibit I in its entirety and substituting therefor Exhibit I in the form attached hereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this agreement to be executed in their respective names by their duly authorized officers under their corporate seals as of the day and year first above written.

 

ATTEST:      

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

/s/ Patricia A. Bicket       By:  

/s/ Thomas J. Mastro

               

Name: Thomas J. Mastro

               

Title: Comptroller

 

ATTEST:      

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK

/s/ Charles Allyson       By:  

/s/ Mark Pensec

               

Name: Mark Pensec

               

Title: Vice President


EXHIBIT I

 

1. The Bank of New York Company, Inc. Excess Benefit Plan

 

2. The Bank of New York Company, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

 

3. Severance Agreements between The Bank of New York Company, Inc. and the following persons:

 

  Individual  


    

Date of Agreement        


Thomas P. Gibbons

    

July 11, 2000

Leslie V. Godridge

    

July 11, 2000

Gerald L. Hassell

    

July 11, 2000

John M. Liftin

    

July 1, 2005

Donald R. Monks

    

July 11, 2000

Charles E. Rappold II

    

September 30, 2000

Thomas A. Renyi

    

July 11, 2000

Brian G. Rogan

    

July 11, 2000

Bruce W. Van Saun

    

July 11, 2000

Joseph M. Velli

    

July 11, 2000

Kurt D. Woetzel

    

July 8, 2003

Exhibit 10(ee)

AMENDMENT TO

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

2003 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

WHEREAS, the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. (the “Plan”) was adopted by the Board of Directors of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. (the “Company”), effective as of June 1, 2003; and

 

WHEREAS, Section 16 of the Plan provides that the Board of Directors (the “Board”) may amend the Plan at any time, except in certain respects not material hereto; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.4 of the By-Laws of the Company and Section 712 of the New York State Business Corporation Law, the Board’s Executive Committee has and may exercise all of the powers and authority of the Board while the Board is not in session; and

 

WHEREAS, the Executive Committee has amended the Plan, effective as of December 28, 2005;


NOW, THEREFORE, subject to the above, the first paragraph of Section 11 of the Plan is hereby amended and restated, effective as of December 28, 2005, to read as follows:

 

In the event of a Change in Control, as hereinafter defined, (i) the restrictions applicable to all shares of restricted stock and restricted share units shall lapse and such shares and share units shall be deemed fully vested, (ii) all restricted stock granted in the form of share units shall be paid in cash, (iii) 200% of all performance shares granted in the form of shares of Common Stock or share units shall be deemed to be earned in full and fully vested, (iv) 200% of all performance shares granted in the form of share units shall be paid in cash, and (v) each Participant who holds a stock option that is not exercisable in full shall be entitled to receive, at the discretion of the Committee, either a cash payment or shares of Common Stock as provided below with respect to the portion of the stock option which is not then exercisable. The amount of any cash payment in respect of a restricted share unit or performance share unit shall be equal to: (A) in the event the Change in Control is the result of a tender offer or exchange offer for Common Stock, the higher of the final offer price per share paid for the Common Stock or the highest Fair Market Value of the Common Stock during the 90-day period ending on the date of the Change in Control or (B) in the event the Change in Control is the result of any other occurrence, the highest Fair Market Value of the Common Stock during the 90-day period ending on the date of the Change in Control. The amount to be paid or the Fair Market Value of Common Stock to be received in respect of the portion of any stock option which is not exercisable shall be equal to the result of multiplying the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such portion of the stock option by the difference between (x) the per share value of Common Stock determined pursuant to the preceding sentence, or such lower price as the Committee may determine with respect to any incentive stock option to preserve its incentive stock option status, and (y) the per share exercise price of such stock option.

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Bank of New York Company, Inc. has caused this amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officers this 30th day of December, 2005.

 

/s/ Thomas A. Renyi
Thomas A. Renyi

 

ATTEST:

/s/ Patricia A. Bicket
Assistant Secretary

 

-3-

Exhibit 10(qq)

 

AMENDMENT TO

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

1999 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

        WHEREAS, the 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. (the “Plan”) was adopted by the Board of Directors of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. (the “Company”), effective as of January 1, 1999; and

 

        WHEREAS, Section 16 of the Plan provides that the Board of Directors (the “Board”) may amend the Plan at any time, except in certain respects not material hereto; and

 

        WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.4 of the By-Laws of the Company and Section 712 of the New York State Business Corporation Law, the Board’s Executive Committee has and may exercise all of the powers and authority of the Board while the Board is not in session; and

 

        WHEREAS, the Executive Committee has amended the Plan, effective as of December 28, 2005;


        NOW, THEREFORE, subject to the above, the first paragraph of Section 11 of the Plan is hereby amended and restated, effective as of December 28, 2005, to read as follows:

 

In the event of a Change in Control, as hereinafter defined, (i) the restrictions applicable to all shares of restricted stock and restricted share units shall lapse and such shares and share units shall be deemed fully vested, (ii) all restricted stock granted in the form of share units shall be paid in cash, (iii) 200% of all performance shares granted in the form of shares of Common Stock or share units shall be deemed to be earned in full and fully vested, (iv) 200% of all performance shares granted in the form of share units shall be paid in cash, and (v) each Participant who holds a stock option that is not exercisable in full shall be entitled to receive, at the discretion of the Committee, either a cash payment or shares of Common Stock as provided below with respect to the portion of the stock option which is not then exercisable. The amount of any cash payment in respect of a restricted share unit or performance share unit shall be equal to: (A) in the event the Change in Control is the result of a tender offer or exchange offer for Common Stock, the higher of the final offer price per share paid for the Common Stock or the highest Fair Market Value of the Common Stock during the 90-day period ending on the date of the Change in Control or (B) in the event the Change in Control is the result of any other occurrence, the highest Fair Market Value of the Common Stock during the 90-day period ending on the date of the Change in Control. The amount to be paid or the Fair Market Value of Common Stock to be received in respect of the portion of any stock option which is not exercisable shall be equal to the result of multiplying the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such portion of the stock option by the difference between (x) the per share value of Common Stock determined pursuant to the preceding sentence, or such lower price as the Committee may determine with respect to any incentive stock option to preserve its incentive stock option status, and (y) the per share exercise price of such stock option.

 

-2-


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Bank of New York Company, Inc. has caused this amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officers this 30th day of December, 2005.

 

/s/ Thomas A. Renyi
Thomas A. Renyi

 

ATTEST:

/s/ Patricia A. Bicket
Assistant Secretary

 

-3-

Exhibit 10(yy)

 

AMENDMENT TO THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

 

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

WHEREAS, The Bank of New York Company, Inc. (the “Company”) adopted the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) effective as of June 9, 1992 and such Plan has been amended from time to time thereafter; and

 

WHEREAS, Section 9 of the Plan provides that the Company’s Board of Directors may amend the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors on December 13, 2005 amended the Plan effective January 1, 2006, to (i) redesign the Plan to mirror substantially the design changes made to the Retirement Plan of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. approved by the Board on July 12, 2005, (ii) limit future bonus recognition under the Plan to 100% of base pay, and (iii) formalize its administrative practice of limiting membership in the Plan;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended effective as of January 1, 2006 except as otherwise indicated, as follows:

 

1. Section 2(a) is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end thereof:

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, Average Final Salary for Participants who remain employed with the Company on or after January 1, 2006 shall be determined as of December 31, 2005.

 

2. Section 2(b) of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end thereof:

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, Average Final Total Compensation for Participants who remain employed with the Company on or after January 1, 2006 shall be determined as of December 31, 2005.

 

3. Section 2(e) of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following clause and sentence immediately prior to the end thereof:

 

; provided, that effective January 1, 2006, (ii) and (iii) hereof shall be limited, collectively, to 100% of the Participant’s Salary. The sum of (ii) and (iii) shall be referred to in the Plan as a Participant’s “Bonus.”

 

4. Section 3 of the Plan is hereby amended by replacing the current language to read in its entirety as follows:

 

The Committee shall determine in its sole discretion which employees of the Company who are members of the Retirement Plan shall be Participants in the Plan. If a Participant terminates employment and is rehired by the Company,


such person shall not resume participation in the Plan unless and until approved by the Committee. On and after July 15, 1999 through July 7, 2003, only members of the Company’s Senior Planning Committee were eligible to be selected as new Participants in the Plan. On and after July 8, 2003, the Committee shall not select any employees of the Company to become new Participants in the Plan.

 

5. Section 5(a) of the Plan is hereby amended by replacing current Sections 5(a) in its entirety to read as follows:

 

5. Benefit .

 

(a) The Benefit payable under the Plan to a Participant whose employment terminates on or after attaining age 60 shall be an amount, expressed as a life annuity, equal to (x) plus (y):

 

(x)

 

(i) 1.5% of the Participant’s Average Final Total Compensation multiplied by his years of Credited Service prior to January 1, 1976,

 

plus

 

(ii) (A) 1.65% of the Participant’s Average Final Total Compensation multiplied by his years of Credited Service after December 31, 1975 and prior to January 1, 2006, reduced by (B) an amount equal to 1.25% of the Participant’s Primary Social Security Benefit multiplied by his years of Credited Service after December 31, 1975 and prior to January 1, 2006, not in excess of 40 years,

 

less

 

(iii) the sum of the amounts under clauses (i) and (ii) above determined by substituting the Participant’s Average Final Salary for his Average Final Total Compensation.

 

(y)

 

(i) 1% of the Participant’s Bonus for each year beginning on or after January 1, 2006, not in excess of 40 years, including the Participant’s Credited Service taken into account under clause (x) above,

 

plus

 

(ii) An amount equal to the increase in the Benefit determined under paragraph (x) above after applying an index factor equal to the Participant’s Average Final Total Compensation beginning on or after January 1, 2006, without regard to the second sentence of 2(b) and the restriction on 2(e)(ii) and 2(e)(iii)

 

2


with respect to the determination of Total Compensation on or after January 1, 2006, over the Participant’s Average Final Total Compensation as of December 31, 2005. Such index factor shall be determined by the Company with respect to each year and shall not exceed 1% each year.

 

6. Section 5(b)(ii) of the Plan is hereby amended by replacing current Sections 5(b)(ii) in its entirety to read as follows:

 

(ii) the difference between

 

(x) the sum of (1)1.5% of the Participant’s Average Final Salary multiplied by his years of Credited Service prior to January 1, 1976, (2) (A) 1.65% of the Participant’s Average Final Salary multiplied by his years of Credited Service after December 31, 1975 and prior to January 1, 2006, reduced by (B) an amount equal to 1.25% of the Participant’s Primary Social Security Benefit multiplied by his years of Credited Service after December 31, 1975 and prior to January 1, 2006, not in excess of 40 years and (3) the Benefit determined under paragraph (a)(y)(ii) of this Section

 

and

 

(y) the sum of (1) the annual retirement benefit payable to Participants under the Retirement Plan at age 60 and (2) the equivalent actuarial value of the Participant’s account under the Employee Stock Ownership Plan of The Bank of New York Company, Inc.; based on the date of payment (or commencement of payment) pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, such difference shall be subject to reduction (if any) in accordance with the provisions of the Retirement Plan as if the Participant had retired thereunder on or after attaining age 55 and, if so determined by the Committee, as if the Participant had completed at least 20 years of Continuous Service,

 

plus

 

(z) 1% of the Participant’s Bonus for each year beginning on or after January 1, 2006, not in excess of 40 years, including the Participant’s Credited Service taken into account under clause (x) above.

 

7. Section 5(c) is hereby amended by replacing the first sentence to read as follows:

 

Payment of the Benefit to a Participant shall be made in the form of a lump sum, unless prior to January 1, 2006 the Participant elected in writing in accordance with rules established by the Committee to receive payment in eleven annual installments.

 

Except as otherwise expressly amended herein, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Bank of New York Company, Inc. has caused this Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officers this 17th day of February, 2006.

 

By:  

/s/ Thomas J. Mastro

 

    ATTEST:
     

/s/ Patricia A. Bicket

 

4

Exhibit 10(ooo)

 


 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of July 16, 2004

 

between

 

SUNTRUST EQUITY FUNDING, LLC, as Lessor,

 

and

 

TENNESSEE PROCESSING CENTER LLC, as Lessee

 


 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I

  

DEFINITIONS

   1

ARTICLE II

  

LEASE OF LEASED PROPERTY

   1

Section 2.1

  

Acceptance and Lease of Property

   1

Section 2.2

  

Acceptance Procedure

   1

ARTICLE III

  

RENT

   2

Section 3.1

  

Basic Rent

   2

Section 3.2

  

Supplemental Rent

   2

Section 3.3

  

Method of Payment

   2

Section 3.4

  

Late Payment

   2

Section 3.5

  

Net Lease; No Setoff, Etc

   2

Section 3.6

  

Utility Charges

   4

Section 3.7

  

Certain Taxes

   4

ARTICLE IV

  

WAIVERS

   4

ARTICLE V

  

LIENS; EASEMENTS; PARTIAL CONVEYANCES

   5

ARTICLE VI

  

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR; ALTERATIONS, MODIFICATIONS AND ADDITIONS

   6

Section 6.1

  

Maintenance and Repair; Compliance With Law

   6

Section 6.2

  

Alterations

   7

Section 6.3

  

Title to Alterations

   7

ARTICLE VII

  

USE

   7

ARTICLE VIII

  

INSURANCE

   7

ARTICLE IX

  

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASING

   9

ARTICLE X

  

LOSS, DESTRUCTION, CONDEMNATION OR DAMAGE

   9

Section 10.1

  

Event of Loss

   9

Section 10.2

  

Event of Taking

   10

Section 10.3

  

Casualty

   10

Section 10.4

  

Condemnation

   11

Section 10.5

  

Verification of Restoration and Rebuilding

   11

Section 10.6

  

Application of Payments

   11

Section 10.7

  

Prosecution of Awards

   12

Section 10.8

  

Application of Certain Payments Not Relating to an Event of Taking

   12

Section 10.9

  

Other Dispositions

   12

Section 10.10

  

No Rent Abatement

   13

Section 10.11

  

Event During Construction Period

   13

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page

ARTICLE XI

  

INTEREST CONVEYED TO LESSEE

   13

ARTICLE XII

  

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

   14

ARTICLE XIII

  

ENFORCEMENT

   16

Section 13.1

  

Remedies

   16

Section 13.2

  

Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver; Consents

   18

Section 13.3

  

Limitation of Remedies

   19

Section 13.4

  

Purchase Upon an Event of Default

   19

ARTICLE XIV

  

SALE, RETURN OR PURCHASE OF LEASED PROPERTY; RENEWAL

   19

Section 14.1

  

Lessee’s Option to Purchase

   19

Section 14.2

  

Conveyance to Lessee

   19

Section 14.3

  

Acceleration of Purchase Obligation

   20

Section 14.4

  

Determination of Purchase Price

   20

Section 14.5

  

Purchase Procedure

   20

Section 14.6

  

Option to Remarket

   21

Section 14.7

  

Rejection of Sale

   22

Section 14.8

  

Return of Leased Property

   23

Section 14.9

  

Renewal

   23

ARTICLE XV

  

LESSEE’S EQUIPMENT

   24

ARTICLE XVI

  

RIGHT TO PERFORM FOR LESSEE

   24

ARTICLE XVII

  

MISCELLANEOUS

   25

Section 17.1

  

Reports

   25

Section 17.2

  

Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns; Survival

   25

Section 17.3

  

Quiet Enjoyment

   25

Section 17.4

  

Documentary Conventions

   25

Section 17.5

  

Liability of Lessor Limited

   25

Section 17.6

  

Estoppel Certificates

   26

Section 17.7

  

No Merger

   26

Section 17.8

  

Survival

   26

Section 17.9

  

Chattel Paper

   26

Section 17.10

  

Time of Essence

   27

Section 17.11

  

Recordation of Lease

   27

Section 17.12

  

Investment of Security Funds

   27

EXHIBIT A

  

Legal Description

    

 

-ii-


THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (as from time to time amended or supplemented, this “ Lease ”), dated as of July 16, 2004, is between SUNTRUST EQUITY FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors and assigns hereunder (the “ Lessor ”), as Lessor, and TENNESSEE PROCESSING CENTER LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Lessee ”), as Lessee.

 

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

 

A. Lessor will purchase the Land identified by the Construction Agent, and the Construction Agent will construct, or cause to be constructed, certain improvements on the Land, which as constructed shall be property of Lessor and will become part of the Leased Property subject to the terms of this Lease.

 

B. Lessor desires to lease to the Lessee, and the Lessee desires to lease from Lessor, the Leased Property.

 

In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Lessor and Lessee hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned thereto in Appendix A to the Master Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2004 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Master Agreement ”), among the Guarantor, the Lessee, Lessor, the financial institutions party thereto, as Lenders, SunTrust Bank, as Agent, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd., as Syndication Agent, and BNP Paribas Leasing Corporation, as Documentation Agent, for all purposes hereof. The rules of interpretation set forth in Appendix A to the Master Agreement shall apply to this Lease.

 

ARTICLE II

LEASE OF LEASED PROPERTY

 

Section 2.1 Acceptance and Lease of Property . On the Closing Date, Lessor accepted delivery of the Land, and hereby leases to the Lessee hereunder for the Lease Term, Lessor’s interest in such Land, together with any Building which thereafter may be constructed thereon pursuant to the Construction Agency Agreement, and the Lessee hereby agrees, expressly for the direct benefit of Lessor, for the Lease Term, to lease from Lessor Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property, including any improvements constructed on the Land pursuant to the Construction Agency Agreement.

 

Section 2.2 Acceptance Procedure . Lessor hereby authorizes one or more employees of the Lessee, to be designated by the Lessee, as the authorized representative or representatives of Lessor to accept delivery on behalf of Lessor of the Leased Property. The Lessee hereby agrees that such acceptance of delivery by such authorized representative or representatives and the execution and delivery by the Lessee of this Lease shall, without further act, constitute the irrevocable acceptance by the Lessee of the Leased Property for all purposes of this Lease and


the other Operative Documents on the terms set forth therein and herein, and that the Leased Property, together with any Building or other improvements thereon or to be constructed thereon pursuant to the Construction Agency Agreement, shall be deemed to be included in the leasehold estate of this Lease and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease as of the Closing Date. The demise and lease of the Leased Property pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall include any additional right, title or interest in the Leased Property which may at any time be acquired by Lessor, the intent being that all right, title and interest of Lessor in and to the Leased Property shall at all times be demised and leased to the Lessee hereunder.

 

ARTICLE III

RENT

 

Section 3.1 Basic Rent . The Lessee shall pay to the Agent the Basic Rent for the Leased Property, in installments, payable in arrears on each Payment Date during the Lease Term, except that during the Construction Term, Basic Rent shall be paid by Advances pursuant to Section 2.3(c) of the Master Agreement.

 

Section 3.2 Supplemental Rent . The Lessee shall pay to the Agent, or to whomever shall be entitled thereto as expressly provided herein or in any other Operative Document, any and all Supplemental Rent on the date the same shall become due and payable and in the event of any failure on the part of the Lessee to pay any Supplemental Rent, the Agent shall have all rights, powers and remedies provided for herein or by law or in equity or otherwise in the case of nonpayment of Basic Rent. All Supplemental Rent to be paid pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall be payable in the type of funds and in the manner set forth in Section 3.3 .

 

Section 3.3 Method of Payment . Basic Rent and Supplemental Rent (including amounts due under Article XIV hereof) shall be paid to the Agent and at such place as the Agent shall specify in writing to the Lessee. Each payment of Rent (including payments under Article XIV hereof) shall be made by the Lessee prior to 12:00 p.m. (noon) Atlanta, Georgia time at the place of payment in funds consisting of lawful currency of the United States of America which shall be immediately available on the scheduled date when such payment shall be due, unless such scheduled date shall not be a Business Day, in which case such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day. The Agent agrees, at the Lessee’s request, to arrange for automated clearing house debits from the Lessee’s accounts for payments due hereunder.

 

Section 3.4 Late Payment . If any Basic Rent shall not be paid on the date when due, the Lessee shall pay to the Agent, as Supplemental Rent, interest (to the maximum extent permitted by law) on such overdue amount from and including the due date thereof to but excluding the Business Day of payment thereof at the Overdue Rate.

 

Section 3.5 Net Lease; No Setoff, Etc. This Lease is a net lease and notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, the Lessee shall pay all Basic Rent and Supplemental Rent, and all costs, charges, assessments and other expenses foreseen or unforeseen, for which the Lessee or any Indemnitee is or shall become liable by reason of the Lessee’s or such Indemnitee’s estate, right, title or interest in the Leased Property, or that are connected with or arise out of the acquisition (except the initial costs of purchase by Lessor of its interest in the Leased Property, which costs shall be funded by the Funding Parties pursuant to the Master

 

-2-


Agreement), construction (except Construction Costs, which costs shall be funded by the Funding Parties pursuant to the Master Agreement), installation, possession, use, occupancy, maintenance, ownership, leasing, repairs and rebuilding of, or addition to, the Leased Property or any portion thereof, and any other amounts payable hereunder and under the other Operative Documents without counterclaim, setoff, deduction or defense and without abatement, suspension, deferment, diminution or reduction, and the Lessee’s obligation to pay all such amounts throughout the Lease Term is absolute and unconditional. The obligations and liabilities of the Lessee hereunder shall in no way be released, discharged or otherwise affected for any reason, including without limitation: (a) any defect in the condition, merchantability, design, quality or fitness for use of the Leased Property or any part thereof, or the failure of the Leased Property to comply with all Applicable Law, including any inability to occupy or use the Leased Property by reason of such non-compliance; (b) any damage to, removal, abandonment, salvage, loss, contamination of or Release from, scrapping or destruction of or any requisition or taking of the Leased Property or any part thereof; (c) any restriction, prevention or curtailment of or interference with any use of the Leased Property or any part thereof including eviction; (d) any defect in title to or rights to the Leased Property or any Lien on such title or rights or on the Leased Property; (e) any change, waiver, extension, indulgence or other action or omission or breach in respect of any obligation or liability of or by the Agent or any Funding Party; (f) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, composition, adjustment, dissolution, liquidation or other like proceedings relating to the Lessee, any Funding Party, the Agent or any other Person, or any action taken with respect to this Lease by any trustee or receiver of the Lessee, any Funding Party, the Agent or any other Person, or by any court, in any such proceeding; (g) any claim that the Lessee has or might have against any Person, including without limitation, any vendor, manufacturer, contractor of or for the Leased Property or any part thereof, the Agent, any Governmental Authority, or any Funding Party; (h) any failure on the part of Lessor to perform or comply with any of the terms of this Lease, any other Operative Document or of any other agreement; (i) any invalidity or unenforceability or illegality or disaffirmance of this Lease against or by the Lessee or any provision hereof or any of the other Operative Documents or any provision of any thereof whether or not related to the Transactions; (j) the impossibility or illegality of performance by the Lessee, Lessor or both; (k) any action by any court, administrative agency or other Governmental Authority; (l) any restriction, prevention or curtailment of or interference with the Construction or any use of the Leased Property or any part thereof; or (m) any other occurrence whatsoever, whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing, whether or not the Lessee shall have notice or knowledge of any of the foregoing. Except as specifically set forth in Article XIV or Article X of this Lease, this Lease shall be noncancellable by the Lessee in any circumstance whatsoever and the Lessee, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, waives all rights now or hereafter conferred by statute or otherwise to quit, terminate or surrender this Lease, or to any diminution, abatement or reduction of Rent payable by the Lessee hereunder. Each payment of Rent made by the Lessee hereunder shall be final and the Lessee shall not seek or have any right to recover all or any part of such payment from the Agent, any Funding Party or any party to any agreements related thereto for any reason whatsoever. The Lessee assumes the sole responsibility for the condition, use, operation, maintenance, and management of the Leased Property and Lessor shall have no responsibility in respect thereof and shall have no liability for damage to the property of either the Lessee or any subtenant of the Lessee on any account or for any reason whatsoever, other than solely by reason of Lessor’s willful misconduct or gross negligence (except to the extent imputed to Lessor solely

 

-3-


by virtue of its interest in the Leased Property). Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 3.5 shall abrogate any of the Lessee’s rights to pursue a claim for damages against any Funding Party arising from such Funding Party’s breach of its obligations under the Operative Documents.

 

Section 3.6 Utility Charges . The Lessee agrees to pay or cause to be paid as and when the same are due and payable all charges for gas, water, sewer, electricity, lights, heat, power, telephone or other communication service and all other utility services used, rendered or supplied to, upon or in connection with the Leased Property.

 

Section 3.7 Certain Taxes . Without limiting the generality of Section 3.5 , the Lessee agrees to pay when due all real estate taxes, personal property taxes, gross sales taxes, including any sales or lease tax imposed upon the rental payments hereunder or under a sublease, occupational license taxes, water charges, sewer charges, assessments of any nature and all other governmental impositions and charges of every kind and nature whatsoever (the “ tax(es) ”), when the same shall be due and payable without penalty or interest; provided , however , that this Section shall not apply to any of the taxes covered by the exclusion described in Section 7.4(b) of the Master Agreement. It is the intention of the parties hereto that, insofar as the same may lawfully be done, Lessor shall be, except as specifically provided for herein, free from all expenses in any way related to the Leased Property and the use and occupancy thereof. Any tax relating to a fiscal period of any taxing authority falling partially within and partially outside the Lease Term, shall be apportioned and adjusted between Lessor and the Lessee. The Lessee covenants to furnish Lessor and the Agent, upon the Agent’s written request, within forty-five (45) days after the last date when any tax must be paid by the Lessee as provided in this Section 3.7 , official receipts, to the extent available, of the appropriate taxing, authority or other proof satisfactory to Lessor, evidencing the payment thereof.

 

So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Lessee may defer payment of a tax so long as the validity or the amount thereof is contested by such Lessee with diligence and in good faith; provided , however , that the Lessee shall pay the tax in sufficient time to prevent delivery of a tax deed. Such contest shall be at the Lessee’s sole cost and expense. The Lessee covenants to indemnify and save harmless Lessor, the Agent and each Lender, which indemnification shall survive the termination of this Lease, from any actual and reasonable costs or expenses incurred by Lessor, the Agent or any Lender as a result of such contest; provided that neither the Agent nor any Lender shall be entitled to claim any indemnity against the Lessee pursuant to this sentence during the Construction Term.

 

ARTICLE IV

WAIVERS

 

During the Lease Term, Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property, including the Funded Equipment, the Building(s) (whether or not completed) and the Land, is demised and let by Lessor “AS IS” subject to (a) the rights of any parties in possession thereof, (b) the state of the title thereto existing at the time Lessor acquired its interest in the Leased Property, (c) any state of facts which an accurate survey or physical inspection might show (including the survey delivered on the Initial Funding Date), (d) all Applicable Law, and (e) any violations of Applicable Law which may exist upon or subsequent to the commencement of the Lease Term.

 

-4-


The Lessee ACKNOWLEDGES THAT, ALTHOUGH LESSOR WILL OWN AND HOLD TITLE TO THE LEASED PROPERTY, LESSOR IS NOT A MANUFACTURER OF, OR DEALER IN THE LEASED PROPERTY, AND IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN, DEVELOPMENT, BUDGETING AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE BUILDING(S) OR ANY ALTERATIONS. NEITHER THE AGENT NOR ANY FUNDING PARTY HAS MADE OR SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE ANY LIABILITY WHATSOEVER AS TO THE VALUE, MERCHANTABILITY, TITLE, HABITABILITY, CONDITION, DESIGN, OPERATION, OR FITNESS FOR USE OF THE LEASED PROPERTY (OR ANY PART THEREOF), OR ANY OTHER REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE LEASED PROPERTY (OR ANY PART THEREOF), ALL SUCH WARRANTIES BEING HEREBY DISCLAIMED, AND NEITHER THE AGENT NOR ANY FUNDING PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY LATENT, HIDDEN, OR PATENT DEFECT THEREIN OR THE FAILURE OF THE LEASED PROPERTY, OR ANY PART THEREOF, TO COMPLY WITH ANY APPLICABLE LAW, except that Lessor hereby represents and warrants that the Leased Property is and shall be free of Lessor Liens. As between Lessor and the Lessee, the Lessee has been afforded full opportunity to inspect the Leased Property, is satisfied with the results of its inspections of the Leased Property and is entering into this Lease solely on the basis of the results of its own inspections and all risks incident to the matters discussed in the two preceding sentences, as between the Agent or the Funding Parties on the one hand, and the Lessee, on the other, are to be borne by the Lessee. The provisions of this Article IV have been negotiated, and, except to the extent otherwise expressly stated, the foregoing provisions are intended to be a complete exclusion and negation of any representations or warranties by the Agent or the Funding Parties, express or implied, with respect to the Leased Property, that may arise pursuant to any law now or hereafter in effect, or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE V

LIENS; EASEMENTS; PARTIAL CONVEYANCES

 

The Lessee shall not directly or indirectly create, incur or assume, and shall promptly discharge, any Lien on or with respect to the Leased Property, the title thereto, or any interest therein, including any Liens which arise out of the possession, use, occupancy, construction, repair or rebuilding of the Leased Property or by reason of labor or materials furnished or claimed to have been furnished to the Lessee, or any of its contractors or agents or Alterations constructed by the Lessee, except, in all cases, Permitted Liens and Lessor Liens.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, at the request of the Lessee, Lessor shall, from time to time during the Lease Term and upon reasonable advance written notice from the Lessee, and receipt of the materials specified in the next succeeding sentence, consent to and join in any (i) grant of easements, licenses, rights of way and other rights in the nature of easements, including, without limitation, utility easements to facilitate Lessee’s use, development and construction of the Leased Property, (ii) release or termination of easements, licenses, rights of way or other rights in the nature of easements which are for the benefit of the Land or the Building(s) or any portion thereof, (iii) dedication or transfer of portions of the Land, not improved with a Building, for road, highway or other public purposes, (iv) execution of agreements for ingress and egress and amendments to any covenants and restrictions affecting

 

-5-


the Land or the Building(s) or any portion thereof and (v) request to any Governmental Authority for platting or subdivision or replatting or resubdivision approval with respect to the Land or any portion thereof or any parcel of land of which the Land or any portion thereof forms a part or a request for rezoning or any variance from zoning or other governmental requirements. Lessor’s obligations pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be subject to the requirements that:

 

(a) any such action shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Lessee and the Lessee shall pay all actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs of the Agent in connection therewith (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees of attorneys, architects, engineers, planners, appraisers and other professionals reasonably retained by the Agent in connection with any such action),

 

(b) the Lessee shall have delivered to Lessor and Agent an Officer’s Certificate of the Lessee stating that

 

(i) such action will not cause the Leased Property or any portion thereof to fail to comply in any material respect with the provisions of this Lease or any other Operative Documents, or in any material respect with Applicable Law; and

 

(ii) such action will not reduce the Fair Market Sales Value, utility or useful life of the Leased Property; and

 

(c) in the case of any release or conveyance, if the Agent so reasonably requests, the Lessee will cause to be issued and delivered to Lessor and the Agent by the Title Insurance Company an endorsement to the Title Policy pursuant to which the Title Insurance Company agrees that its liability for the payment of any loss or damage under the terms and provisions of the Title Policy will not be affected by reason of the fact that a portion of the real property referred to in Schedule A of the Title Policy has been released or conveyed by Lessor.

 

ARTICLE VI

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR;

ALTERATIONS, MODIFICATIONS AND ADDITIONS

 

Section 6.1 Maintenance and Repair; Compliance With Law . The Lessee, at its own expense, shall at all times (a) maintain the Leased Property in good repair and condition (subject to ordinary wear and tear), in accordance with prudent industry standards for similar types of property located in the geographical area where the Leased Property is located and, in any event, in no less a manner as other similar property owned or leased by the Lessee or its Affiliates, (b) make all Alterations in accordance with, and maintain (whether or not such maintenance requires structural modifications or Alterations) and operate and otherwise keep the Leased Property in compliance in all material respects with, all Applicable Laws and insurance requirements, and (c) make all material repairs, replacements and renewals of the Leased Property or any part thereof which may be required to keep the Leased Property in the condition required by the preceding clauses (a)  and (b) . The Lessee shall perform the foregoing maintenance obligations regardless of whether the Leased Property is occupied or unoccupied. The Lessee waives any

 

-6-


right that it may now have or hereafter acquire to (i) require the Agent or any Funding Party to maintain, repair, replace, alter, remove or rebuild all or any part of the Leased Property or (ii) make repairs at the expense of Lessor, the Agent or any Lender pursuant to any Applicable Law or other agreements or otherwise. NEITHER THE AGENT NOR ANY FUNDING PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE LESSEE OR TO ANY CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN, SUPPLIERS OR VENDORS FOR SERVICES PERFORMED OR MATERIAL PROVIDED ON OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE LEASED PROPERTY OR ANY PART THEREOF. Neither the Agent nor any Funding Party shall be required to maintain, alter, repair, rebuild or replace the Leased Property in any way.

 

Section 6.2 Alterations . The Lessee may, at the Lessee’s own cost and expense, make Alterations which do not diminish the value, utility or useful life of the Leased Property, provided that, if the Alterations are reasonably expected to cost in excess of $2,000,000, the Lessor shall have consented to such Alterations, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Section 6.3 Title to Alterations . Title to all Alterations shall without further act vest in Lessor (subject to the Lessee’s right to remove trade fixtures, personal property and equipment which do not constitute Alterations and which were not acquired with funds advanced by Lessor or any Lender) and shall be deemed to constitute a part of the Leased Property and be subject to this Lease.

 

ARTICLE VII

USE

 

The Lessee may use the Leased Property or any part thereof for any lawful purpose, provided that such use does not materially adversely affect the Fair Market Sales Value, utility, remaining useful life or residual value of the Leased Property (ordinary wear and tear excepted), and does not materially violate or conflict with, or constitute or result in a material default under, any Applicable Law or any insurance policy required hereunder. In the event that any use of the Leased Property changes the character or original intended use of the Leased Property and the Lessee does not purchase the Leased Property at the end of the Lease Term, the Lessee, upon written request of Lessor, shall restore the Leased Property to its general character and intended use on the Completion Date therefor, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

 

ARTICLE VIII

INSURANCE

 

During the Construction Term, this Article VIII shall not be effective; the Construction Agent shall maintain insurance in accordance with Section 2.9 of the Construction Agency Agreement.

 

(a) At any time during which any part of any Building or any Alteration is under construction and as to any part of any Building or any Alteration under construction, the Lessee shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, at its sole cost and

 

-7-


expense, as a part of its blanket policies or otherwise, “all risks” non-reporting completed value form of builder’s risk insurance.

 

(b) During the Lease Term, the Lessee shall maintain, at its sole cost and expense, as a part of its blanket policies or otherwise, insurance against loss or damage to any Building by fire and other risks, including comprehensive boiler and machinery coverage, on terms and in amounts no less favorable than insurance covering other similar properties or equipment owned or leased by the Lessee, but in no event less than the replacement cost of such Building from time to time.

 

(c) During the Lease Term, the Lessee shall maintain, at its sole cost and expense, commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Lessee’s use, operation and occupancy of the Leased Property. Such insurance shall be on terms and in amounts that are no less favorable than insurance maintained by the Lessee or its Affiliates with respect to similar properties or equipment that it owns or leases, but in no event less than $1,000,000 general liability, plus $2,000,000 liability umbrella coverage, per occurrence. Such insurance policies shall also provide that the Lessee’s insurance shall be considered primary insurance. Nothing in this Article VIII shall prohibit the Agent or any Funding Party from carrying at its own expense other insurance on or with respect to the Leased Property, provided that such insurance does not interfere with the Lessee’s ability to insure the Leased Property as required by this Article VIII or adversely affect the Lessee’s insurance or the cost thereof; it being understood that all salvage rights to the Leased Property and all primary subrogation rights shall remain with the Lessee’s insurers at all times.

 

(d) Each policy of insurance maintained by the Lessee pursuant to clauses (a)  and (b)  of this Article VIII shall provide that all insurance proceeds in respect of any loss or occurrence shall be adjusted by the Lessee, except (a) that with respect to any loss, the estimated cost of restoration of which is in excess of $25,000,000, the adjustment thereof shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Agent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and the insurance proceeds therefor shall be paid to the Agent for application in accordance with this Lease, and (b) if, and for so long as an Event of Default exists, all losses shall be adjusted solely by, and all insurance proceeds shall be paid solely to, the Agent for application pursuant to this Lease.

 

(e) On the Completion Date and on each anniversary of the related policy date the Lessee shall furnish Lessor and the Agent with certificates showing the insurance required under this Article VIII to be in effect and naming the Agent and the Funding Parties as additional insureds. Such certificates shall include a provision for thirty (30) days’ advance written notice by the insurer to Lessor and the Agent in the event of cancellation or expiration or nonpayment of premium with respect to such insurance. The Lessee shall provide evidence to Lessor and the Agent that each insurance policy required by this Article VIII has been renewed or replaced prior to the scheduled expiration date therefor. Upon request of the Agent, Lessee shall deliver to the Agent copies of the insurance binders for the coverage required hereunder, including the declarations page thereof.

 

-8-


(f) Each policy of insurance maintained by the Lessee pursuant to this Article VIII shall provide that in respect of the interests of the Agent and the Funding Parties, such policies shall not be invalidated by any fraud, action, inaction or misrepresentation of the Lessee or any other Person. Each of the Lessee, the Agent and the Funding Parties agree to waive their rights of subrogation against the others with respect to willful misconduct to the extent of the losses paid under insurance policies.

 

(g) All insurance policies carried in accordance with this Article VIII shall be maintained with insurers rated at least A by A.M. Best & Company and of a financial size category of X or better.

 

ARTICLE IX

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASING

 

The Lessee may not assign any of its right, title or interest in, to or under this Lease, except (i) to a Subsidiary of the Guarantor provided that the Guarantor acknowledges that its obligations under the Guaranty Agreement remain in full force and effect and (ii) the Lessee may sublease the Leased Property as set forth in the following sentence. If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Lessee may, without any consent of the Agent or any Funding Party, sublease all or any portion of the Leased Property, provided that (a) all obligations of the Lessee shall continue in full effect as obligations of a principal and not of a guarantor or surety, as though no sublease had been made; (b) such sublease shall be expressly subject and subordinate to this Lease, the Loan Agreement and the other Operative Documents; and (c) each such sublease shall terminate on or before the Lease Termination Date. The Lessee shall give the Agent and Lessor prompt written notice of any such sublease.

 

Except pursuant to an Operative Document, this Lease shall not be mortgaged or pledged by the Lessee, nor shall the Lessee mortgage or pledge any interest in the Leased Property or any portion thereof. Any such mortgage or pledge shall be void.

 

ARTICLE X

LOSS, DESTRUCTION, CONDEMNATION OR DAMAGE

 

Section 10.1 Event of Loss . Any event (i) which would otherwise constitute a Casualty during the Base Lease Term subsequent to the Completion Date, and (ii) which, in the good-faith judgment of the Lessee, renders repair and restoration of the Leased Property impossible or impractical, or requires repairs to the Leased Property that would cost in excess of 50% of the original cost of the Leased Property, and (iii) as to which the Lessee, within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of such event, delivers to Lessor an Officer’s Certificate notifying Lessor of such event, of such judgment and of the Lessee’s decision not to repair and restore the Leased Property, shall constitute an “ Event of Loss ”. In the case of any other event which constitutes a Casualty, the Lessee shall restore the Leased Property pursuant to Section 10.3 . If an Event of Loss shall occur, the Lessee shall pay to the Agent on the earlier of (i) the date that the insurance proceeds with respect to such Event of Loss are paid by the related insurance carrier and (ii) the first Payment Date occurring more than ninety (90) days after delivery of the Officer’s Certificate pursuant to clause (iii)  above an amount equal to the Lease Balance. Upon the Agent’s receipt of the Lease Balance on such date, Lessor shall cause Lessor’s interest in the

 

-9-


Leased Property to be conveyed to the Lessee in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 14.5 hereof; upon completion of such purchase, but not prior thereto, this Lease and all obligations hereunder shall terminate, except with respect to obligations and liabilities hereunder, actual or contingent, that have arisen or relate to events occurring on or prior to such date of purchase, or which are expressly stated herein to survive termination of this Lease.

 

Upon the consummation of the purchase of the Leased Property pursuant to this Section 10.1 , any proceeds derived from insurance required to be maintained by the Lessee pursuant to this Lease for the Leased Property remaining after payment of such purchase price shall be paid over to, or retained by, the Lessee or as it may direct, and Lessor shall (and shall cause the Agent and each Lender to) assign to the Lessee, without warranty, all of such parties’ rights to and interest in such insurance required to be maintained by the Lessee pursuant to this Lease.

 

Section 10.2 Event of Taking . Any event occurring during the Base Lease Term subsequent to the Completion Date (i) which constitutes a Condemnation of all of, or substantially all of, the Leased Property, or (ii) (A) which would otherwise constitute a Condemnation, (B) which, in the good-faith judgment of the Lessee, renders restoration and rebuilding of the Leased Property impossible or impractical, or requires repairs to a Leased Property that would cost in excess of 50% of the original cost of the Leased Property, and (C) as to which the Lessee, within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of such event, delivers to Lessor an Officer’s Certificate notifying Lessor of such event, of such judgment and of the Lessee’s decision not to restore and rebuild the Leased Property, shall constitute an “ Event of Taking ”. In the case of any other event which constitutes a Condemnation, the Lessee shall restore and rebuild the Leased Property pursuant to Section 10.4 . If an Event of Taking shall occur, the Lessee shall pay to the Agent on the earlier of (A) the date that the Award related to such Condemnation is paid and (B) the first Payment Date occurring more than ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such Event of Taking, in the case of an Event of Taking described in clause (i)  above or the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate pursuant to clause (ii)  above, in the case of an Event of Taking described in clause (ii)  above, an amount equal to the Lease Balance. Upon the Agent’s receipt of the Lease Balance on such date, Lessor shall cause Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property to be conveyed to the Lessee in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 14.5 hereof (provided that such conveyance shall be subject to all rights of the condemning authority); upon completion of such purchase, but not prior thereto, this Lease and all obligations hereunder shall terminate, except with respect to obligations and liabilities hereunder, actual or contingent, that have arisen or relate to events occurring on or prior to such date of purchase, or which are expressly stated herein to survive termination of this Lease.

 

Upon the consummation of the purchase of the Leased Property pursuant to this Section 10.2 , all Awards received by Lessor or the Agent, after deducting any reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Lessor or the Agent in collecting such Awards, received or payable on account of an Event of Taking with respect to the Leased Property during the Lease Term shall be promptly paid to the Lessee, and all rights of Lessor in Awards not then received shall be assigned to Lessee by Lessor.

 

Section 10.3 Casualty . If a Casualty shall occur which is not an Event of Loss, the Lessee shall rebuild and restore the Leased Property prior to the Lease Termination Date,

 

-10-


regardless of whether insurance proceeds received as a result of such Casualty are sufficient for such purpose.

 

Section 10.4 Condemnation . If a Condemnation shall occur which is not an Event of Taking, the Lessee shall rebuild and restore the Leased Property prior to the Lease Termination Date regardless of whether the Awards received as a result of such Condemnation are sufficient for such purpose.

 

Section 10.5 Verification of Restoration and Rebuilding . In the event of Casualty or Condemnation that involves, or is reasonably expected to involve, repair or rebuilding costs in excess of $2,000,000, to verify the Lessee’s compliance with the foregoing Section 10.3 or 10.4 , as appropriate, the Agent and its authorized representatives may, upon three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Lessee, make a reasonable number of inspections of the Leased Property during normal business hours with respect to (i) the extent of the Casualty or Condemnation and (ii) the restoration and rebuilding of the Leased Property. All actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs of such inspections incurred by the Agent will be paid by the Lessee promptly after written request. No such inspection shall unreasonably interfere with the Lessee’s operations or the operations of any other occupant of the Leased Property, and each inspecting party shall abide by the Lessee’s rules and regulations regarding safety and operations. None of the inspecting parties shall have any duty to make any such inspection or inquiry and none of the inspecting parties shall incur any liability or obligation by reason of making or not making any such inspection or inquiry, provided , however , that each inspecting party shall be liable, and shall indemnify the Lessee, for loss or damage resulting from such inspecting party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

Section 10.6 Application of Payments . All proceeds (except for payments under insurance policies maintained other than pursuant to Article VIII of this Lease) received at any time by any Funding Party, the Lessee or the Agent from any Governmental Authority or other Person with respect to any Condemnation or Casualty to the Leased Property or any part thereof or with respect to an Event of Loss or an Event of Taking, plus the amount of any payment that would have been due from an insurer but for the Lessee’s self-insurance or deductibles (“ Loss Proceeds ”), shall (except to the extent Section 10.9 applies) be applied as follows:

 

(a) In the event the Lessee purchases the Leased Property pursuant to Section 10.1 or Section 10.2 , such Loss Proceeds shall be paid to the Agent and applied as set forth in Section 10.1 or Section 10.2 , as the case may be;

 

(b) In the event of a Casualty at such time when no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Lessee is obligated to repair and rebuild the Leased Property pursuant to Section 10.3 , the Lessee may, in good faith and subsequent to the date of such Casualty, certify to Lessor and to the applicable insurer that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which event the applicable insurer shall pay the Loss Proceeds to the Lessee;

 

(c) In the event of a Condemnation at such time when no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Lessee is obligated to repair and rebuild the Leased Property pursuant to Section 10.4 , the Lessee may, in good faith and subsequent to the

 

-11-


date of such Condemnation, certify to Lessor and the Agent that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which event the applicable Award shall be paid over to the Lessee; and

 

(d) As provided in Section 10.9 , if such section is applicable.

 

During any period of repair or rebuilding pursuant to this Article X , this Lease will remain in full force and effect and Basic Rent shall continue to accrue and be payable without abatement or reduction. The Lessee shall maintain records setting forth information relating to the receipt and application of payments in accordance with this Section 10.6 . Such records shall be kept on file by the Lessee at its offices and shall be made available to the Agent upon request.

 

Section 10.7 Prosecution of Awards . (a) If any Condemnation shall occur, the party receiving the notice of such Condemnation shall give to the other party and the Agent promptly, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of such occurrence and the date thereof, generally describing the nature and extent of such Condemnation. With respect to any Event of Taking or any Condemnation, the Lessee shall control the negotiations with the relevant Governmental Authority as to any proceeding in respect of which Awards are required, under Section 10.6 , to be assigned or released to the Lessee, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in which case (i) the Agent shall control such negotiations; and (ii) the Lessee hereby irrevocably assigns, transfers and sets over to Lessor all rights of the Lessee to any Award on account of any Event of Taking or any Condemnation and, if there will not be separate Awards to Lessor and the Lessee on account of such Event of Taking or Condemnation, irrevocably authorizes and empowers the Agent during the continuance of an Event of Default, with full power of substitution, in the name of the Lessee or otherwise (but without limiting the obligations of the Lessee under this Article X), to file and prosecute what would otherwise be the Lessee’s claim for any such Award and to collect, receipt for and retain the same to be applied to the Lease Balance pursuant to the Master Agreement. In any event Lessor and the Agent may participate in such negotiations, and no settlement will be made without the prior consent of the Agent, not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lessee may prosecute, and neither the Agent nor Lessor shall have any interest in, any claim with respect to the Lessee’s personal property and equipment not financed by or otherwise property of Lessor, business interruption or similar award and the Lessee’s relocation expenses.

 

Section 10.8 Application of Certain Payments Not Relating to an Event of Taking . In case of a requisition for temporary use of all or a portion of the Leased Property which is not an Event of Taking, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect with respect to the Leased Property, without any abatement or reduction of Basic Rent, and the Awards for the Leased Property shall, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, be paid to the Lessee.

 

Section 10.9 Other Dispositions . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article X , so long as an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any amount that would otherwise be payable to or for the account of, or that would otherwise be retained by, Lessee pursuant to this Article X shall be paid to the Agent as security for the obligations of the Lessee under this Lease and, at such time thereafter as no Event of Default shall be continuing,

 

-12-


such amount shall be paid promptly to the Lessee to the extent not previously applied by Lessor or the Agent in accordance with the terms of this Lease or the other Operative Documents.

 

Section 10.10 No Rent Abatement . Rent shall not abate hereunder by reason of any Casualty, any Event of Loss, any Event of Taking or any Condemnation of the Leased Property, and the Lessee shall continue to perform and fulfill all of the Lessee’s obligations, covenants and agreements hereunder notwithstanding such Casualty, Event of Loss, Event of Taking or Condemnation until the Lease Termination Date.

 

Section 10.11 Event During Construction Period . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, if a Casualty, Condemnation, Event of Loss or Event of Taking occurs during the Construction Term, the Construction Agency Agreement shall govern the Construction Agent’s obligations with respect thereto.

 

ARTICLE XI

INTEREST CONVEYED TO LESSEE

 

The Lessee and Lessor intend that this Lease be treated, for accounting purposes, as an operating lease by the Lessee. For purposes of tax, commercial law and bankruptcy law, the Lessee and Lessor intend that the transaction represented by this Lease be treated as a financing transaction; for such purposes, it is the intention of the parties hereto (i) that this Lease be treated as a mortgage and security agreement, encumbering the Leased Property, and that the Lessee, as grantor, hereby grants to Lessor, as mortgagee and secured party, or any successor thereto, a first and paramount Lien on the Leased Property in which the Lessee has an interest, (ii) that Lessor shall have, as a result of such determination, all of the rights, powers and remedies of a mortgagee or secured party available under Applicable Law to take possession of and sell (whether by foreclosure or otherwise) the Leased Property, (iii) that the effective date of such mortgage and security agreement shall be the Closing Date, (iv) that the recording of the Memorandum of Lease shall be deemed to be the recording of such mortgage, (v) that the obligations secured by such mortgage shall include the Funded Amounts and all Basic Rent and Supplemental Rent hereunder and all other obligations of and amounts due from the Lessee hereunder and under the Operative Documents and (vi) that the Lessee will be treated as the owner of the Leased Property for tax purposes. Lessee and Lessor agree to file, or cause to be filed, all federal, state and local tax returns filed by it or on its behalf consistently with such intent. In addition, without limiting the foregoing, Lessor agrees, consistent with the foregoing intended treatment, that all tax abatements, inducements, incentives and other benefits of any nature or character at any time awarded, credited or paid in respect of the Leased Property, whether through Tennessee state or local programs and whether provided by or through public or private agencies or parties, shall belong to, and be the exclusive property entitlement of, TPC (or Guarantor), including without limitation, Tennessee TIIP Program benefits, TVA-Valley Advantage Benefits, TVA-Enhanced Growth Credit Benefits, and Tennessee Sales Tax incentives for so long as the Lessee leases the Leased Property pursuant to the Lease (or purchases the Leased Property in accordance with the Lease). The Lessor shall, upon the Lessee’s request, subject to the Lessee’s approval and at the Lessee’s expense, timely file with the appropriate taxing authorities or local governmental agencies, with the Lessee’s assistance, any forms and other documentation required by law to be filed by the Lessor in order to secure such tax abatements, inducements, incentives, and other aforementioned benefits credited or paid in

 

-13-


respect of the Leased Property, and to which the Lessee is otherwise entitled, which forms or other documentation are prepared by the Lessee and submitted by the Lessee to the Lessor for filing, provided that such filing does not, and will not, in the reasonable judgment of the Lessor, result in any recourse liability to the Lessor.

 

ARTICLE XII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

The following events shall constitute Events of Default (whether any such event shall be voluntary or involuntary or come about or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to or in compliance with any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

(a) the Lessee shall fail to make any payment of Basic Rent when due and such failure shall continue for three (3) Business Days after the Lessee’s receipt of notice of such failure ( provided that if Lessee has failed to pay Basic Rent when due more than twice in any calendar year, no notice shall be required and such failure shall constitute an Event of Default if its continues for more than three (3) Business Days);

 

(b) the Lessee shall fail to make any payment of Rent (other than Basic Rent and other than as set forth in clause (c) ) or any other amount payable hereunder or under any of the other Operative Documents (other than Basic Rent and other than as set forth in clause (c) ), and such failure shall continue for a period of ten (10) days after the Lessee’s receipt of notice of such failure;

 

(c) the Lessee shall fail to pay the Funded Amount or Lease Balance when due pursuant to Section 10.1 , 10.2 , 14.1 or 14.2 , or the Lessee shall fail to pay the Recourse Deficiency Amount when required pursuant to Article XIV , or a Construction Agency Event of Default occurs;

 

(d) the Lessee shall fail to maintain insurance as required by Article VIII hereof, and such failure shall continue until the earlier of (i) thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Lessor and (ii) the day immediately preceding the date on which any applicable insurance coverage would otherwise lapse or terminate;

 

(e) the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary shall fail to pay any Indebtedness in an amount of $25,000,000 (or such greater amount as shall be agreed to in the Revolving Credit Agreement) or more beyond the lapse of any applicable grace period provided for in the instrument or instruments evidencing such Indebtedness; or any such Indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount outstanding of $25,000,000 (or such greater amount as shall be agreed to in the Revolving Credit Agreement) or more shall become or be declared to be due prior to the expressed maturity thereof;

 

(f) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar law or seeking the appointment of a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, and

 

-14-


such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days; or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered and continued unstayed and in effect for a period of more than 30 days;

 

(g) the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar law or any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or any of them shall consent to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against any of them, or any of them shall file a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable law, or any of them shall consent to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or any substantial part of their respective property, or any of them shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or any of them shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary shall take corporate action in furtherance of any such action;

 

(h) there shall occur, with respect to any Significant Insured Subsidiary, any event constituting grounds for the required submission of a capital restoration plan under 12 U.S.C. § 1831o(e)(2) or for seeking the appointment of a receiver or conservator under 12 U.S.C. § 1821(c)(5) or § 1821(c)(9) (or any successor statutes), in each case as such statutes may be amended from time to time; provided , however , that, if an Insured Subsidiary is hereafter acquired that, at the time of such acquisition is subject to a capital restoration plan, such capital restoration plan in place at the time of acquisition shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder; or any conservator or receiver shall be appointed for any Significant Insured Subsidiary under such provisions or any other applicable law;

 

(i) one or more judgments against the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or attachments against its property, which in the aggregate exceed $25,000,000 (excluding any judgment amounts fully covered by insurance as to which the insurer has admitted liability), remain unpaid, unstayed on appeal, undischarged, unbonded, or undismissed for a period of more than 30 days;

 

(j) notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan shall have been filed with any affected party (as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA), or notice of an application by the PBGC to institute proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan pursuant to Section 4042 of ERISA shall have been received by the Guarantor, in each case only if the amount of current liability, as defined in Section 412(1)(7) of the Code, as of the date such notice is filed or received exceeds $25,000,000 (or such greater amount as shall be agreed to in the Revolving Credit Agreement); the Guarantor or any member of the ERISA Group incurs liability under Sections 4062(e), 4063 or 4064 of ERISA in respect of a Pension Plan in an amount in excess of $25,000,000 (or such greater amount as shall be agreed to in the

 

-15-


Revolving Credit Agreement); an amendment is adopted to a Pension Plan which would require security to be given to such Pension Plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code or Section 307 of ERISA in an amount in excess of $25,000,000 (or such greater amount as shall be agreed to in the Revolving Credit Agreement); or the Guarantor or any member of the ERISA Group fails to make a payment to a Pension Plan which would give rise to a Lien in favor of such Plan under Section 302(f) of ERISA in an amount in excess of $25,000,000 (or such greater amount as shall be agreed to in the Revolving Credit Agreement);

 

(k) any representation or warranty by any Obligor in any Operative Document or in any certificate or document delivered to Lessor, the Agent or any Lender pursuant to any Operative Document shall have been incorrect in any material respect when made;

 

(l) the Guarantor shall fail duly to observe or perform any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 5.2 or 5.3 of the Master Agreement;

 

(m) Lessee shall cease to be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor; or

 

(n) any Obligor shall fail in any material respect to timely, perform or observe any covenant or material agreement (not included in clause (a)  through (m)  of this Article XII ) to be performed or observed by it hereunder or under any other Operative Document and such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after such Obligor’s receipt of written notice thereof from Lessor, the Agent or any Lender.

 

ARTICLE XIII

ENFORCEMENT

 

Section 13.1 Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Lessor may do one or more of the following as Lessor in its sole discretion shall determine, without limiting any other right or remedy Lessor may have on account of such Event of Default (including, without limitation, the obligation of the Lessee to purchase the Leased Property as set forth in Section 14.3) :

 

(a) Lessor may, by written notice to the Lessee, rescind or terminate this Lease as of the date specified in such notice; however, (A) no reletting, reentry or taking of possession of the Leased Property by Lessor will be construed as an election on Lessor’s part to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to the Lessee, (B) notwithstanding any reletting, reentry or taking of possession, Lessor may at any time thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for a continuing Event of Default, and (C) no act or thing done by Lessor or any of its agents, representatives or employees and no agreement accepting a surrender of the Leased Property shall be valid unless the same be made in writing and executed by Lessor;

 

(b) Lessor may (i) demand that the Lessee, and the Lessee shall upon the written demand of Lessor, return the Leased Property promptly to Lessor in the manner and condition required by, and otherwise in accordance with all of the provisions of, Articles VI and XIV hereof as if the Leased Property were being returned at the end of the Lease Term, and Lessor shall not be liable for the reimbursement of the Lessee for

 

-16-


any costs and expenses incurred by the Lessee in connection therewith and (ii) without prejudice to any other remedy which Lessor may have for possession of the Leased Property, and to the extent and in the manner permitted by Applicable Law, enter upon the Leased Property and take immediate possession of (to the exclusion of the Lessee) the Leased Property or any part thereof and expel or remove the Lessee and any other person who may be occupying the Leased Property, by summary proceedings or otherwise, all without liability to the Lessee for or by reason of such entry or taking of possession, whether for the restoration of damage to property caused by such taking or otherwise and, in addition to Lessor’s other damages, the Lessee shall be responsible for the actual and reasonable costs and expenses of reletting, including brokers’ fees and the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of any alterations or repairs made by Lessor;

 

(c) Lessor may (i) sell all or any part of the Leased Property at public or private sale, as Lessor may determine, free and clear of any rights of the Lessee and without any duty to account to the Lessee with respect to such action or inaction or any proceeds with respect thereto (except to the extent required by Applicable Law or clause (ii)  below if Lessor shall elect to exercise its rights thereunder) in which event the Lessee’s obligation to pay Basic Rent for the Leased Property hereunder for periods commencing after the date of such sale shall be terminated or proportionately reduced, as the case may be; and (ii) if Lessor shall so elect, demand that the Lessee pay to Lessor, and the Lessee shall pay to Lessor, on the date of such sale, as liquidated damages for loss of a bargain and not as a penalty (the parties agreeing that Lessor’s actual damages would be difficult to predict, but the aforementioned liquidated damages represent a reasonable approximation of such amount) (in lieu of Basic Rent due for periods commencing on or after the Payment Date coinciding with such date of sale (or, if the sale date is not a Payment Date, the Payment Date next preceding the date of such sale)), an amount equal to (a) the excess, if any, of (1) the sum of (A) all Rent due and unpaid to and including such Payment Date and (B) the Lease Balance, computed as of such date, over (2) the net proceeds of such sale (that is, after deducting all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Agent or any Funding Party incident to such conveyance (including, without limitation, all costs, expenses, fees, premiums and taxes described in Section 14.5(b) ); plus (b) interest at the Overdue Rate on the foregoing amount from such Payment Date until the date of payment;

 

(d) Lessor may, at its option, not terminate this Lease, and continue to collect all Basic Rent, Supplemental Rent, and all other amounts (including, without limitation, the Funded Amount) due Lessor (together with all costs of collection) and enforce the Lessee’s obligations under this Lease as and when the same become due, or are to be performed, and at the option of Lessor, upon any abandonment of the Leased Property by Lessee or re-entry of same by Lessor, Lessor may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect not to terminate this Lease with respect thereto and may make such reasonable alterations and necessary repairs in order to relet the Leased Property, and relet the Leased Property or any part thereof for such term or terms (which may be for a term extending beyond the term of this Lease) and at such rental or rentals and upon such other terms and conditions as Lessor in its reasonable discretion may deem advisable; and upon each such reletting all rentals actually received by Lessor from such reletting shall be applied to the Lessee’s obligations hereunder in such order, proportion and priority as

 

-17-


Lessor may elect in Lessor’s sole and absolute discretion. If such rentals received from such reletting during any Rent Period are less than the Rent to be paid during that Rent Period by the Lessee hereunder, the Lessee shall pay any deficiency, as calculated by Lessor, to Lessor on the Payment Date for such Rent Period;

 

(e) Lessor may, whether or not Lessor shall have exercised or shall thereafter at any time exercise any of its rights under paragraph (b) , (c)  or (d) of this Article XIII , demand, by written notice to the Lessee specifying a date (the “ Final Rent Payment Date ”) not earlier than 30 days after the date of such notice, that Lessee purchase, on the Final Rent Payment Date, all of the Leased Property in accordance with the provisions of Sections 14.2 , 14.4 and 14.5 ; provided , however , that (1) such purchase shall occur on the date set forth in such notice, notwithstanding the provision in Section 14.2 calling for such purchase to occur on the Lease Termination Date (provided that Lessee has paid the Lease Balance to the Agent); and (2) Lessor’s obligations under Section 14.5(a) shall be limited to delivery of a special warranty deed and quit claim bill of sale of the Leased Property, without recourse or warranty, but free and clear of Lessor Liens;

 

(f) Lessor may exercise any other right or remedy that may be available to it under Applicable Law, or proceed by appropriate court action (legal or equitable) to enforce the terms hereof or to recover damages for the breach hereof. Separate suits may be brought to collect any such damages for any Rent Period(s), and such suits shall not in any manner prejudice Lessor’s right to collect any such damages for any subsequent Rent Period(s), or Lessor may defer any such suit until after the expiration of the Lease Term, in which event such suit shall be deemed not to have accrued until the expiration of the Lease Term; or

 

(g) Lessor may retain and apply against Lessor’s damages all sums which Lessor would, absent such Event of Default, be required to pay to, or turn over to, the Lessee pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

 

Section 13.2 Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver; Consents . To the extent permitted by, and subject to the mandatory requirements of, Applicable Law, each and every right, power and remedy herein specifically given to Lessor or otherwise in this Lease shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other right, power and remedy herein specifically given or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity or by statute, and each and every right, power and remedy whether specifically herein given or otherwise existing may be exercised from time to time and as often and in such order as may be deemed expedient by Lessor, and the exercise or the beginning of the exercise of any power or remedy shall not be construed to be a waiver of the right to exercise at the same time or thereafter any right, power or remedy. No delay or omission by Lessor in the exercise of any right, power or remedy or in the pursuit of any remedy shall impair any such right, power or remedy or be construed to be a waiver of any default on the part of the Lessee or to be an acquiescence therein. Lessor’s consent to any request made by the Lessee shall not be deemed to constitute or preclude the necessity for obtaining Lessor’s consent, in the future, to all similar requests. No express or implied waiver by Lessor of any Default shall in any way be, or be construed to be, a waiver of any future or subsequent Default. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Lessee hereby waives any rights now or hereafter conferred by statute or otherwise that may require Lessor to sell, lease or otherwise use the Leased Property or

 

-18-


part thereof in mitigation of Lessor’s damages upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or that may otherwise limit or modify any of Lessor’s rights or remedies under this Article XIII .

 

Section 13.3 Limitation of Remedies . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article XIII , if Lessor declares an Event of Default based solely on a Limited Event of Default, then Lessee shall either, at its option (i) purchase the Leased Property for the Lease Balance on a date not more than thirty (30) days after such declaration by Lessor or (ii) pay to the Agent the sum of all accrued and unpaid Rent, plus the Limited Recourse Amount, on the date that is ten (10) Business Days after such declaration and either, as directed in writing by Lessor (A) remarket the Leased Property as if Lessee had exercised the Remarketing Option pursuant to Section 14.6 (without giving effect to paragraph (a)  thereof) or (B) return the Leased Property to Lessor pursuant to Section 14.8 .

 

Section 13.4 Purchase Upon an Event of Default . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, until such time as Lessor commences material preparations for the sale or re-lease of the Leased Property, the Lessee may purchase the Leased Property for the Lease Balance, including any amounts due pursuant to Section 7.5 of the Master Agreement. Such purchase shall be made in accordance with Section 14.5 , upon not less than five (5) Business Days’ written notice (which shall be irrevocable) to Lessor, which notice shall set forth the date of purchase (which shall be a date no later than 30 Business Days from the date of such notice).

 

ARTICLE XIV

SALE, RETURN OR PURCHASE OF LEASED PROPERTY; RENEWAL

 

Section 14.1 Lessee’s Option to Purchase . Subject to the terms, conditions and provisions set forth in this Article XIV , the Lessee shall have the option (the “ Purchase Option ”), to be exercised as set forth below, to purchase from Lessor, Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property. Such option must be exercised by written notice to Lessor and the Agent not later than six months prior to the Lease Termination Date which notice shall be irrevocable; such notice shall specify the date that such purchase shall take place, which date shall be a date occurring not less than sixty (60) days after such notice or the Lease Termination Date (whichever is earlier). If the Purchase Option is exercised pursuant to the foregoing, then, subject to the provisions set forth in this Article XIV , on the applicable purchase date or the Lease Termination Date, as the case may be, Lessor shall convey to the Lessee, by special warranty deed and bill of sale, without recourse or warranty (other than the warranty of title set forth in the special warranty deed and as to the absence of Lessor Liens) and the Lessee shall purchase from Lessor, Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property.

 

Section 14.2 Conveyance to Lessee . Unless (a) the Lessee shall have properly exercised the Purchase Option and purchased the Leased Property pursuant to Section 14.1 hereof, or (b) the Lessee shall have properly exercised the Remarketing Option and shall have fulfilled all of the conditions of Section 14.6 hereof, then, subject to the terms, conditions and provisions set forth in this Article XIV , the Lessee shall purchase from Lessor, and Lessor shall convey to the Lessee, on the Lease Termination Date all of Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property. The Lessee may designate, in a notice given to Lessor not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the closing of such purchase, or any purchase pursuant to Section 14.1 (time being of the essence), the transferee to whom the conveyance shall be made (if other than to the

 

-19-


Lessee), in which case such conveyance shall (subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein) be made to such designee; provided , however , that such designation of a transferee shall not cause the Lessee to be released, fully or partially, from any of its obligations under this Lease.

 

Section 14.3 Acceleration of Purchase Obligation . The Lessee shall be obligated to purchase Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property immediately, automatically and without notice upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in clause (f) , (g)  or (h)  of Article XII , for the purchase price set forth in Section 14.4 . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of Default, the Lessee shall be obligated to purchase Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property for the purchase price set forth in Section 14.4 upon notice of such obligation from Lessor.

 

Section 14.4 Determination of Purchase Price . Upon the purchase by the Lessee of Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property upon the exercise of the Purchase Option or pursuant to Section 14.2 or 14.3 , the purchase price for all of the Leased Property shall be an amount equal to the Lease Balance as of the closing date for such purchase, including any amount due pursuant to Section 7.5(f) of the Master Agreement as a result of such purchase.

 

Section 14.5 Purchase Procedure . (a) If the Lessee shall purchase Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property pursuant to any provision of this Lease, (i) the Lessee shall accept from Lessor and Lessor shall convey the Leased Property by a duly executed and acknowledged special warranty deed and quit claim bill of sale of the Leased Property in recordable form, (ii) upon the date fixed for any purchase of Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property hereunder, the Lessee shall pay to the order of the Agent the Lease Balance, including any amount due pursuant to Section 7.5 of the Master Agreement as a result of such purchase, by wire transfer of immediately available funds and (iii) Lessor will execute and deliver to the Lessee such other documents, including releases, affidavits, termination agreements and termination statements, as may be legally required or as may be reasonably requested by Lessee in order to effect such conveyance, free and clear of Lessor Liens and the Liens of the Operative Documents.

 

(b) The Lessee shall, at the Lessee’s sole cost and expense, obtain all required governmental and regulatory approval and consents and in connection therewith shall make such filings as required by Applicable Law; in the event that Lessor is required by Applicable Law to take any action in connection with such purchase and sale, the Lessee shall pay prior to transfer all reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Lessor in connection therewith. Without limiting the foregoing, all costs incident to such conveyance, including, without limitation, the Lessee’s attorneys’ fees, Lessor’s attorneys’ fees, commissions, the Lessee’s and Lessor’s escrow fees, recording fees, title insurance premiums and all applicable documentary transfer or other transfer taxes and other taxes required to be paid in order to record the transfer documents that might be imposed by reason of such conveyance and the delivery of such deed shall be borne entirely by and paid by the Lessee.

 

(c) Upon expiration or termination of this Lease resulting in conveyance of Lessor’s interest in the title to the Leased Property to the Lessee, or such other Person as Lessee shall direct, there shall be no apportionment of rents (including, without limitation, water rents and sewer rents), taxes, insurance, utility charges or other charges payable with respect to the

 

-20-


Leased Property, all of such rents, taxes, insurance, utility or other charges due and payable with respect to the Leased Property prior to termination being payable by the Lessee hereunder and all due after such time being payable by the Lessee as the then owner of the Leased Property.

 

Section 14.6 Option to Remarket . Subject to the fulfillment of each of the conditions set forth in this Section 14.6 , the Lessee shall have the option to market the Leased Property for Lessor (the “ Remarketing Option ”).

 

The Lessee’s effective exercise and consummation of the Remarketing Option shall be subject to the due and timely fulfillment of each of the following provisions, the failure of any of which, unless waived in writing by Lessor and the Lenders, shall render the Remarketing Option and the Lessee’s exercise thereof null and void, in which event, the Lessee shall be obligated to perform its obligations under Section 14.2 .

 

(a) Not later than six months prior to the last day of the Base Lease Term, the Lessee shall give to Lessor and the Agent written notice of the Lessee’s exercise of the Remarketing Option.

 

(b) Not later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the last day of the Base Lease Term, the Lessee shall deliver to Lessor and the Agent an environmental assessment of the Leased Property dated not earlier than forty-five (45) days prior to the last day of the Base Lease Term. Such environmental assessment shall be prepared by an environmental consultant selected by the Lessee and reasonably satisfactory to the Required Funding Parties, shall be in form, detail and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Funding Parties, and shall otherwise indicate no degradation in environmental conditions beyond those described in the Environmental Audit for which corrective action is required by Applicable Law and shall not include a recommendation for further investigation to make such determination.

 

(c) On the date of the Lessee’s notice to Lessor and the Agent of the Lessee’s exercise of the Remarketing Option, no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default shall exist, and thereafter, no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default shall exist under this Lease.

 

(d) The Lessee shall have completed in all material respects all Alterations, restoration and rebuilding of the Leased Property pursuant to Sections 6.1 , 6.2 , 10.3 and 10.4 (as the case may be) and shall have fulfilled in all material respects all of the conditions and requirements in connection therewith pursuant to said Sections , in each case by the date on which Lessor and the Agent receive the Lessee’s notice of the Lessee’s exercise of the Remarketing Option (time being of the essence), regardless of whether the same shall be within the Lessee’s control.

 

(e) Upon request by the Agent, the Lessee shall promptly provide any maintenance records relating to the Leased Property to Lessor, the Agent and any potential purchaser, and shall otherwise do all things necessary to deliver possession of the Leased Property to the potential purchaser at the appropriate closing date. The Lessee

 

-21-


shall allow Lessor, the Agent and any potential purchaser reasonable access during normal business hours to the Leased Property for the purpose of inspecting the same.

 

(f) On the last day of the Base Lease Term, the Lessee shall surrender the Leased Property in accordance with Section 14.8 hereof.

 

(g) In connection with any such sale of the Leased Property, the Lessee will provide to the purchaser customary and reasonable “seller’s” indemnities requested by the potential purchaser (taking into account the location and nature of the Leased Property), representations and warranties regarding title, absence of Liens (except Lessor Liens) and other customary matters. The Lessee shall fulfill all of the requirements set forth in clause (b)  of Section 14.5 , and such requirements are incorporated herein by reference. As to Lessor, any such sale shall be made on an “as is, with all faults” basis without representation or warranty by Lessor, other than the absence of Lessor Liens.

 

(h) The Lessee shall pay to the Agent on the last day of the Base Lease Term (or to such other Person as Agent shall notify Lessee in writing, or in the case of Supplemental Rent, to the Person entitled thereto) an amount equal to the Recourse Deficiency Amount, plus all accrued and unpaid Basic Rent and Supplemental Rent, and all other amounts hereunder which have accrued prior to or as of such date, in the type of funds specified in Section 3.3 hereof.

 

If the Lessee has exercised the Remarketing Option, the following additional provisions shall apply: During the period commencing on the date of notice of exercise of the Remarketing Option, the Lessee shall, as nonexclusive agent for Lessor, use commercially reasonable efforts to sell Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property and will attempt to obtain the highest purchase price therefor. Lessee shall not incur any marketing costs that exceed, or are expected to exceed, $100,000 without the prior written consent of Lessor and the Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessee promptly shall submit all bids to Lessor and the Agent and Lessor and the Agent will have the right to review the same and the right to submit any one or more bids. All bids shall be on an all-cash basis. In no event shall such bidder be the Lessee or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Lessee. The written offer must specify the last day of the Base Lease Term as the closing date. If, and only if, the Net Selling Price is less than the difference between the Lease Balance at such time minus the Recourse Deficiency Amount, then Lessor or the Agent may, in its sole and absolute discretion, by notice to the Lessee, reject such offer to purchase, in which event the parties will proceed according to the provisions of Section 14.7 hereof. If neither Lessor nor the Agent rejects such purchase offer as provided above, the closing of such purchase of the Leased Property by such purchaser shall occur on the last day of the Base Lease Term, contemporaneously with the Lessee’s surrender of the Leased Property in accordance with Section 14.8 hereof, and the Net Selling Price shall be distributed in accordance with Section 6.6(a) of the Master Agreement. The Lessee shall not have the right, power or authority to bind Lessor in connection with any proposed sale of the Leased Property.

 

Section 14.7 Leased Property Not Sold by Lease Termination Date . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if the Leased Property is not otherwise sold in accordance with Section 14.6 on or before the last day of the Base Lease Term and an Event of

 

-22-


Default has not occurred, then (a) the Lessee shall pay to the Agent the Recourse Deficiency Amount pursuant to Section 14.6(h) , and (b) Lessor shall retain title to the Leased Property.

 

On the last day of the Base Lease Term, or as promptly thereafter as is practicable, Lessor shall obtain an appraisal from an independent appraiser selected by Lessor which shall establish the Fair Market Sales Value of the Leased Property as of the last day of the Base Lease Term. If the Fair Market Sales Value as established by such appraisal is greater than the positive difference between the Permitted Lease Balance and the Recourse Deficiency Amount, then Lessor shall pay to Lessee the sum of (A) the lesser of (i) the excess of the Fair Market Sales Value (after deducting therefrom all remarketing costs incurred by Lessee pursuant to Section 14. 6) over the amount of such difference and (ii) the sum of the Recourse Deficiency Amount paid by Lessee on the last day of the Base Lease Term, plus (B) interest on the amount described in the foregoing clause (A)  from the last day of the Base Lease Term to the date of such payment by Lessor at a rate equal to the Federal Funds Rate, plus (C) the remarketing costs incurred by Lessee pursuant to Section 14.6 that have not otherwise been reimbursed to Lessee. To the greatest extent permitted by law, Lessee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives and releases Lessor from any right to require Lessor following the Lease Termination Date to sell the Leased Property for any minimum purchase price or on any particular terms or conditions.

 

Section 14.8 Return of Leased Property . If Lessor retains title to the Leased Property pursuant to Section 14.7 hereof, then the Lessee shall, on the Lease Termination Date, and at its own expense, return possession of the Leased Property to Lessor for retention by Lessor or, if the Lessee properly exercises the Remarketing Option and fulfills all of the conditions of Section 14.6 hereof and neither Lessor nor the Agent rejects such purchase offer pursuant to Section 14.6 , then the Lessee shall, on such Lease Termination Date, and at its own cost, transfer possession of the Leased Property to the independent purchaser thereof, in each case by surrendering the same into the possession of Lessor or such purchaser, as the case may be, free and clear of all Liens other than Lessor Liens, in as good condition as it was on the Completion Date therefor (as modified by Alterations permitted by this Lease), ordinary wear and tear excepted, and in compliance in all material respects with Applicable Law. The Lessee shall, on and within a reasonable time before and after the Lease Termination Date, cooperate with Lessor and the independent purchaser of the Leased Property in order to facilitate the ownership and operation by such purchaser of the Leased Property after the Lease Termination Date, which cooperation shall include the following, all of which the Lessee shall do on or before the Lease Termination Date or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable: providing all books and records regarding the Lessee’s maintenance of the Leased Property and all know-how, data and technical information relating thereto (it being understood that the Lessee shall not be required to provide any warranties in connection with such know-how, data and technical information), providing a copy of the Plans and Specifications within the possession of the Lessee, granting or assigning all licenses (to the extent assignable) necessary for the operation and maintenance of the Leased Property, and cooperating in seeking and obtaining all necessary Governmental Action. The Lessee shall have also paid the cost of all Alterations commenced prior to the Lease Termination Date. The obligations of the Lessee under this Article XIV shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

Section 14.9 Renewal . Subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Lessee may, by written notice to Lessor and the Agent given not later than nine months and not earlier than

 

-23-


sixteen months, prior to the then scheduled Lease Termination Date, request to renew this Lease for five years, commencing on the date following such Lease Termination Date, provided that in no event shall the Lease Term exceed fifteen (15) years. No later than the date that is 90 days after the date the request to renew has been delivered to each of Lessor and the Agent, the Agent will notify the Lessee whether or not Lessor and the Lenders consent to such renewal request (which consent may be granted or denied in the Lessor’s and each Lender’s sole discretion and may be conditioned on such conditions precedent as may be specified by Lessor or such Lender). If the Agent fails to respond in such time frame, such failure shall be deemed to be a rejection of such request.

 

ARTICLE XV

LESSEE’S EQUIPMENT

 

After any repossession of the Leased Property (whether or not this Lease has been terminated), the Lessee, at its expense and so long as such removal of such trade fixtures, personal property or equipment shall not result in a violation of Applicable Law, shall, within a reasonable time after such repossession or within ninety (90) days after the Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written request (whichever shall first occur), remove all of the Lessee’s trade fixtures, personal property and equipment from the Leased Property (to the extent that the same can be readily removed from the Leased Property without causing material damage to the Leased Property); provided , however , that the Lessee shall not remove any such trade fixtures, personal property or equipment that has been financed by Lessor under the Operative Documents or otherwise constituting Leased Property (or that constitutes a replacement of such property). Any of the Lessee’s trade fixtures, personal property and equipment not so removed by the Lessee within such period shall be considered abandoned by the Lessee, and title thereto shall without further act vest in Lessor, and may be appropriated, sold, destroyed or otherwise disposed of by Lessor without notice to the Lessee and without obligation to account therefor and the Lessee will pay Lessor, upon written demand, all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in removing, storing or disposing of the same and all costs and expenses incurred by Lessor to repair any damage to the Leased Property caused by such removal. The Lessee will immediately repair at its expense all damage to the Leased Property caused by any such removal (unless such removal is effected by Lessor, in which event the Lessee shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lessor for such repairs). Lessor shall have no liability in exercising Lessor’s rights under this Article XV , nor shall Lessor be responsible for any loss of or damage to the Lessee’s personal property and equipment.

 

ARTICLE XVI

RIGHT TO PERFORM FOR LESSEE

 

If the Lessee shall fail to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, Lessor, upon ten Business Days’ notice to the Lessee (or such shorter time as may be reasonably necessary to prevent imminent danger to the Leased Property or any Funding Party’s interest therein), may perform or comply with such agreement, and Lessor shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any default caused by such failure, and the amount of such payment and the amount of the expenses of Lessor (including actual and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with such payment or the performance of or compliance with such agreement, as the case may be, shall be deemed Supplemental Rent, payable by the Lessee to

 

-24-


Lessor within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor; provided , however , that should Lessee commence the cure or remedy of such failure to perform or comply within such ten Business Days’ period and diligently prosecutes such cure or remedy to completion, Lessor shall not undertake any action in respect of such failure.

 

ARTICLE XVII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 17.1 Reports . To the extent required under Applicable Law and to the extent it is reasonably practical for the Lessee to do so, the Lessee shall prepare and file in timely fashion, or, where such filing is required to be made by Lessor or it is otherwise not reasonably practical for the Lessee to make such filing, Lessee shall prepare and deliver to Lessor (with a copy to the Agent) within a reasonable time prior to the date for filing and Lessor shall file, any material reports with respect to the condition or operation of the Leased Property that shall be required to be filed with any Governmental Authority.

 

Section 17.2 Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns; Survival . The terms and provisions of this Lease, and the respective rights and obligations hereunder of Lessor and the Lessee, shall be binding upon their respective successors, legal representatives and assigns (including, in the case of Lessor, any Person to whom Lessor may transfer the Leased Property or any interest therein in accordance with the provisions of the Operative Documents), and inure to the benefit of their respective permitted successors and assigns, and the rights granted hereunder to the Agent and the Lenders shall inure (subject to such conditions as are contained herein) to the benefit of their respective permitted successors and assigns. The Lessee hereby acknowledges that Lessor has assigned all of its right, title and interest to, in and under this Lease to the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to the Loan Agreement and related Operative Documents, and that all of Lessor’s rights hereunder may be exercised by the Agent.

 

Section 17.3 Quiet Enjoyment . Lessor covenants that it will not interfere in the Lessee’s or any of its permitted sublessee’s quiet enjoyment of the Leased Property in accordance with this Lease during the Lease Term, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Such right of quiet enjoyment is independent of, and shall not affect, Lessor’s rights otherwise to initiate legal action to enforce the obligations of the Lessee under this Lease.

 

Section 17.4 Documentary Conventions . The Documentary Conventions shall apply to this Lease.

 

Section 17.5 Liability of Lessor Limited . Except as otherwise expressly provided below in this Section 17.5 , it is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Lessee, Lessor and their respective successors and assigns that nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability of Lessor or any of its Affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, members, shareholders, managers or agents, individually or personally, for any failure to perform any covenant, either express or implied, contained herein, all such liability (other than that resulting from Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, except to the extent imputed to Lessor by virtue of its interest in the Leased Property, if any, being expressly waived by the Lessee and by each and every Person now or hereafter claiming by, through or under the Lessee, and that, so far as Lessor or any of its Affiliates or any of their

 

-25-


respective officers, directors, employees, members, shareholders, managers or agents, individually or personally, is concerned, the Lessee and any Person claiming by, through or under the Lessee shall look solely to the right, title and interest of Lessor in and to the Leased Property and any proceeds from Lessor’s sale or encumbrance thereof ( provided , however , that the Lessee shall not be entitled to any double recovery) for the performance of any obligation under this Lease and under the Operative Documents and the satisfaction of any liability arising therefrom (other than that resulting from Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, except to the extent imputed to Lessor by virtue of its interest in the Leased Property).

 

Section 17.6 Estoppel Certificates . Each party hereto agrees that at any time and from time to time during the Lease Term, it will promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after request by the other party hereto, execute, acknowledge and deliver to such other party or to any prospective purchaser (if such prospective purchaser has signed a commitment or letter of intent to purchase the Leased Property or any part thereof or any Note), assignee or mortgagee or third party designated by such other party, a certificate stating (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that this Lease is in force and effect as modified, and identifying the modification agreements); (b) the date to which Basic Rent has been paid; (c) whether or not there is any existing default by the Lessee in the payment of Basic Rent or any other sum of money hereunder, and whether or not there is any other existing default by either party with respect to which a notice of default has been served, and, if there is any such default, specifying the nature and extent thereof; (d) whether or not, to the knowledge of the signer, there are any setoffs, defenses or counterclaims against enforcement of the obligations to be performed hereunder existing in favor of the party executing such certificate and (e) other items that may be reasonably requested; provided that no such certificate may be requested unless the requesting party has a good faith reason for such request.

 

Section 17.7 No Merger . In no event shall the leasehold interests, estates or rights of the Lessee hereunder, or of the holder of any Note secured by a security interest in this Lease, merge with any interests, estates or rights of Lessor in or to the Leased Property, it being understood that such leasehold interests, estates and rights of the Lessee hereunder, and of the holder of any Note secured by a security interest in this Lease, shall be deemed to be separate and distinct from Lessor’s interests, estates and rights in or to the Leased Property, notwithstanding that any such interests, estates or rights shall at any time or times be held by or vested in the same person, corporation or other entity.

 

Section 17.8 Survival . The obligations of the Lessee to be performed under this Lease prior to the Lease Termination Date and the obligations of Lessee pursuant to Articles III , X , XI , XIII , Sections 14.2 , 14.3 , 14.4 , 14.5 , 14.8 , Articles XV , and XVI , and Sections 17.5 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. The extension of any applicable statute of limitations by Lessor, the Lessee, the Agent or any Indemnitee shall not affect such survival.

 

Section 17.9 Chattel Paper . To the extent that this Lease constitutes chattel paper (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code in any applicable jurisdiction), no security interest in this Lease may be created through the transfer or possession of any counterpart other than the sole original counterpart, which shall be identified as the original counterpart by the receipt of the Agent.

 

-26-


Section 17.10 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence of this Lease.

 

Section 17.11 Recordation of Lease . The Lessee will, at its expense, cause a memorandum of lease in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and the Lessee (if permitted by Applicable Law) to be recorded in the applicable recorder’s office.

 

Section 17.12 Investment of Security Funds . The parties hereto agree that any amounts not payable to the Lessee pursuant to any provision of Article VIII , X or XIV or this Section 17.12 shall be held by the Agent (or Lessor if the Loans have been fully paid) as security for the obligations of the Lessee under this Lease and the Master Agreement and of Lessor under the Loan Agreement. At such time as such amounts are payable to the Lessee, such amounts, net of any amounts previously applied to the Lessee’s obligations hereunder or under the Master Agreement (which application is hereby agreed to by Lessee), shall be paid to the Lessee. Any such amounts which are held by the Agent (or Lessor if the Loans have been fully paid) pending payment to the Lessee shall until paid to the Lessee, as provided hereunder or until applied against the Lessee’s obligations herein and under the Master Agreement and distributed as provided in the Loan Agreement or herein (after the Loan Agreement is no longer in effect) in connection with any exercise of remedies hereunder, be invested by the Agent or Lessor, as the case may be, as directed from time to time in writing by Lessee ( provided , however , if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing it will be directed by the Agent or, if the Loans have been fully paid, Lessor) and at the expense and risk of the Lessee, in Permitted Investments. Any gain (including interest received) realized as the result of any such investment (net of any fees, commissions and other expenses, if any, incurred in connection with such investment) shall be applied in the same manner as the principal invested. Lessee upon demand shall pay to the Agent or Lessor, as appropriate, the amount of any loss incurred in connection with all such investments and the liquidation thereof.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

-27-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have each caused this Lease Agreement to be duly executed and delivered and attested by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENNESSEE PROCESSING CENTER LLC,

as the Lessee

By:                /s/ Jeanne M. Login
   

Name:

 

Jeanne M. Login

   

Title:

 

Senior Vice President

 

    

S-1

   LEASE AGREEMENT


SUNTRUST EQUITY FUNDING, LLC,

as Lessor

By:   / S /    R. T ODD S HUTLEY
   

Name:

 

R. Todd Shutley

   

Title:

 

Senior Vice President and Manager

 

    

S-2

   LEASE AGREEMENT


Receipt of this original counterpart of the foregoing Lease is hereby acknowledged as of the date hereof.

 

SUNTRUST BANK,

as the Agent

By:                /s/ James L. Bradshaw
   

Name:

 

James L. Bradshaw

   

Title:

 

Director

 

    

S-3

   LEASE AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10(ppp)

 

MASTER AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of July 16, 2004

 

among

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.,

as Guarantor,

 

TENNESSEE PROCESSING CENTER LLC,

as Construction Agent and as Lessee,

 

SUNTRUST EQUITY FUNDING, LLC, as Lessor,

 

CERTAIN FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTIES HERETO,

 

as Lenders

 

SUNTRUST BANK, as Agent,

 

THE BANK OF TOKYO – MITSUBISHI, LTD.,

as Syndication Agent

 

and

 

BNP PARIBAS LEASING CORPORATION,

as Documentation Agent


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION

   1

ARTICLE II ACQUISITION, CONSTRUCTION AND LEASE; FUNDINGS; NATURE OF TRANSACTION

   2

SECTION 2.1

   Agreement to Acquire, Construct, Fund and Lease    2

SECTION 2.2

   Fundings of Construction Costs    2

SECTION 2.3

   Funded Amounts and Interest and Yield Thereon    5

SECTION 2.4

   Lessee Owner for Tax Purposes    6

SECTION 2.5

   Amounts Due Under Lease    7

ARTICLE III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT; DOCUMENTS

   7

SECTION 3.1

   Conditions to the Obligations of the Funding Parties on the Initial Funding Date    7

SECTION 3.2

   Conditions to the Obligations of Lessee    11

SECTION 3.3

   Conditions to the Obligations of the Funding Parties on each Funding Date    11

SECTION 3.4

   Delivery of Appraisal    12

SECTION 3.5

   Completion Date Conditions    12

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

   14

SECTION 4.1

   Representations of the Guarantor    14

SECTION 4.2

   Representations of TPC    16

SECTION 4.3

   Survival of Representations and Effect of Fundings    19

SECTION 4.4

   Representations of the Lessor    19

SECTION 4.5

   Representations of each Lender    21

ARTICLE V COVENANTS OF THE GUARANTOR AND THE LESSOR

   22

SECTION 5.1

   Affirmative Covenants    22

SECTION 5.2

   Negative Covenants    26

SECTION 5.3

   Financial Covenants    27

SECTION 5.4

   Use of Proceeds    27

SECTION 5.5

   Further Assurances    27

SECTION 5.6

   Additional Required Appraisals    27

SECTION 5.7

   Lessor’s Covenants    28

ARTICLE VI TRANSFERS BY LESSOR AND LENDERS; DISTRIBUTIONS

   30

SECTION 6.1

   Lessor Transfers    30

SECTION 6.2

   Lender Transfers    30

SECTION 6.3

   Distribution and Application of Rent Payments    32

SECTION 6.4

   Distribution and Application of Purchase Payment    32

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page

SECTION 6.5

   Distribution and Application to Funding Party Balances of Lessee Payment of Recourse Deficiency Amount Upon Exercise of Remarketing Option and of the Construction Failure Payment    33

SECTION 6.6

   Distribution and Application to Funding Party Balances of Remarketing Proceeds of Leased Property    33

SECTION 6.7

   Distribution and Application of Payments Received When an Event of Default Exists    36

SECTION 6.8

   Distribution of Other Payments    37

SECTION 6.9

   Timing of Agent Distributions    37

SECTION 6.10

   Refinancing    37

ARTICLE VII INDEMNIFICATION

   38

SECTION 7.1

   General Indemnification    38

SECTION 7.2

   Environmental Indemnity    39

SECTION 7.3

   Proceedings in Respect of Claims    41

SECTION 7.4

   General Tax Indemnity    42

SECTION 7.5

   Increased Costs, etc.    49

SECTION 7.6

   End of Term Indemnity    54

ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS

   54

SECTION 8.1

   Survival of Agreements    54

SECTION 8.2

   Documentary Conventions    54

SECTION 8.3

   Expenses    54

SECTION 8.4

   Liabilities of the Funding Parties: Sharing of Payments    55

SECTION 8.5

   Liabilities of the Agent    56

SECTION 8.6

   Disclosure    57

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(cont’d)

APPENDIX A

  

Definitions and Interpretation

 

 

          Page

SCHEDULES

SCHEDULE 2.2

  

Commitments

   70

SCHEDULE 4.1(a)

  

Significant Subsidiaries

    

SCHEDULE 4.1(f)

  

Litigation

    
EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A

  

Form of Funding Request

    

EXHIBIT B

  

Form of Assignment of Lease and Rents

    

EXHIBIT C

  

Form of Security Agreement and Assignment

    

EXHIBIT D

  

Form of Mortgage

    

EXHIBIT E

  

Form of Assignment and Acceptance Agreement

    

EXHIBIT F

  

Form of Certification of Construction Completion

    

EXHIBIT G

  

Form of Payment Date Notice

    

EXHIBIT H

  

Form of Compliance Certificate

    

EXHIBIT I

  

Form of Addition Agreement

    

EXHIBIT J

  

Form of Lessor Certificate

    

 

-iii-


MASTER AGREEMENT

 

THIS MASTER AGREEMENT, dated as of July 16, 2004 (as it may be amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, this “ Master Agreement ”), is among THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC., a New York corporation (the “ Guarantor ”), TENNESSEE PROCESSING CENTER LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ TPC ”), as Construction Agent and as Lessee, SUNTRUST EQUITY FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Lessor ”), certain financial institutions parties hereto as lenders (together with any other financial institution that becomes a party hereto as a lender, collectively referred to as “ Lenders ” and individually as a “ Lender ”), SUNTRUST BANK, a Georgia banking corporation, as agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”), THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI, LTD, a bank organized under the laws of Japan, acting through its NEW YORK BRANCH, as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), and BNP PARIBAS LEASING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, as documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ Documentation Agent ”).

 

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

 

In accordance with the terms and provisions of this Master Agreement, the Lease, the Loan Agreement and the other Operative Documents, (i) the Lessor will acquire the Land identified by the Construction Agent and lease the Land to the Lessee, (ii) the Construction Agent, as agent for the Lessor, wishes to construct a Building on the Land for the Lessor and, when completed, the Lessee wishes to lease such Building from the Lessor as part of the Leased Property under the Lease, (iii) the Construction Agent wishes to obtain, and the Lessor is willing to provide, funding for the acquisition of the Land and the construction of the Building, (iv) the Lessor wishes to obtain, and Lenders are willing to provide, from time to time, financing of a portion of the funding of the acquisition of the Land and the construction of the Building, (v) the Lessee wishes to lease the Leased Property from Lessor pursuant to the Lease and (vi) the Funding Parties have required that the Guarantor, and the Guarantor is willing to, guaranty the obligations of TPC under the Operative Documents.

 

In consideration of the mutual agreements contained in this Master Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION

 

Unless the context shall otherwise require, capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in Appendix A hereto for all purposes hereof; and the rules of interpretation set forth in Appendix A hereto shall apply to this Master Agreement.


ARTICLE II

ACQUISITION, CONSTRUCTION AND LEASE; FUNDINGS;

NATURE OF TRANSACTION

 

SECTION 2.1. Agreement to Acquire, Construct, Fund and Lease .

 

(a) Land . Pursuant to the Abridged Lease, the Lessor acquired such interest in the Land from the Seller as was transferred, sold, assigned and conveyed to the Lessor pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, and leased such Land to the Lessee.

 

(b) Building . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Master Agreement, from and after the Closing Date (i) the Construction Agent agrees, pursuant to the terms of the Construction Agency Agreement, to construct and install the Building on the Land for the Lessor prior to the Scheduled Construction Termination Date, (ii) the Lenders and the Lessor agree to fund the costs of such construction and installation (and interest and yield thereon), (iii) the Lessor shall lease such Building as part of the Leased Property to the Lessee pursuant to the Lease, and (iv) the Lessee shall lease such Building from the Lessor pursuant to the Lease.

 

SECTION 2.2. Fundings of Construction Costs .

 

(a) Replacement of Abridged Lease; Initial Funding . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Master Agreement, on the Initial Funding Date, the Lessor shall fund an amount equal to the amount requested by the Construction Agent in the Funding Request related to the Initial Funding Date. Such Funding shall be an increase in the Net Invested Amount and shall be used to pay to the Funding Parties the Upfront Fees payable to the Funding Parties on the Initial Funding Date, to pay to SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc. the arrangement fee due to it on the Initial Funding Date and to pay to the Construction Agent the amount of the Construction Costs incurred by the Construction Agent for the period from the Closing Date to the Initial Funding Date to the extent that the Construction Agent has not previously been reimbursed therefor. From and after the date hereof, the Lease and the other Operative Documents shall replace, and supersede in its entirety, the Abridged Lease. The amounts funded by the Lessor pursuant to the Abridged Lease shall be deemed to be part of the outstanding Net Invested Amount.

 

(b) Subsequent Fundings and Payments of Construction Costs during Construction Term . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Master Agreement, on each Funding Date following the Initial Funding Date until the Construction Term Expiration Date, (i) each Lender shall make available to the Lessor a Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage times the amount of Funding requested by the Construction Agent for such Funding Date, which funds the Lessor hereby directs each Lender to pay over to the Agent, for distribution to the Construction Agent as set forth in paragraph (d) , and (ii) the Lessor shall pay over to the Agent, for distribution to the Construction Agent as set forth in paragraph (d) , its own funds (which shall constitute a part of, and an increase in, the Lessor’s Invested Amount) in an amount equal to the product of the Lessor’s Commitment Percentage times the amount of Funding requested by the Construction Agent for such Funding Date. Any provision of this Master Agreement that may be construed to the contrary notwithstanding, all Construction Costs

 

2


incurred during the Construction Term shall be paid through Advances (subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent thereto set forth in this Master Agreement), and neither Lessee, Construction Agent nor Guarantor shall have any liability or responsibility for the direct payment of Construction Costs.

 

(c) Aggregate Limits on Funded Amounts . The aggregate amount that the Funding Parties shall be committed to provide as Funded Amounts under this Master Agreement and the Loan Agreement shall not exceed (x) the Construction Costs for the Leased Property (including, without limitation, the costs of acquiring the Land) or (y) $100,000,000 in the aggregate. The aggregate amount that any Funding Party shall be committed to fund under this Master Agreement and the Loan Agreement shall not exceed the lesser of (i) such Funding Party’s Commitment and (ii) such Funding Party’s Commitment Percentage of the aggregate Fundings requested under this Master Agreement.

 

(d) Notice, Time and Place of Fundings . With respect to each Funding, the Construction Agent shall give the Lessor and the Agent an irrevocable prior telephone (followed within one Business Day with written) or written notice not later than (i) 12:00 noon, Atlanta, Georgia time, at least three Business Days prior to the proposed Funding Date, in the case of LIBOR Advances and (ii) 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time on the proposed Funding Date, in the case of Base Rate Advances, pursuant, in each case, to a Funding Request in the form of Exhibit A (a “ Funding Request ”), signed by an Authorized Officer of the Construction Agent specifying the Funding Date, the amount of Funding requested and whether such Funding shall be a LIBOR Advance or a Base Rate Advance or a combination thereof. All documents and instruments required to be delivered on the Initial Funding Date pursuant to this Master Agreement shall be delivered at the offices of Greenberg Traurig LLP, 77 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60601, or at such other location as may be determined by the Lessor, the Construction Agent and the Agent. Each Funding shall occur on a Business Day and shall be in an amount equal to at least $500,000. All remittances made by any Lender and the Lessor for any Funding shall be made in immediately available funds by wire transfer to, or as is directed by, the Construction Agent, with receipt by the Construction Agent not later than 4:00 p.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, on the applicable Funding Date, upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent to such Funding set forth in Section 3 ; such funds shall (1) in the case of the initial Funding on the Initial Funding Date, be used (A) to reduce the outstanding Lessor’s Invested Amount under the Abridged Lease, and (B) to pay the Construction Agent for the payment or reimbursement of Construction Costs incurred on or prior to the Initial Funding Date for which it had not been previously reimbursed, and (2) in the case of each subsequent Funding be paid to the Construction Agent for the payment of Construction Costs incurred through such Funding Date and not previously paid.

 

(e) Construction Agent’s Deemed Representation for Each Funding . Each Funding Request by the Construction Agent shall be deemed a reaffirmation of the Lessee’s indemnity obligations in favor of the Indemnitees under the Operative Documents and a representation and warranty from the Construction Agent to the Lessor, the Agent and the Lenders that on the proposed Funding Date, (i) the amount of Funding requested represents amounts owing in respect of the Construction Costs incurred in respect of the Leased Property that are then due to third parties in respect of the Construction, (ii) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default

 

3


exists, (iii) the representations and warranties of the Obligors set forth in Article IV are true and correct in all material respects as though made on and as of such Funding Date, except to the extent such representations or warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date and (iv) the Construction Agent reasonably believes that the Construction will be completed on or before the Funding Termination Date and that the Construction Costs will not exceed the Construction Budget (as the Construction Budget has theretofore been modified in accordance with the Construction Agency Agreement).

 

(f) Not Joint Obligations . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in the other Operative Documents, but subject to Section 2.2(i) below, each Lender’s and the Lessor’s commitments shall be several, and not joint. In no event shall any Funding Party be obligated to fund an amount in excess of such Funding Party’s Commitment Percentage of any Funding, or to fund amounts in the aggregate in excess of such Funding Party’s Commitment.

 

(g) Non-Pro Rata Fundings . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Master Agreement, but subject to Section 2.2(f) above, at the Agent’s option, Fundings may be made by drawing on the Lessor’s Commitment for the Net Invested Amount in an amount greater than the percentage that such Commitment to fund the Net Invested Amount represents of the aggregate Commitments. In such event, the Agent will adjust the amount to be funded by each Funding Party on each Funding Date to take into account such non pro-rata funding of the Net Invested Amount, provided that the Lessor (with respect to the Allocated Amount) and each Lender will fund their Pro Rata Share of such amount. In no event will the Lessor’s Net Invested Amount be less than the sum of the Upfront Fees, plus 5.1% of the aggregate Funded Amounts, exclusive of the Upfront Fees, or shall any Funding Party have any obligation to fund any amount hereunder in excess of the amount of such Funding Party’s Commitment.

 

(h) Commitment Fee . The Lessee shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable benefit of each Funding Party based upon its Commitment Percentage of the aggregate Commitments, a commitment fee (the “ Commitment Fee ”) for the period commencing on the date hereof and including the Funding Termination Date, payable quarterly in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date and on the Funding Termination Date in an amount equal to (i) the Commitment Fee Percentage, times (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate Commitments, minus the aggregate Funded Amounts as of such day times (iii) 1/360 times (iv) the number of days from and including the date hereof (in the case of the first Quarterly Payment Date) or the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date (in the case of each other Quarterly Payment Date) to, but excluding, such Quarterly Payment Date or the Funding Termination Date, as applicable. During the Construction Period, the Commitment Fee will be funded by Advances (subject to the terms and conditions of this Master Agreement), which may be made without the requirement that a Funding Request be delivered with respect thereto and without regard to the minimum Funding amounts specified in Section 2.2(d) . On the Initial Funding Date, the Commitment Fee accrued for the benefit of the Lessor under the Abridged Lease shall be funded by the Advances made on such Initial Funding Date.

 

(i) Lessor’s Obligation to Fund; Construction Agent’s Obligation to Draw . In the event that any Lender defaults in its obligation to fund hereunder after all of the applicable

 

4


conditions precedent to such Funding have been satisfied, (i) first the other Lenders and the Lessor shall fund such defaulting Lender’s portion in accordance with Section 8.4(d) hereof, and (ii)  second , to the extent any portion of such Funding remains unfunded, the Lessor shall fund such remaining portion. In the event that the Lessor funds any such amount, such amount shall increase the Net Invested Amount until such time as the Lessor is reimbursed for such amount by the defaulting Lender or otherwise. The Construction Agent hereby agrees that it shall submit a Funding Request as frequently as may be required to ensure that the unreimbursed Construction Costs incurred since the previous Funding do not exceed $10,000,000 at any one time. In the event that the Lessor terminates the Construction Agency Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof as a result of a defaulting Lender, the Construction Agent shall nevertheless be entitled to be reimbursed by Advances for all Construction Costs incurred by the Construction Agent prior to such termination for which the Construction Agent has not been previously reimbursed as long as the conditions precedent to such Advances set forth herein are satisfied.

 

SECTION 2.3. Funded Amounts and Interest and Yield Thereon .

 

(a) Allocation of Invested Amount . The Lessor’s Invested Amount for the Leased Property outstanding from time to time shall be allocated, on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate Funded Amounts), to the LIBOR Advances and the Base Rate Advances, and shall accrue yield (“ Yield ”) at the Lessor Rate, computed using the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year. If all or a portion of the principal amount of or Yield on the Lessor’s Invested Amount shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall, without limiting the rights of the Lessor under the Lease, to the maximum extent permitted by law, accrue Yield at the Overdue Rate, from the date of nonpayment until paid in full (both before and after judgment).

 

(b) Interest . Each Lender’s Funded Amount for the Leased Property outstanding from time to time shall accrue interest as provided in the Loan Agreement.

 

(c) Construction Term Yield and Interest . During the Construction Term, in lieu of the payment of accrued interest, on each Payment Date, each Lender’s Funded Amount shall automatically be increased by the amount of interest accrued and unpaid on the Loans pursuant to the Loan Agreement during the Rent Period ending immediately prior to such Payment Date. Similarly, in lieu of the payment of accrued Yield, on each Payment Date, the Lessor’s Invested Amount shall automatically be increased by the amount of Yield accrued on the Lessor’s Invested Amount during the Rent Period ending immediately prior to such Payment Date. Such increases in Funded Amounts shall occur without any disbursement of funds by the Funding Parties, without the requirement that a Funding Request be delivered with respect thereto and without regard to the minimum Funding amounts specified in Section 2.2(d) .

 

(d) Rent Periods . The Funded Amounts shall be allocated to LIBOR Advances with a Rent Period of three (3) months unless, three Business Days prior to the last day of any Rent Period, TPC shall deliver (which delivery may be by facsimile) to the Lessor and the Agent a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit G (each, a “ Payment Date Notice ”), appropriately completed, specifying the allocation of the Funded Amounts related to such Rent Period to LIBOR Advances and Base Rate Advances as set forth in such Payment Date Notice, provided

 

5


that no such allocation to LIBOR Advances shall be in an amount less than $1,000,000. Each such Payment Date Notice shall be irrevocable.

 

(e) Prepaid Rent . On the first Payment Date to occur after the Completion Date, the Lessee shall make a prepayment of Basic Rent (in addition to the Basic Rent otherwise due on such Payment Date) in an aggregate amount equal to $500,000 (the “ Prepaid Rent Amount ”). Such Prepaid Rent Amount shall be held by the Lessor, and shall be paid over by the Lessor to the Agent on each subsequent Payment Date(s) occurring after the end of the fiscal quarter in which the payment of the Prepaid Rent Amount is made to be credited against the Lessee’s obligation to pay Basic Rent on such Payment Date(s) until such Prepaid Rent Amount has been reduced to zero. Such prepayment of Basic Rent shall not affect the calculation of interest on the Loans or Yield. If an Event of Default exists and the Agent so requests, the Lessor shall turn over the remaining Prepaid Rent Amount, if any, to the Agent for application in accordance with this Master Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.4. Lessee Owner for Tax Purposes . With respect to the Leased Property, it is the intent of the Lessee and the Funding Parties that for federal, state and local tax purposes and bankruptcy and commercial law purposes the Lease shall be treated as the repayment and security provisions of a loan by the Lessor to the Lessee, and that the Lessee shall be treated as the legal and beneficial owner entitled to any and all benefits of ownership of the Leased Property and all payments of Basic Rent during the Lease Term shall be treated as payments of interest. Each of Lessee and each Funding Party agrees to file, or cause to be filed, all federal, state and local tax returns filed by it or on its behalf consistently with such intent. Nevertheless, each Obligor acknowledges and agrees that neither the Agent, nor any Funding Party, nor any other Person has made any representations or warranties concerning the tax, financial, accounting or legal characteristics or treatment of the Operative Documents and that each Obligor has obtained and relied solely upon the advice of its own tax, accounting and legal advisors concerning the Operative Documents and the accounting, tax, financial and legal consequences of the transactions contemplated therein. In addition, without limiting the foregoing, the Funding Parties agree, consistent with the foregoing intended treatment, that all tax abatements, inducements, incentives and other benefits of any nature or character at any time awarded, credited or paid in respect of the Leased Property, whether through Tennessee state or local programs and whether provided by or through public or private agencies or parties, shall belong to, and be the exclusive property entitlement of, TPC (or Guarantor), including without limitation, Tennessee TIIP Program benefits, TVA-Valley Advantage Benefits, TVA-Enhanced Growth Credit Benefits, and Tennessee Sales Tax incentives, in each case for so long as the Lessee leases the Leased Property pursuant to the Lease (or purchases the Leased Property in accordance with the Lease). The Lessor shall, upon the Lessee’s request, subject to the Lessee’s approval and at the Lessee’s expense, timely file with the appropriate taxing authorities or local governmental agencies, with the Lessee’s assistance, any forms and other documentation required by law to be filed by the Lessor in order to secure such tax abatements, inducements, incentives, and other aforementioned benefits credited or paid in respect of the Leased Property, and to which the Lessee is otherwise entitled, which forms or other documentation are prepared by the Lessee and submitted by the Lessee to the Lessor for filing, provided that such filing does not, and will not, in the reasonable judgment of the Lessor, result in any recourse liability to the Lessor.

 

6


SECTION 2.5. Amounts Due Under Lease . Anything else herein or elsewhere to the contrary notwithstanding, it is the intention of the Lessee and the Funding Parties that: (i) subject to clauses (ii) and (iii) below, the amount and timing of Basic Rent due and payable from time to time from the Lessee under the Lease shall be equal to the aggregate payments due and payable with respect to interest on the Loans and Yield on the Lessor’s Invested Amount on each Payment Date; (ii) if the Lessee elects the Purchase Option or becomes obligated to purchase the Leased Property under the Lease, the Funded Amounts, all interest and Yield thereon and all other obligations of the Lessee owing to the Funding Parties shall be paid in full by the Lessee, (iii) if the Lessee properly elects the Remarketing Option, (A) the Lessee will only be required to pay the Recourse Deficiency Amount and the other amounts required to be paid pursuant to Section 14.6 of the Lease, which amounts shall be used to pay to the Lenders the principal of the Loans and to the Lessor the Allocated Amount in part, and (B) the Lessee shall only be required to pay to the Lenders the remaining principal amount of the Loans and to the Lessor the remaining Allocated Amount and the Lessor’s Net Invested Amount, to the extent of the proceeds of the sale of the Leased Property in accordance with Section 14.6 of the Lease; and (iv) upon an Event of Default resulting in an acceleration of the Lessee’s obligation to purchase the Leased Property under the Lease, the amounts then due and payable by the Lessee under the Lease shall include all amounts necessary to pay in full the Loans, and accrued interest thereon, the Lessor’s Invested Amount and accrued Yield thereon and all other obligations of the Lessee owing to the Agent and the Funding Parties pursuant to the Operative Documents.

 

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT; DOCUMENTS

 

SECTION 3.1. Conditions to the Obligations of the Funding Parties on the Initial Funding Date . The obligations of the Lessor and each Lender to carry out their respective obligations under Section 2 of this Master Agreement to be performed on the Initial Funding Date shall be subject to the fulfillment to the satisfaction of, or waiver by, each such party hereto (acting directly or through its counsel) on or prior to the Initial Funding Date of the following conditions precedent, provided that the obligations of any Funding Party shall not be subject to any conditions contained in this Section 3.1 which are required to be performed by such Funding Party:

 

(a) Documents . The following documents shall have been executed and delivered by the respective parties thereto:

 

(i) Loan Agreement; Guaranty Agreement; Etc. Counterparts of the Loan Agreement, duly executed by the Lessor, the Agent and each Lender shall have been delivered to the Agent. The Note, duly executed by the Lessor, shall have been delivered to the Agent. The Guaranty Agreement, duly executed by the Guarantor, shall have been delivered to the Agent. The Agent’s Fee Letter, duly executed by the Lessee, shall have been delivered to the Agent, and the Lessor Yield Letter, duly executed by the Lessee, shall have been delivered to the Lessor.

 

(ii) Master Agreement . Counterparts of this Master Agreement, duly executed by the parties hereto, shall have been delivered to the Agent.

 

7


(iii) Construction Agency Agreement . Counterparts of the Construction Agency Agreement, duly executed by the parties thereto shall have been delivered to the Agent.

 

(iv) Lease . Counterparts of the Lease, duly executed by the Lessee and the Lessor, shall have been delivered to the Agent and the original, chattel paper copy of the Lease shall have been delivered to the Agent.

 

(v) Obligor’s Resolutions and Incumbency Certificate, etc. The Agent shall have received (x) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each Obligor, attaching and certifying as to (i) the Board of Directors’ (or appropriate committee’s) resolution duly authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by it of each Operative Document to which it is or will be a party, (ii) the incumbency and signatures of persons authorized to execute and deliver such documents on its behalf, and (iii) the certificate of incorporation or limited liability company agreement, as the case may be, and (y) good standing certificates for each Obligor from the state of its formation and, in the case of TPC, from Tennessee.

 

(vi) Lessor’s Consents and Incumbency Certificate, etc. The Agent and the Guarantor shall have received a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Lessor attaching and certifying as to (i) the consents of the managers of the Lessor duly authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by it of each Operative Document to which it is or will be a party and (ii) the incumbency and signatures of persons authorized to execute and deliver such documents on its behalf.

 

(vii) Deed and Purchase Agreement . A copy of the Deed(s) duly executed by the Seller and in recordable form, and copies of the Purchase Agreement, shall each have been delivered to the Agent by the Lessee.

 

(viii) Lease Supplement . The original of the Lease Supplement, duly executed by the Lessee and the Lessor and in recordable form, shall have been delivered to the Agent by the Lessee.

 

(ix) Mortgage and Assignment of Lease and Rents . Counterparts of the Mortgage, duly executed by the Lessor and in recordable form, shall have been delivered to the Agent (which Mortgage shall secure the Lease Balance); and counterparts of the Assignment of Lease and Rents in recordable form, duly executed by the Lessor, shall have been delivered to the Agent by the Lessor.

 

(x) Security Agreement and Assignment . (1) Counterparts of the Security Agreement and Assignment, duly executed by the Construction Agent, with an acknowledgment and consent thereto satisfactory to the Lessor and the Agent duly executed by the General Contractor, and complete copies of the Construction Contract certified by the Construction Agent, shall have been delivered to the Lessor and the Agent (it being understood and agreed that if no Construction Contract exists on the Initial Funding Date, such delivery shall not be a condition precedent to the Funding on

 

8


the Initial Funding Date, and in lieu thereof the Construction Agent shall deliver complete copies of the Security Agreement and Assignment and consent concurrently with or promptly after the Construction Agent’s entering into such contract) and (2) a Construction Budget shall have been delivered to the Agent.

 

(xi) Survey . The Lessee shall have delivered, or shall have caused to be delivered, to the Lessor and the Agent, an accurate survey certified to the Lessor and the Agent in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Lessor and the Agent and prepared within ninety (90) days of the Closing Date (or such other longer time period agreed to by the Lessor and the Agent) by a Person reasonably satisfactory to the Lessor and the Agent. Such survey shall (1) be acceptable to the Title Insurance Company for the purpose of providing extended coverage to the Lessor and a lender’s comprehensive endorsement to the Agent, (2) show no material encroachments on the Land by structures owned by others, and no material encroachments from any part of the Leased Property onto any land owned by others, and (3) disclose no state of facts reasonably objectionable to the Lessor, the Agent or the Title Insurance Company.

 

(xii) Title and Title Insurance . The Lessor shall have received from a title insurance company acceptable to the Lessor and the Agent an ALTA Owner’s Policy of Title Insurance issued by such title insurance company and the Agent shall have received from such title insurance company an ALTA Mortgagee’s Policy of Title Insurance issued by such title insurance company, in each case, in the amount of the projected cost of acquisition and construction of the Leased Property, reasonably acceptable in form and substance to the Lessor and the Agent, respectively (collectively, the “ Title Policy ”). The Title Policy shall be dated as of the Initial Funding Date, and, to the extent permitted under Applicable Law, shall include such affirmative endorsements as the Lessor or the Agent shall reasonably request.

 

(xiii) Environmental Audit and related Reliance Letter . The Agent shall have received an Environmental Audit for the Leased Property, which shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM standards and shall not include a recommendation for further investigation and shall be otherwise satisfactory to the Lessor and the Agent; and the firm that prepared the Environmental Audit for the Leased Property shall have delivered to the Agent a letter stating that the Agent and the Funding Parties may rely upon such firm’s Environmental Audit of the Land, it being understood that the Lessor’s and the Agent’s acceptance of any such Environmental Audit shall not release or impair the Lessee’s obligations under the Operative Documents with respect to any environmental liabilities relating to the Leased Property.

 

(xiv) Evidence of Insurance . The Agent shall have received from the Construction Agent certificates of insurance evidencing compliance with the provisions of Section 2.9 of the Construction Agency Agreement (including the naming of the Agent and the Funding Parties as additional insured or loss payee as set forth in Section 2.9 of the Construction Agency Agreement), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lessor and the Agent.

 

9


(xv) UCC Financing Statement; Recording Fees; Transfer Taxes . The Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence of (i) the execution (if required by applicable law) and delivery by the Lessee and the Lessor to Agent of a UCC-1 financing statement to be filed with the Secretary of State of the applicable State (or other appropriate filing office) and the county where the Land is located, respectively, and such other Uniform Commercial Code financing statements as any Funding Party deems necessary or desirable in order to perfect such Funding Party’s or the Agent’s interests and (ii) the payment of all recording and filing fees and taxes with respect to any recordings or filings made of the Deed, the Memorandum of Lease, the Mortgage and the Assignment of Lease and Rents.

 

(xvi) Opinions . An opinion of Alston & Bird, counsel for the Obligors, addressed to the Agent and the Funding Parties, containing such matters as the parties to whom it is addressed shall reasonably request, shall have been delivered to the Agent.

 

(xvii) Good Standing Certificate . The Agent shall have received good standing certificate for the Lessor from the appropriate offices of the States of Tennessee and Delaware.

 

(b) Litigation . No action or proceeding shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of any Funding Party, threatened nor shall any governmental action, suit, proceeding or investigation be instituted or threatened before any Governmental Authority, nor shall any order, judgment or decree have been issued or proposed to be issued by any Governmental Authority, to set aside, restrain, enjoin or prevent the performance of this Master Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby or by any other Operative Document or which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c) Legality . In the opinion of such Funding Party or its counsel, the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents shall not violate any Applicable Law, and no change shall have occurred or been proposed in Applicable Law that would make it illegal for such Funding Party to participate in any of the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents.

 

(d) No Events . (i) No Event of Default, Potential Event of Default, Event of Loss or Event of Taking relating to the Leased Property shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) no action shall be pending or threatened by a Governmental Authority to initiate a Condemnation or an Event of Taking, and (iii) there shall not have occurred any event that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect since December 31, 2003.

 

(e) Representations . Each representation and warranty of the parties hereto or to any other Operative Document contained herein or in any other Operative Document shall be true and correct in all material respects as though made on and as of the Initial Funding Date, except to the extent such representations or warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date.

 

10


SECTION 3.2. Conditions to the Obligations of Lessee . The obligations of the Lessee to lease the Leased Property from the Lessor are subject to the fulfillment on the Initial Funding Date to the satisfaction of, or waiver by, the Lessee, of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a) General Conditions . The conditions set forth in Section 3.1 that require fulfillment by the Lessor or the Lenders shall have been satisfied, and the execution and delivery of the Operative Documents to be executed by the Lessor or the Lenders in connection with the Leased Property.

 

(b) Legality . In the reasonable opinion of the Lessee or its counsel, the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents shall not violate any Applicable Law, and no change shall have occurred or been proposed in Applicable Law that would make it illegal for the Lessee to participate in any of the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents.

 

SECTION 3.3. Conditions to the Obligations of the Funding Parties on each Funding Date . The obligations of the Lessor and each Lender to carry out their respective obligations under Section 2 of this Master Agreement to be performed on each Funding Date shall be subject to the fulfillment to the satisfaction of, or waiver by, each such party hereto (acting directly or through their respective counsel) on or prior to each such Funding Date of the following conditions precedent, provided that the obligations of any Funding Party shall not be subject to any conditions contained in this Section 3.3 which are required to be performed by such Funding Party:

 

(a) Funding Request . The Lessor and the Agent shall have received from the Construction Agent the Funding Request therefor pursuant to Section 2.2(d) .

 

(b) Condition Fulfilled . As of such Funding Date, the condition set forth in Section 3.1(d) shall have been satisfied.

 

(c) Representations . As of such Funding Date, both before and after giving effect to the Funding requested by the Construction Agent on such date, the representations and warranties that the Construction Agent is deemed to make pursuant to Section 2.2(e) shall be true and correct on and as of such Funding Date as though made on and as of such Funding Date, except to the extent such representations or warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date.

 

(d) No Bonded Stop Notice or Filed Mechanics Lien . As of such Funding Date, and as to any Funded Amount requested for the Leased Property on such Funding Date, (i) none of the Lessor, the Agent or any Lender has received a bonded notice to withhold loan funds that has not been discharged by the Construction Agent, and (ii) no mechanic’s liens or materialman’s liens have been filed against the Leased Property that have not been discharged by the Construction Agent, bonded over in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent or insured over by the Title Insurance Company.

 

11


SECTION 3.4. Delivery of Appraisal . On or before the date that is 180 days after the Closing Date, the Lessee shall deliver to the Agent a report of the Appraiser (an “Appraisal”), paid for by the Lessee, which shall meet the requirements of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, shall be satisfactory to each Funding Party and shall state in a manner satisfactory to each Funding Party the estimated “fair market” value of the Land and the Building to be constructed thereon. Such Appraisal must show that the “as vacant” value of the Leased Property (determined as if the Building had already been completed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications) is at least equal to $39,000,000. Failure by the Lessee to deliver such Appraisal on or before such date shall constitute a Construction Agency Event of Default.

 

SECTION 3.5. Completion Date Conditions . The occurrence of the Completion Date with respect to the Leased Property shall be subject to the fulfillment to the satisfaction of, or waiver by, the Required Funding Parties (acting directly or through their respective counsel) of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a) Title Policy Endorsements . The Construction Agent shall have furnished to the Agent, for the benefit of the Funding Parties, the following endorsements to the Title Policy (each of which shall be subject to no exceptions other than those reasonably acceptable to the Agent): a date-down endorsement (redating and confirming the coverage provided under the Title Policy and each endorsement thereto) and a “Form 9” endorsement (if available in the applicable jurisdiction), in each case, effective as of a date not earlier than the date of completion of the Construction. The Construction Agent shall also deliver to the Agent copies of (i) a certificate or certificates of occupancy for the Leased Property or other legally equivalent permission to occupy the Leased Property, and (ii) a certificate from an architect or engineer reasonably satisfactory to the Agent to the effect that the Building has been completed substantially in accordance with the Plans and Specifications.

 

(b) Construction Completion . The Construction shall have been completed substantially in accordance with the Plans and Specifications (subject to punch list requirements) and all Applicable Laws, and the Leased Property shall be ready for occupancy and operation. All fixtures, equipment and other property contemplated under the Plans and Specifications to be incorporated into or installed in the Leased Property shall have been substantially incorporated or installed, free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens. The Construction Agent shall have provided to the Agent a list, in reasonable detail, of the Funded Equipment.

 

(c) Environmental Audit and related Reliance Letter . The Construction Agent shall deliver to the Agent an updated Environmental Audit for the Leased Property, which shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM standards and shall not include a recommendation for further investigation and shall be otherwise satisfactory to the Lessor and the Agent; and the firm that prepared the Environmental Audit for the Leased Property shall have delivered to the Agent a letter stating that the Agent and the Funding Parties may rely upon such firm’s Environmental Audit, it being understood that the Lessor’s and the Agent’s acceptance of any such Environmental Audit shall not release or impair the Lessee’s obligations under the Operative Documents with respect to any environmental liabilities relating to the Leased Property.

 

12


(d) Construction Agent Certification . The Construction Agent shall have furnished the Lessor and the Agent with a certification of the Construction Agent (substantially in the form of Exhibit F ) that:

 

(i) all amounts owing to third parties for the Construction have been paid in full (other than contingent obligations for which the Construction Agent has made adequate reserves), and no litigation or proceedings are pending, or to the best of the Construction Agent’s knowledge, are threatened, against the Leased Property or the Construction Agent which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; it being understood that the Construction Agent shall have the right to contest any such litigation or proceeding, provided that the Construction Agent has provided security in respect of such contest in an amount and in a form reasonably acceptable to the Funding Parties;

 

(ii) all material consents, licenses and permits and other governmental authorizations or approvals required for such Construction and operation of the Leased Property have been obtained and are in full force and effect;

 

(iii) the Leased Property has available all services of public facilities and other utilities necessary for use and operation of the Leased Property for its intended purposes, including, without limitation, adequate water, gas and electrical supply, storm and sanitary sewerage facilities, telephone, other required public utilities and means of access between the Building and public streets for pedestrians and motor vehicles;

 

(iv) all material agreements, easements and other rights, public or private, which are necessary to permit the lawful use and operation of the Leased Property as the Lessee intends to use the Leased Property under the Lease and which are necessary to permit the lawful intended use and operation of all then intended utilities, driveways, roads and other means of egress and ingress to and from the same have been obtained and are in full force and effect and the Construction Agent has no knowledge of any pending modification or cancellation of any of the same; and the use of the Leased Property does not depend on any variance, special exception or other municipal approval, permit or consent that has not been obtained and is in full force and effect for its continuing legal use; and

 

(v) to the Construction Agent’s knowledge, the Leased Property is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable zoning laws and regulations.

 

(e) Calculation of Recourse Deficiency Amount . The Construction Agent shall deliver to the Agent a calculation, in reasonable detail, of the Recourse Deficiency Amount, which calculation shall be satisfactory to the Agent, as evidenced by the Agent’s written acceptance thereof.

 

(f) Reduction of Commitments . Effective as of the Completion Date, the Commitments of the Funding Parties shall be reduced to their respective outstanding Funded Amounts (after giving effect to any Funding on the Completion Date).

 

13


ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

SECTION 4.1. Representations of the Guarantor . Effective as of the date hereof, and as of each Funding Date, the Guarantor represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto as follows:

 

(a) Significant Subsidiaries; TPC . At the date hereof, the Guarantor has no Significant Subsidiaries other than those Persons listed on Schedule 4.1(a) . TPC is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor.

 

(b) Good Standing and Power . The Guarantor and each Significant Subsidiary is a corporation, bank or trust company, duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation (which, in the case of each Significant Subsidiary, is set forth as of the date hereof in Schedule 4.1(a) ), and each has the corporate power to own its property and to carry on its business as now being conducted and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it therein or in which the transaction of its business makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified, or to be in good standing, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c) Corporate Authority . The Guarantor has full corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform, and to incur its obligations under, each of the Operative Documents to which it is a party, all of which have been duly authorized by all proper and necessary corporate action. No consent or approval of the Guarantor’s stockholders is required as a condition to the validity or performance or the exercise by the Agent or the Funding Parties of any of their rights or remedies under any Operative Document.

 

(d) Authorizations . All authorizations, consents, approvals, registrations, notices, exemptions and licenses with or from any Governmental Authority and other Persons which are necessary for the execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of, and the incurrence and performance of each of its obligations under, each of the Operative Documents to which it is a party, and the exercise by the Agent and the Funding Parties of their remedies under each of the Operative Documents have been effected or obtained and are in full force and effect.

 

(e) Binding Obligation . Upon execution and delivery of this Master Agreement by all parties hereto, this Master Agreement and the Guaranty constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Guarantor enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

 

(f) Litigation . Except as described in Schedule 4.1(f) hereto, there are no proceedings or investigations now pending or, to the knowledge of the Guarantor, threatened against or involving the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary before any court or arbitrator or before or by any Governmental Authority in which there is a reasonable likelihood of an adverse

 

14


determination and which, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the interests of the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g) No Conflicts . There is no statute, regulation, rule, order or judgment, and no provision of any agreement or instrument binding upon the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, or affecting their respective properties, and no provision of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, that would prohibit, conflict with or in any way impair the execution, delivery, or performance of the terms of, or incurrence of any obligations of the Guarantor under, any Operative Document, or result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of the properties of the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary as a consequence of the execution, delivery and performance of any Operative Document, except for those Liens created by the Operative Documents.

 

(h) Financial Condition . (i) The consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003, together with consolidated statements of income, retained earnings, paid-in capital and surplus and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended, certified by Ernst & Young LLP, and the consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries as of March 31, 2004, together with consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the three months then ended, heretofore delivered to the Agent and the Funding Parties, fairly present the consolidated financial condition of the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries and the results of their operations and transactions in their surplus accounts as of the dates and for the periods referred to and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

(i) There has been no material adverse change in the business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or operations, present or prospective, of the Guarantor or any of its Significant Subsidiaries since the date of the balance sheet dated March 31, 2004 referred to in Section 4.1(h)(i) .

 

(ii) Taxes . Each of the Guarantor and the Significant Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all tax returns that are required to be filed and paid all taxes that are required to be shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessment made against it or any of its property and all other taxes, assessments, fees, liabilities, penalties or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority, except for any taxes, assessments, fees, liabilities, penalties or other charges which are being contested in good faith and (unless the amount thereof is not material to the Guarantor’s consolidated financial condition) for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP and except to the extent that the failure to so file and/or pay, in the aggregate has not had, and could not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(i) Margin Regulations . The making of the Advances and the use of the proceeds thereof as contemplated hereby will not violate or be inconsistent with any of the provisions of Regulation U, T or X (or any successor regulations) of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

15


(j) Compliance with ERISA . Except to the extent that any of the following, either individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and could not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each member of the ERISA Group is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan, and (ii) no member of the ERISA Group has (A) an accumulated funding deficiency under Section 412 of the Code in respect of any Pension Plan, whether or not waived, (B) failed to make any contribution or payment to any Pension Plan, or made any amendment to any Pension Plan, which has resulted or could result in the imposition of a Lien or the posting of a bond or other security under Section 302(f) of ERISA or Section 401(a)(29) of the Code, (C) incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA other than a liability to the PBGC for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA, all of which have been paid or (D) engaged in a transaction with respect to a Plan, which (assuming the taxable period of such transaction, within the meaning of Section 4975(f)(2) of the Code, to have expired as of the date hereof) has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in such member being subject to a material tax or penalty imposed by Section 4975 of the Code or Section 502 of ERISA.

 

(k) Not an Investment Company . Neither the Guarantor nor TPC is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(l) Environmental Protection . None of the environmental investigations, studies, audits, tests, reviews or other environmental analyses delivered to the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary in relation to any property or facility now or previously owned or leased by the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary reveals any environmental condition which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(m) Disclosure . All information relating to the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries heretofore delivered in writing by the Guarantor or TPC to the Agent or any Funding Party in connection with the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Master Agreement is true and correct in all material respects. As of the date hereof, there is no material fact of which the Guarantor is aware which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected by the Guarantor to adversely influence any Funding Party’s credit analysis relating to the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries which has not been disclosed to the Funding Parties in writing.

 

SECTION 4.2. Representations of TPC . Effective as of the date hereof, and as of each Funding Date, TPC represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto as follows:

 

(a) Existence and Power . TPC (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, (ii) has the limited liability company power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (iii) is duly qualified as a foreign entity and in good standing under the laws of Tennessee and of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, other than in such jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing has not had, and would not be reasonably expected to have, a Material

 

16


Adverse Effect, and (iv) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith, in the aggregate, has not had, and would not be reasonably expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b) Company and Governmental Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by TPC of this Master Agreement and the other Operative Documents to which the TPC is party (i) are within the limited liability company powers of TPC, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company or other applicable action, (iii) require no Governmental Action and (iv) do not contravene, or constitute a default under, any provision of Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation of TPC that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (v) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of the properties or revenues of TPC (other than any Lien created by the Operative Documents).

 

(c) Binding Effect . Upon execution and delivery of this Master Agreement by all parties hereto, this Master Agreement and the other Operative Documents to which TPC is party constitute valid and binding agreements of TPC and will constitute valid and binding obligations of the TPC, in each case enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

 

(d) Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Funded Amounts made under this Master Agreement will be used by the Construction Agent for the purposes described in Section 2.2 . None of such proceeds will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying any “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation U.

 

(e) Rights in Respect of the Leased Property . TPC is not a party to any contract or agreement to sell any interest in the Leased Property or any part thereof, other than as contemplated by the Operative Documents.

 

(f) Hazardous Materials – Leased Property .

 

(i) Except as described in the related Environmental Audit, on the Initial Funding Date, there are no Hazardous Materials present at, upon, under or within the Leased Property or released or transported to or from the Leased Property (except in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Law).

 

(ii) No Governmental Actions have been taken or are in process or have been threatened, which could reasonably be expected to subject the Leased Property or any Funding Party to any Claims or Liens with respect to the Leased Property under any Environmental Law or would otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(iii) The Lessee has, or will obtain on or before the date required by Applicable Law, all Environmental Permits necessary to operate the Leased Property, if any, in accordance with Environmental Laws and is complying with and has at all times

 

17


complied with all such Environmental Permits, except to the extent the failure to obtain such Environmental Permits or to so comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(iv) Except as set forth in the Environmental Audit, to the knowledge of the Lessee, no written notice, notification, demand, written request for information, citations, summons, complaint or order has been issued or filed to or with respect to the Lessee, no penalty has been assessed on the Lessee and no investigation or review is pending or threatened by any Governmental Authority or other Person in each case relating to the Leased Property with respect to any alleged material violation or liability of the Lessee under any Environmental Law. To the knowledge of the Lessee, no material written notice, notification, demand, written request for information, citations, summons, complaint or order has been issued or filed to or with respect to any other Person, no material penalty has been assessed on any other Person and no investigation or review is pending or threatened by any Governmental Authority or other Person relating to the Leased Property with respect to any alleged material violation or liability under any Environmental Law by any other Person.

 

(v) The Leased Property and each portion thereof are presently in compliance in all material respects with all Environmental Laws, and there are no present or, to the knowledge of the Lessee, past facts, circumstances, activities, events, conditions or occurrences regarding the Leased Property (including without limitation the release or presence of Hazardous Materials) that would reasonably be anticipated to (A) form the basis of a material Claim against the Leased Property, any Funding Party or the Lessee, (B) cause the Leased Property to be subject to any restrictions on ownership, occupancy, use or transferability under any Environmental Law, (C) require the filing or recording of any notice or restriction relating to the presence of Hazardous Materials in the real estate records in the county or other appropriate municipality in which the Leased Property is located, other than notices filed in the ordinary cause of business, or (D) prevent or interfere with the continued operation and maintenance of the Leased Property as contemplated by the Operative Documents.

 

For purposes of this Section 4.2(f) , the term “material” with respect to any event or circumstance means that such event or circumstance would reasonably be anticipated to result in criminal liability or any civil liability in excess of $1,000,000 on the part of any Funding Party, or in the aggregate on the part of all of the Funding Parties, or to otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g) Leased Property . The present condition of the Leased Property conforms in all material respects with all conditions or requirements of all existing permits and approvals issued with respect to the Leased Property, and the Lessee’s future intended use of the Leased Property under the Lease does not, in any material respect, violate any Applicable Law. No material notices, complaints or orders of violation or non-compliance have been issued or, to the best of TPC’s or Guarantor’s knowledge, threatened or contemplated by any Governmental Authority with respect to the Leased Property or any present or intended future use thereof. All material agreements, easements and other rights, public or private, which are necessary to permit the lawful use and operation of the Leased Property as the Lessee intends to use the Leased Property

 

18


under the Lease and which are necessary to permit the lawful intended use and operation of all presently intended utilities, driveways, roads and other means of egress and ingress to and from the same have been, or to the Lessee’s best knowledge will be, obtained and are or will be in full force and effect, and the Lessee has no knowledge of any pending material modification or cancellation of any of the same.

 

(h) Flood Hazard Areas . No portion of the Leased Property is located in an area identified as a special flood hazard area by the Federal Emergency Management Agency or other applicable agency, or if any Building located on the Leased Property is located in an area identified as a special flood hazard area by the Federal Emergency Management Agency or other applicable agency, then flood insurance has been obtained for the Leased Property in accordance with the Lease and in accordance with the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended.

 

SECTION 4.3. Survival of Representations and Effect of Fundings .

 

(a) Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 shall survive delivery of the Operative Documents and every Funding, and shall remain in effect until all of the Obligations are fully and irrevocably paid.

 

(b) Each Funding a Representation . Each Funding accepted by the Construction Agent shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by each Obligor to the effect of Sections 4.1 and 4.2 .

 

SECTION 4.4. Representations of the Lessor . Effective as of the date hereof and as of each Funding Date, the Lessor represents and warrants to the Agent, the Lenders, TPC and the Guarantor ( provided that the representations and warranties set forth in paragraphs (j) through (n) below are made solely for the benefit of the Guarantor) as follows:

 

(a) Securities Act . The interest being acquired or to be acquired by the Lessor in the Leased Property is being acquired for its own account, without any view to the distribution thereof or any interest therein, provided that the Lessor shall be entitled to assign, convey or transfer its interest in accordance with Section 6.1 .

 

(b) Due Organization, etc. The Lessor is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of Delaware and is duly qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified would materially adversely affect the Lessor’s ability to perform its obligations under the Operative Documents to which it is, or will be, a party and has full power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Lease, this Master Agreement and each other Operative Document to which it is or will be a party.

 

(c) Due Authorization; Enforceability, etc. This Master Agreement and each other Operative Document to which the Lessor is or will be a party have been or will be duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Lessor and are, or upon execution and delivery will be, legal, valid and binding obligations of the Lessor enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by

 

19


applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

 

(d) No Conflict . The execution and delivery by the Lessor of the Lease, this Master Agreement and each other Operative Document to which the Lessor is or will be a party, are not or will not be, and the performance by the Lessor of its obligations under each will not be, inconsistent with its organizational documents, do not and will not contravene any Applicable Law applicable generally to parties providing financing and do not and will not contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any material Contractual Obligation of Lessor, do not and will not require the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the registration with or taking of any action in respect of or by, any Governmental Authority applicable generally to parties providing financing, except such as have been obtained, given or accomplished, and the Lessor possesses all requisite regulatory authority to undertake and perform its obligations under the Operative Documents, in each case if such contravention, default or failure to obtain, give or accomplish such consent, approval, notice or registration would materially adversely affect the Lessor’s ability to perform its obligations under the Operative Documents to which it is or will be a party.

 

(e) Litigation . There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Lessor, threatened actions or proceedings against the Lessor before any court, arbitrator or administrative agency with respect to any Operative Document or that would have a material adverse effect upon the ability of the Lessor to perform its obligations under this Master Agreement or any other Operative Documents to which it is or will be a party.

 

(f) Lessor Liens . No Lessor Liens (other than those created by the Operative Documents) exist on the Initial Funding Date on the Leased Property, or any portion thereof, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Lessor of this Master Agreement or any other Operative Document to which it is or will be a party will not subject the Leased Property, or any portion thereof, to any Lessor Liens (other than those created by the Operative Documents).

 

(g) Employee Benefit Plans . The Lessor is not and will not be making its investment hereunder, and is not performing its obligations under the Operative Documents, with the assets of an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) or “plan” (as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code).

 

(h) No Offering . The Lessor has not offered the Note to any Person in any manner that would subject the issuance thereof to registration under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws.

 

(i) Investment Company . The Lessor is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(j) Financial Statements . The financial statements provided to the Guarantor by the Lessor or by SunTrust Banks, Inc. (“ STI ”) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby. There are no material transactions,

 

20


agreements or accounts that have not been properly recorded in the accounting records underlying the financial statements of the Lessor provided to the Guarantor by the Lessor.

 

(k) Sole Member . STI is the sole member of the Lessor and, in its capacity as the sole member of Lessor, is entitled to the profits and the losses of the Lessor. There is only one class of equity in the Lessor. Profits or losses resulting from the Lessor’s equity investment in the Transaction are included in the overall profits and losses of the Lessor.

 

(l) Fair Value . The gross fair value of the Leased Property is less than half of the total fair value of the assets of the Lessor. The “fair value” of the assets of the Lessor has been determined as follows: (i) by excluding the value of any asset within a Silo (as defined in paragraph (m)  below), (ii) for those transactions accounted for by the Lessor as leveraged leases pursuant to FAS 13, the fair value of the related leased properties have been determined on a gross basis prior to the application of leveraged lease accounting (recognizing that equity investments by the Lessor in another entity, including those accounted for as leveraged leases, should not be grossed up), (iii) the determination of fair value of the Lessor’s assets leased by the Lessor under operating leases to lessees has been determined without regard to residual value guarantees, remarketing arrangements, non-recourse financings, purchase options or any other contractual provisions, whether between the Lessor and the Guarantor or other parties, that might otherwise impact the fair value of the Lessor’s assets, and (iv) for assets other than the Leased Property that qualify as finance leases, fair value has been determined as the sum of the fair values of the corresponding finance lease receivables and unguaranteed residual values.

 

(m) Source of Funds . The Lessor has not financed an amount equal to or greater than 95% of the fair value of the Leased Property, on either an individual or an aggregate basis, with the proceeds of non-recourse debt or the sale of participations that are recourse solely to a specified transaction, targeted equity or any other type of funding that would result in the Leased Property being essentially the only source of repayment (in aggregate, a “ Silo ”).

 

(n) Consolidation . The Lessor is consolidated on a voting interest basis with STI, its sole member, which is a publicly traded corporation, in accordance with FIN 46 and the Leased Property is included therein. The Lessor is included in STI’s consolidated financial statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

SECTION 4.5. Representations of Each Lender . Effective as of the date hereof, as of the Closing Date and as of each Funding Date, each Lender represents and warrants to the Lessor and to each Obligor as follows:

 

(a) Securities Act . The interest being acquired or to be acquired by such Lender in the Funded Amounts is being acquired for its own account, without any view to the distribution thereof or any interest therein, provided that such Lender shall be entitled to assign, convey or transfer its interest in accordance with Section 6.2 .

 

(b) Employee Benefit Plans . Such Lender is not and will not be making its investment hereunder, and is not performing its obligations under the Operative Documents, with

 

21


the assets of an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) or “plan” (as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code).

 

ARTICLE V

COVENANTS OF THE GUARANTOR AND THE LESSOR

 

SECTION 5.1. Affirmative Covenants . The Guarantor will:

 

(a) Financial Statements; Compliance Certificates. Furnish:

 

(i) to the Agent, as soon as available, but in no event more than 60 days following the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, copies of the Guarantor’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q being filed with the SEC, which shall include a consolidated balance sheet and consolidated income statement of the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries for such quarter;

 

(ii) to the Agent, as soon as available, but in no event more than 90 days following the end of each fiscal year, a copy of the Guarantor’s Annual Report on Form 10-K being filed with the SEC, which shall include the consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries, together with a report thereon by Ernst & Young LLP (or other independent certified public accountants reasonably satisfactory to the Funding Parties), for such year;

 

(iii) to the Agent, together with each report delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a)(i) and (ii) , a certificate of the Guarantor, signed by a Responsible Officer, in substantially the form of Exhibit H , stating whether, as of the last date of the financial statements included in such report, any event or circumstance existed which constituted a Default (and, if so, detailing the facts with respect thereto) and whether the Guarantor was in compliance with the covenants set forth in this Article V , together with calculations to establish the Guarantor’s compliance with the covenants contained in Sections 5.3(a) , (c)  and (d) ;

 

(iv) to the Agent and the Funding Parties, promptly upon the filing by the Guarantor with the SEC or any national securities exchange of any registration statement (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or an equivalent form) or regular periodic report (other than the reports referred to in Sections 5.1(a)(i) and (ii) ), notification of such filing; and, at the request of any Funding Party, the Guarantor shall deliver to such Funding Party, a copy of such filing (excluding exhibits);

 

(v) to the Agent and the Funding Parties, promptly upon the mailing thereof to the shareholders of the Guarantor generally copies of all financial statements, reports and proxy statements so mailed;

 

(vi) to the Agent and the Funding Parties, promptly upon their becoming publicly available, the “Parent Company Only Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies” (Form FR Y-9LP or any successor form of the Federal Reserve Board) of

 

22


the Guarantor and the “Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies” (Form FR Y-9C or any successor form of the Federal Reserve Board) of the Guarantor;

 

(vii) to the Agent and the Funding Parties, within five Business Days of any Responsible Officer of the Guarantor obtaining knowledge of any Default, if such Default is then continuing, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Guarantor stating that such certificate is a “Notice of Default” and setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Guarantor is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto; and

 

(viii) to the Agent and the Funding Parties, such additional information, reports or statements, regarding the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Guarantor and its Significant Subsidiaries, as the Agent or the Funding Parties from time to time may reasonably request, provided , however , that the Guarantor shall not be obligated to furnish to any Funding Party any information hereunder that the Guarantor determines in good faith to be restricted from disclosure under applicable law or to constitute confidential and competitively sensitive or privileged information.

 

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Section 5.1(a) (other than those set forth in paragraphs (iii)  and (vii)  hereof) shall be deemed satisfied when and to the extent that the material or information required to be delivered is posted and available on the SEC’s website (or, in the case of paragraph (vi) , on the Federal Reserve Board of Governors website (Federalreserve.gov)).

 

(b) Corporate Existence . Except as permitted by Section 5.2(b) , maintain, and cause each Significant Subsidiary to maintain, its corporate existence in good standing and qualify and remain qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it therein or in which the transaction of its business is such that the failure to qualify, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c) Authorizations . Obtain, make and keep in full force and effect all authorizations from and registrations with Governmental Authorities required for the validity or enforceability of the Operative Documents.

 

(d) Conduct of Business . (A) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect, and cause each Significant Subsidiary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect, all its franchises and licenses necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business and the loss of which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (B) comply, and cause each Significant Subsidiary to comply, with all applicable laws, orders, rules and regulations of all Governmental Authorities the failure with which so to comply, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e) Taxes . Pay and discharge, and cause each Significant Subsidiary to pay and discharge, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges upon it, its income and its properties prior to the date on which penalties are attached thereto, except to the extent that (i) such taxes,

 

23


assessments and governmental charges shall be contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings by the Guarantor or such Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be or (ii) unless the amount thereof is not material to the Guarantor’s consolidated financial condition, adequate reserves are maintained (in accordance with GAAP) by the Guarantor or such Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, with respect thereto, and any failure to pay and discharge such taxes, assessments and governmental charges would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f) Insurance . Maintain, and cause each Significant Subsidiary to maintain, insurance with reputable insurance companies against such risks, of such types (including general liability, larceny, embezzlement or other criminal misappropriation insurance), on such properties and in such amounts as is customarily maintained by similar businesses similarly situated (it being understood that the Guarantor and each Subsidiary may self-insure against such risks to such extent as is customary for similar businesses similarly situated).

 

(g) Inspection . Permit the Agent and the Funding Parties to have one or more of their officers and employees, or any other Person designated by the Agent or the Funding Parties, to the extent reasonably requested by the Agent or a Funding Party, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ notice not more than once in each calendar year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case, such limitations as to notice and frequency shall not apply), for the sole purpose of monitoring the Guarantor’s compliance with its obligations hereunder, to discuss the business and affairs of the Guarantor and its Significant Subsidiaries with officers of the Guarantor; provided that nothing herein shall require the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary to provide to any Person information that the Guarantor determines in good faith to be restricted from disclosure under applicable law or to constitute confidential and competitively sensitive or privileged information; and provided , further , that if Section 7.01(g) of the Revolving Credit Agreement is amended, this paragraph (g)  shall be deemed to be amended to conform thereto upon written notice of such amendment to the Revolving Credit Agreement by the Guarantor to the Agent.

 

(h) Maintenance of Property . Maintain, keep and preserve and cause each Significant Subsidiary to maintain, keep and preserve all of its properties in good repair, working order and condition (normal wear and tear excepted) and from time to time make all necessary and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, and improvements thereto, except to the extent that any failure so to maintain, keep and preserve such properties, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(i) ERISA . Furnish to the Agent and the Funding Parties:

 

(i) within ten days after a Responsible Officer knows that any “reportable event” (as defined in Section 4043(b) of ERISA), other than a reportable event for which the 30-day notice requirement has been waived by the PBGC, has occurred with respect to a Pension Plan, a statement setting forth details as to such reportable event and the action proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

 

24


(ii) within ten days after receipt thereof, a copy of any notice that the Guarantor or any member of the ERISA Group may receive from the PBGC relating to the intention of the PBGC to terminate any Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan;

 

(iii) within ten days after filing with any affected party (as such term is defined in Section 4001 of ERISA) of a notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan, a copy of such notice and a statement setting forth the details of such termination, including an estimate of the amount of liability, if any, of the Guarantor or any member of the ERISA Group under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination;

 

(iv) within ten days after the adoption of an amendment to a Pension Plan if, after giving effect to such amendment, the Pension Plan is a plan described in Section 4021(b) of ERISA, a statement setting forth the details thereof;

 

(v) within 30 days after withdrawal from a Pension Plan during a plan year for which the Guarantor or any member of the ERISA Group could be subject to liability under Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA, a statement setting forth the details thereof, including an estimate of the amount of such liability;

 

(vi) within 30 days after cessation of operations by the Guarantor or any member of the ERISA Group at a facility under the circumstances described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA, a statement setting forth the details thereof, including an estimate of the amount of liability of the Guarantor or a member of the ERISA Group under Title IV of ERISA;

 

(vii) within ten days after adoption of an amendment to a Pension Plan which would require security to be given to the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code or Section 307 of ERISA, a statement setting forth the details thereof, including the amount of such security;

 

(viii) within ten days after failure by the Guarantor or any member of the ERISA Group to make payment to a Pension Plan which would give rise to a lien in favor of the Plan under Section 302(f) of ERISA, a statement setting forth the details thereof, including the amount of such lien;

 

(ix) within ten days after the due date for filing with the PBGC, pursuant to Section 412(n) of the Code, of a notice of failure to make a required installment or other payment with respect to a Pension Plan, a statement setting forth details as to such failure and the action proposed to be taken with respect thereto; and

 

(x) within 30 days after receipt thereof by the Guarantor or any member of the ERISA Group from the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan, a copy of each notice concerning the imposition of withdrawal liability on the Guarantor or such member or the termination or reorganization of a Multiemployer Plan.

 

25


SECTION 5.2. Negative Covenants . The Guarantor will not:

 

(a) Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (other than General Permitted Liens) upon or in any of its property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

 

(b) Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets . Enter into any merger, consolidation or share exchange, or any Material Asset Disposition (as defined below), or permit any Significant Subsidiary so to do, except that:

 

(i) any Significant Subsidiary may merge or consolidate (A) with or into the Guarantor ( provided that the Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation), (B) with or into any one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or (C) with or into any other Person if the resulting direct or indirect disposition of the stock of such Significant Subsidiary by the Guarantor would not constitute a Material Asset Disposition;

 

(ii) any Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries may enter into any Material Asset Disposition by which its assets are transferred to the Guarantor or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary;

 

(iii) the Guarantor or any Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with or into or, in the case of the Guarantor, engage in a share exchange with, any corporation; provided that (A) in the case of the merger, consolidation or share exchange by the Guarantor, the Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or, in the case of a merger or consolidation involving The Bank of New York or TPC, the continuing and surviving corporation after such merger or consolidation shall be the Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary of the Guarantor, (B) immediately after such merger, consolidation or share exchange, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (C) such merger, consolidation or exchange does not constitute a Material Asset Disposition;

 

(iv) the Guarantor may merge or consolidate with or into or engage in a share exchange with another corporation where the Guarantor is not the surviving corporation; provided that (A) immediately after such merger, consolidation or share exchange, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (B) the surviving entity executes an agreement assuming all of the Guarantor’s obligations under the Operative Documents, which agreement shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Funding Parties and (C) the Guarantor shall have delivered a written opinion of counsel to the Guarantor, in form and substance (and subject to customary qualifications) reasonably satisfactory to the Required Funding Parties, to the effect that such agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the surviving entity, enforceable against the surviving entity in accordance with its terms; and

 

(v) the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary may make any sale or other disposition of assets required as a condition to any regulatory approval for the acquisition of any Insured Subsidiary or in order not to violate any applicable law, regulation or order in connection with such acquisition.

 

26


For purposes of this Section 5.2(b) , the term “ Material Asset Disposition ” means any transaction consisting of the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of assets having a book value at the time of such transaction equal to or greater than 25% of the book value of all assets of the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries at such time (with any group of related sales, leases, transfers or other dispositions being treated as one transaction for purposes of determining whether the same is a Material Asset Disposition); provided that the term “Material Asset Disposition” shall in no event include any sale or sales of assets (including in connection with securitization transactions) consisting solely of accounts receivable or any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of (i) any assets sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business or (ii) obsolete or worn-out property no longer used or useful in the business in which used (including securitization transactions).

 

SECTION 5.3. Financial Covenants . The Guarantor will:

 

(a) Stockholders’ Equity . Not permit Stockholders’ Equity to be less than $5,000,000,000 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter.

 

(b) Regulatory Capital Requirements . (i) Maintain, and cause each Insured Subsidiary to maintain, at all times such minimum amount of regulatory capital as may then be prescribed (whether by regulation, order or agreement) by the Federal Reserve Board (in the case of the Guarantor and each Insured Subsidiary that is a state member bank), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (or any successor Governmental Authority) (in the case of each Insured Subsidiary that is a state nonmember bank) or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (or any successor Governmental Authority) (in the case of each Insured Subsidiary that is a national banking association).

 

(i) Ensure that each Insured Subsidiary will be “adequately capitalized” for purposes of 12 U.S.C. § 1831o (or any successor provision) at all times after the date 180 days after such Person shall have become an Insured Subsidiary.

 

(c) Nonperforming Assets Coverage Ratio . Not permit the Nonperforming Assets Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.50 to 1.00 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter.

 

(d) Double Leverage Ratio . Not permit the Double Leverage Ratio to exceed 1.30 to 1.00 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter.

 

SECTION 5.4. Use of Proceeds . TPC will use the proceeds of the Advances solely to pay, or to reimburse itself for, Construction Costs.

 

SECTION 5.5. Further Assurances . Upon the written request of the Lessor or the Agent, the Lessee, at its own cost and expense, will cause all financing statements (including precautionary financing statements), fixture filings and other similar documents, to be recorded or filed at such places and times in such manner, as may be necessary to preserve, protect and perfect the interest of the Lessor, the Agent and the Lenders in the Leased Property as contemplated by the Operative Documents.

 

SECTION 5.6. Additional Required Appraisals . If, as a result of any change in Applicable Law after the date hereof, an appraisal of the Leased Property is required during the

 

27


Lease Term under Applicable Law with respect to any Funding Party’s interest therein, such Funding Party’s Funded Amount with respect thereto or the Operative Documents, then the Lessee shall pay the reasonable cost of such appraisal.

 

SECTION 5.7. Lessor’s Covenants . The Lessor covenants and agrees that, unless the Agent, the Guarantor and the Lenders (or the Guarantor alone in the case of paragraphs (d) through (g)) shall have otherwise consented in writing:

 

(a) the proceeds of the Loans received from the Lenders will be used by the Lessor solely to acquire the Leased Property and to pay the Construction Agent for certain Construction Costs associated therewith. No portion of the proceeds of the Loans will be used by the Lessor (i) in connection with, whether directly or indirectly, any tender offer for, or other acquisition of, stock of any corporation with a view towards obtaining control of such other corporation or (ii) directly or indirectly, for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock;

 

(b) it shall not consent to or permit the creation of any easement or other restriction against the Leased Property other than as permitted pursuant to Article VI of the Lease;

 

(c) it shall not incur or permit to exist, and will promptly discharge each Lessor Lien and shall indemnify the Lenders and the Lessee for any loss, cost, expense or diminution in value of the Leased Property resulting from, or incurred as a result of, such Lessor Liens;

 

(d) upon request of the Guarantor, it will deliver to the Guarantor, or its independent auditors, if requested by the Guarantor (i) as soon as available and in any event within 20 days after the end of each fiscal quarter (other than the fourth fiscal quarter), a consolidated balance sheet of the Lessor as of the end of such fiscal quarter and of related statements of income for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP certified by a manager or officer of the Lessor and of STI, (ii) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each fiscal year, a consolidated balance sheet of the Lessor as of the end of such fiscal year and the related statements of income for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP, certified by a manager or officer of the Lessor and STI and (iii) within 15 days after the end of each fiscal quarter (provided that the Lessor will use its best efforts to deliver such certificate within 10 days), a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit J , executed by an officer or manager of the Lessor and STI, provided that, if the Lessor’s fiscal year is not a calendar year, the Lessor will also deliver such a certificate on or before each January 15, and provided , further , that if the Lessor believes that it will be unable to deliver such a certificate in the future or that it cannot make the representation set forth in Section 4.4(l) or (m) , then the Lessor, at its option, shall either (A) provide documentation, based on GAAP and reasonably acceptable to the Guarantor, to certify that the Lessor is a “voting interest entity” as defined in FIN 46 (which will be renewed as required), (B) obtain additional assets such that after giving effect thereto, such representation is accurate or (C) transfer its right, title and interest in some, or all, of the Leased Property to another Affiliate of STI such that after giving effect to such transfer, such representation is accurate (and the parties hereto hereby agree

 

28


that the Lessor may make such transfer without the need to obtain the consent of any party hereto);

 

(e) in the event that the Guarantor believes that it is reasonably possible that the value of the Leased Property could exceed 30% (or such lower percentage as reasonably determined by the Lessee) of the total assets of the Lessor, upon the request of the Guarantor, the Lessor shall provide to the Guarantor representations, and supporting schedules and analyses, setting forth the Lessor’s evaluation and conclusion that the Lessor is a voting interest entity in accordance with paragraphs 5a, b and c of FIN 46, including, but not limited to, quarterly and annual expected loss calculations;

 

(f) it will not (A) incur additional non-recourse indebtedness with respect to the Leased Property, (B) change the character of non-targeted equity or recourse borrowing in any way that would result in the Leased Property being essentially the only source of repayment of such funding source, or (C) make any distributions from the Lessor that would, in the case of any of the foregoing clauses (A) , (B)  and (C) , result in such non-recourse funding being equal to or exceeding 95% of the fair value of the Leased Property; and

 

(g) at any time, upon request of the Guarantor, permit the Guarantor or an agent of the Guarantor and the Guarantor’s independent auditors to examine the Lessor’s books and records and visit the offices and properties of the Lessor during business hours for the purpose of examining such materials, (A) for the purpose of verifying the accuracy of the representations and warranties set forth in the certificate delivered pursuant to paragraph (d)(iii) above or in Section 4.4(l) , (m)  or (n) , or (B) for the purpose of reviewing the materials supporting the conclusion that the Lessor is a voting interest entity if the circumstances described in paragraph (e)  or paragraph (d)(iii)(A) above exist or the Lessor has breached its representations or warranties set forth in Section 4.4(l) , (m)  or (n)  or in any certificate delivered pursuant to paragraph (d)(iii) above, provided that the Guarantor and each such agent shall execute and deliver to the Lessor an agreement regarding the confidentiality of the Lessor’s books and records and related information in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lessor.

 

At any time, the Lessor may submit to the Guarantor, for the Guarantor’s acceptance, documentation based on GAAP to certify that the Lessor is a “voting interest entity” as defined by FIN 46, which documentation shall be renewed as required. The Guarantor agrees to consider, and to request its independent accountants to consider, such documentation in good faith. If the Guarantor accepts such determination, in its reasonable discretion, the Lessor shall not be required to comply with the covenants set forth in paragraph (d)(iii) , (e)  and (f)  above, nor to make the representations set forth in Section 4.4(l) or (m)  for so long as such documentation is renewed at least annually within 15 days after the end of each calendar year and the Lessor has no reason to believe that it has ceased to be a “voting interest entity” as defined in FIN 46.

 

(h) it shall deliver an opinion of counsel as to the enforceability of the Operative Documents to which the Lessor is a party, in form reasonably acceptable to the Lenders, to the Lenders on or before the date that is 60 days after the Initial Funding Date.

 

29


ARTICLE VI

TRANSFERS BY LESSOR AND LENDERS; DISTRIBUTIONS

 

SECTION 6.1. Lessor Transfers .

 

(a) The Lessor shall not assign, convey or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its right, title or interest in, to or under the Leased Property (except to the Lessee in accordance with the Lease or to SunTrust Bank) or any of the Operative Documents without the prior written consent of the Lenders and, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guarantor, except that without the prior written consent of any Lender, but, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, with the prior written consent of the Guarantor (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), Lessor may assign (reserving all rights of Lessor to indemnification relating to the period prior to such transfer) all (but not less than all) of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Leased Property and the Operative Documents to any wholly owned, direct or indirect, U.S. subsidiary of STI (i) that has a net worth of at least $75,000,000 or (ii) the obligations of which under the Operative Documents are guaranteed by STI or another wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary of STI, having a net worth of at least $75,000,000. If requested by the Guarantor or any Lender, STI shall deliver to such requesting party a balance sheet (which may be unaudited) for such subsidiary transferee. Lessor may, without the consent of the Lenders, the Agent or the Guarantor, sell a participation in its rights in the Leased Property and under the Operative Documents. Any proposed transferee of the Lessor shall make the representations set forth in Section 4.4 to the other parties hereto. The foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1(A) notwithstanding, in any case, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guarantor may reject any proposed transfer, assignment or other disposition of any or all of Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property if, in the exercise of the Guarantor’s reasonable discretion, such transfer, assignment or disposition causes the Lessee to consolidate the Lessor or any portion of the Lessor under GAAP.

 

(b) At any time, the Lessor may add additional Lenders pursuant to an Addition Agreement, provided that (i) unless such Lender is an Affiliate of any Funding Party, or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guarantor has approved the identity of such Lender, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, (ii) after giving effect to such addition, the Lessor is not in violation of its covenant set forth in Section 5.6(f) , (iii) the Commitment of such additional Lender is at least $5,000,000 and (iv) such additional Lender is an Eligible Assignee. On the date any such Lender is added, such Lender shall make Loans to the Lessor in an amount equal to such new Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the outstanding Funding Amounts, which amount shall be applied to reduce the Lessor’s Invested Amount. Lessee shall not be responsible for any processing or recording fee or any costs or expenses incurred by the Lessor, the Agent or any Lender in connection with such addition. Each additional Lender shall make the representations set forth in Section 4.5 to the other parties hereto.

 

SECTION 6.2. Lender Transfers .

 

(a) Any Lender may make, carry or transfer Loans at, to or for the account of, any of its branch offices or the office of an Affiliate of such Lender.

 

30


(b) Each Lender may assign all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Master Agreement and the Loan Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) to any Eligible Assignee; provided , however , that (i) the Agent and, except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Guarantor must give its prior written consent to such assignment (which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) unless such assignment is to another Lender, (ii) unless such Lender is assigning all of its Commitment, after giving effect to such assignment, the Commitment of both the assignor and the assignee is at least $5,000,000 and (iii) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, and, unless such assignment is to an Affiliate of such Lender, a processing and recordation fee of $3,500. Any such assignment of the Loans shall include both the A Loans and the B Loans of such assigning Lender, on a pro rata basis. The Lessee shall not be responsible for such processing and recordation fee or any costs or expenses incurred by any Lender or the Agent in connection with such assignment. From and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, which effective date shall be at least five (5) Business Days after the execution thereof, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Master Agreement and the Loan Agreement, provided that the assigning Lender shall not be released from any of its obligations incurred prior to the effective date of such assignment.

 

(c) Each Lender may, without the consent of the Agent or the Guarantor, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Master Agreement and the Loan Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments in the Loans owing to it), provided , however , that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Master Agreement and the Loan Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the participating bank or other entity shall not be entitled to any greater benefit than its selling Lender under the cost protection provisions contained in Section 7.5 of this Master Agreement, (iv) the Guarantor, the Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with each Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Master Agreement and the other Operative Documents, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the obligations of Lessor relating to the Loans and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provisions of this Master Agreement and the Loan Agreement (except that such Lender may permit the participant to approve any amendment, modification or waiver which would reduce the principal of or the interest rate on its Loan, extend the term of such Lender’s Commitment, reduce the amount of any fees to which such participant is entitled or extend the final scheduled payment date of any Loan) and (v) any participations and related transactions shall be at no cost (directly or indirectly through Lessor or any other party) to the Obligors and shall not impose any additional obligation on any Obligor. Any Lender selling a participation hereunder shall provide prompt written notice to the Agent and to the Guarantor of the name of such participant.

 

(d) Any Funding Party or participant may, in connection with the assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation, pursuant to this Section, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant, any information relating to the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries furnished to such Funding Party by or on behalf of the Guarantor.

 

31


With respect to any disclosure of confidential, non-public, proprietary information, such proposed assignee or participant shall agree in writing to use the information only for the purpose of making any necessary credit judgments with respect to this facility and not to use the information in any manner prohibited by any law, including without limitation, the securities laws of the United States. The proposed participant or assignee shall agree in writing not to disclose any of such information except as permitted by this Master Agreement. The proposed participant or assignee shall further agree to return all documents or other written material and copies thereof received from any Funding Party, the Agent or the Lessee relating to such confidential information unless otherwise properly disposed of by such entity.

 

(e) Any Lender may at any time assign all or any portion of its rights under this Master Agreement and the Note to a Federal Reserve Bank without complying with the requirements of paragraph (b)  above; provided that no such assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder.

 

(f) The Lenders hereby acknowledge and agree that the Lessee shall have the right to the quiet enjoyment of the Leased Property pursuant to the Lease, whether or not a Loan Event of Default that is not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

SECTION 6.3. Distribution and Application of Rent Payments .

 

(a) Basic Rent . Each payment of Basic Rent (and any payment of interest on overdue installments of Basic Rent) received by the Agent shall be distributed pro rata to the Funding Parties to be applied to the amounts of accrued and unpaid interest (including overdue interest) on the Loans and accrued and unpaid Yield (including overdue Yield).

 

(b) Supplemental Rent . Each payment of Supplemental Rent received by the Agent shall be paid to or upon the order of the Person owed the same in accordance with the Operative Documents.

 

(c) Direction to Lessee and Construction Agent . The Lessor hereby directs the Lessee and the Construction Agent to make all payments of Basic Rent, the Lease Balance, the Construction Failure Payment, the Recourse Deficiency Amount and the proceeds of all property insurance payments that are required to be paid to the Lessor pursuant to the Operative Documents to the Agent.

 

SECTION 6.4. Distribution and Application of Purchase Payment . The payment by the Lessee or the Construction Agent of:

 

(a) the purchase price for a consummated sale of the Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property received by the Agent in connection with the Lessee’s exercise of the Purchase Option under Section 14.1 of the Lease or the Construction Agent’s exercise of its option to purchase the Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property under Section 5.3 of the Construction Agency Agreement, or

 

32


(b) the payment payable in connection with the Lessee’s compliance with its obligation to purchase the Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property in accordance with Section 14.2 or 14.3 of the Lease, or

 

(c) the Lease Balance in accordance with Section 10.1 or Section 10.2 of the Lease, shall be distributed by Agent as promptly as possible, to the Funding Parties pro rata for application to their respective Funding Party Balances.

 

SECTION 6.5. Distribution and Application to Funding Party Balances of Lessee Payment of Recourse Deficiency Amount Upon Exercise of Remarketing Option and of the Construction Failure Payment . The payment by the Lessee of the Recourse Deficiency Amount to the Agent on the Lease Termination Date in accordance with Section 14.6 or Section 14.7 of the Lease following the Lessee’s exercise of the Remarketing Option, shall be distributed by the Agent on a pro rata basis to the Lenders and the Lessor for application to the outstanding principal of the Loans and the Allocated Amount. The payment by the Lessee or the Construction Agent of the Construction Failure Payment pursuant to the Construction Agency Agreement shall be distributed by the Agent, first on a pro rata basis to the Lenders and the Lessor for application to the accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and accrued and unpaid Yield on the Allocated Amount, second on a pro rata basis to the Lenders and the Lessor for application to reduce the principal of the Loans and the Allocated Amount to zero, and third to the outstanding Lessor’s Net Invested Amount.

 

SECTION 6.6. Distribution and Application to Funding Party Balances of Remarketing Proceeds of Leased Property .

 

(a) Any payments received by the Lessor as proceeds from the sale of the Leased Property sold after the Lessee’s exercise of the Remarketing Option or received pursuant to Section 7.6 , in each case so long as such payment is not a Construction Failure Payment (which shall be governed by paragraph (b)  below) or proceeds received from a sale of the Leased Property after the Lease Termination Date when no Event of Default has occurred (which sale after the Lease Termination Date shall be governed by paragraph (C) below) shall be distributed (or applied, in the case of clause third below) by the Lessor as promptly as possible (it being understood that any such payment received by the Lessor on a timely basis and in accordance with the provisions of the Lease shall be distributed on the date received in the funds so received) in the following order of priority:

 

first , to the extent not previously deducted from such proceeds, to the Agent, the Funding Parties and the Lessee as reimbursement for any and all remarketing, carrying (including management fees, insurance, maintenance, security, build-out, utility, and tax charges, sale, closing or other transfer costs, prorations or commissions (including broker fees, appraisal costs, legal fees and expenses and transfer taxes), paid or incurred by the Agent, any Funding Party or the Lessee, pro rata according to the amount of such costs and fees;

 

33


second , to the Lenders and the Lessor pro rata for application to their Loans and the Allocated Amount, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) such Loans and the Allocated Amount and (ii) the Permitted Lease Balance;

 

third , to the Lessor for application to the Lessor’s Net Invested Amount, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Lessor’s Net Invested Amounts and (ii) the Permitted Lease Balance minus the amount distributed pursuant to clause second above;

 

fourth, to the Lessee an amount equal to the Recourse Deficiency Amount paid by the Lessee to the Lessor, plus interest on such Recourse Deficiency Amount from the Lease Termination Date until the date of such sale, at a rate equal to the Federal Funds Rate;

 

fifth , to the Lenders and the Lessor pro rata for application to the remaining outstanding portion of their Loans and the Allocated Amount, if any, an amount equal to such remaining Loans and Allocated Amount, plus the interest and Yield accrued on such Loans and Allocated Amount from the Lease Termination Date until the date of such sale or payment by Lessor;

 

sixth , to the Lessor for application to the remaining outstanding Net Invested Amount, if any, an amount equal to such remaining Net Invested Amount, plus the Yield accrued on such amount from the Lease Termination Date until the date of such sale or payment by Lessor;

 

seventh , to the Funding Parties pro rata for application to any other amount owing to the Funding Parties under the Operative Documents, an amount equal to such other amounts; and

 

eighth , the excess, if any, to the Lessor.

 

To the extent that the proceeds applied pursuant to the foregoing sentence are insufficient to pay to the Lessee the amount set forth in clause fourth above in full, the Funding Parties hereby agree to pay to the Lessee, on a pro rata basis (it being understood that if any Lender defaults in its obligation to pay its share of such amount, the Lessor shall pay such share, and shall retain all of its rights and claims against such defaulting Lender with respect thereto), interest on the portion of the Recourse Deficiency Amount repaid to the Lessee pursuant to such clause fourth from the Lease Termination Date until the date of such sale or payment by Lessor, at a rate equal to the Federal Funds Rate (to the extent the Lessee has not received such interest pursuant to such clause fourth ).

 

(b) Any payments received by the Lessor as proceeds from the sale of the Leased Property sold following the payment of the Construction Failure Payment (which Construction Failure Payment shall be distributed pursuant to Section 6.5 ) shall be distributed (or applied, as appropriate) by the Lessor as promptly as possible (it being understood that any such payment received by the Lessor on a timely basis and in accordance with the provisions of the Construction Agency Agreement shall be distributed on the date received in the funds so received) in the following order of priority:

 

34


first , to the Funding Parties or the Agent, as the case may be, in reimbursement of all Construction Costs that are incurred by any of them, to the extent such Construction Costs are capitalizable in accordance with GAAP, and all reasonable costs, expenses (including legal fees) and taxes, if any, incurred by any of them to maintain, insure and secure the Leased Property, remarket the Leased Property and sell the Leased Property (including broker fees, appraisal costs, title insurance costs, survey costs and advertising expenses), pro rata according to the amount of such Construction Costs, costs, expenses and taxes;

 

second , to the Lenders and the Lessor pro rata for application to their Loans and the Allocated Amount, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) such Loans and the Allocated Amount and (ii) the Permitted Lease Balance;

 

third , to the Lessor for application to the Lessor’s Net Invested Amount, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Lessor’s Net Invested Amounts and (ii) the Permitted Lease Balance minus the amount distributed pursuant to clause second above;

 

fourth , to the Construction Agent an amount equal to the Construction Failure Payment paid by the Construction Agent to the Lessor;

 

fifth , to the Lenders and the Lessor, pro rata for application to the remaining portion of their Loans and the Allocated Amount, if any, an amount equal to such remaining Loans and Allocated Amount:

 

sixth , to the Lessor for application to the remaining outstanding Net Invested Amount, if any, an amount equal to such remaining Net Invested Amount;

 

seventh , to the Funding Parties pro rata for application to any other amount owing to the Funding Parties under the Operative Documents, an amount equal to such other amounts; and

 

eighth , the excess, if any, to the Lessee.

 

(c) Any payments received by the Lessor as proceeds from the sale of the Leased Property occurring after the Lease Termination Date, provided no Event of Default shall have occurred, shall be distributed (or applied, as appropriate) by the Lessor as promptly as possible in the following order of priority:

 

first , to the extent not previously deducted from such proceeds, to the Agent, the Funding Parties and the Lessee as reimbursement for any and all remarketing, carrying (including management fees, insurance, maintenance, security, build-out, utility, and tax charges, sale, closing or other transfer costs, prorations or commissions (including broker fees, appraisal costs, legal fees and expenses and transfer taxes), paid or incurred by the Agent, any Funding Party or the Lessee, pro rata according to the amount of such costs and fees ;

 

35


second , to the Lenders and the Lessor pro rata for application to (i) their Loans and the Allocated Amount, together with all accrued and unpaid Yield and interest thereon, an amount equal to such Loans and the Allocated Amount, together with all accrued and unpaid Yield and interest thereon and (ii) the amounts paid to the Lessor pursuant to Section 8.4 (e) , in the case of the Lenders, and the Lessor’s Pro Rata Share of the amount paid by the Lessor to the Lessee pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 14.7 of the Lease, in the case of the Lessor, an amount equal to such paid amounts;

 

third , to the Lessor for application to the Lessor’s Net Invested Amount, together with all accrued and unpaid Yield thereon, an amount equal to such Net Invested Amount, together with all accrued and Yield thereon;

 

fourth , to the Lessor for amounts paid to the Lessee pursuant to Section 14.7 of the Lease and not otherwise reimbursed to the Lessor pursuant to clause second above;

 

fifth , , to the Funding Parties pro rata for application to any other amount owing to the Funding Parties under the Operative Documents, an amount equal to such other amounts; and

 

sixth , the excess, if any, to the Lessor.

 

SECTION 6.7. Distribution and Application of Payments Received When an Event of Default Exists .

 

(a) Proceeds of Leased Property . Any payments received by the Lessor or the Agent when an Event of Default exists, as

 

(i) proceeds from the sale of all or any portion of the Leased Property sold pursuant to the exercise of the Lessor’s remedies pursuant to Article XIII of the Lease, or

 

(ii) proceeds of any amounts from any insurer or any Governmental Authority in connection with an Event of Loss or Event of Taking

 

shall if received by the Lessor be paid to the Agent as promptly as possible, and shall be distributed or applied in the following order of priority:

 

first , to the Agent for any amounts reasonably expended by it in connection with the Leased Property or the Operative Documents and not previously reimbursed to it;

 

second , to the Lenders and the Lessor pro rata for application to their Loans and the Allocated Amount, an amount equal to such Loans and Allocated Amount;

 

third , to the Lessor for application to its Net Invested Amount, an amount equal to such Net Invested Amount;

 

36


fourth , to the Funding Parties pro rata for application to any other amount owing to the Funding Parties under the Operative Documents, an amount equal to such other amounts; and

 

fifth , to the Lessee or the Person or Persons otherwise legally entitled thereto pursuant to a valid court order or judgment, the excess, if any.

 

(b) Proceeds of Recoveries from Lessee . Any payments received by the Agent or Lessor when an Event of Default exists, from the Lessee as a payment in accordance with the Lease or from the Guarantor as a payment in accordance with the Guaranty shall be paid to the Agent as promptly as possible, and shall then be distributed or applied by the Agent as promptly as possible in the order of priority set forth in paragraph (a)  above.

 

SECTION 6.8. Distribution of Other Payments . Except as otherwise provided in this Article VI , any payment received by the Lessor which is to be paid to Agent pursuant hereto or for which provision as to the application thereof is made in an Operative Document but not elsewhere in this Article VI shall, if received by the Lessor, be paid forthwith to the Agent and when received shall be distributed forthwith by the Agent to the Person and for the purpose for which such payment was made in accordance with the terms of such Operative Document. If the Agent has any funds related to the Leased Property remaining after all amounts payable to the Agent and the Funding Parties shall have been paid in full, the Agent shall distribute such funds to the Guarantor or whomsoever shall be legally entitled thereto.

 

SECTION 6.9. Timing of Agent Distributions . Payments received by the Agent in immediately available funds before 12:00 p.m. (noon), Atlanta, Georgia time, on ANY Business Day shall be distributed to the Persons entitled thereto in accordance with and to the extent provided in this Article VI on such Business Day. Payments received by the Agent in immediately available funds after 12:00 p.m. (noon), Atlanta, Georgia time shall be distributed to the Persons entitled thereto in accordance with and to the extent provided in this Article VI on the next Business Day.

 

SECTION 6.10. Refinancing . The Lessee may, at its option, request that the Lessor refinance the outstanding Loans and Allocated Amount, and the Lenders and the Lessor agree that the Loans and the Allocated Amount may be prepaid, in whole but not in part, in connection with such refinancing, provided that (i) the Lessor has consented in writing to such refinancing, which consent shall be at the Lessor’s sole discretion, (ii) no Event of Default exists on the date the Lessee makes such request or on the effective date of such refinancing, (iii) the Lessee promptly pays, or reimburses the Agent and the Funding Parties for, any and all costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred by the Agent or any of the Funding Parties in connection with such refinancing, (iv) the Lessee may not make such a request more than twice and (v) the Funding Parties shall be paid their full Funding Party Balances, including any amounts due pursuant to Section 7.5, on the effective date of such refinancing (except that the Lessor’s Net Invested Amount shall remain outstanding). Neither the Agent nor any Funding Party shall have any obligation with respect to such refinancing, including, without limitation, any obligation to locate replacement lenders.

 

37


ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

 

SECTION 7.1. General Indemnification . Lessee agrees, whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, to assume liability for, and to indemnify, protect, defend, save and hold harmless each Indemnitee, on an After-Tax Basis, from and against, any and all Claims that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted, or threatened to be asserted, against such Indemnitee, whether or not such Indemnitee shall also be indemnified as to any such Claim by any other Person (provided that no Indemnitee shall have the right to double recovery with respect to any Claim) and whether or not such Claim arises or accrues prior to the Closing Date or after the Lease Termination Date, or results from such Indemnitee’s negligence, in any way relating to or arising out of:

 

(a) any of the Operative Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby, and any amendment, modification or waiver in respect thereof; or

 

(b) the purchase, design, construction, preparation, installation, inspection, delivery, non-delivery, acceptance, rejection, ownership, management, possession, operation, rental, lease, sublease, repossession, maintenance, repair, alteration, modification, addition, substitution, storage, transfer of title, redelivery, use, financing, refinancing, disposition, operation, condition, sale (including, without limitation, any sale pursuant to the Lease), return or other disposition of all or any part of any interest in the Leased Property or the imposition of any Lien, other than a Lessor Lien (or incurring of any liability to refund or pay over any amount as a result of any Lien, other than a Lessor Lien) thereon, including, without limitation: (i) Claims or penalties arising from any violation or alleged violation of law or in tort (strict liability or otherwise), (ii) latent or other defects, whether or not discoverable, (iii) any Claim based upon a violation or alleged violation of the terms of any restriction, easement, condition or covenant or other matter affecting title to the Leased Property or any part thereof, (iv) the making of any Alterations in violation of any standards imposed by any insurance policies required to be maintained by the Lessee pursuant to the Lease which are in effect at any time with respect to the Leased Property or any part thereof, (v) any Claim for patent, trademark or copyright infringement, (vi) Claims arising from any public improvements with respect to the Leased Property resulting in any charge or special assessments being levied against the Leased Property or any Claim for utility “tap-in” fees, and (vii) Claims for personal injury or real or personal property damage occurring, or allegedly occurring, on the Land, Building or Leased Property;

 

(c) the breach or alleged breach by any Obligor of any representation or warranty made by it or deemed made by it in any Operative Document or any certificate required to be delivered by any Operative Document (it being understood that if such breach constitutes a Limited Event of Default, the Funding Parties’ rights to recover the Lease Balance against the Lessee shall be limited as set forth in Section 13.3 of the Lease);

 

(d) the retaining or employment of any broker, finder or financial advisor by any Obligor to act on its behalf in connection with this Master Agreement, or the incurring of any fees or commissions to which the Lessor, the Agent or any Lender might be subjected by virtue of their entering into the transactions contemplated by this Master Agreement (other than fees or

 

38


commissions due to any broker, finder or financial advisor retained or deemed retained by the Lessor, the Agent or any Lender);

 

(e) the existence of any Lien (other than Lessor Liens) on or with respect to the Leased Property, the Construction, any Basic Rent or Supplemental Rent, title thereto, or any interest therein, including any Liens which arise out of the possession, use, occupancy, construction, repair or rebuilding of the Leased Property or by reason of labor or materials furnished or claimed to have been furnished to the Construction Agent, the Lessee, or any of its contractors or agents or by reason of the financing of any personalty or equipment purchased or leased by the Lessee or Alterations constructed by the Lessee;

 

(f) the transactions contemplated hereby or by any other Operative Document, in respect of the application of Parts 4 and 5 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA and any prohibited transaction described in Section 4975(c) of the Code (except to the extent caused by the inaccuracy of the Lessor’s representation in Section 4.4(g) or a Lender’s representation in Section 4.5(b) ) ( it being understood that if such circumstance constitutes a Limited Event of Default, the Funding Parties’ rights to recover the Lease Balance against the Lessee shall be limited as set forth in Section 13.3 of the Lease); or

 

(g) any act or omission by any Obligor under any Purchase Agreement or any other Operative Document, or any breach by any Obligor of any requirement, condition, restriction or limitation in any Deed or Purchase Agreement;

 

provided , however , Lessee shall not be required to indemnify any Indemnitee under this Section 7.1 for any Claim to the extent that such Claim results from any of the following: (1) the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnitee (except to the extent imputed to such Indemnitee solely by its interest in the Leased Property), (2) Lessor Liens under the Operative Documents or (3) events occurring after payment in full of the Lease Balance and the termination of the Lease in accordance with the terms thereof (including the return or sale of the Leased Property pursuant to the terms thereof); and, provided , further , that during the Construction Term, the Lessee’s indemnity obligations with respect to the Leased Property shall be governed by, and expressly limited to the matters covered by, Section 3.3 of the Construction Agency Agreement. It is expressly understood and agreed that the indemnity provided for herein shall survive the expiration or termination of, and shall be separate and independent from any other remedy under this Master Agreement, the Lease or any other Operative Document.

 

SECTION 7.2. Environmental Indemnity . In addition to and without limitation of Section 7.1 or Section 3.3 of the Construction Agency Agreement, Lessee agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend each Indemnitee, on an After-Tax Basis, from and against any and all claims (including without limitation third party claims for personal injury or real or personal property damage), losses (including but not limited to any loss of value of the Leased Property), damages, liabilities, fines, penalties, charges, suits, settlements, demands, administrative and judicial proceedings (including informal proceedings and investigations) and orders, judgments, remedial action, requirements, enforcement actions of any kind, and all reasonable costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ and/or paralegals’ fees and expenses), including, but not limited to, all costs incurred

 

39


in connection with any investigation or monitoring of site conditions or any clean-up, remedial, removal or restoration work by any federal, state or local government agency, arising directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, out of

 

(i) the presence on or under the Land of any Hazardous Materials, or any releases or discharges of any Hazardous Materials on, under, from or onto the Land,

 

(ii) any activity, including, without limitation, construction, carried on or undertaken on or off the Land, and whether by the Lessee or any predecessor in title or any employees, agents, contractors or subcontractors of the Lessee or any predecessor in title, or any other Person, in connection with the handling, treatment, removal, storage, decontamination, clean-up, transport or disposal of any Hazardous Materials that at any time are located or present on or under or that at any time migrate, flow, percolate, diffuse or in any way move onto or under the Land,

 

(iii) loss of or damage to any property or the environment (including, without limitation, clean-up costs, response costs, remediation and removal costs, cost of corrective action, costs of financial assurance, fines and penalties and natural resource damages), or death or injury to any Person, and all expenses associated with the protection of wildlife, aquatic species, vegetation, flora and fauna, and any mitigative action required by or under Environmental Laws, in each case to the extent related to the Leased Property,

 

(iv) any claim concerning the Leased Property’s lack of compliance with Environmental Laws, or any act or omission causing an environmental condition on or with respect to the Leased Property that requires remediation or would allow any governmental agency to record a lien or encumbrance on the land records, or

 

(v) any residual contamination on or under the Land, or affecting any natural resources on the Land, and to any contamination of any property or natural resources arising in connection with the generation, use, handling, storage, transport or disposal of any such Hazardous Materials on or from the Leased Property; in each case irrespective of whether any of such activities were or will be undertaken in accordance with Applicable Law;

 

in any case with respect to the matters described in the foregoing clauses (i)  through (v)  that arise or occur

 

(b) prior to or during the Lease Term,

 

(c) at any time during which the Lessee or any Affiliate thereof owns any interest in or otherwise occupies or possesses the Leased Property or any portion thereof, or

 

(d) during any period after and during the continuance of any Event of Default;

 

provided , however , Lessee shall not be required to indemnify any Indemnitee under this Section 7.2 for any Claim to the extent that such Claim results from (1) the willful misconduct or gross

 

40


negligence of such Indemnitee (except to the extent imputed to such Indemnitee solely by its interest in the Leased Property) and (2) events occurring after any Indemnitee takes possession of the Leased Property unless related to Hazardous Materials stored on, released from or discharged from the Leased Property prior to the time that such Indemnitee takes possession. It is expressly understood and agreed that the indemnity provided for herein shall survive the expiration or termination of, and shall be separate and independent from any other remedy under this Master Agreement, the Lease or any other Operative Document.

 

SECTION 7.3. Proceedings in Respect of Claims . With respect to any amount that the Lessee is requested by an Indemnitee to pay by reason of Section 7.1 or 7.2, such Indemnitee shall, if so requested by the Lessee and prior to any payment, submit such additional information to the Lessee as the Lessee may reasonably request and which is in the possession of, or under the control of, such Indemnitee to substantiate properly the requested payment. In case any action, suit or proceeding shall be brought against any Indemnitee, such Indemnitee promptly shall notify the Lessee of the commencement thereof (provided that the failure of such Indemnitee to promptly notify the Lessee shall not affect the Lessee’s obligation to indemnify hereunder except to the extent that the Lessee’s rights to contest or defenses otherwise available to the Lessee are materially prejudiced by such failure), and the Lessee shall be entitled, at its expense, to participate in, and, to the extent that the Lessee desires to, or such Indemnitee requests the Lessee to, assume and control the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee; provided, however, that such Indemnitee may pursue a motion to dismiss such Indemnitee from such action, suit or proceeding with counsel of such Indemnitee’s choice at the Lessee’s expense; and provided further that the Lessee may assume and control the defense of such proceeding only if the Lessee shall have acknowledged in writing its obligations to fully indemnify such Indemnitee in respect of such action, suit or proceeding, Lessee shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses related to such action, suit or proceeding as and when incurred and the Lessee shall keep such Indemnitee fully apprised of the status of such action suit or proceeding and shall provide such Indemnitee with all information with respect to such action, suit or proceeding as such Indemnitee shall reasonably request; and, provided further, that Lessee shall not be entitled to assume and control the defense of any such action, suit or proceeding if and to the extent that, (A) in the reasonable opinion of such Indemnitee, (x) such action, suit or proceeding involves any possibility of imposition of criminal liability or any material risk of civil liability on such Indemnitee in excess of $2,000,000 or (y) such action, suit or proceeding will involve a material risk of the sale, forfeiture or loss of, or the creation of any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on the Leased Property or any part thereof unless the Lessee shall have posted a bond or other security satisfactory to the relevant Indemnitees in respect to such risk or (z) the control of such action, suit or proceeding would involve an actual or potential conflict of interest, (B) such proceeding involves Claims not fully indemnified by the Lessee which the Lessee and the Indemnitee have been unable to sever from the indemnified Claim(s), or (C) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The Indemnitee may participate in a reasonable manner at its own expense and with its own counsel in any proceeding conducted by the Lessee in accordance with the foregoing.

 

If the Lessee fails to fulfill the conditions to the Lessee’s assuming the defense of any claim after receiving notice thereof on or prior to the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to the date that an answer or response is required, the Indemnitee may undertake such defense, at the

 

41


Lessee’s expense, provided , however , the Lessee may thereafter assume the defense if the Lessee satisfies all of the conditions thereto set forth above. Lessee shall not enter into any settlement or other compromise with respect to any Claim which is entitled to be indemnified under Section 7.1 or 7.2 that (i) does not contain a complete release of the related Indemnitee or does contain any admission of liability or fault by such Indemnitee or (ii) unless Lessee cash collateralizes or pays the amount of the settlement in full at the time of such settlement or compromise, involves a payment in excess of $2,000,000, without the prior written consent of the related Indemnitee, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, no Indemnitee shall enter into any settlement or other compromise with respect to any claim which is entitled to be indemnified under Section 7.1 or 7.2 without the prior written consent of the Lessee, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, unless such Indemnitee waives its right to be indemnified under Section 7.1 or 7.2 with respect to such Claim.

 

Upon payment in full of any Claim by the Lessee pursuant to Section 7.1 or 7.2 to or on behalf of an Indemnitee, the Lessee, without any further action, shall be subrogated to any and all claims that such Indemnitee may have relating thereto (other than claims in respect of insurance policies maintained by such Indemnitee at its own expense), and such Indemnitee shall execute such instruments of assignment and conveyance, evidence of claims and payment and such other documents, instruments and agreements as may be reasonably necessary to preserve any such claims and otherwise cooperate with the Lessee and give such further assurances as are reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Lessee vigorously to pursue such claims.

 

Any amount payable to an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7.1 or 7.2 shall be paid to such Indemnitee promptly upon, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after, receipt of a written demand therefor from such Indemnitee, accompanied by a written statement describing in reasonable detail the basis for such indemnity and the computation of the amount so payable.

 

If for any reason the indemnification provided for in Section 7.1 or 7.2 is unavailable to an Indemnitee in whole or in part, then the Lessee agrees to contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnitee as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits received by such Indemnitee on the one hand and by the Lessee on the other hand but also the relative fault of such Indemnitee as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. It is expressly understood and agreed that the right to contribution provided for herein shall survive the expiration or termination of and shall be separate and independent from any other remedy under this Master Agreement, the Lease or any other Operative Document.

 

SECTION 7.4. General Tax Indemnity .

 

(a) Tax Indemnity . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.4 , the Lessee shall pay on an After-Tax Basis, and on written demand shall indemnify and hold each Tax Indemnitee harmless from and against, any and all fees (including, without limitation, documentation, recording, license and registration fees), taxes (including, without limitation, income, gross receipts, sales, rental, use, turnover, value-added, property, excise and stamp taxes), levies, imposts, duties, charges, assessments or withholdings of any nature whatsoever,

 

42


together with any penalties, fines or interest thereon or additions thereto (any of the foregoing being referred to herein as “ Taxes ” and individually as a “ Tax ” (for the purposes of this Section 7.4 , the definition of “Taxes” includes amounts imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against each Tax Indemnitee as the result of any prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 or 407 of ERISA or Section 4975(c) of the Code, arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby or by any other Operative Document, provided , however , that such prohibited transaction is related solely to a Plan, Pension or Multiemployer Plan )) imposed on or with respect to any Tax Indemnitee, the Lessee, the Leased Property or any portion thereof or the Land, or any sublessee or user thereof, by the United States or by any state or local government or other taxing authority in the United States in connection with or in any way relating to (i) the acquisition, financing, mortgaging, construction, preparation, installation, inspection, delivery, non-delivery, acceptance, rejection, purchase, ownership, possession, rental, lease, sublease, maintenance, repair, storage, transfer of title, redelivery, use, operation, condition, sale, return or other application or disposition of all or any part of the Leased Property or the imposition of any Lien (or incurrence of any liability to refund or pay over any amount as a result of any Lien) thereon, (ii) Basic Rent or Supplemental Rent or the receipts or earnings arising from or received with respect to the Leased Property or any part thereof, or any interest therein or any applications or dispositions thereof, (iii) any other amount paid or payable pursuant to the Note or any other Operative Documents, (iv) the Leased Property, the Land or any part thereof or any interest therein (including, without limitation, all assessments payable in respect thereof, including, without limitation, all assessments noted on the Title Policy), (v) all or any of the Operative Documents, any other documents contemplated thereby, any amendments and supplements thereto, and (vi) otherwise with respect to or in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Construction Term, (i) the Lessee shall only be obligated to indemnify the Lessor with respect to Taxes related to the Leased Property, (ii) Lessor hereby indemnifies the other Tax Indemnitees for such Taxes, to the extent that Lessor receives payment therefor from the Construction Agent and (iii) subject to the terms and conditions of this Master Agreement, property taxes with respect to the Leased Property will be funded with the proceeds of Advances.

 

(b) Exclusions from General Tax Indemnity . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Lessee shall have no obligation under Subsection 7.4(a) with respect to Taxes described under any one or more of the following clauses of this Subsection 7.4(b):

 

(i) Taxes imposed on a Tax Indemnitee, based on, or measured by or with respect to gross or net income of such Tax Indemnitee or its Affiliates (including, without limitation, minimum Taxes, capital gains Taxes, Taxes on or measured by items of tax preference or alternative minimum Taxes) other than (A) any such Taxes that are, or are in the nature of, sales, use, license, rental or property Taxes, and (B) subject to the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 7.5(j) by the relevant Tax Indemnitee, where applicable, withholding Taxes imposed by the United States or any state in which Leased Property is located (i) on payments with respect to the Notes, to the extent imposed by reason of a change in Applicable Law occurring after the Closing Date or (ii) on Rent, to the extent the net payment of Rent after deduction of such withholding Taxes would be less than amounts currently payable with respect to the Funded Amounts;

 

43


(ii) Taxes based on or in the nature of or measured by Taxes on doing business, business privilege, franchise, capital, capital stock, net worth, bank shares or mercantile license or similar Taxes, other than (A) any increase in such Taxes imposed on such Tax Indemnitee by any state in which the Leased Property is located, net of any decrease in such taxes realized by such Tax Indemnitee, to the extent that such tax increase would not have occurred if on each Funding Date the Lessor and the Lenders had advanced funds to the Lessee or the Construction Agent in the form of loans secured by the Leased Property in an amount equal to the Funded Amounts funded on such Funding Date, with debt service for such loans equal to the Basic Rent payable on each Payment Date and a principal balance at the maturity of such loans in a total amount equal to the Funded Amounts at the end of the Lease Term, or (B) any Taxes that are or are in the nature of sales, use, rental, license or property Taxes relating to the Leased Property;

 

(iii) Taxes that are based on, or measured by, or with respect to, the fees or other compensation received by a Person acting as Agent (in its individual capacities) or any Affiliate of any such Person for acting as trustee under the Loan Agreement;

 

(iv) Taxes that result from any act, event or omission, or are attributable to any period of time, that occurs after the earlier of (A) the expiration of the Lease Term with respect to the Leased Property and, if the Leased Property is required to be returned to the Lessor in accordance with the Lease, such return and (B) the discharge in full of the Lessee’s obligations to pay the Lease Balance, or any amount determined by reference thereto, with respect to the Leased Property and all other amounts due under the Lease, unless such Taxes are imposed on or with respect to acts, events or matters occurring prior to the earlier of such times or are imposed on or with respect to any payments due under the Operative Documents after such expiration or discharge;

 

(v) Taxes imposed on a Tax Indemnitee that result from (A) any voluntary sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition or bankruptcy by such Tax Indemnitee or any related Tax Indemnitee of any interest in the Leased Property or any part thereof, or any interest therein or any interest or obligation arising under the Operative Documents, or from any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of any interest in such Tax Indemnitee or any related Tax Indemnitee, it being understood that each of the following shall not be considered a voluntary sale: (i) any substitution, replacement or removal of any of the Leased Property by the Lessee, (ii) any sale or transfer resulting from the exercise by the Lessee of any termination option, any purchase option or sale option, (iii) any sale or transfer while an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under the Lease, and (iv) any sale or transfer resulting from the Lessor’s exercise of remedies under the Lease or (B) or any involuntary transfer of any of the foregoing interests resulting from the bankruptcy or insolvency of a Tax Indemnitee;

 

(vi) any Tax which is being contested in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.4(c) , during the pendency of such contest;

 

44


(vii) any Tax that is imposed on a Tax Indemnitee as a result of, (i) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Tax Indemnitee or any of its Affiliates (other than gross negligence or willful misconduct imputed to such Tax Indemnitee or Affiliate solely by reason of its interest in the Leased Property);

 

(viii) to the extent any interest, penalties or additions to tax result in whole or in part from the failure of a Tax Indemnitee to file a return that it is required to file in a proper and timely manner, unless such failure (A) results from the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents in circumstances where the Lessee did not give timely notice to such Tax Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7.4(f) (and such Tax Indemnitee otherwise had no actual knowledge) of such filing requirement that would have permitted a proper and timely filing of such return, or (B) results from the failure of Lessee to supply information necessary for the proper and timely filing of such return of such Tax that was not in the possession of such Tax Indemnitee;

 

(ix) as to Lessor, any Tax that results from the breach by the Lessor of its representation and warranty made in
Section 4.4(g)
or as to any Lender the breach of such Lender of its representation and warranty made in Section 4.5(b) ;

 

(x) any Tax that results from the failure of an Indemnified Party or its Affiliates to comply with Section 2.4 of this Master Agreement except to the extent such failure is the result of an act or omission of the Lessee or an Affiliate thereof;

 

(xi) any Tax to the extent such tax would have been imposed in the absence of the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents; and

 

(xii) any Tax that results from a Tax Indemnitee engaging, with respect to the Leased Property, in transactions other than those permitted by the Operative Documents.

 

(c) Contests . If any claim shall be made against any Tax Indemnitee or if any proceeding shall be commenced against any Tax Indemnitee (including a written notice of such proceeding) for any Taxes as to which the Lessee may have an indemnity obligation pursuant to Section 7.4 , or if any Tax Indemnitee shall determine that any Taxes as to which the Lessee may have an indemnity obligation pursuant to Section 7.4 may be payable, such Tax Indemnitee shall promptly notify the Lessee ( provided , that failure to so notify the Lessee shall not alter such Tax Indemnitee’s rights under this Section 7.4 except to the extent such failure precludes the ability to conduct a contest of any indemnified Taxes) . The Lessee shall be entitled, at its expense, to participate in, and, to the extent that the Lessee desires to, assume and control the defense thereof; provided , however , that (i) the Lessee shall have acknowledged in writing its obligation to fully indemnify such Tax Indemnitee (to the extent that such contest relates to Taxes subject to indemnification by Lessee under this Section 7.4 ) in respect of such action, suit or proceeding if the contest is unsuccessful, provided , that such acknowledgement will not be binding if the contest is resolved by the decision of a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority which states with reasonable clarity the reasons for sustaining the Tax subject to indemnification, and such reasons would not result in an obligation of the Lessee to indemnify the Tax Indemnitee hereunder; and (ii) if such contest shall involve the payment of the Tax prior

 

45


to the contest, the Lessee shall provide to such Tax Indemnitee an interest-free advance in an amount equal to the Tax that the Tax Indemnitee is required to pay (with no additional net after-tax costs to such Tax Indemnitee); and, provided further , that the Lessee shall not be entitled to assume and control the defense of any such action, suit or proceeding (but the Tax Indemnitee shall then contest, at the sole cost and expense of the Lessee) to the extent such costs relate to the contest of Taxes as to which the Lessee may have an indemnity obligation pursuant to Section 7.4 , on behalf of the Lessee with representatives reasonably satisfactory to the Lessee) if and to the extent that, (A) in the reasonable opinion of such Tax Indemnitee, such action, suit or proceeding (x) involves any meaningful risk of imposition of criminal liability on such Tax Indemnitee or (y) will involve a material risk of the sale, forfeiture or loss of, or the creation of any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on the Leased Property or any part thereof unless the Lessee shall have posted a bond or other security reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Tax Indemnitees in respect to such risk, (B) such proceeding involves Claims not fully indemnified by the Lessee which the Lessee and the Tax Indemnitee have been unable to sever from the indemnified claim(s), (C) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (D) such action, suit or proceeding involves matters which extend beyond or are unrelated to the Transaction and if determined adversely could be materially detrimental to the interests of such Tax Indemnitee notwithstanding indemnification by the Lessee or (E) such action, suit or proceeding involves the federal or any state income tax liability of the Tax Indemnitee not indemnified by the Lessee. With respect to any contests controlled by a Tax Indemnitee, (i) if such contest relates to the federal or any state income tax liability of such Tax Indemnitee, such Tax Indemnitee shall be required to conduct such contest only if the Lessee shall have provided to such Tax Indemnitee an opinion of independent tax counsel selected by the Lessee and reasonably satisfactory to the Tax Indemnitee stating that a reasonable basis exists to contest such claim or (ii) in the case of an appeal of an adverse determination of any contest relating to any Taxes, an opinion of such counsel to the effect that such appeal is more likely than not to be successful, provided , however , such Tax Indemnitee shall in no event be required to appeal an adverse determination to the United States Supreme Court. The Tax Indemnitee may participate in a reasonable manner at its own expense and with its own counsel in any proceeding conducted by the Lessee in accordance with the foregoing.

 

Each Tax Indemnitee shall, at the Lessee’s expense, supply the Lessee with such information and documents in such Tax Indemnitee’s possession as are reasonably requested by the Lessee and are necessary or advisable for the Lessee to participate in any action, suit or proceeding to the extent permitted by this Section 7.4 . Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, no Tax Indemnitee shall enter into any settlement or other compromise with respect to any Claim which is entitled to be indemnified under this Section 7.4 without the prior written consent of the Lessee, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, unless such Tax Indemnitee waives its right to be indemnified under this Section 7.4 with respect to such Claim.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, (i) a Tax Indemnitee will not be required to contest (and Lessee shall not be permitted to contest except on its own behalf) a Claim with respect to the imposition of any Tax if such Tax Indemnitee shall waive its right to indemnification under this Section 7.4 with respect to such Claim (and any related Claim with respect to other taxable years the contest of which is precluded as a result of such waiver) and

 

46


(ii) no Tax Indemnitee shall be required to contest any Claim if the subject matter thereof shall be of a continuing nature and shall have previously been decided adversely, unless the Lessee shall have provided to such Tax Indemnitee an opinion of independent tax counsel selected by the Lessee and reasonably satisfactory to the Tax Indemnitee stating that a reasonable basis exists to contest such claim despite such adverse decision. Each Tax Indemnitee and the Lessee shall consult in good faith with each other regarding the conduct of such contest controlled by either.

 

(d) Reimbursement for Tax Savings . If (x) a Tax Indemnitee or its Affiliate shall obtain a credit or refund of any Taxes paid by the Lessee pursuant to this Section 7.4 or (y) by reason of the incurrence or imposition of any Tax for which a Tax Indemnitee is indemnified hereunder or any payment made to or for the account of such Tax Indemnitee by the Lessee pursuant to this Section 7.4 , such Tax Indemnitee or its Affiliate at any time realizes a reduction in any Taxes for which the Lessee is not required to indemnify such Tax Indemnitee pursuant to this Section 7.4 , which reduction in Taxes was not taken into account in computing such payment by the Lessee to or for the account of such Tax Indemnitee, then such Tax Indemnitee shall promptly pay to the Lessee (xx) the amount of such credit or refund, together with the amount of any interest received by such Tax Indemnitee on account of such credit or refund or (yy) an amount equal to such reduction in Taxes, as the case may be; provided that so long as an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing such payment shall be made to the Agent and applied to the amounts owing by the Lessee under the Operative Documents pursuant to this Master Agreement) and, provided , further , that the amount payable to the Lessee by any Tax Indemnitee pursuant to this Section 7.4(d) shall not at any time exceed the aggregate amount of all indemnity payments made by the Lessee under this Section 7.4 to such Tax Indemnitee with respect to the Taxes which gave rise to the credit or refund or with respect to the Tax which gave rise to the reduction in Taxes less the amount of all prior payments made to the Lessee by such Tax Indemnitee under this Section 7.4(d) . Each Tax Indemnitee agrees to act in good faith to claim such refunds and other available Tax benefits, and take such other actions as may be reasonable to minimize any payment due from the Lessee pursuant to this Section 7.4 . The disallowance or reduction of any credit, refund or other tax savings with respect to which a Tax Indemnitee has made a payment to the Lessee under this Section 7.4(d) shall be treated as a Tax for which the Lessee are obligated to indemnify such Tax Indemnitee hereunder without regard to Section 7.4(b) hereof.

 

(e) Payments . Any Tax indemnifiable under this Section 7.4 shall be paid by the Lessee directly when due to the applicable taxing authority if direct payment is practicable and permitted. If direct payment to the applicable taxing authority is not permitted or is otherwise not made, any amount payable to a Tax Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7.4 shall be paid within thirty (30) days after receipt of a written demand therefor from such Tax Indemnitee accompanied by a written statement describing in reasonable detail the amount so payable, but not before the date that the relevant Taxes are due. Any payments made pursuant to Section 7.4 shall be made to the Tax Indemnitee entitled thereto or the Lessee, as the case may be, in immediately available funds at such bank or to such account as specified by the payee in written directions to the payor, or, if no such direction shall have been given, by check of the payor payable to the order of the payee by certified mail, postage prepaid at its address as set forth in this Master Agreement. Upon the request of any Tax Indemnitee with respect to a Tax that the

 

47


Lessee is required to pay, the Lessee shall furnish to such Tax Indemnitee the original or a certified copy of a receipt for the Lessee’s payment of such Tax or such other evidence of payment as is reasonably acceptable to such Tax Indemnitee.

 

(f) Reports . If the Lessee knows of any report, return or statement required to be filed with respect to any Taxes that are subject to indemnification under this Section 7.4 , the Lessee shall, if the Lessee is permitted by Applicable Law, timely file such report, return or statement (and, to the extent permitted by law, show ownership of the Leased Property in the Lessee); provided , however , that if the Lessee is not permitted by Applicable Law or does not have access to the information required to file any such report, return or statement, the Lessee will promptly so notify the appropriate Tax Indemnitee, in which case Tax Indemnitee will file such report. In any case in which the Tax Indemnitee will file any such report, return or statement, the Lessee shall, to the extent possible, upon written request of such Tax Indemnitee, prepare such report, return or statement for filing by such Tax Indemnitee or, if such Tax Indemnitee so requests, provide such Tax Indemnitee with such information as is reasonably available to the Lessee. Additionally, upon Lessee’s prompt written request, Lessor shall make good faith efforts to reasonably cooperate with Lessee in filing with the appropriate taxing authorities or local governmental agencies any necessary forms and other documentation required by law to be filed by Lessor in order to secure the tax abatements, inducements, incentives, and other benefits credited or paid in respect of the Leased Property and which are described in the last sentence of Section 2.4 of this Agreement; provided, however, that any actions taken by Lessor pursuant to this sentence shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Lessee and shall not, in the reasonable determination of Lessor, result in any recourse liability to Lessor.

 

(g) Verification . At the Lessee’s request, the amount of any indemnity payment by the Lessee or any payment by a Tax Indemnitee to the Lessee pursuant to this Section 7.4 shall be verified and certified by an independent public accounting firm selected by the Guarantor and reasonably acceptable to the Tax Indemnitee. The costs of such verification shall be borne by the Lessee unless such verification shall result in an adjustment in the Lessee’s favor in an amount greater than or equal to five (5) percent of the payment as computed by such Tax Indemnitee, in which case such costs shall be paid by such Tax Indemnitee. To the extent such payment has been made, any adjustment in an indemnifying party’s favor resulting from such verification shall be paid promptly by the indemnified party. In no event shall the Lessee have the right to review the Tax Indemnitee’s tax returns or receive any other confidential information from the Tax Indemnitee in connection with such verification. The Tax Indemnitee shall cooperate with the independent public accounting firm performing the verification and shall supply such firm with all information (including tax returns) reasonably necessary to permit it to accomplish such verification, provided that the information provided to such firm by such Tax Indemnitee shall be for its confidential use. The parties agree that the sole responsibility of the independent public accounting firm shall be to verify the amount of a payment pursuant to this Master Agreement and that matters of interpretation of this Master Agreement are not within the scope of the independent accounting firm’s responsibilities.

 

48


SECTION 7.5. Increased Costs, etc.

 

(a) Circumstances Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability . If with respect to any Rent Period applicable to a LIBOR Advance the Agent or any Funding Party (after consultation with the Agent) shall determine that, by reason of circumstances affecting the interbank markets generally, deposits in eurodollars, in the applicable amounts are not being quoted via Telerate Page 3750, Reuters Screen or other generally available, recognized source or offered to the Agent for such Rent Period, then the Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Guarantor. Thereafter, until the Agent notifies the Guarantor that such circumstances no longer exist, the obligation of the Funding Parties to make LIBOR Advances and the right of the Guarantor to convert any Funding to or continue any Funding as a LIBOR Advance shall be suspended, and the Guarantor shall repay in full (or cause to be repaid in full) the then outstanding principal amount of each such LIBOR Advances together with accrued interest thereon on the last day of the then current Rent Period applicable to such LIBOR Advance or convert the then outstanding principal amount of each such LIBOR Advance to a Base Rate Advance as of the last day of such Rent Period.

 

(b) Laws Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability . If, after the Closing Date, the introduction of, or any change in, any Applicable Law or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Funding Party (or any of their respective Lending Offices) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency, shall make it unlawful or impossible for any of such Funding Party (or any of their respective Lending Offices) to honor its obligations hereunder to make or maintain any LIBOR Advance, such Funding Party shall promptly give notice thereof to the Agent and the Agent shall promptly give notice to the Guarantor and the other Funding Parties. Thereafter, until the Agent notifies the Guarantor that such circumstances no longer exist, (i) the obligations of such Funding Party to make LIBOR Advances and the right of the Guarantor to convert such Funding Party’s portion of any Funding or continue such Funding Party’s portion of any Funding as LIBOR Advances shall be suspended and thereafter the Guarantor may select only Base Rate Advances hereunder with respect to such portion, and (ii) if any of the Funding Parties may not lawfully continue to maintain a LIBOR Advance to the end of the then current Rent Period applicable thereto as a LIBOR Advance, the applicable LIBOR Advance shall immediately be converted to a Base Rate Advance for the remainder of such Rent Period.

 

(c) Increased Costs . If, after the Closing Date, the introduction of, or any change in, any Applicable Law, or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any of the Funding Parties (or any of their respective Lending Offices) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of such Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency:

 

(i) shall subject any of the Funding Parties (or any of their respective Lending Offices) to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to any Note or any Funding or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to any of the Funding Parties (or any of their

 

49


respective Lending Offices) of the principal of or interest on any Note or Lessor’s Invested Amount or any other amounts due under this Master Agreement with respect thereto (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of any of the Funding Parties or any of their respective Lending Offices imposed by the jurisdiction in which such Funding Party is organized or is or should be qualified to do business or such Lending Office is located); or

 

(ii) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, but excluding any reserve requirement included in the calculation of the LIBOR Rate), special deposit, insurance or capital or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by any of the Funding Parties (or any of their respective Lending Offices) or shall impose on any of the Funding Parties (or any of their respective Lending Offices) or the interbank markets any other condition affecting any Note or any Funding;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the costs to any of the Funding Parties of maintaining any LIBOR Advance or issuing or (subject to Section 6.2(d)(viii) ) participating in any Funding or to reduce the yield or amount of any sum received or receivable by any of the Funding Parties under any of the Operative Documents in respect of a LIBOR Advance, then such Funding Party shall promptly notify the Agent, and the Agent shall promptly notify the Guarantor of such fact and demand compensation therefor and, within fifteen (15) days after such notice by the Agent, the Guarantor shall pay to such Funding Party such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Funding Party or Funding Parties for such increased cost or reduction, provided that such Funding Party is generally imposing similar charges on its other similarly situated lessees or borrowers. The Agent will promptly notify the Guarantor of any event of which it has knowledge which will entitle a Funding Party to compensation pursuant to this Section 7.5(c) and will provide the Guarantor with documentation that reasonably demonstrates the basis of such compensation; provided that the Agent shall incur no liability whatsoever to the Funding Parties or the Lessee in the event it fails in good faith to do so. The amount of such compensation shall be determined by the applicable Funding Party in good faith using any reasonable attribution or averaging methods which such Funding Party deems appropriate and practical. A certificate of such Funding Party setting forth the basis for determining such amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Funding Party shall be forwarded to the Guarantor through the Agent and shall be conclusively presumed to be correct in the absence of manifest error.

 

(d) Payment for Loss . The Lessee shall promptly pay to each Funding Party the amount of any loss or expense which may arise or be attributable to such Funding Party’s obtaining, liquidating or employing deposits or other funds acquired to effect, fund or maintain any Funding (a) as a consequence of any failure by the Lessee to make any payment when due of any amount due under the Operative Documents in connection with a LIBOR Advance, (b) due to any failure of the Construction Agent to accept the proceeds of a funding on a date specified therefor in a Funding Request or a Payment Date Notice or (c) due to any payment, prepayment or conversion of any LIBOR Advance on a date other than the last day of the Rent Period therefor. The amount of such loss or expense shall be determined by the applicable Funding

 

50


Party in good faith using any reasonable attribution or averaging methods which such Funding Party deems appropriate and practical. A certificate of such Funding Party setting forth, in reasonable detail and with supporting documentation to the extent relevant, the basis for determining such amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Funding Party shall be forwarded to the Guarantor through the Agent and shall be conclusively presumed to be correct in the absence of manifest error.

 

(e) Capital Requirements . If either (a) the introduction of, or any change in, or in the interpretation of, any Applicable Law or (b) compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or comparable agency or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of, or has affected or would affect the amount of capital required to be maintained by, any Funding Party or any corporation controlling such Funding Party as a consequence of, or with reference to the Commitments or Fundings and other commitments or fundings of this type, below the rate which the Funding Party or such other corporation could have achieved but for such introduction, change or compliance, then within five (5) Business Days after written demand by any such Funding Party, the Lessee shall pay to such Funding Party from time to time as specified by such Funding Party additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Funding Party or other corporation for such reduction, provided that such Funding Party is generally imposing similar charges on its other similarly situated lessees or borrowers. A certificate as to such amounts, in reasonable detail and with supporting documentation to the extent relevant, submitted to the Guarantor and the Agent by such Funding Party, shall, in the absence of manifest error, be presumed to be correct and binding for all purposes.

 

(f) Payments Free and Clear . Any and all payments by the Lessee hereunder or under the Lease shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholding, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, (i) in the case of each Funding Party and the Agent, income and franchise taxes imposed by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Funding Party or the Agent, as the case may be, is organized or is or should be qualified to do business or any political subdivision thereof, (ii) in the case of each Funding Party, income and franchise taxes imposed by the jurisdiction of such Funding Party’s Lending Office or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) in the case of each Funding Party, income and franchise taxes payable solely as a result of such Funding Party’s failure to comply with Section 7.5(j) , (iv) in the case of each Funding Party, income and franchise taxes imposed by any other jurisdiction to which taxes such Funding Party would be subject even if such Funding Party had not entered into the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents and (v) in the case of (1) any transferee of a Funding Party or (2) a Funding Party booking or holding its interest in any Note in a Tax jurisdiction other than such jurisdiction where the interest in such Note was held as of the Initial Funding Date (each a “Transfer” and those persons described in (1) and (2) each a “Transferee”), where such Withholding Taxes (as defined below) are imposed on or against or payable on such Transferee to the extent of the excess of such Withholding Taxes over the amount of such Withholding Taxes that would have been imposed and indemnified hereunder under Applicable Law on the date of the Transfer had there not been a Transfer, other than a Transfer by the Tax Indemnitee that is required by Applicable Law or the Operative Documents or that is requested by Lessee or that occurs in connection with an Event of Default; provided that nothing in this

 

51


sentence shall be interpreted to exclude any amounts necessary to make any payment on an After-Tax Basis (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as “ Withholding Taxes ”). If the Lessee shall be required by law to deduct any Withholding Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under the Lease to any Funding Party or the Agent, (A) the sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 7.5(f) ) such Funding Party or the Agent, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the amount such party would have received had no such deductions been made, (B) the Lessee shall make such deductions, (C) the Lessee shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law, and (D) the Lessee shall deliver to the Agent evidence of such payment to the relevant taxing authority or other authority in the manner provided in Section 7.5(i) .

 

(g) Stamp and Other Taxes . The Lessee shall pay any present or future stamp, registration, recordation or documentary taxes or any other similar fees, levies or charges or excise or property taxes of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof or any applicable foreign jurisdiction which arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to this Master Agreement, the Loans, the other Operative Documents, or the perfection of any rights or security interest in respect thereto (hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).

 

(h) Indemnity . The Lessee shall indemnify each Funding Party and the Agent for the full amount of Withholding Taxes and Other Taxes (including, without limitation, any Withholding Taxes and Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 7.5 ) paid by such Funding Party or the Agent, as the case may be, and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Withholding Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. Such indemnification shall be made within thirty (30) days from the date such Funding Party or the Agent, as the case may be, makes written demand therefor. In the event that Lessee has indemnified a Funding Party or the Agent for the full amount of any Withholding Taxes or Other Taxes as required hereby, the Lessee shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to contest the validity of such Withholding Taxes or Other Taxes by appropriate proceedings, to seek a refund with respect thereto and to receive and retain any such refund obtained for its own account.

 

(i) Evidence of Payment . Within thirty (30) days after the date of any payment of Withholding Taxes or Other Taxes, the Lessee shall furnish to the Agent, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof or other evidence of payment satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(j) Delivery of Tax Forms . Each Funding Party organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state thereof shall deliver to each of the Lessee and the Lessor, with a copy to the Agent, on the date hereof or concurrently with the delivery of the relevant Assignment and Acceptance or Addition Agreement, as applicable, (i) two United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, as applicable (or successor forms) properly completed and certifying in each case that such Funding Party is entitled to a complete

 

52


exemption from withholding or deduction for or on account of any United States federal income taxes, and (ii) an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or successor applicable form, as the case may be, establishing an exemption from United States backup withholding taxes. Each such Funding Party further agrees to deliver to the Lessor and the Lessee, with a copy to the Agent, two original signed copies of Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI and Form W-9, or successor applicable forms or manner of certification, as the case may be, on or before the date that any such form expires or becomes obsolete or after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Agent, (i) certifying in the case of a Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI that such Funding Party is entitled to receive payments under the Operative Documents without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes (unless in any such case an event beyond the reasonable control of such Funding Party (including without limitation any change in treaty, law or regulation) has occurred prior to the date on which any such delivery would otherwise be required which renders such forms inapplicable or the exemption to which such forms relate unavailable and such Funding Party notifies the Lessee and the Agent that it is not entitled to receive payments without deduction or withholding of United States federal income taxes) and, (ii) in the case of a Form W-9, establishing an exemption from United States backup withholding tax.

 

(k) Survival . Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Lessee hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Lessee contained in this Section 7.5 shall survive the payment in full of the obligations of the Lessee and the termination of the Lease.

 

(l) Mitigation . If the Lessee is required to pay additional amounts to or for the account of any Funding Party pursuant to this Section 7.5 , then such Funding Party shall (A) change the jurisdiction or location of its Lending Office if, in the reasonable judgment of such Funding Party, such change (i) will eliminate or, if it is not possible to eliminate, will reduce to the greatest extent possible any such additional amounts which may thereafter accrue, and (ii) is not otherwise disadvantageous to such Funding Party; (B) use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions) to file any certificate or document reasonably requested in writing by the Guarantor if the making of such a filing would avoid the need for or reduce the amount of any such indemnity payment or additional amounts that may thereafter accrue and would not, in the sole determination of such Funding Party, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Funding Party and (C) if the foregoing actions do not eliminate the need for additional indemnity payments to such Funding Party, sell, assign and transfer its Loans or Lessor’s Invested Amount, as applicable, and its Commitment to a substitute Lender or Lessor identified by the Guarantor upon receipt by such Funding Party of an amount equal to its Funding Party Balance then outstanding, in immediately available funds (and such Funding Party shall be released from all further obligations under the Operative Documents).

 

(m) Limitations During Construction Term . During the Construction Term, (i) the Lessee shall only be required to indemnify and make payments to the Lessor under this Section 7.5 , (ii) the Lessor hereby indemnifies and agrees to make payments to the Lenders to the extent that any Lender would have been entitled to the benefits of this Section 7.5 but for the provisions of clause (i) above, provided that the Lessor’s obligations pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited as provided in Section 4.2 of the Loan Agreement, (iii) amounts payable pursuant to this Section 7.5 shall be paid with Advances, subject to the terms and conditions of

 

53


this Master Agreement and (iv) any amounts due from the Lessee pursuant to paragraph (h)  above shall only be payable by the Lessee to the extent that they resulted from the Lessee’s or the Guarantor’s acts or failures to act.

 

SECTION 7.6. End of Term Indemnity . In the event that at the end of the Lease Term for the Leased Property: (i) the Lessee elects the option set forth in Section 14.6 of the Lease, and (ii) after the Lessor receives the sales proceeds from the Leased Property under Section 14.6 or 14.7 of the Lease, together with Lessee’s payment of the Recourse Deficiency Amount, the Lessor shall not have received the entire Lease Balance, then, within 90 days after the end of the Lease Term, the Lessor or the Agent may obtain, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, a report from the Appraiser (or, if the Appraiser is not available, another appraiser reasonably satisfactory to the Lessor or the Agent, as the case may be, and approved by the Guarantor, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lessor and the Agent (the “Report”) to establish the reason for any decline in value of the Leased Property from the Lease Balance. The Lessee shall promptly reimburse the Lessor for the amount equal to such decline in value to the extent that the Report indicates that such decline was due to extraordinary wear and tear, excessive usage, damage, any Alternations made by Lessee, failure to maintain the Leased Property in accordance with the Lease or any other cause or condition within the power of the Lessee to control or effect resulting in the Building failing to be of the type and quality contemplated by the Appraisal. Nothing in this Section 7.6 shall limit Lessor’s rights and remedies against the Lessee with respect to any violation of, or default under, the Lease or any other Operative Documents by the Lessee.

 

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 8.1. Survival of Agreements . The representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements of the parties provided for in the Operative Documents, and the parties’ obligations under any and all thereof, shall survive the execution and delivery of this Master Agreement and any of the Operative Documents, the transfer of the Land to the Lessor as provided herein (and shall not be merged into any Deed), any disposition of any interest of the Lessor in the Leased Property, the purchase and sale of the Note, payment therefor and any disposition thereof and shall be and continue in effect notwithstanding any investigation made by any party hereto or to any of the other Operative Documents and the fact that any such party may waive compliance with any of the other terms, provisions or conditions of any of the Operative Documents.

 

SECTION 8.2. Documentary Conventions . The Documentary Conventions shall apply to this Master Agreement.

 

SECTION 8.3. Expenses . The Lessee agrees to pay, as Supplemental Rent, all actual, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Lessor, the Agent and the Lenders in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of any amendment, waiver or consent relating to any Operative Document or the Transaction, including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and disbursements, and of the Lessor, the Agent and the Lenders in connection with the enforcement of the Operative Documents and the documents and

 

54


instruments referred to therein (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees actually incurred and disbursements of counsel for the Lessor, the Agent and the Lenders). All actual, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Lessor, the Agent and the Lenders in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of the Operative Documents and the documents and instruments referred to therein (including, without limitation, the costs of residual value insurance obtained by the Lessor in connection with the Transaction and the reasonable fees and disbursements of Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP and Greenberg Traurig, but no other law firm representing any Lender) shall be paid with the proceeds of Advances. All references in the Operative Documents to “attorneys’ fees” or “reasonable attorneys fees” shall mean reasonable attorneys’ fees actually incurred, without regard to any statutory definition thereof.

 

SECTION 8.4. Liabilities of the Funding Parties: Sharing of Payments .

 

(a) No Obligation . No Funding Party shall have any obligation to any other Funding Party or to any Obligor with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents except those obligations of such Funding Party expressly set forth in the Operative Documents or except as set forth in the instruments delivered in connection therewith, and no Funding Party shall be liable for performance by any other party hereto of such other party’s obligations under the Operative Documents except as otherwise so set forth. No Lender shall have any obligation or duty to any Obligor, any other Funding Parties or any other Person with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except to the extent of the obligations and duties expressly set forth in this Master Agreement or the Loan Agreement.

 

(b) Sharing of Payment . If any Funding Party shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary or involuntary, or through the exercise of any right of set-off or otherwise) on account of the Advances made by it in excess of its ratable share of payments on account of the Advances obtained by all the Funding Parties, such Funding Parties shall forthwith purchase from the other Funding Parties such participations in the Advances owed to them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Funding Party to share the excess payment ratably with each of them, provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Funding Party, such purchase from each Funding Party shall be rescinded and such Funding Party shall repay to the purchasing Funding Party the purchase price to the extent of such Funding Party’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of the participation purchased from such Funding Party as a result of such excess payment to (ii) the total amount of such excess payment) of such recovery together with an amount equal to such Funding Party’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Funding Party’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Funding Party) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Funding Party in respect of the total amount so recovered. Each Funding Party agrees that any Funding Party so purchasing a participation from another Funding Party pursuant to this Section 8.4 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Funding Party were the direct creditor of such Funding Party in the amount of such participation.

 

55


(c) Non-Receipt of Funds by the Agent . Unless a Lender notifies the Agent prior to the date on which it is scheduled to make payment to the Agent of the proceeds of a Loan that it does not intend to make such payment, the Agent may assume that such payment has been made. The Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the amount of such payment available to the intended recipient in reliance upon such assumption. If such Lender has not in fact made such payment to the Agent, the recipient of such payment shall, on demand by the Agent, repay to the Agent the amount so made available together with interest thereon in respect of each day during the period commencing on the date such amount was so made available by the Agent until the date the Agent recovers such amount at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate for such day (or, if such amount has not been repaid within two or more Business Days, at the Base Rate for such day).

 

(d) Default by Lender . In the event that any Lender fails to satisfy its obligation to fund its pro rata share of any Funding when required hereunder, upon receipt of a written request by the Agent, the non-defaulting Lenders and the Lessor shall fund such defaulting Lender’s share of the related Funding based on the Pro Rata Shares (determined without regard to the Commitment of the defaulting Lender), provided that no Lender shall be obligated to fund an amount in excess of its Commitment. No funding by the Lessor or the other Lenders of any defaulting Lender’s share of any Funding shall relieve such defaulting Lender of its liability with respect to such default. In the event that any Lender defaults in its obligations hereunder, the Agent may replace such defaulting Lender with one or more additional Lenders, and such defaulting Lender shall assign to such replacement Lender or Lenders all of its rights, claims and interests under the Operative Documents, upon receipt by such Defaulting Lender of an amount equal to its outstanding Funding Party Balance, in immediately available funds, after deducting therefrom any damages resulting from such defaulting Lender’s default.

 

(e) Rejection of Sale . In the event that the Lessor rejects any sale of the Leased Property pursuant to Section 14.7 of the Lease (it being understood that the Lessor shall not have the right to reject any such sale without the unanimous consent of all of the Lenders unless the Loans have been paid in full), and the Lessor is required to pay any amount to the Lessee pursuant to the second paragraph of such Section 14.7, then the Lenders shall fund an amount equal to their respective Commitment Percentages of such amount upon notice from the Lessor.

 

SECTION 8.5. Liabilities of the Agent . The Agent shall have no duty, liability or obligation to any party to this Master Agreement with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those duties, liabilities or obligations expressly set forth in this Master Agreement or the Loan Agreement, and any such duty, liability or obligations of the Agent shall be as expressly limited by this Master Agreement or the Loan Agreement, as the case may be. All parties to this Master Agreement acknowledge that the Agent is not, and will not be, performing any due diligence with respect to documents and information received pursuant to this Master Agreement or any other Operative Agreement including, without limitation, any Environmental Audit, Title Policy or survey; it being understood that if the Funding Parties make a Funding on the Initial Funding Date, unless otherwise expressly stated in writing, the conditions precedent to such Funding shall be deemed to have been satisfied. Except as expressly qualified herein, the acceptance by the Agent of any such document or information shall not constitute a waiver by

 

56


any Funding Party of any representation or warranty of any Obligor even if such document or information indicates that any such representation or warranty is untrue.

 

SECTION 8.6. Disclosure . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each party to the Transaction (and each Affiliate and person acting on behalf of any such party) agree that each party (and each employee, representative and other agent of such party) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transaction and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to such party or such person relating to such tax treatment and tax structure, except to the extent such disclosure would result in a violation of any applicable federal or state securities laws. This authorization is not intended to permit disclosure of any other information including (without limitation) (i) any portion of any materials to the extent not related to the tax treatment or tax structure of the transaction, (ii) the identities of participants or potential participants in the transaction, (iii) the existence or status of any negotiations, (iv) any pricing or financial information (except to the extent such pricing or financial information is related to the tax treatment or tax structure of the transaction) or (v) any other term or detail not relevant to the tax treatment or the tax structure of the Transaction.

 

57


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Master Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.,

as the Guarantor

By:

  /s/ Bruce Van Saun

Name Printed: 

  Bruce Van Saun

Title: 

  Senior Executive Vice President & CFO

TENNESSEE PROCESSING CENTER LLC,

as the Construction Agent and as Lessee

By:

  /s/ Jeanne M. Login

Name Printed: 

  Jeanne M. Login

Title: 

  Sr. Vice President

 

     s-1    MASTER AGREEMENT


SUNTRUST EQUITY FUNDING, LLC,

as Lessor

By:

  /s/  R. Todd Shutley

Name Printed:

 

R. Todd Shutley

Title:

 

Senior Vice President and Manager

 

     s-2    MASTER AGREEMENT


SUNTRUST BANK, as Agent

By:

  /s/ James L. Bradshaw

Name Printed: 

  James L. Bradshaw

Title: 

  Director

 

     s-3    MASTER AGREEMENT


THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI, LTD., acting through its NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender and as Syndication Agent

By:

  /s/ Hiroaki Yasui

Name Printed: 

  Hiroaki Yasui

Title: 

  Deputy General Manager

 

     s-4    MASTER AGREEMENT


BNP PARIBAS LEASING CORPORATION, as a Lender and as Documentation Agent

By:

  /s/  Barry Mendelsohn

Name Printed: 

  Barry Mendelsohn

Title: 

  Director

 

     s-5    MASTER AGREEMENT


WELLS FARGO BANK, N. A.

as a Lender

By:

  /s/ Carl Walsh

Name Printed: 

  Carl Walsh

Title: 

  Vice President

 

     s-6    MASTER AGREEMENT


HUA NAN COMMERCIAL BANK, LTD.,

acting through its NEW YORK AGENCY, as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Chiang-Man Wang

Name Printed: 

  Chiang-Man Wang

Title: 

  Deputy General Manager

 

     S-7    MASTER AGREEMENT


CITICORP USA, INC.,

as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Catherine R. Morrow

Name Printed: 

  Catherine R. Morrow

Title: 

  Vice President

 

     S-8    MASTER AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE 2.2

 

AMOUNT OF EACH FUNDING PARTY’S COMMITMENT

 

Lessor Commitment Percentage:

     35.0000 %

Lessor Commitment:

   $ 35,000,000  

Net Invested Amount

   $ 6,010,000  

Allocated Amount

   $ 28,990,000  

Lender Commitment Percentages:

        

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi

     18.0000 %

BNP Paribas Leasing Corporation

     18.0000 %

Wells Fargo Bank

     11.0000 %

Hua Nan Commercial Bank

     7.0000 %

Citicorp USA

     11.0000 %

Lender Commitments:

        

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi

   $ 18,000,000  

BNP Paribas Leasing Corporation

   $ 18,000,000  

Wells Fargo Bank

   $ 11,000,000  

Hua Nan Commercial Bank

   $ 7,000,000  

Citicorp USA

   $ 11,000,000  


APPENDIX A

 

to

 

Master Agreement

 

DEFINITIONS, INTERPRETATION AND DOCUMENTARY CONVENTIONS

 

A. Interpretation . In each Operative Document, unless a clear contrary intention appears:

 

  (i) the singular number includes the plural number and vice versa ;

 

  (ii) reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by the Operative Documents;

 

  (iii) reference to any gender includes each other gender;

 

  (iv) reference to any agreement (including any Operative Document), document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended, supplemented, waived, restated or modified and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and, if applicable, the terms of the other Operative Documents and reference to any promissory note includes any promissory note which is an extension or renewal thereof or a substitute or replacement therefor;

 

  (v) reference to any Applicable Law means such Applicable Law as amended, waived, restated, modified, codified, replaced or reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect from time to time, including rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and reference to any section or other provision of any Applicable Law means that provision of such Applicable Law from time to time in effect and constituting the substantive amendment, modification, codification, replacement or reenactment of such section or other provision;

 

  (vi) reference in any Operative Document to any Article , Section , Appendix , Schedule or Exhibit means such Article or Section thereof or Appendix , Schedule or Exhibit thereto;

 

  (vii) “hereunder”, “hereof”, “hereto” and words of similar import shall be deemed references to an Operative Document as a whole and not to any particular Article , Section , paragraph or other provision of such Operative Document;

 

  (viii) “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term;


  (ix) “or” is not exclusive; and

 

  (x) relative to the determination of any period of time, “from” means “from and including” and “to” means “to but excluding”.

 

B. Accounting Terms . In each Operative Document, unless expressly otherwise provided, accounting terms shall be construed and interpreted, and accounting determinations and computations shall be made, in accordance with GAAP.

 

C. Conflict in Operative Documents . If there is any conflict between any Operative Documents, each such Operative Document shall be interpreted and construed, if possible, so as to avoid or minimize such conflict but, to the extent (and only to the extent) of such conflict, the Master Agreement shall prevail and control.

 

D. Legal Representation of the Parties . The Operative Documents were negotiated by the parties with the benefit of legal representation and any rule of construction or interpretation otherwise requiring any Operative Document to be construed or interpreted against any party shall not apply to any construction or interpretation hereof or thereof.

 

E. Defined Terms . Unless a clear contrary intention appears, terms defined herein have the respective indicated meanings when used in each Operative Document.

 

Abridged Lease ” means the Abridged Lease Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2004, among the Lessor, the Lessee and the Guarantor.

 

Addition Agreement ” means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I to the Master Agreement.

 

Additional Insured ” means each of the Agent, each Lender and Lessor.

 

Address ” means with respect to any Person, its address set forth in Schedule I hereto or such other address as it shall have identified to the parties to the Master Agreement in writing in the manner provided for the giving of notices thereunder.

 

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” shall mean, with respect to each Rent Period for a LIBOR Advance, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) determined pursuant to the following formula:

 

Adjusted LIBO Rate =      LIBOR     
     1.00 - LIBOR Reserve Percentage     

 

As used herein, LIBOR Reserve Percentage shall mean, for any Rent Period for a LIBOR Advance, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal) equal to the then stated maximum rate of all reserves requirements (including, without limitation, any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserves) applicable to any member bank of the Federal Reserve System in respect of Eurocurrency liabilities as defined in Regulation D (or against any successor category of liabilities as defined in Regulation D).

 

2


Advance ” means a LIBOR Advance or a Base Rate Advance.

 

Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. The term “control” (including the correlative terms “controlled” and “controlling”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract and otherwise.

 

After-Tax Basis ” means (a) with respect to any payment to be received by an Indemnitee (which, for purposes of this definition, shall include any Tax Indemnitee), the amount of such payment supplemented by a further payment or payments so that, after deducting from such payments the amount of all Taxes (net of any current credits, current deductions or other Tax benefits, whether such Tax benefits arise by way of deduction, allocation or apportionment of income or otherwise, arising from the payment by the Indemnitee of any amount, including Taxes, for which the payment to be received is made) imposed currently on the Indemnitee by any Governmental Authority or taxing authority with respect to such payments, the balance of such payments shall be equal to the original payment to be received and (b) with respect to any payment to be made by any Indemnitee, the amount of such payment supplemented by a further payment or payments so that, after increasing such payment by the amount of any current credits or other Tax benefits realized by the Indemnitee under the laws of any Governmental Authority or taxing authority resulting from the making of such payments, the sum of such payments (net of such credits or benefits) shall be equal to the original payment to be made; provided , however , for the purposes of this definition, and for purposes of any payment to be made to an Indemnitee or by an Indemnitee on an after-tax basis, it shall be assumed that (i) federal, state and local taxes are payable at the highest combined marginal federal and state statutory income tax rate (taking into account the deductibility of state income taxes for federal income tax purposes) applicable to corporations in the year such taxes are payable and (ii) such Indemnitee or the recipient of such payment from an Indemnitee has sufficient income to utilize any deductions, credits (other than foreign tax credits, the use of which shall be determined on an actual basis) and other Tax benefits arising from any payments described in clause (b)  of this definition.

 

Agent ” means SunTrust Bank, a Georgia banking corporation, in its capacity as agent under the Master Agreement and the Loan Agreement.

 

Agent’s Fee Letter ” means the Agent’s Fee Letter, dated as of July 16, 2004, between the Agent and the Lessee.

 

Allocated Amount ” means the Lessor’s Invested Amount minus the Net Invested Amount.

 

Alterations ” means, with respect to any Leased Property, fixtures, alterations, improvements, modifications and additions to such Leased Property.

 

Applicable Law ” means all applicable laws (including Environmental Laws), rules, regulations (including proposed, temporary and final income tax regulations), statutes, treaties, codes, ordinances, permits, certificates, orders and licenses of and interpretations by, any

 

3


Governmental Authority, and applicable judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs, orders or like action of any court, arbitrator or other administrative, judicial or quasi-judicial tribunal or agency of competent jurisdiction (including those pertaining to health, safety or the environment (including, without limitation, wetlands) and those pertaining to the construction, use or occupancy of the Leased Property).

 

Applicable Margin ” means, at any date and with respect to each LIBOR Advance, the applicable margin set forth below based upon the ratings applicable on such date to the Guarantor’s senior unsecured long-term debt:

 

               Applicable Margin

 
Level I                 

S&P:

   AA- or above    }       

Moody’s:

   Aa3 or above       0.300 %
Level II                 

S&P:

   A+    }       

Moody’s:

   A1       0.340 %
Level III                 

S&P:

   A    }       

Moody’s:

   A2       0.360 %
Level IV                 

S&P:

   A-    }       

Moody’s:

   A3       0.375 %
Level V                 

S&P:

   BBB+    }       

Moody’s:

   Baa1       0.425 %
Level VI                 

S&P:

   BBB    }       

Moody’s:

   Baa2       0.525 %
Level VII                 

S&P:

   BBB- or below    }       

Moody’s:

   Baa3 or below       0.650 %

 

For purposes of the foregoing, (a) if no rating for the Guarantor’s senior unsecured long-term debt shall be available from either rating agency, such rating agency shall be deemed to have established a Level VII rating, (b) if the ratings established or deemed

 

4


established by Moody’s and S&P shall fall within different Levels, the Applicable Margin shall be based upon the Level corresponding to the more favorable (to the Guarantor) of such ratings and (c) if any rating established or deemed established by Moody’s or S&P shall be changed (other than as a result of a change in the rating system of either Moody’s or S&P), such change shall be given effect on and as of the opening of business on the date when such change is first announced by the rating agency making such change. Each such change shall apply to all LIBOR Advances outstanding at any time during the period commencing on the effective date of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change. If the rating system of either Moody’s or S&P shall change, the Guarantor and the Funding Parties shall negotiate in good faith to amend the references to specific ratings in this definition to reflect such changed rating system.

 

Appraisal ” is defined in Section 3.4 of the Master Agreement.

 

Appraiser ” means an MAI appraiser reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

Assignment and Acceptance ” means an assignment and acceptance agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit E to the Master Agreement.

 

Assignment of Lease and Rents ” means the Assignment of Lease and Rents, dated as of the Closing Date, from the Lessor to the Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Master Agreement.

 

Authorized Officer ” means any of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer and any Assistant Treasurer of the Guarantor, the Lessee or the Construction Agent, as applicable, or any person designated by any such Person in writing to the Agent from time to time, acting singly.

 

Award ” means any award or payment received by or payable to the Lessor or the Lessee on account of any Condemnation or Event of Taking (less the actual costs, fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in the collection thereof, for which the Person incurring the same shall be reimbursed from such award or payment).

 

Bankruptcy Code ” means the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as amended.

 

Base Lease Term ” means, with respect to the Leased Property, (a) the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the fifth anniversary of the Completion Date (or May 18, 2011, if earlier) or (b) such shorter period as may result from earlier termination of the Lease as provided therein.

 

Base Rate ” means (with any change in the Base Rate to be effective as of the date of change of either of the following rates) the higher of (i) the rate which the Agent publicly announces from time to time as its prime lending rate, as in effect from time to time, and (ii) the Federal Funds Rate, as in effect from time to time, plus one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum. The Agent’s prime lending rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to customers; the Agent may make commercial loans or

 

5


other loans at rates of interest at, above or below the Agent’s prime lending rate. The Base Rate is determined daily.

 

Base Rate Advance ” means that portion of the Funded Amount bearing interest at the Base Rate.

 

Basic Rent ” means, for any Lease Term, the rent payable pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Lease, determined in accordance with the following: each installment of Basic Rent payable on any Payment Date shall be in an amount equal to the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of Lender Basic Rent payable on such Payment Date, plus (B) the aggregate amount of Lessor Basic Rent payable on such Payment Date.

 

Building ” means, with respect to the Leased Property, (i) the buildings, structures and improvements located or to be located on the Land, along with all fixtures used or useful in connection with the operation of the Leased Property, including all furnaces, boilers, compressors, elevators, fittings, pipings, connectives, conduits, ducts, partitions, equipment and apparatus of every kind and description now or hereafter affixed or attached or used or useful in connection with the Building, (ii) all Funded Equipment and (iii) all Alterations (including all restorations, repairs, replacements and rebuilding of such buildings, improvements and structures) thereto (but in each case excluding trade fixtures financed other than by the Lessor or the Lenders).

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized to be closed for business in Atlanta, Georgia or New York, New York and, if the applicable Business Day relates to a LIBOR Advance, on which trading is not carried on by and between banks in the London interbank market.

 

Capital Lease Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligation of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease with respect to any property (whether real, personal or mixed) acquired or leased by such Person that is required to be accounted for as a liability on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person.

 

Casualty ” means an event of damage or casualty relating to all or part of the Leased Property that does not constitute an Event of Loss.

 

Claims ” means liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, demands, penalties, fines, claims, actions, suits, judgments, proceedings, settlements, utility charges, costs, expenses and disbursements (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and expenses) of any kind and nature whatsoever.

 

Closing Date ” means May 18, 2004.

 

Code ” or “ Tax Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time and any successor statute.

 

Commitment ” means as to each Funding Party, its obligation to make Fundings as investments in the Leased Property, or to make Loans to the Lessor, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the amount set forth for such Funding Party on Schedule

 

6


2.2 to the Master Agreement (as it may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to Article VI of the Master Agreement).

 

Commitment Fee ” is defined in Section 2.2(h) of the Master Agreement.

 

Commitment Fee Percentage ” means, at any date, the applicable percentage set forth below based upon the ratings applicable on such date to the Guarantor’s senior unsecured long-term debt:

 

               Commitment Fee Percentage

 

Level I

                

S&P:

   AA- or above    }       

Moody’s:

   Aa3 or above       0.080 %
Level II                 

S&P:

   A+    }       

Moody’s:

   A1       0.090 %
Level III                 

S&P:

   A    }       

Moody’s:

   A2       0.100 %
Level IV                 

S&P:

   A-    }       

Moody’s:

   A3       0.100 %
Level V                 

S&P:

   BBB+    }       

Moody’s:

   Baa1       0.125 %
Level VI                 

S&P:

   BBB    }       

Moody’s:

   Baa2       0.175 %
Level VII                 

S&P:

   BBB- or below    }       

Moody’s:

   Baa3 or below       0.225 %

 

For purposes of the foregoing, (a) if no rating for the Guarantor’s senior unsecured long-term debt shall be available from either rating agency, such rating agency shall be deemed to have established a Level VII rating, (b) if the ratings established or deemed established by Moody’s and S&P shall fall within different Levels, the Commitment Fee

 

7


Percentage shall be based upon the Level corresponding to the more favorable (to the Guarantor) of such ratings and (c) if any rating established or deemed established by Moody’s or S&P shall be changed (other than as a result of a change in the rating system of either Moody’s or S&P), such change shall be given effect on and as of the opening of business on the date when such change is first announced by the rating agency making such change. Each such change shall apply at any time during the period commencing on the effective date of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change. If the rating system of either Moody’s or S&P shall change, the Guarantor and the Funding Parties shall negotiate in good faith to amend the references to specific ratings in this definition to reflect such changed rating system.

 

Commitment Percentage ” means as to any Funding Party, at a particular time, the percentage of the aggregate Commitments in effect at such time represented by such Funding Party’s Commitment, as such percentage is shown for such Funding Party on Schedule 2.2 to the Master Agreement (as it may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to Article VI of the Master Agreement).

 

Completion Date ” means the Business Day on which the conditions specified in Section 3.5 of the Master Agreement have been satisfied or waived with respect to the Leased Property.

 

Condemnation ” means any condemnation, requisition, confiscation, seizure, permanent use or other taking or sale of the use, occupancy or title to the Leased Property or any part thereof in, by or on account of any actual eminent domain proceeding or other action by any Governmental Authority or other Person under the power of eminent domain or any transfer in lieu of or in anticipation thereof, which in any case does not constitute an Event of Taking. A Condemnation shall be deemed to have “occurred” on the earliest of the dates that use is prevented or occupancy or title is taken.

 

Construction ” means the construction of the Building pursuant to the Plans and Specifications.

 

Construction Agency Agreement ” means the Construction Agency Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2004, between the Construction Agent and the Lessor.

 

Construction Agency Event of Default ” is defined in Section 5.1 of the Construction Agency Agreement.

 

Construction Agent ” means TPC in its capacity as construction agent pursuant to the Construction Agency Agreement.

 

Construction Budget ” is defined in Section 2.4 of the Construction Agency Agreement.

 

Construction Contract ” means that certain construction contract, if any, between the Construction Agent and a General Contractor for the Construction of the Building, which contract shall be assigned to the Lessor, and such assignment shall be consented to by such General Contractor, pursuant to an assignment of such construction contract substantially in the form of the Security Agreement and Assignment set forth as Exhibit C to the Master Agreement.

 

8


Construction Costs ” means the acquisition cost of the Land, all costs incurred in connection with the design, development and construction of the Building on the Land, as well as the costs of excavating, grading, landscaping and other work undertaken to prepare the Land for construction of a Building, the purchase price of all Funded Equipment and all other fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition, ground leasing, development and construction of the Leased Property, including all Upfront Fees, Commitment Fees, interest on the Loans and Yield on the Lessor’s Invested Amount accrued during the Construction Term, planning, engineering, development, architects’, consultants’, brokers’, attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, appraisal costs, survey costs, insurance costs, transaction costs, demolition costs, permitting costs, costs for title insurance and other soft costs related to the Leased Property.

 

Construction Failure Payment ” means, as of any date of calculation, an amount equal to (i) 100% of the Land Acquisition Cost, plus (ii) 89.9% of an amount equal to the Construction Costs (exclusive of Land Acquisition Cost) that are capitalizable in accordance with GAAP as construction costs incurred as of such date of calculation.

 

Construction Force Majeure Declaration ” is defined in Section 3.4 of the Construction Agency Agreement.

 

Construction Force Majeure Event ” means:

 

  (a) an act of God arising after the Closing Date affecting Construction, or

 

  (b) any change in any federal, state or local law, regulation or other legal requirement, or a change in the interpretation thereof by the applicable Government Authority, arising after the Closing Date and relating to the use of the Land or the construction of a building on the Land, the existence or potentiality of which was not known to and could not have been discovered prior to the Closing Date through the exercise of reasonable due diligence by the Construction Agent, or

 

  (c) strikes, lockouts, civil commotions, war and warlike operations and occurrences, labor troubles, unavailability of materials (including delays in delivery), extreme weather, natural disasters, riots, insurrections or other civil, social, governmental or other causes affecting Construction beyond the control of the Construction Agent or its contractors (including the General Contractor), or the unavailability of services or utilities due to any of the foregoing.

 

Construction Term ” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the Construction Term Expiration Date, or such shorter period as may result from earlier termination of the Lease as provided therein.

 

Construction Term Expiration Date ” means the earliest of the following:

 

  (a) the Completion Date,

 

  (b) the date on which the aggregate Funded Amounts equal the Commitments, and

 

  (c) the Scheduled Construction Termination Date.

 

9


Contractual Obligation ”, as applied to any Person, means any provision of any Securities issued by that Person or any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement, instrument or other document to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject (including, without limitation, any restrictive covenant affecting any of the properties of such Person).

 

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Deed ” means a special warranty deed, dated on or before the Closing Date, from the Seller to the Lessor, conveying the Land.

 

Default ” means an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default.

 

Documentary Conventions ” means the provisions set forth in Paragraph F of this Appendix A.

 

Documentation Agent ” is defined in the preamble to the Master Agreement.

 

Double Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (i) the sum (without duplication) of (a) the Guarantor’s investments in Subsidiaries and associated companies (calculated without duplication and adjusted for any intercompany eliminations) and (b) goodwill of the Guarantor, each at such date, to (ii) the sum (without duplication) of (x) Stockholders’ Equity and (y) minority interest (including guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Guarantor’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures, but only to the extent includable as consolidated Tier 1 capital for the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries under then applicable guidelines of the Federal Reserve Board), each at such date; it being understood and agreed that if this definition is changed in the Revolving Credit Agreement, then this definition shall be deemed to be amended to reflect such changes.

 

Eligible Assignee ” means a Person that at the time of any assignment is either (1) (a) a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or under the laws of a country which is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, having combined capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 or (b) a finance company, insurance company or other financial institution which in the ordinary course of business extends credit of the type extended under the Operative Documents and that has total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000 or (2) an Affiliate of a Person that meets the requirements of clause (1) .

 

Environmental Audit ” means a Phase I Environmental Assessment and, if recommended in such Phase I Environmental Assessment, a Phase II Environmental Assessment, dated no more than six months prior to the Closing Date (in the case of the Environmental Audit delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(xiii) of the Master Agreement) or the Completion Date (in the case of

 

10


the Environmental Audit delivered pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Master Agreement), by an environmental services firm satisfactory to the Agent.

 

Environmental Laws ” means and include the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, (RCRA) 42 U.S.C. §§ 6901-6987, as amended by the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. §§ 9601-9657, (CERCLA), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act of 1975, 49 U.S.C. §§ 1801-1812, the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 2601-2671, the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 7401 et seq., the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. §§ 136 et seq., and all similar federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances, rules, orders, statutes, decrees, judgments, injunctions, codes and regulations, and any other federal, state or local laws, ordinances, rules, codes and regulations, and any other federal, state or local laws, ordinances, rules, codes and regulations relating to the environment, human health or natural resources or the regulation or control of or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning human health, the environment, Hazardous Materials or the clean-up or other remediation of any Leased Property, or any part thereof, as any of the foregoing may have been from time to time amended, supplemented or supplanted.

 

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Environmental Permits ” means all permits, licenses, authorizations, certificates and approvals of Governmental Authorities required by Environmental Laws.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

ERISA Group ” means the Guarantor and all members of a controlled group of corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with the Guarantor, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001(b) of ERISA.

 

Event of Default ” means any event or condition designated as an “Event of Default” in Article XII of the Lease.

 

Event of Loss ” is defined in Section 10.1 of the Lease.

 

Event of Taking ” is defined in Section 10.2 of the Lease.

 

Fair Market Sales Value ” means, with respect to the Leased Property or any portion thereof, the fair market sales value as determined by an independent appraiser chosen by the

 

11


Agent, and, unless an Event of Default has occurred, reasonably acceptable to the Lessee, that would be obtained in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing buyer (other than a lessee currently in possession) and an informed and willing seller, under no compulsion, respectively, to buy or sell and neither of which is related to the Lessor or the Lessee, for the purchase of the Leased Property. Such fair market sales value shall be calculated as the value for the Leased Property, assuming, in the determination of such fair market sales value, that the Leased Property is in the condition and repair required to be maintained by the terms of the Lease (unless such fair market sales value is being determined for purposes of Section 13.1 or 14.7 of the Lease and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Lease or the Master Agreement, in which case this assumption shall not be made).

 

Federal Funds Rate ” means for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with member banks of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Agent.

 

FIN 46 ” means FASB Interpretation No. 46 (revised December, 2003).

 

Final Rent Payment Date ” is defined in Section 13.1(e) of the Lease.

 

Force Majeure Losses ” means, as of any date of calculation, the loss incurred by the Lessor in connection with a Construction Force Majeure Event, including, without limitation, costs resulting from insurance deductibles for losses resulting from Construction Force Majeure Events, interest and Yield accrued on Force Majeure Losses and interest and Yield accruing on the Permitted Lease Balance during any period of delay in Construction resulting from a Force Majeure Event; provided that it is expressly understood and agreed that Force Majeure Losses shall not include the costs of repairing damage occasioned, or other losses or expenses incurred by the Agent or any Funding Party, not as a result of the Construction Force Majeure Event, but as a result of the failure of the Construction Agent, or its contractors (including the General Contractor) to take all reasonable steps to minimize the damages, expense or the delay caused by such Construction Force Majeure Event.

 

Funded Amount ” means, as to the Lessor, the Lessor’s Invested Amounts, and, as to each Lender, the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Loans.

 

Funded Equipment ” means trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and other personal property financed by the Lessor and/or the Lenders.

 

Funding ” means any funding by the Funding Parties pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Master Agreement.

 

Funding Date ” means each date on which a Funding occurs under Section 2 of the Master Agreement.

 

12


Funding Parties ” means the Lessor, any Person to whom the Lessor sells a participation in the Transaction and the Lenders, collectively.

 

Funding Party Balance ” means (i) for the Lessor as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the outstanding Lessor’s Invested Amount, all accrued and unpaid Yield on such outstanding Lessor’s Invested Amount, all unpaid related fees owing to the Lessor under the Operative Documents, and all other related amounts owing to the Lessor by the Lessee under the Operative Documents, and (ii) for each Lender as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the outstanding principal of such Lender’s Loans, all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, all unpaid related fees owing to such Lender under the Operative Documents, and all other related amounts owing to such Lender by the Lessee under the Operative Documents.

 

Funding Request ” is defined in Section 2.2 of the Master Agreement.

 

Funding Termination Date ” means the earlier of (i) May 18, 2006 and (ii) the termination of the Commitments pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Loan Agreement.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles, as set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entities as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States of America.

 

General Contractor ” with respect to the Leased Property means the general contractor or construction manager therefor selected by the Construction Agent.

 

General Permitted Liens ” means, collectively, the following: (i) Liens for taxes, assessments or charges not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and (unless the amount thereof is not material to the Guarantor’s consolidated financial condition) for which adequate reserves are being maintained (in accordance with GAAP); (ii) deposits or pledges to secure obligations under workers’ compensation, social security or similar laws, or under unemployment insurance; (iii) deposits or pledges to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than Interest Rate Protection Agreements), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds and other obligations of like nature arising in the ordinary course of business; (iv) mechanics’, workers’, materialmen’s or similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business with respect to obligations which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (v) Liens securing judgments in an amount and for a period not constituting an Event of Default; (vi) minor imperfections of title on real estate that do not interfere materially with the use of such property or render title unmarketable; (vii) any Lien upon or in any property hereafter acquired by the Guarantor, provided that such Lien is created contemporaneously with such acquisition to secure or provide for the payment or financing of any part of the cost (including construction costs) thereof and, provided further that such Lien attaches only to the property so acquired and fixed improvements thereon; (viii) Liens existing on the Initial Funding Date; (ix) Liens in favor of an Insured Subsidiary securing loans or extensions of credit to, or for the benefit of, the Guarantor or a Subsidiary made by such Insured Subsidiary; (x) additional Liens created after the

 

13


Initial Funding Date, provided that the obligations secured thereby shall not exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding; (xi) any Lien renewing, extending or refinancing a Lien permitted by the foregoing, provided that the principal amount secured is not increased and the Lien is not extended to other property (other than by a substitution of like property); and (xii) Liens securing obligations of the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates under Interest Rate Protection Agreements.

 

Governmental Action ” means all permits, authorizations, registrations, consents, approvals, waivers, exceptions, variances, orders, judgments, decrees, licenses, exemptions, publications, filings, notices to and declarations of or with, or required by, any Governmental Authority, or required by any Applicable Law and shall include, without limitation, all citations, environmental and operating permits and licenses that are required for the use, occupancy, zoning and operation of the Leased Property.

 

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, or of any other nation, or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

 

Governmental Requirement ” shall mean any law, statute, code, ordinance, order, determination, rule, regulation, judgment, decree, injunction, franchise, permit, certificate, license, authorization or other directive or requirement, including Environmental Laws and occupational, safety and health standards or controls, of any Governmental Authority.

 

Guarantee ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness, (ii) to purchase property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the holder of such Indebtedness of the payment of such Indebtedness or (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or the financial condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness. The terms “ Guaranteed ”, “ Guaranteeing ” and “ Guarantor ” shall have corresponding meanings.

 

Guarantor ” means The Bank of New York Company, Inc., a New York corporation.

 

Guaranty ” means the Guaranty Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2004, from the Guarantor.

 

Hazardous Material ” means any substance, waste or material which is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic or otherwise hazardous, including petroleum, crude oil or any fraction thereof, petroleum derivatives, by products and other hydrocarbons, or which is or becomes regulated under any Environmental Law by any Governmental Authority, including any agency, department, commission, board or instrumentality of the United States, the jurisdiction in which the Leased Property is located or

 

14


any political subdivision thereof and also including, without limitation, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls (“ PCBs ”) and radon gas.

 

Implicit Rate ” means 1.98%.

 

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services (including all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in connection with Interest Rate Protection Agreements or other similar instruments, including currency swaps), other than indebtedness to trade creditors and service providers incurred, deposits accepted or federal funds purchased in the ordinary course of business and payable on usual and customary terms, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments, (iii) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the remedies available to the seller or lender under such agreement are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (iv) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (v) all obligations of the types described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above secured by (or for which the obligee has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in any property (including accounts, contract rights and other intangibles) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness, (vi) all obligations of such Person under letters of credit, bankers’ acceptance or similar instruments issued or accepted by banks and other financial institutions for the account of such Person, (vii) all Indebtedness of others Guaranteed by such Person and (viii) all Indebtedness of any partnership of which such Person is a general partner.

 

Indemnitee ” means the Agent (in its individual capacity and in its capacity as Agent), each Funding Party, and their respective Affiliates, successors, permitted assigns, permitted transferees, employees, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members and agents; provided , however , that in no event shall any Obligor be an Indemnitee.

 

Initial Funding Date ” means the date of the first Funding pursuant to the Master Agreement.

 

Insured Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary that is an “insured depository institution” within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. § 1813 (or any successor provision), as amended from time to time.

 

Interest Rate Protection Agreement ” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or similar hedging arrangement used by a Person to fix or cap a floating rate of interest on Indebtedness to a negotiated maximum rate or amount.

 

Land ” means the land described in Exhibit A to the Lease.

 

Land Acquisition Costs ” means $2,425,556.40.

 

Lease ” means the Lease Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2004, between the Lessee and the Lessor.

 

Lease Balance ” means as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate sum of the outstanding Funded Amounts of all Funding Parties, all accrued and unpaid interest

 

15


on the Loans, all accrued and unpaid Yield on the Lessor’s Invested Amounts, all unpaid fees owing to the Funding Parties under the Operative Documents, and all other amounts owing to the Funding Parties by any Obligor under the Operative Documents.

 

Lease Supplement ” means the supplement to the Lease, dated as of July 16, 2004, between the Lessor and the Lessee.

 

Lease Term ” means the Base Lease Term, as the same may by extended pursuant to Section 14.9 of the Lease.

 

Lease Termination Date ” means the last day of the Lease Term.

 

Leased Property ” means the Land and the Building(s), and all rights, appurtenances and accessions thereto.

 

Lender Basic Rent ” means, for any Rent Period under the Lease, the aggregate amount of interest accrued on the Loans pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Loan Agreement during such Rent Period.

 

Lenders ” means such financial institutions as are, or who may hereafter become, parties to the Loan Agreement as lenders to the Lessor.

 

Lending Office ” for each Lender means the office such Lender designates in writing from time to time to the Guarantor and the Agent.

 

Lessee ” is defined in the preamble to the Master Agreement.

 

Lessor ” is defined in the preamble to the Master Agreement.

 

Lessor Basic Rent ” means, for any Rent Period, the aggregate amount of Yield accrued and unpaid on the Lessor’s Invested Amounts under Section 2.3(a) of the Master Agreement during such Rent Period.

 

Lessor Liens ” means Liens on or against the Leased Property, the Lease, any other Operative Document or any payment of Rent (a) which result from any act or omission of, or any Claim against, the Lessor, or any Person claiming through the Lessor unrelated to the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents or from Lessor’s failure to perform as required under the Operative Documents or (b) which result from any Tax owed by the Lessor, or any Person claiming through the Lessor, except any Tax for which a Lessee is obligated to indemnify (including, without limitation, in the foregoing exception, any assessments with respect to the Leased Property noted on the Title Policy or assessed in connection with any construction or development by the Construction Agent).

 

Lessor Rate ” is defined in the Lessor Yield Letter.

 

Lessor Yield Letter ” means the letter agreement, dated as of July 16, 2004, between the Lessee and the Lessor.

 

16


Lessor’s Allocated Commitment ” means, at any time, the amount set forth for the Allocated Amount on Schedule 2.2 to the Master Agreement.

 

Lessor’s Invested Amount ” means the amounts funded by the Lessor pursuant to Section 2 of the Master Agreement that are not proceeds of Loans by a Lender, as such amount may be increased during the Construction Term pursuant to Section 2.3(c) of the Master Agreement.

 

LIBOR ” means, for any Rent Period, with respect to LIBOR Advances the offered rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars, for a period comparable to the Rent Period and in an amount comparable to such Advances, appearing on the Telerate Screen Page 3750 as of 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) on the day that is two London Business Days prior to the first day of the Rent Period. If two or more of such rates appear on the Telerate Screen Page 3750, the rate for that Rent Period shall be the arithmetic mean of such rates. If the foregoing rate is unavailable from the Telerate Screen for any reason, then such rate shall be determined by the Agent from the Reuters Screen LIBO Page or, if such rate is also unavailable on such service, then on any other interest rate reporting service of recognized standing designated in writing by the Agent to the Guarantor and the other Lenders; in any such case rounded, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1.0%, if the rate is not such a multiple.

 

LIBOR Advance ” means that portion of the Funded Amount bearing interest at a rate based on the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

 

Limited Event of Default ” means an Event of Default under paragraph (e), (k), (l) or (m) of Article XII of the Lease, solely if the breach of the related covenant, representation or warranty was based on a subjective interpretation of the term “diligently,” “reasonable,” “reasonably,” “practical,” “necessary,” “adequate,” “usually,” “desirable,” “reasonably likely,” “material,” “materially,” “Material Adverse Effect,” “materially adversely affect,” “material adverse change,” “materially and adversely affects,” “material adverse effect,” “adverse,” “adversely,” “substantial,” or “substantially”, or results from a condition that is not solely related to Lessee or Guarantor, Lessee’s or Guarantor’s operations or the Leased Property, or any Event of Default based solely on the subjective interpretation of any term that gives rise to a cross default under paragraph (e) of Article XII; provided , however , if the Event of Default, covenant or representation or warranty relates to the use of the Leased Property, then such Event of Default, covenant or representation or warranty will not be deemed a Limited Event of Default.

 

Limited Recourse Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to: the future value (determined from the Closing Date to the date of determination using the Implicit Rate) of: the difference between (i) 89.9% of the Permitted Lease Balance and (ii) the present value, as of the Closing Date, of any minimum lease payments required to be made as of the Closing Date and up to the date of determination that were included in the Guarantor’s 90%

 

17


test as described in paragraph 7(d) of FASB Statement No. 13, Accounting for Leases, using a discount rate equal to the Implicit Rate.

 

Loan ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.1 of the Loan Agreement.

 

Loan Agreement ” means the Loan Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2004, among the Lessor, the Agent and the Lenders.

 

Loan Documents ” means the Loan Agreement, the Note, the Assignment of Lease and Rents, the Mortgage and all documents and instruments executed and delivered in connection with each of the foregoing.

 

Loan Event of Default ” means any of the events specified in Section 5.1 of the Loan Agreement, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, event or act has been satisfied.

 

Loan Potential Event of Default ” means any event, condition or failure which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a Loan Event of Default.

 

Loss Proceeds ” is defined in Section 10.6 of the Lease.

 

Margin Regulations ” means Regulations T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time.

 

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as the same may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

 

Master Agreement ” means the Master Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2004, among the Guarantor, TPC, the Lessor, the Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent and the Lenders.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the consolidated business, properties, operations or condition, financial or otherwise, present or prospective, of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, (b) the ability of any Obligor to perform any of its respective obligations under the Operative Documents to which it is a party, (c) the rights of or benefits available to the Funding Parties under the Operative Documents, (d) the Fair Market Sales Value of the Leased Property or (e) the legality, validity, binding nature or enforceability of any Operative Document or the priority, perfection or status of the Agent’s or any Funding Party’s interest in the Leased Property or in the Operative Documents.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto that is a nationally recognized rating agency.

 

Mortgage ” means that certain mortgage, deed of trust or security deed, dated as of the Initial Funding Date, by the Lessor to the Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit D attached to the Master Agreement, with such modifications as are satisfactory to the Lessor and the Agent

 

18


in conformity with Applicable Law to assure customary remedies in favor of the Agent in the jurisdiction where the Leased Property is located.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which any member of the ERISA Group is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or has within the preceding five plan years made or accrued contributions.

 

Net Invested Amount ” means the portion of the Lessor’s Invested Amount allocated by the Lessor to the Net Invested Amount, provided that the Net Invested Amount shall in no event be (i) less than the sum of the Upfront Fees, plus 5.1% of the aggregate Funded Amounts, exclusive of the Upfront Fees or (ii) greater than $6,010,000.

 

Net Selling Price ” for the Leased Property means the selling price therefor, net of all related taxes, attorneys’ fees, escrow costs, recording fees, transfer fees, title insurance costs, costs of surveys and environmental reports, brokers’ fees, advertising costs, all amounts expended by the Agent or the Lessor to insure, protect, maintain or operate the Leased Property), property and transfer taxes and all other expenses and prorations associated with such sale.

 

Nonperforming Assets Coverage Ratio ” means, at any date of determination, the ratio of (i) the sum (determined without duplication in accordance with applicable regulatory accounting principles) of (a) consolidated Tier I capital of the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries, calculated in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Part 225, Appendix A (or any successor regulation), each at such date, and (b) the consolidated allowance for loan losses of the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries, to (ii) the sum (without duplication in accordance with applicable regulatory accounting principles) of the consolidated nonperforming loans and other real estate owned of the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries, at such date; it being understood and agreed that if the definition of this term is changed in the Revolving Credit Agreement, then this definition shall be deemed to be amended to reflect such changes.

 

Note ” means the promissory note issued by the Lessor under the Loan Agreement, and any and all notes issued in replacement or exchange therefor in accordance with the provisions thereof.

 

Obligations ” means all indebtedness (whether principal, interest, fees or otherwise), obligations and liabilities of each Obligor to the Funding Parties (including without limitation all extensions, renewals, modifications, rearrangements, restructures, replacements and refinancings thereof, whether or not the same involve modifications to interest rates or other payment terms of such indebtedness, obligations and liabilities), related to the Transactions, in each case whether arising under any of the Operative Documents or otherwise, and whether now existing or hereafter created, absolute or contingent, direct or indirect, joint or several, secured or unsecured, due or not due, contractual or tortious, liquidated or unliquidated, arising by operation of law or otherwise, or acquired by Funding Parties outright, conditionally or as collateral security from another.

 

Obligor ” means each of TPC, in its capacity as Lessee and as Construction Agent, and the Guarantor.

 

19


Officer’s Certificate ” of a Person means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, any Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Administrative Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller or the Secretary of such Person, signing alone.

 

Operative Documents ” means the Master Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Deed, the Lease, the Security Agreement and Assignment, the Loan Agreement, the Assignment of Lease and Rents, the Mortgage, the Note, the Agent’s Fee Letter, the Construction Agency Agreement, the Lessor Yield Letter and the other documents delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Master Agreement.

 

Overdue Rate ” means the lesser of (a) the highest interest rate permitted by Applicable Law and (b) an interest rate per annum (calculated on the basis of a 365-day (or 366-day, if appropriate) year equal to 2.0% above the Base Rate in effect from time to time or, in the case of Yield, 2% above the Lessor Rate.

 

Payment Date ” means the last day of each Rent Period or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day.

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (or any successor Governmental Authority).

 

Pension Plan ” means a Plan that (i) is an employee pension benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) and (ii) is subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or is subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code.

 

Permitted Investments ” means:

 

  (a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

 

  (b) investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Moody’s Investors Services, Inc;

 

  (c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000; and

 

20


  (d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) of this definition and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) of this definition.

 

Permitted Lease Balance ” means the Lease Balance, minus Force Majeure Losses and other amounts included in the Lease Balance that are not capitalizable in accordance with GAAP.

 

Permitted Lien ” means: (a) Liens for Taxes not assessed or, if assessed, not yet due and payable, or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (b) repairman’s, mechanic’s, carrier’s or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business or by operation of law securing obligations that are not more than 60 days overdue, which have been bonded or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (c) Lessor Liens; (d) Liens of subleases permitted by the Lease; (e) Liens arising out of judgments or awards in an amount and for a period not constituting an Event of Default with respect to which appeals or other proceedings for review are being prosecuted in good faith and for which adequate provisions have been made; (f) easements, rights of way and other encumbrances on title to real property to the extent permitted by the Lease; and (g) Liens described on the Title Policy delivered in connection with the Leased Property, but only if, in the case of Liens being contested as described in clause (a) , (b)  or (e)  above, (i) adequate reserves have been provided by the Lessee for the payment of the Taxes or other obligations; and (ii) such proceedings, or the continued existence of such Lien, do not give rise to any substantial likelihood of the sale, forfeiture or other loss of the Leased Property or any interests therein, or any likelihood of criminal liability on the part of the Agent or any Funding Party.

 

Person ” means an individual, corporation, company, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, voluntary association, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof or any other form of entity.

 

Plan ” means an employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) which is maintained or contributed to by the Guarantor or any member of the ERISA Group.

 

Plans and Specifications ” means with respect to any Building the final plans and specifications for such Building, which may be standard forms for buildings of that type, and, if applicable, referred to by the Appraiser in the Appraisal, as such Plans and Specifications may be hereafter amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Potential Event of Default ” means any event, condition or failure which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default.

 

Prepaid Rent Amount ” is defined in Section 2.3(e) of the Master Agreement.

 

Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to any Funding Party the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) such Funding Party’s Commitment (or, in the case of the Lessor, the Lessor’s Allocated Commitment) divided by (ii) the sum of all of the Lenders’ Commitments and the Lessor’s Allocated Commitment.

 

21


Property ” of a Person means any and all property, whether real, personal, tangible, intangible, or mixed, of such Person, or other assets owned, leased or operated by such Person.

 

Purchase Agreement ” means, the purchase agreements or option agreements, as the case may be, with the Seller for the conveyance of the Land to the Lessor.

 

Purchase Option ” is defined in Section 14.1 of the Lease.

 

Quarterly Payment Date ” means the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December of each year.

 

Recourse Deficiency Amount ” means the product of (i) the Permitted Lease Balance on the Completion Date, multiplied by (ii) a percentage that will cause the present value of the minimum lease payments (as defined in FAS 13) using the Implicit Rate to equal 89.9% of the Permitted Lease Balance as of the Completion Date. The Recourse Deficiency Amount shall be established on the Completion Date as set forth in Section 3.5(e) of the Master Agreement.

 

Regulation D ” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

 

Regulations ” means the income tax regulations promulgated from time to time under and pursuant to the Code.

 

Release ” means the release, deposit, disposal or leak of any Hazardous Material into or upon or under any land or water or air, or otherwise into the environment, including, without limitation, by means of burial, disposal, discharge, emission, injection, spillage, leakage, seepage, leaching, dumping, pumping, pouring, escaping, emptying, placement and the like.

 

Release Date ” means the earlier of (i) the date that the Lease Balance has been paid in full, and (ii) the date on which the Agent gives written notice to the Lessor that the Lenders release any and all interest they may have in the Leased Property, and all proceeds thereof, and any rights to direct, consent or deny consent to any action by the Lessor with respect to the Leased Property.

 

Remarketing Option ” is defined in Section 14.6 of the Lease.

 

Rent ” means Basic Rent and Supplemental Rent, collectively.

 

Rent Period ” means, (x) in the case of Base Rate Advances, the period from, and including, a Quarterly Payment Date to, but excluding, the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date and (y) in the case of LIBOR Advances:

 

  (1) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such LIBOR Advance and ending three months thereafter; and

 

22


  (2) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Rent Period applicable to such LIBOR Advance and ending three months thereafter;

 

provided that:

 

  (a) The initial Rent Period for any Funding shall commence on the Funding Date of such Funding and each Rent Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Funding shall commence on the day on which the next preceding Rent Period expires;

 

  (b) If any Rent Period would otherwise expire on a day which is not a Business Day, such Rent Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day, provided that if any Rent Period in respect of LIBOR Advances would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Rent Period shall expire on the next preceding Business Day;

 

  (c) Any Rent Period in respect of LIBOR Advances which begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Rent Period shall, subject to paragraph (d)  below, expire on the last Business Day of such calendar month;

 

  (d) No Rent Period shall extend beyond the Lease Termination Date; and

 

  (e) At any one time, there shall be no more than six (6) Rent Periods.

 

Report ” is defined in Section 7.6 of the Master Agreement.

 

Required Funding Parties ” means, at any time, Funding Parties holding an aggregate outstanding principal amount of Funded Amounts equal to at least 66-2/3% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Funded Amounts, provided that, so long as there are three or fewer Funding Parties, Required Funding Parties shall mean 100% of the Funding Parties.

 

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders holding an aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans equal to at least 66-2/3% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans, provided that, so long as there are two or fewer Lenders, Required Lenders shall mean 100% of the Lenders.

 

Requirement of Law ” means, as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Responsible Officer ” means the Chairman, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, any Senior Vice President or Executive Vice President, any Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer.

 

23


Reuters Screen ” means, when used in connection with any designated page and LIBOR, the display page so designated on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page as may replace that page on that service for the purpose of displaying rates comparable to LIBOR).

 

Revolving Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2002, among the Guarantor, the lenders party thereto and The Bank of New York, as administrative agent, as amended.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and any successor thereto that is a nationally recognized rating agency.

 

Scheduled Construction Termination Date ” means May 18, 2006, subject to the extension thereof by the Lessor pursuant to the Construction Agency Agreement as a result of the occurrence of a Construction Force Majeure Event, but in no event later than the Lease Termination Date.

 

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor Governmental Authority.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Securities Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Security Agreement and Assignment ” means the Security Agreement and Assignment (Construction Contract, Architect’s Agreement, Permits, Licenses and Governmental Approvals, and Plans, Specifications and Drawings) from the Construction Agent to the Lessor, substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Master Agreement.

 

Seller ” means as to the Land, a seller of any portion thereof to the Lessor on the Closing Date.

 

Significant Insured Subsidiary ” means a Significant Subsidiary that is an Insured Subsidiary.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means, at any time, a Subsidiary that (i) is The Bank of New York or TPC, or (ii) has consolidated assets equal to or greater than 10% of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries at such time.

 

STI ” is defined in Section 4.4(j) of the Master Agreement.

 

Stockholders’ Equity ” means, as of any date of determination, the total consolidated stockholders’ equity (determined without duplication) of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries at such date.

 

Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any Person the shares of stock or other ownership interests of which having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such Person are at the time owned, or the management or policies of which is

 

24


otherwise at the time controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries (including other Subsidiaries) or both, by the Guarantor.

 

SunTrust Bank ” means SunTrust Bank, a Georgia banking corporation.

 

Supplemental Rent ” means any and all amounts, liabilities and obligations other than Basic Rent which the Lessee assumes or agrees or is otherwise obligated to pay under the Lease or any other Operative Document (whether or not designated as Supplemental Rent) to the Lessor, the Agent, any Lender or any other party, including amounts under Article XVI of the Lease, and indemnities and damages for breach of any covenants, representations, warranties or agreements, and all overdue or late payment charges in respect of any Funded Amount.

 

Syndication Agent ” is defined in the preamble to the Master Agreement.

 

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” is defined in Section 7.4 of the Master Agreement.

 

Tax Indemnitee ” means the Agent, each Funding Party and their respective Affiliates, successors, permitted assigns, permitted transferees, employees, officers, directors, and agents thereof, provided , however , that in no event shall any Obligor be a Tax Indemnitee.

 

Telerate ” means, when used in connection with any designated page and LIBOR, the display page so designated on the Dow Jones Telerate Service (or such other page as may replace that page on that service for the purpose of displaying rates comparable to LIBOR).

 

Title Insurance Company ” means the company that has or will issue the title policies with respect to the Leased Property, which company shall be reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

 

Title Policy ” is defined in Section 3.1 of the Master Agreement.

 

TPC ” means Tennessee Processing Center LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Transactions ” means all the transactions and activities referred to in or contemplated by the Operative Documents.

 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code of New York, as in effect from time to time.

 

Upfront Fees ” means the arrangement fee paid to SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc., the upfront lender fees paid to SunTrust Bank or its Affiliates, all transaction expenses (other than the Obligors’ legal and accounting fees) accrued during the Construction Period, the agency fee paid to the Agent during the Construction Period and Yield accrued on the Net Invested Amount during the Construction Period.

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of which all the shares of stock of all classes (other than directors’ qualifying shares) or other ownership interests, having ordinary voting power, at the time are owned directly or indirectly by the Guarantor and/or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

 

25


Yield ” is defined in Section 2.3 of the Master Agreement.

 

F. Documentary Conventions . The following provisions shall be applicable to each Operative Document.

 

SECTION 1. Notices . All notices, requests, demands or other communications to or upon the respective parties to each agreement to which the Documentary Conventions apply shall be addressed to such parties at the addresses therefor as set forth in Schedule I hereto, or such other address as any such party shall specify to the other parties hereto, and shall be deemed to have been given (i) the Business Day after being sent, if sent by overnight courier service; (ii) the Business Day received, if sent by messenger; (iii) the day sent, if sent by facsimile and confirmed electronically or otherwise during business hours of a Business Day (or on the next Business Day if otherwise sent by facsimile and confirmed electronically or otherwise); or (iv) three Business Days after being sent, if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid.

 

SECTION 2. Counterparts . Each agreement to which the Documentary Conventions apply may be executed by the parties thereto in separate counterparts (including by facsimile), each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 3. Amendments . No Operative Document nor any of the terms thereof may be terminated, amended, supplemented, waived or modified with respect to the Lessee or any Funding Party, except (a) in the case of a termination, amendment, supplement, waiver or modification to be binding on the Obligors, with the written agreement or consent of the Guarantor, and (b) in the case of a termination, amendment, supplement, waiver or modification to be binding on the Funding Parties, with the written agreement or consent of the Required Funding Parties; provided , however , that

 

  (x) notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3 , the consent of each Funding Party affected thereby shall be required for any amendment, modification or waiver:

 

  (i) amending, modifying, waiving or supplementing any of the provisions of Article VI of the Master Agreement or the representations of such Funding Party in Section 4.3 or  4.4 of the Master Agreement or this Section 3 or changing the definition of “ Required Funding Parties ” or “ Required Lenders ”;

 

  (ii) increasing the Commitment of such Funding Party or reducing any amount payable to such Funding Party under the Operative Documents or extending the time for payment of any such amount, including, without limitation, any Rent, any Funded Amount, any fees, any indemnity, the Lease Balance, any Funding Party Balance, Recourse Deficiency Amount, interest or Yield; or

 

  (iii)

consenting to any assignment of the Lease or the extension of the Lease Term, releasing any of the collateral assigned to the Agent pursuant to the Mortgage and the Assignment of Lease and Rents (but excluding a release

 

26


 

of any rights that the Agent may have in the Leased Property, or the proceeds thereof as contemplated in the definition of “Release Date”), releasing the Lessee from its obligations in respect of the payments of Rent and the Lease Balance, releasing the Guarantor from its obligations under the Operative Documents or changing the absolute and unconditional character of any such obligation;

 

  (y) no such termination, amendment, supplement, waiver or modification shall, without the written agreement or consent of the Lessor, the Agent and the Required Lenders, be made to the Lease or the Construction Agency Agreement; and

 

  (z) subject to the foregoing clauses (x) and (y), so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Lessor, the Agent and the Lenders may not amend, supplement, waive or modify any terms of the Loan Agreement, the Mortgage and the Assignment of Lease and Rents without the consent of the Lessee; provided that such documents may be amended to make technical corrections, or to correct ambiguities, without the consent of the Lessee.

 

SECTION 4. Headings, etc. The Table of Contents and headings of the various Articles and Sections of each agreement to which the Documentary Conventions apply are for convenience of reference only and shall not modify, define, expand or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

SECTION 5. Parties in Interest . Except as expressly provided therein, none of the provisions of any agreement to which the Documentary Conventions apply is intended for the benefit of any Person except the parties thereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

SECTION 6. GOVERNING LAW . EACH AGREEMENT TO WHICH THE DOCUMENTARY CONVENTIONS APPLY HAS BEEN DELIVERED IN, AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES, EXCEPT AS TO MATTERS RELATING TO THE CREATION OF LEASEHOLD OR MORTGAGE ESTATES THEREUNDER, AND THE EXERCISE OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES WITH RESPECT THERETO, WHICH SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE IN WHICH SUCH ESTATES ARE LOCATED.

 

SECTION 7. Severability . Any provision of each agreement to which the Documentary Conventions apply that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 8. Waivers . Each party to an agreement to which the Documentary Conventions apply hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

27


  (i) agrees that service of process in any action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such party at its address set forth in Schedule I hereto or at such other address of which the other parties hereto shall have been notified pursuant to Section 1 ; and

 

  (ii) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

EACH PARTY TO EACH AGREEMENT TO WHICH THE DOCUMENTARY CONVENTIONS APPLY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO SUCH AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER OPERATIVE DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY. THIS WAIVER IS KNOWINGLY, INTENTIONALLY, AND VOLUNTARILY MADE BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND EACH ACKNOWLEDGES THAT NEITHER THE OTHER NOR ANY PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF THE OTHER HAS MADE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OF FACT TO INDUCE THIS WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY WAY TO MODIFY OR MOLLIFY ITS EFFECT.

 

SECTION 9. No Oral Agreements . The Operative Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding between the parties and supersede all other agreements and understandings between such parties relating to the subject matter thereof. The Operative Documents represent the final agreement between the parties and may not be contradicted by evidence of prior, contemporaneous or subsequent oral agreements of the parties or any course of prior dealings. There are no unwritten oral agreements between the parties.

 

SECTION 10. Construction . No agreement to which the Documentary Conventions apply shall be construed more strictly against any one party, it being recognized that all parties have contributed substantially and materially to the preparation and negotiations of the Operative Documents.

 

28


SCHEDULE I

 

ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES

 

The Guarantor, the Lessee or the Construction Agent:    Before September 19, 2004:
    

c/o The Bank of New York

National/International Leasing Department

100 Church St. – 8 th Floor

New York, New York 10286

     Attention:    Director of Leasing
     Facsimile:    212/437-7736
     After September 19, 2004:
    

c/o The Bank of New York

National/International Leasing Department

101 Barclay Street

New York, New York 10286

with a copy to:                   

The Bank of New York

Law Department

One Wall Street – 10 th Floor

New York, New York 10286

     Attention:    General Counsel
Lessor:   

SunTrust Equity Funding, LLC

c/o Atlantic Financial Group, Ltd.

2808 Fairmount, Suite 250

Dallas, Texas 75201

     Attention:    Stephen Brookshire
     Facsimile:    214-871-9237
     E-mail:    s.brookshire@afglimited.com
Agent:    For financial statements and compliance certificates:
    

SunTrust Bank

303 Peachtree Street, 25 th Floor

Atlanta, Georgia 30308

     Attention:    Agency Services
     Facsimile:    404-658-4906 or 404-724-3879
     E-mail:    agencyservices@suntrust.com

 

29


     For all other notices and correspondence:
    

SunTrust Bank

303 Peachtree Street

Atlanta, Georgia 30308

     Attention:    Jim Bradshaw
     Facsimile:    404/581-1775
     E-mail:    jim.bradshaw@suntrust.com
Lenders:   

Hua Nan Commercial Bank, Ltd. – New York Agency

330 Madison Avenue, 38 th Floor

New York, New York 10017

     Tel:    212-286-1999
     Fax:    212-286-1212
     E-mail:    frank.tang@hncbny.com
     The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd.
     Credit Contact:
    

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd.

New York Branch

1251 Avenue of the Americas, 12 th Floor

New York, New York 10020

Attn: Pamela D. Price, Financial Institutions & Emerging Markets Group

     Tel:    212-782-4602
     Fax:    212-782-4936
     E-mail:    pprice@btmna.com
     Operations Contact for all Loans:
    

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd.

New York Branch

c/o Operations Office for the Americas

(Harborside, New Jersey)

1251 Avenue of the Americas, 12 th Floor

New York, New York 10020

     Attn:    Rolando Uy
     Tel:    201-413-8570
     Fax:    201-521-2304/2305
     E-mail:    ruy@btmna.com

 

30


Lenders:   

Wells Fargo Bank N.A.

707 Wilshire Boulevard

Los Angeles, California 90017

     Attention:    Carl Walsh
     Facsimile:    213/623-3151
    

Citicorp USA, Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York

     Attention:    Catherine Morrow
     Facsimile:    212/816-3863
     E-mail:    Catherine.r.morrow@citicorp.com
    

BNP Paribas Leasing Corporation

12201 Merit Drive, Suite 860

Dallas, Texas 75251

     Attention:    Barry Mendelsohn
     Facsimile:    972/788-9140
     E-mail:    barry.mendelsohn@bnpparibas.com

 

31

Exhibit 10(qqq)

 


REAL ESTATE LEASE

BETWEEN

4101 AUSTIN BOULEVARD CORP.,

Landlord

and

FRUCTIBAIL INVEST,

Tenant

 


Dated February 27, 2006

 


 

Real Estate Lease


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1: DEMISE, PREMISES, TERM, RENT

   8

ARTICLE 2: USE AND OCCUPANCY

   8

ARTICLE 3: ALTERATIONS

   8

ARTICLE 4: REPAIRS-FLOOR LOAD

   10

ARTICLE 5: CERTAIN LANDLORD RIGHTS

   10

ARTICLE 6: REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

   11

ARTICLE 7: ENCUMBRANCES

   11

ARTICLE 8: RULES AND REGULATIONS

   12

ARTICLE 9: INSURANCE, PROPERTY LOSS OR DAMAGE; REIMBURSEMENT

   12

ARTICLE 10: DESTRUCTION BY FIRE OR OTHER CAUSE

   14

ARTICLE 11: EMINENT DOMAIN

   15

ARTICLE 12: ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

   16

ARTICLE 13: ELECTRICITY

   16

ARTICLE 14: ACCESS TO PREMISES

   17

ARTICLE 15: CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY

   17

ARTICLE 16: TERMINATION EVENTS

   17

ARTICLE 17: TERMINATION

   19

ARTICLE 18: FEES AND EXPENSES

   19

ARTICLE 19: NO REPRESENTATIONS BY LANDLORD

   20

 

Real Estate Lease

i


ARTICLE 20: END OF TERM

   20

ARTICLE 21: QUIET ENJOYMENT

   20

ARTICLE 22: ASSIGNED LEASES

   20

ARTICLE 23: NO WAIVER

   21

ARTICLE 24: WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

   21

ARTICLE 25: INABILITY TO PERFORM

   21

ARTICLE 26: BILLS AND NOTICES

   22

ARTICLE 27: OPERATING EXPENSES AND TAXES

   24

ARTICLE 28: SERVICES

   25

ARTICLE 29: SIDEWALK VAULT SPACE

   26

ARTICLE 30: CAPTIONS

   26

ARTICLE 31: PARTIES BOUND

   26

ARTICLE 32: GUARANTEES

   26

ARTICLE 33: BROKER

   26

ARTICLE 34: INDEMNITY

   27

ARTICLE 35: ADJACENT EXCAVATION-SHORING

   28

ARTICLE 36: REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

   28

ARTICLE 37: NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT

   28

ARTICLE 38: MISCELLANEOUS

   29

ARTICLE 39: WITHHOLDING TAXES

   31

 

Real Estate Lease

ii


AGREEMENT OF REAL ESTATE LEASE, made as of this February 27, 2006, between 4101 AUSTIN BOULEVARD CORP., a New York corporation (“ Landlord ”), and FRUCTIBAIL INVEST, a French société civile (“ Tenant ”),

WITNESSETH:

The parties hereto, for themselves, their legal representatives, successors and assigns, hereby covenant as follows.

DEFINITIONS

AAA ” shall mean the American Arbitration Association, or its successor.

Additional Rent ” shall mean all additional rent and other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Real Estate Lease other than Fixed Rental.

Affiliate ” shall mean a Person which shall (1) Control, (2) be under the Control of, or (3) be under common Control with, the Person in question. Solely with respect to the references to Affiliates contained in the definitions of NBP Sub Change of Control and BNY Change of Control, the ownership threshold contained in the definition of “Control” shall be deemed to be 75% rather than 50%.

After-Tax Basis ” shall mean the basis or position leaving the beneficiary of a payment or deduction provided for by this Real Estate Lease in no better and no worse position than that which it would have been in had the event which gave rise to the payment or deduction obligation not occurred. The party receiving a payment that is to be made on an After-Tax Basis will provide computations in reasonable detail; provided , however , that neither party shall have the right to examine the other party’s books or records and nothing herein shall require either party to manage its tax affairs in any manner other than as it sees fit.

Alterations ” shall mean alterations, installations, improvements, additions or other physical changes (other than decorations) in or about the Premises.

Assigned Leases ” shall mean those leases set forth in Schedule 2 .

Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq. , or any statute of similar nature and purpose.

BNY ” shall mean The Bank of New York Company, Inc., a New York corporation.

BNY Change of Control ” shall mean, at any time, any Person who is not an Affiliate, or two or more Persons who are not Affiliates, as the case may be, of any member of the BNY Group, shall have acquired direct or indirect ownership of Voting Stock of any member of the BNY Group representing greater than 10% of the combined voting power of all Voting Stock of such member of the BNY Group.

BNY Group ” shall mean BNY, Landlord and the Bank of New York, a New York corporation.

 

Real Estate Lease

1


BNY Guarantee ” shall mean the Guarantee, dated as of the date hereof, executed by BNY in favor of Tenant pursuant to which BNY guarantees the payment and performance of the obligations of Landlord under this Real Estate Lease.

Building ” shall mean the One Wall Street Building or the 101 Barclay Street Building, and “ Buildings ” shall mean both of such buildings, collectively.

Building Systems ” shall mean the mechanical, gas, electrical, sanitary, heating, air conditioning, ventilating, elevator, plumbing, life-safety and other similar service systems of the Buildings.

Business Days ” shall mean all days other than Saturdays, Sundays and holidays on which banks in New York State or Paris, France are authorized or required to be closed.

Change of Law ” shall mean (i) the passing of, or (ii) a change in or (iii) the introduction, proposal, issuance or repeal of, any law, rule, notice, announcement, regulation or regulatory requirement, directive or interpretation thereof or in the published practice or policy (or in the final application thereof, including for the avoidance of doubt, material changes to administrative procedures such as forms or elections necessary to the claiming of any tax benefit) of any government, governmental department, tax authority, agency or regulatory authority or supervisory body of any country, or in any treaty, in each case not actually or prospectively in force at the date of this Real Estate Lease, or any change or development in the interpretation by any court, governmental department, tax authority or regulatory authority of any country of any of the foregoing, in each case occurring or made known to any of the parties hereto after the date of this Real Estate Lease, whether or not such measure applies retroactively and whether or not such measure constitutes a change from a prior position on the same issue.

Control ” shall mean direct or indirect ownership of more than 50% of (i) the outstanding voting stock of a corporation, or (ii) other equity interest if not a corporation, together with in each case the possession of power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policy of such corporation or other entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by statute or according to the provisions of a contract.

Default Rate ,” with respect to any period for which an amount payable hereunder has not been paid when due, shall mean an annual interest rate equal to (i) with respect to amounts payable in Dollars hereunder, LIBOR for such period plus 1% and (ii) with respect to amounts payable in Euros hereunder, EURIBOR for such period plus 1%.

Dollars ” and “ $ ” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

Early Termination Amount ” shall mean the amount payable in Euros by Landlord to Tenant in reimbursement of pre-paid Fixed Rent upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Real Estate Lease for any reason whatsoever, which amount shall be determined in accordance with the schedule of payments set forth in Exhibit B .

Effective Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 hereof.

 

Real Estate Lease

2


Environmental Law ” shall mean any and all applicable Federal, state or local laws, rules, orders, permits, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes or decrees of any Governmental Authority or common law regulating or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning human health, natural resources or the environment, as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect, including, without limitation, the Clean Water Act, the Clean Air Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to Know Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984, the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act and the Solid Waste Disposal Act of 1965, in each case, with each amendment, supplement or modification thereto and as each shall be amended, supplemented or modified in the future, their state or municipal equivalents, and the Federal, state or municipal regulations promulgated thereunder.

Expiration Date ” shall mean the Fixed Expiration Date or such earlier or later date on which the Term shall sooner or later end pursuant to any of the terms, conditions or covenants of this Real Estate Lease or pursuant to law.

EURIBOR ” shall mean, in respect of any period for which EURIBOR is to be determined, the rate per annum determined by the Banking Federation of the European Union which appears on Telerate Page 248 (or such other pages as may replace Page 248 on that service or such other service as may be nominated by the Banking Federation of the European Union (including the Reuters Screen) as the information vendor for the purposes of displaying Banking Federation of the European Union offered rates for deposits in Euros) at approximately 11:00 a.m. two Business Days prior to the first Business Day of such period for a term comparable to the term for with EURIBOR is to be determined or, if a rate for such term is not so quoted, a rate determined by a straight-line interpolation of the rates quoted for the term next longer and the term next shorter than such term. If, for any reason, such rate is not available, the term “EURIBOR” shall mean the rate per annum on the Reuters Screen as the offered rate for deposits in Euros at approximately I 1:00 a.m. two Business Days prior to the first Business Day of such period for a term comparable to the term for which EURIBOR is to be determined or, if a rate for such term is not so quoted, a rate determined by a straight line interpolation of the rates quoted for the term next longer and the term next shorter than such term; provided, however, if more than one rate is specified for a term comparable to the interest period contemplated on the Reuters Screen, the applicable rate shall be the arithmetic mean of all such rates. If EURIBOR cannot be determined in accordance with the foregoing provision then EURIBOR shall be the arithmetic mean of quotations provided by each of ABN AMRO, HSBC, BNP Paribas, Deutsche Bank and Société Générale, as each such bank’s interbank offered rate for deposits in Euros to leading banks in the European interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. two Business Days prior to the first Business Day of such interest period, provided, that if any of such banks fails to supply any such offered rate by 1:00 p.m. on the required date, EURIBOR for the relevant interest period shall be determined on the basis of the quotations provided by the remaining such banks.

Euros ” shall mean the lawful currency of the European Monetary Union.

 

Real Estate Lease

3


Fixed Expiration Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 hereof.

Fixed Rent ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2 hereof.

Governmental Authority (Authorities) ” shall mean the United States of America, the State of New York, the City of New York, any political subdivision thereof and any agency, department, commission, board, bureau or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, or any quasigovernmental authority, now existing or hereafter created, having jurisdiction over the Premises or any portion thereof.

Gross-up Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 39.1 hereof.

Guaranties ” or “ Guarantees ” shall mean the BNY Guarantee and the NBP Guarantee.

HVAC ” shall mean heat, ventilation and air conditioning.

HVAC Systems ” shall mean the Building Systems providing HVAC.

Landlord ”, on the date as of which this Real Estate Lease is made, shall mean 4101 Austin Boulevard Corp., a New York corporation having an office at One Wall Street, New York, NY 10286, together with any successor or assignee thereof permitted pursuant to the terms of this Real Estate Lease.

Landlord Indemnitees ” shall mean Landlord, the principals comprising Landlord and its and their respective Affiliates, partners, members, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors.

Landlord Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 38.3 hereof.

Landlord Termination Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.1 hereof.

LIBOR ” shall mean, in respect of any period for which LIBOR is to be determined, the rate per annum appearing on Telerate Page 3750 (or any successor page) as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in US dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m. two Business Days prior to the first Business Day of such period for a term comparable to the term for which LIBOR is to be determined or, if a rate for such term is not so quoted, a rate determined by a straight-line interpolation of the rates quoted for the term next longer and the term next shorter than such term. If, for any reason, such rate is not available, the term “LIBOR” shall mean the rate per annum on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in US dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m. two Business Days prior to the first Business Day of such period for a term comparable to the term for which LIBOR is to be determined or, if a rate for such term is not so quoted, a rate determined by a straight line interpolation of the rates Real Estate Lease quoted for the term next longer and the term next shorter than such term; provided, however, if more than one rate is specified for a term comparable to the interest period contemplated on Reuters Screen LIBOR01, the applicable rate shall be the arithmetic mean of all such rates. If LIBOR cannot be determined in accordance with the foregoing provision then LIBOR shall be the arithmetic mean of quotations provided by each of ABN AMRO, HSBC,

 

Real Estate Lease

4


BNP Paribas, Deutsche Bank and Société Générale, as each such bank’s London interbank offered rate of exchange at 11:00 a.m. two Business Days prior to the first Business Day of such period for the relevant term.

NBP ” shall mean Natexis Banques Populaire, a French société anonyme having its registered office at 45, rue Saint Dominique, 75007 Paris, and registered under number 542 044 524 R.C.S. with the Registre du commerce et des sociétés of Paris.

NBP Guarantee ” shall mean the Guarantee, dated as of the date hereof, executed by NBP, in favor of Landlord pursuant to which NBP guarantees the payment and performance obligations of Tenant under this Real Estate Lease.

NBP Sub Change of Control ” shall mean, at any time, any Person who is not an Affiliate, or two or more Persons who are not Affiliates, as the case may be, of Tenant shall have acquired any ownership interest in Tenant.

Notice Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 27.2 hereof.

One Wall Street Building ” shall mean all buildings, equipment and other improvements and appurtenances of every kind and description now located or hereafter erected, constructed or placed upon, and any and all alterations, and replacements thereof, additions thereto and substitutions therefor, situated on and including the land commonly known by the address One Wall Street, New York, NY.

101 Barclay Building ” shall mean all buildings, equipment and other improvements and appurtenances of every kind and description now located or hereafter erected, constructed or placed upon, and any and all alterations, and replacements thereof, additions thereto and substitutions therefor, situated on and including the land commonly known by the address of 101 Barclay Street, New York, NY.

Person(s) or person(s) ” shall mean any natural person or persons, a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation and any other form of business or legal association or entity.

Premises ” shall mean the land particularly described in Exhibit A together with all improvements thereon including the Building Systems and Buildings commonly known as 101 Barclay Street, New York, NY and One Wall Street, New York, NY.

Real Estate Lease ” shall mean this Real Estate Lease together with all exhibits and schedules annexed hereto and made a part hereof, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Real Estate Tax Account ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 27.1.

Real Estate Tax Account Funding Date ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 27.1.

Rental ” shall mean and be deemed to include the Fixed Rent and all Additional Rent.

 

Real Estate Lease

5


Requirements ” shall mean all present and future laws, rules, orders, ordinances, regulations, statutes, requirements, codes and executive orders, extraordinary as well as ordinary, of all Governmental Authorities now existing or hereafter created, and of any and all of their departments, agencies and bureaus, having the force of law affecting the Premises or any portion thereof, or any street, avenue or sidewalk comprising a part of or in front thereof or any vault in or under the same, or requiring removal of any encroachment, or affecting the maintenance, use or occupation of the Premises or any portion thereof.

Rules and Regulations ” shall mean the rules and regulations annexed hereto and made a part hereof as Schedule 1 , and such other and further reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord or Landlord’s agents may from time to time adopt, on such notice to be given as Landlord may elect, subject to Tenant’s right to dispute the reasonableness thereof as provided in Article 8 hereof.

Severable Alterations ” shall mean non-structural modifications or alterations that can be removed from the subject property without causing any material damage to such property and which are not mandated to be part of the subject property pursuant to any Requirement.

SNDA ” shall mean a subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement, in recordable form, which provides for all terms set forth in Section 37.1 hereof and is in commercially reasonable form.

SNDA-Eligible Sublease ” shall mean a written sublease that Tenant enters into in good faith that meets the following criteria: (i) the configuration of the subleased space is commercially reasonable; (ii) any “free rent” or rent abatement periods are commercially reasonable; (iii) the sublease rent and escalations are commercially reasonable; and (iv) the sublease does not violate the express terms of this Real Estate Lease.

Taxes ” shall mean the aggregate amount of real estate taxes and any general or special assessments (exclusive of penalties and interest thereon) imposed upon the Premises (including, without limitation, (i) assessments made upon or with respect to any “air” and “development” rights now or hereafter appurtenant to or affecting the Premises, (ii) any fee, tax or charge imposed by any Governmental Authority for any vaults, vault space or other space within or outside the boundaries of the Premises, and (iii) any taxes or assessments levied after the Effective Date in whole or in part for public benefits to the Premises, including, without limitation, any Business Improvement District taxes and assessments and any commercial rent occupancy taxes) without taking into account any discount that Landlord may receive by virtue of any early payment of Taxes; provided, that if because of any change in the taxation of real estate, any other tax or assessment, however denominated (including, without limitation, any franchise, income, profit, sales, use, occupancy, gross receipts or rental tax) is imposed upon Landlord or the occupancy, rents or income therefrom, in substitution for any of the foregoing Taxes, such other tax or assessment shall be deemed part of Taxes computed as if Landlord’s sole asset were the Premises. With respect to any tax year, all reasonable and customary expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, experts’ and other witnesses’ fees, incurred in contesting the validity or amount of any Taxes or in obtaining a refund of Taxes shall be considered as part of the Taxes for such tax year. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Taxes shall not be deemed to include (w) any taxes on Landlord’s income, (x)

 

Real Estate Lease

6


franchise taxes, (y) estate or inheritance taxes (z) any similar taxes imposed on Landlord, unless such taxes are levied, assessed or imposed in lieu of or as a substitute for the whole or any part of the taxes, assessments, levies, impositions which now constitute Taxes.

Tenant ” shall mean Fructibail Invest, a French société civile having its registered office at 115, rue Montmartre, 75002 Paris and registered under number 485 307 904 R.C.S. with the Registre du commerce et des sociétés of Paris.

Tenant Indemnitees ” shall mean Tenant, the principals comprising Tenant and its and their direct or indirect partners, members, shareholders, officers, directors, employees and contractors.

Tenant-Paid Taxes ” shall mean all Taxes assessed or charged against the Premises to the extent payable during the Term. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant-Paid Taxes shall not be deemed to include (w) any taxes on Landlord’s income, (x) franchise taxes, (y) estate or inheritance taxes or (z) any similar taxes imposed on Landlord, unless such taxes are levied, assessed or imposed in lieu of or as a substitute for the whole or any part of the taxes, assessments, levies, impositions which now constitute Tenant-Paid Taxes.

Tenant’s Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 (B) hereof.

Tenant Termination Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.2.

Term ” shall mean a term which shall commence on the Effective Date and shall expire on the Expiration Date.

Transaction Document ” shall mean this Real Estate Lease and any other document designated as a Transaction Document by the Landlord, the Tenant or their respective Affiliates in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or in respect of the Premises.

Treaty ” shall mean the Convention between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the French Republic for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income and Capital, signed August 31, 1994, as amended by any applicable protocol, or any successor treaty.

Unavoidable Delays ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 25 hereof.

Voting Stock ” shall mean the capital stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power under ordinary circumstances for the election of directors (or the equivalent) of the subject corporation, association or other entity.

Withholding Tax ” shall mean any tax imposed by means of withholding or deduction, including any interest or penalties relating to such tax.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Landlord is the owner of the Premises, Landlord desires to lease the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant desires to lease the Premises from Landlord, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

Real Estate Lease

7


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the rental payments to be made hereunder, and for other good and valuable consideration, the mutual receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, for themselves, their successors and assigns, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1: DEMISE, PREMISES, TERM, RENT

Section 1.1. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord, the Premises upon all of the terms set forth in this Real Estate Lease, for the Term to commence on March 3, 2006 (the “ Effective Date ”) and to expire at 5:00 P.M., Eastern Time on March 3, 2031 (the “ Fixed Expiration Date ”).

Section 1.2. From and after the Effective Date, the base rent for the Premises (the “ Fixed Rent ”) for the entire Term under this Real Estate Lease shall be an aggregate amount equal to Four Hundred Thirty Five Million Eight Hundred Thousand Euros (€435,800,000) corresponding to the amounts set forth in Exhibit E and payable no later than 9:00 A.M. Eastern Time on the Effective Date. The Fixed Rent shall be allocated, for purposes of Articles 10 and 11, as follows: €236,850,000 shall be allocable to the One Wall Street Building and €198,950,000 shall be allocable to the 101 Barclay Building. Tenant shall pay all Additional Rent when due and owing hereunder.

ARTICLE 2: USE AND OCCUPANCY

The Premises shall be used and occupied for general office purposes and for any other purpose permitted by the certificates of occupancy affecting the Premises as from time to time amended.

ARTICLE 3: ALTERATIONS

Section 3.1. (1) Prior to making any Alterations which either affect the Building Systems or are estimated to cost in excess of $2,500,000, Tenant shall (i) submit to Landlord plans and specifications (including architectural, mechanical and structural drawings) for each such proposed Alteration and shall not commence any such Alteration without first obtaining Landlord’s approval of such plans and specifications and (ii) obtain all permits, approvals and certificates required by any Governmental Authorities to make such Alterations, it being agreed that any such Alterations as well as the cost to obtain such permits, approvals and certificates shall be made at Tenant’s expense. Upon completion of such Alteration, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall obtain certificates of final approval of such Alteration required by any Governmental Authority and shall furnish Landlord with copies thereof, together with the “as-built” plans and specifications for such Alterations. All Alterations shall be made and performed substantially in accordance with the plans and specifications therefor, if any, as approved by the Landlord, all Requirements and the Rules and Regulations. All materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Premises as a result of any Alterations or a part thereof shall be first quality and no such materials or equipment (other than Tenant’s Property) shall be subject to any lien, encumbrance and chattel mortgage or title retention or security agreement.

 

Real Estate Lease

8


(2) Any review or approval by Landlord of any plans and/or specifications or any preparation or design of any plans by Landlord’s architect or engineer (or any architect or engineer designated by Landlord) with respect to any Alteration shall be solely for Landlord’s benefit, and without any representation or warranty whatsoever to Tenant or any other Person with respect to the compliance thereof with any Requirements, the adequacy, correctness or efficiency thereof, or otherwise.

(B) All Tenant’s Property installed by Tenant and all Severable Alterations in and to the Premises which may be made by Tenant at its own cost and expense prior to and during the Term, shall remain the property of Tenant. Tenant, on or prior to the Expiration Date, shall remove from the Premises, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, all of Tenant’s movable fixtures and movable partitions, telephone and other equipment, all equipment installed heretofore or hereafter by Tenant in connection with the operation of its business, if any, including without limitation, computers, screens, trading stations, and wiring installed by Tenant, and all other equipment, furniture, furnishings, decorations and other items of personal property heretofore or hereafter installed by Tenant (collectively, “ Tenant’s Property ”, it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that “Tenant’s Property” shall not include any non-Severable Alterations), and shall repair and restore in good and worker like manner to good condition any damage to the Premises or the Buildings caused by such removal. Tenant’s Property shall not include any property of any subtenants of all or any part of the Premises.

(C) (1) All Alterations shall be performed, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, by contractors, subcontractors or mechanics approved by Landlord in its sole discretion. Prior to making an Alteration that is a Severable Alteration, at Tenant’s request, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a list of contractors who charge commercially competitive rates and who may perform Alterations to the Premises on behalf of Tenant. If Tenant engages any contractor set forth on the list with respect to such Severable Alteration, Tenant shall not be required to obtain Landlord’s consent for such contractor unless, prior to the earlier of (a) entering into a contract with such contractor, and (b) commencement of work by such contractor, Landlord shall notify Tenant that such contractor has been removed from the list. Any Alteration that is a non-Severable Alteration shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

(2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Severable Alteration affecting any Building System, (i) Tenant shall select a contractor from a list of approved contractors furnished by Landlord to Tenant (containing least three contractors who charge commercially competitive rates) and (ii) such Severable Alteration shall, at Tenant’s cost and expense, be designed by Tenant’s consultants and approved by Landlord in its sole discretion.

Section 3.2. Tenant shall pay to Landlord from time to time in connection with the performance of any Alterations, no later than thirty (30) days after demand therefor, as additional rent, a fee equal to the commercially competitive rate charged by a third party independent licensed architect or engineer, chosen by Landlord, to review the plans and specifications, if any, for such Alterations.

 

Real Estate Lease

9


Section 3.3. Upon the request of Tenant, Landlord, at Tenant’s cost and expense, shall join in any applications for any permits, approvals or certificates required to be obtained by Tenant in connection with any permitted Alteration (provided that the provisions of the applicable Requirement shall require that Landlord join in such application) and shall otherwise cooperate with Tenant in connection therewith, provided that Landlord shall not be obligated to incur any cost or expense, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, or suffer any liability in connection therewith.

ARTICLE 4: REPAIRS-FLOOR LOAD

Section 4.1. Landlord at its sole expense shall operate, maintain and make, or cause to be operated, maintained and made, all necessary repairs (both structural and nonstructural) to the Building Systems to keep the same in good condition and repair, normal wear and tear excepted.

Section 4.2. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises exceeding the floor load per square foot area which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by Requirements. Business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by Tenant at Tenant’s expense in settings sufficient in Landlord’s reasonable judgment to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance. Except as expressly provided in this Real Estate Lease, there shall be no allowance to Tenant for a diminution of rental value and no liability on the part of Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Landlord, Tenant or others making, or failing to make, any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements in or to any portion of the Premises.

Section 4.3. Landlord shall use its reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s and Tenant’s subtenants’ use and occupancy of the Premises in making any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements.

ARTICLE 5: CERTAIN LANDLORD RIGHTS

Section 5.1. Any Building employee to whom any property shall be entrusted by or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed to be acting as Tenant’s agent with respect to such property and neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable for any damage to property of Tenant or of others entrusted to employees of the Building, nor for the loss of or damage to any property of Tenant by theft or otherwise. Neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable for any injury (or death) to persons or damage to property resulting from fire or other casualty, nor shall Landlord or its agents be liable for any such injury (or death) to persons or damage caused by other tenants or persons in the Buildings or caused by construction of any private, public or quasi-public work; nor shall Landlord be liable for any injury (or death) to persons or damage to property improvements resulting from any latent defect in the Buildings (provided that the foregoing shall not relieve Landlord from its obligations, if any, to repair such latent defect pursuant to the provisions of Article 4 hereof).

Section 5.2. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily closed, darkened or bricked-up due to any Requirement or by reason of repairs, maintenance, alterations, or improvements to the Building, or any of such windows are permanently closed, darkened or

 

Real Estate Lease

10


bricked-up due to any Requirement, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage Tenant may sustain thereby and Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation therefor, nor abatement or diminution of any item of the Rental, nor shall the same release Tenant from its obligations hereunder, nor constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, by reason of inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant, or injury to or interruption of Tenant’s business, or otherwise, nor impose any liability upon Landlord or its agents. If at any time the windows of the Premises are temporarily closed, darkened or bricked-up, as aforesaid, then, unless Tenant is required pursuant to this Real Estate Lease to perform the repairs, maintenance, alterations, or improvements, or to comply with the Requirements, which resulted in such windows being closed, darkened or bricked-up, Landlord shall perform, or cause to be performed, such repairs, maintenance, alterations or improvements to the extent required by applicable Requirements with reasonable diligence and otherwise take such action as may be reasonably necessary to minimize the period during which such windows are temporarily closed, darkened or bricked-up.

ARTICLE 6: REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

Tenant and Landlord shall comply with all Requirements applicable to the use, ownership and maintenance of the Premises, including, without limitation, those applicable to the Tenant’s making of any Alterations therein or Landlord’s repairs thereto or the result of the making thereof. Neither Tenant nor Landlord shall do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Premises which will invalidate or be in conflict with a standard “all-risk” insurance policy; nor shall Tenant or Landlord do anything in the Premises, or permit anything to be done in or upon the Premises, or bring or keep anything therein, except as now or hereafter permitted by the New York City Fire Department, or other authority having jurisdiction.

ARTICLE 7: ENCUMBRANCES

Section 7.1. There shall be no restriction on Landlord’s right to amend or modify any encumbrance existing with respect to the Premises on the date hereof but Landlord shall not further encumber, mortgage, pledge or hypothecate the Premises during the Term; provided , that any such amendment or modification of an existing encumbrance which may have a material adverse effect on the use or occupancy of the Premises shall require the prior consent of the Tenant. Any mechanics lien filed against the Premises for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Landlord shall be discharged or bonded over by Landlord no later than thirty (30) days after Landlord shall have received notice thereof. Any lien filed against the Premises for non-payment of Taxes (other than Tenant-Paid Taxes) shall be discharged by Landlord no later than thirty (30) days after Landlord shall have received notice thereof. Any mechanics lien filed against the Premises for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant shall be discharged by Tenant no later than thirty (30) days after Tenant shall have received notice thereof. Any lien filed against the Premises as a result of non-payment of Tenant-Paid Taxes, that has not been contested, shall be discharged by Tenant no later than thirty (30) days after Tenant shall have received notice thereof.

Section 7.2. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any and all right(s) it may have in connection with any zoning lot merger or transfer of development rights with respect to the Premises

 

Real Estate Lease

11


including, without limitation, any rights it may have to be a party to, to contest, or to execute, any Declaration of Restrictions (as such term is used in Section 12-10 of the Zoning Resolution of The City of New York effective December 15, 1961, as amended) with respect to the Premises, which would cause the Premises to be merged with or unmerged from any other zoning lot pursuant to such Zoning Resolution or to any document of a similar nature and purpose, and Tenant agrees that this Real Estate Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any declaration of restrictions or any other document of similar nature and purpose now affecting the Premises. In confirmation of such subordination and waiver, Tenant shall execute and deliver promptly any certificate or instrument that Landlord reasonably may request in a form consented to by Tenant (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

ARTICLE 8: RULES AND REGULATIONS

Landlord and Tenant and each of their respective contractors, employees, agents, visitors, invitees and licensees shall comply with the Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall have the right to dispute the reasonableness of any additional Rule or Regulation hereafter adopted by Landlord. If Tenant disputes the reasonableness of any additional Rule or Regulation hereafter adopted by Landlord, the dispute shall be determined by arbitration in the City of New York in accordance with the rules and regulations then obtaining of the AAA. Any such determination shall be final and conclusive upon the parties hereto. The right to dispute the reasonableness of any additional Rule or Regulation shall be deemed waived unless the same shall be asserted by service of a notice upon Landlord no later than thirty (30) days after receipt by Tenant of notice of the adoption of any such additional Rule Regulation. Nothing contained in this Real Estate Lease shall be construed to impose upon Landlord any duty or obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease against any other tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its employees, agents, visitors or licensees. If any conflict or inconsistency exists between the Rules and Regulations and the provisions of this Real Estate Lease, then the provisions of this Real Estate Lease shall control.

ARTICLE 9: INSURANCE, PROPERTY LOSS OR DAMAGE; REIMBURSEMENT

Section 9.1. Tenant shall obtain and keep in full force and effect (i) an “all risk” insurance policy for Tenant’s Property and all Alterations made by Tenant or on behalf of Tenant (whether before or after the Effective Date) in connection with Tenant’s operations at the Premises in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement value thereof, and (ii) a policy of commercial general liability (the “ Liability Policy ”), with a broad form contractual liability endorsement which provides, on an occurrence basis, a minimum combined single limit of no less than $5,000,000 (coverage in excess of $1,000,000 may be provided by way of an umbrella/excess liability policy). Tenant shall be named as the loss payee under the insurance policy required by Section 9.1(i) above with respect to all Tenant’s Property and Alterations other than non-Severable Alterations. Landlord shall be named as loss payee with respect to all non-Severable Alterations. Tenant, Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent and Landlord’s agents (whose names shall have been furnished to Tenant) shall all be named as insured parties, as their respective interests may appear, with respect to the Liability Policy. Such Liability Policy shall include a provision under which the insurer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord,

 

Real Estate Lease

12


Landlord’s managing agent and Landlord’s agents harmless from and against, subject to the limits of liability set forth in this Section 9.1 , all cost, expense and liability arising out of, or based upon, any and all claims, accidents, injuries and damages mentioned in Article 34 . In addition, the policy required to be carried pursuant to clause (ii) above shall contain a provision that (a) no act or omission of Tenant shall affect or limit the obligation of the insurer to pay the amount of any loss sustained and (b) each policy shall be non-cancelable with respect to Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent and Landlord’s agents (whose names and addresses shall have been furnished to Tenant) unless thirty (30) days’ prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord by certified mail, return receipt requested, which notice shall contain the policy number and the names of the insured and additional insureds. In addition, upon receipt by Tenant of any notice of cancellation or any other notice from the insurance carrier which may adversely affect the coverage of the insureds under such policy of insurance, Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord and any other additional insured hereunder a copy of such notice. The minimum amounts of liability under the Liability Policy shall be a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence in an amount of $5,000,000 for injury (or death) to persons and damage to property, which amount shall be increased from time to time to that amount of insurance which in Landlord’s reasonable judgment is then being customarily required by prudent landlords of institutional first class buildings in New York City. All insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Real Estate Lease shall be effected under valid and enforceable policies issued by reputable and independent insurers permitted to do business in the State of New York, and rated in Best’s Insurance Guide, or any successor thereto (or if there be none, an organization having a national reputation) as having a general policyholder rating of “ A ” and a financial rating of at least “ XIII ”.

Section 9.2. Landlord or its Affiliate shall obtain and keep, or cause to be obtained and kept, in full force and effect insurance against loss or damage by fire and other casualty to the Buildings, including the Alterations (but exclusive of Tenant’s Property and any Alterations made by Tenant or on behalf of Tenant (whether before or after the Effective Date) in connection with Tenant’s operations), as may insurable under then available standard forms of “all-risk” insurance policies, in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement value thereof or in such lesser amount determined by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any failure to insure, replace or restore any Alterations. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and Landlord’s insurance companies in the adjustment of any claims for any damage to the Building or such Alterations. Landlord shall be loss payee under the insurance policies required by this Section 9.2 .

Section 9.3. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord appropriate certificates of insurance, including evidence of waivers of subrogation required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 9 . Evidence of each renewal or replacement of a policy shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration of such policy.

Section 9.4. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not carry insurance on, and shall not be responsible for damage to, Tenant’s Property.

 

Real Estate Lease

13


Section 9.5. Tenant shall not obtain any property insurance (under policies required to be maintained pursuant to clause (i) of Section 9.1 or otherwise) that covers the property that is covered by the policies required to be maintained by Landlord pursuant to Section 9.2 .

Section 9.6. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to obtain insurance coverage for the Premises which differs from the insurance coverage required by this Article 9 . Tenant shall have the right to request a description of insurance coverage pertaining to the Premises from Landlord on an annual basis.

ARTICLE 10: DESTRUCTION BY FIRE OR OTHER CAUSE

Section 10.1. If either of the Buildings shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, the damage (with such modifications as shall be required in order to comply with Requirements) shall, so long as neither Landlord nor Tenant has exercised any right it may have to terminate this Real Estate Lease pursuant to Section 10.2, be diligently repaired or cause to be repaired by and at the expense of Landlord to substantially the condition prior to the damage or as Landlord shall otherwise decide and as is otherwise permitted by any subleases. Landlord shall use its reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy in making any repairs pursuant to this section.

Section 10.2. Anything contained in Section 10.1 hereof to the contrary notwithstanding, if more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable area of either of the Buildings (or such lesser portion of either of the Buildings as may in Landlord’s judgment cause the affected Building to be uneconomic to rebuild) shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, then Landlord, at Landlord’s option, may, not later than ninety (90) days following the damage, give Tenant a notice in writing terminating this Real Estate Lease with respect to both Buildings. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable area of either of the Buildings shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, then Tenant, at Tenant’s option, may, not later than ninety (90) days following the damage, give Landlord a notice in writing terminating this Real Estate Lease with respect to both Buildings. If either Landlord or Tenant elect to terminate this Real Estate Lease, such election shall be made by delivering notice thereof in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof, the Term shall expire on the tenth (10 th ) Business Day after notice is given to the other party, and Tenant shall vacate the Premises and surrender the same to Landlord in accordance with the provisions of Article 20 hereof. In connection with the termination of this Real Estate Lease under the conditions provided for in this Section 10.2 , Landlord shall pay the Early Termination Amount applicable to the Premises to Tenant on the tenth (10th) Business Day after such notice is given. The receipt by Tenant of the Early Termination Amount in the manner provided in Section 38.11 hereof is a condition precedent to the effective termination of this Real Estate Lease.

Section 10.3. (A) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if either of the Buildings shall be substantially damaged during the last year of the Term, Landlord may elect by notice, given no later than thirty (30) days after the occurrence of such damage, to terminate this Real Estate Lease and, if Landlord makes such election, the Term shall expire on the tenth (10th) Business Day after notice of such election is given by Landlord and Tenant shall vacate the Premises and surrender the same to Landlord in accordance with the provisions of Article 20 hereof. Landlord

 

Real Estate Lease

14


shall pay the applicable Early Termination Amount to Tenant on the tenth (10th) Business Day after such notice given. The receipt by Tenant of the Early Termination Amount in the manner provided in Section 38.11 hereof is a condition precedent to the effective termination of this Real Estate Lease pursuant to this paragraph.

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if either of the Buildings shall be substantially damaged during the last year of the Term, Tenant may elect by notice, given no later than thirty (30) days after the occurrence of such damage, to terminate this Real Estate Lease and, if Tenant makes such election, the Term shall expire on the tenth (10th) Business Day after notice of such election is given by Tenant and Tenant shall vacate the Premises and surrender the same to Landlord in accordance with the provisions of Article 20 hereof. Landlord shall pay the applicable Early Termination Amount to Tenant on the tenth (10th) Business Day after such notice is given. The receipt by Tenant of the Early Termination Amount in the manner provided in Section 38.11 hereof is a condition precedent to the effective termination of this Real Estate Lease pursuant to this paragraph.

Section 10.4. This Article 10 constitutes an express agreement governing any case of damage or destruction of the Premises or the Buildings by fire or other casualty, and Section 227 of the Real Property Law of the State of New York, which provides for such contingency in the absence of an express agreement, and any other law of like nature and purpose now or hereafter in force, shall have no application in any such case.

ARTICLE 11: EMINENT DOMAIN

Section 11.1. If the whole of either of the Buildings shall be acquired or condemned for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, this Real Estate Lease and the Term shall end with respect to both Buildings as of the date of the vesting of title with the same effect as if said date were the Fixed Expiration Date. If only a part of a Building shall be so acquired or condemned then, (i) except as provided in clause (ii) of this Section 11.1 , this Real Estate Lease and the Term shall continue in force and effect; (ii) if (a) the part of the Building so acquired or condemned shall contain more than ten percent (10%) the total area of the affected Building immediately prior to such acquisition or condemnation, or (b) by reason of such acquisition or condemnation, Landlord deems it uneconomic in its judgment to restore the affected Building, or (c) Tenant no longer has reasonable means of access to the affected Building or (d) Landlord or Tenant reasonably shall determine the remainder of the affected Building is unsuitable for the business conducted therein, Landlord or Tenant, at their option, may give to the other, no later than sixty (60) days next following the date upon which either party shall have received notice of the proposed condemnation or acquisition, thirty (30) days’ notice of termination with respect to both Buildings in the form of Exhibit C . If any such notice of termination is given by Landlord or Tenant, Landlord shall pay the applicable Early Termination Amount to Tenant on the thirtieth (30th) day after such notice is given. The receipt by Tenant of the Early Termination Amount in the manner provided in Section 38.11 hereof is a condition precedent to the effective termination of this Real Estate Lease. If a part of a Building shall be so acquired or condemned, and if neither party elects to terminate this Real Estate Lease pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.1 , Landlord, at Landlord’s expense, shall restore or cause to be

 

Real Estate Lease

15


restored that part of the affected building not so acquired or condemned and the Rental payable under this Real Estate Lease shall not be reduced by reason thereof.

Section 11.2. In the event of any such acquisition or condemnation of all or any part of a Building, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the award for any such acquisition or condemnation; provided that, if Landlord shall fail to pay the relevant Early Termination Amount on the due date thereof, Landlord’s right to receive any such award up to an amount equal to any Early Termination Amount then due and payable shall be deemed to be assigned to Tenant and any such assignment shall be deemed to be effective on the Effective Date.

Section 11.3. If the whole or any part of a Building shall be condemned temporarily during the Term for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, the Term shall not be reduced or affected in any way and Tenant shall continue to pay in full all items of Rental payable by Tenant hereunder without reduction or abatement, and Tenant shall be entitled to receive for itself any award or payments for such use.

ARTICLE 12: ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

Section 12.1. Landlord agrees that it shall not assign its interest in this Real Estate Lease except to an Affiliate other than any Affiliate that is then subleasing all or any portion of the Premises following (i) not less than thirty (30) days’ notice to Tenant of the transfer and the transferee and (ii) confirmation in writing from BNY that such transfer will not reduce or in any way affect the BNY Guarantee. Tenant agrees that it shall not assign its interest in this Real Estate Lease. Landlord agrees that subleases of the Premises or assignments by Tenant of its interests in the Assigned Leases shall not be construed as assignments of the Tenant’s interest in this Real Estate Lease for the purposes of this provision. Landlord agrees that transfers of beneficial ownership interests in Tenant shall not be construed as assignments of the Tenant’s interest in this Real Estate Lease for the purposes of this provision, so long as the NBP Guarantee remains in full force and effect. Tenant agrees that transfers of beneficial ownership interests in Landlord shall not be construed as assignments of Landlord’s interest in this Real Estate Lease for the purposes of this provision so long as the BNY Guarantee remains in full force and effect. Any purported assignment in violation of this Section 12.1 shall be null and void.

Section 12.2. Tenant shall have the unrestricted right to sublease the Premises or portions thereof to one or more subtenants; provided, however, that no such sublease shall relieve Tenant of any obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE 13: ELECTRICITY

Section 13.1. Landlord shall contract for the provision of electricity to the Premises and shall pay the costs thereof directly to the public utility company providing such service. The Rental paid by Tenant shall include all electricity costs and Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Landlord separately for such costs.

 

Real Estate Lease

16


ARTICLE 14: ACCESS TO PREMISES

Section 14.1. Tenant shall permit Landlord and its agents, representatives, contractors and employees and public utilities servicing the Premises to enter the Premises on Business Days during business hours upon reasonable notice to Tenant for the purpose of (i) inspecting the same, (ii) complying with any Requirements, and (iii) making any necessary repairs thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 14.1 , provided that Landlord gives Tenant as much notice as is practicable under the circumstances, Landlord and its agents, representatives, contractors and employees and public utilities servicing the Premises shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time in the event of an emergency to make any necessary repairs.

Section 14.2. During the twelve (12) month period prior to the Expiration Date, Landlord may exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants thereof.

ARTICLE 15: CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY

Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall, at any time, use or occupy the Premises in violation of the certificates of occupancy at such time issued for the Premises or for the Buildings and in the event that any department of the City or State of New York shall hereafter contend or declare by notice, violation, order or in any other manner whatsoever that the Premises are used for a purpose which is a violation of such certificate of occupancy, Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, upon written notice from any Governmental Authority, shall immediately discontinue such use of the Premises.

ARTICLE 16: TERMINATION EVENTS

Section 16.1. Each of the following events shall be a “ Landlord Termination Event ”:

(A) If Tenant or any Affiliate of Tenant shall breach any representation or warranty given hereunder or in any Transaction Document in any material respect or shall default in fulfilling any of the material covenants of this Real Estate Lease or any Transaction Document and such default shall continue for thirty (30) days after notice of such default is given to Tenant or such Affiliate, as the case may be; provided that if such default shall be of such a nature that the same cannot with due diligence be cured or remedied within said thirty (30) day period, and if Tenant or such Affiliate shall have diligently commenced curing such default within such thirty (30) day period, and shall thereafter with due diligence and in good faith proceed to remedy or cure such default, Tenant or such Affiliate shall have up to an additional one hundred twenty (120) days to cure such default (other than the covenants for the payment of Rental which are covered in (B) below);

(B) If Tenant or any Affiliate of Tenant shall default in the payment when due of any installment of any item of Rental or other amount due under any other Transaction Document and such default shall continue for ten (10) Business Days after notice of such default is given to Tenant or such Affiliate, as the case may be.

 

Real Estate Lease

17


(C) If there shall be any adverse Change of Law or any adverse change in the accounting treatment of the transaction evidenced by this Real Estate Lease to Landlord or any Affiliate of Landlord, as supported by an opinion of counsel from a law firm of international standing or, in the case of accounting treatment, by an accounting firm of international standing, upon not less than thirty (30) days’ notice of same Tenant;

(D) Upon the bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar event of Tenant, NBP or any holder of an equity interest in Tenant;

(E) If a NBP Sub Change of Control shall occur, upon ten (10) Business Days’ notice by Landlord to Tenant; or

(F) If indemnities pursuant to Sections 39.2 and 39.3 in the aggregate during the Term are required to be made in excess of $100,000.

Section 16.2. Each of the following events shall be a “ Tenant Termination Event ”:

(A) If the Landlord or any Affiliate of Landlord shall breach any representation or warranty given hereunder or in any Transaction Document or shall default in fulfilling any of the covenants of this Real Estate Lease or any Transaction Document and such breach or default shall continue for thirty (30) days after notice of such default is given to Landlord or such Affiliate, as the case may be; provided that if such default shall be of such a nature that the same cannot with due diligence be cured or remedied within said thirty (30) day period, and if Landlord or such Affiliate shall have diligently commenced curing such default within such thirty (30) day period, and shall thereafter with due diligence and in good faith proceed to remedy or cure such default, Landlord or such Affiliate shall have up to an additional one hundred twenty (120) days to cure such default (other than the covenants for payment which are covered in (C) below);

(B) If there shall be any adverse Change of Law or any adverse change in the accounting treatment of the transaction evidenced by this Real Estate Lease to Tenant or any Affiliate of Tenant, as supported by an opinion of counsel from a law firm of international standing, or in the case of accounting treatment, by an accounting firm of international standing, upon not less than thirty (30) days’ notice of same to Landlord;

(C) If Landlord or any Affiliate of Landlord shall default in the payment when due of any amount due under any Transaction Document and such default shall continue for ten (10) Business Days after notice of such default is given to Landlord or such Affiliate, as the case may be.

(D) Upon the bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar event of any member of the BNY Group;

(E) If a BNY Change of Control shall occur, upon ten (10) Business Days’ notice by Tenant to Landlord;

(F) If 100% of the shares of stock in Landlord are not held directly or indirectly by BNY;

(G) Upon delivery of a termination notice given by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 27.2;

(H) At any time after the second anniversary of the Effective Date, in Tenant’s discretion, upon not less than thirty (30) days’ notice of same to Landlord;

 

Real Estate Lease

18


(I) If the Landlord shall take a position that is inconsistent with an IRS Form W-8BEN provided by Tenant pursuant to Section 39.1(A) hereof, upon not less than thirty (30) days notice of the same to Landlord; or

(J) If indemnities pursuant to Sections 39.2 and 39.3 in the aggregate during the Term are required to be made in excess of $100,000.

ARTICLE 17: TERMINATION

Section 17.1. If a Landlord Termination Event exists, Landlord shall have the right, and if a Tenant Termination Event exists Tenant shall have the right, to serve a written five (5) days’ notice of cancellation of this Real Estate Lease upon the other, and upon the expiration of said five (5) days, this Real Estate Lease and the Term hereunder shall end and expire as fully and completely as if the date of expiration of such five (5) day period were the Fixed Expiration Date and, upon receipt by Tenant of the applicable Early Termination Amount in the manner provided in Section 38.11 hereof, Tenant shall then quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord. For the sake of clarity, this Real Estate Lease shall not terminate until the Early Termination Amount is paid.

Section 17.2. All payments of the Early Termination Amount under this Real Estate Lease shall be calculated as of the date such payment is made. Landlord, in its discretion, may upon notice to Tenant assign its obligation to pay the Early Termination Amount to an Affiliate. Any such assignment to an Affiliate shall not release Landlord from its obligation to pay the Early Termination Amount; provided that following Tenant’s receipt of notice of such assignment, Tenant shall take all reasonable measures to obtain payment of the Early Termination Amount first from such assignee prior to seeking payment of the Early Termination Amount from Landlord. Upon payment of the applicable Early Termination Amount and the termination of the entirety of this Real Estate Lease pursuant to any applicable provision of this Real Estate Lease, neither party hereto shall have any further obligation to the other party or rights or remedies against the other or its property under this Real Estate Lease except as to claims for indemnification as provided in the Transaction Documents for matters relating to periods prior to the termination of this Real Estate Lease, which claims are expressly stated herein to survive the termination of this Real Estate Lease. If Landlord shall fail to pay the Early Termination Amount when due, the unpaid Early Termination Amount shall bear interest at the Default Rate from and including the date due to but excluding the date paid by Landlord to Tenant.

ARTICLE 18: FEES AND EXPENSES

If Landlord or Tenant shall be in default beyond any applicable grace periods under this Real Estate Lease, Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, may make, or cause to be made, any expenditure or incur any obligation for the payment of money, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding, and the cost thereof, shall be deemed to be additional rent hereunder and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord or Landlord to Tenant, as the case may be, no later than twenty (20)

 

Real Estate Lease

19


days following the rendition of any bill or statement to Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, therefor and if the Term shall have expired at the time of the making of such expenditures or the incurring of such obligations, such sums shall be recoverable by Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, as damages. If Tenant shall fail to pay or cause to be paid when due any item or component of Tenant-Paid Taxes (including any interest or penalties thereon), Landlord may effect payment of the same, and such amounts shall be deemed to be additional rent hereunder and shall be paid or caused to be paid by Tenant to Landlord no later than twenty (20) days following the rendition of any bill or statement to Tenant therefor, and if the Term shall have expired at the time of making such payment, such sums shall be recoverable by Landlord as damages. Amounts payable by Landlord or Tenant pursuant to this Article 18 shall bear interest at the Default Rate if not paid when due, from and including the due date to but excluding the date paid by Tenant to Landlord or Landlord to Tenant, as the case may be. This Article 18 shall survive any termination of this Real Estate Lease.

ARTICLE 19: NO REPRESENTATIONS BY LANDLORD

Landlord and Landlord’s agents and representatives have made no representations or promises with respect to the Premises except as expressly set forth herein. Tenant acknowledges that it is fully familiar with the condition of the Premises, and agrees to take the same in their condition “as is” as of the date hereof, and Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, improve, decorate, repair or prepare any portion of the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy.

ARTICLE 20: END OF TERM

Upon the expiration or other termination of this Real Estate Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender to Landlord the Premises, vacant, broom clean, in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage for which Tenant is not responsible under the terms of this Real Estate Lease excepted. If the last day of the Term falls on a day other than a Business Day, this Real Estate Lease shall expire on the Business Day immediately preceding.

ARTICLE 21: QUIET ENJOYMENT

Until such time as this Real Estate Lease is terminated, Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions of this Real Estate Lease.

ARTICLE 22: ASSIGNED LEASES

The Premises demised to Tenant under this Real Estate Lease are leased subject to the Assigned Leases and the rights of the tenants thereunder. Landlord hereby assigns to Tenant all of Landlord’s interest in the Assigned Leases, including all of Landlord’s rights to receive rent and other payments thereunder during the Term, and Tenant agrees to perform all of Landlord’s obligations under the Assigned Leases during the Term.

 

Real Estate Lease

20


ARTICLE 23: NO WAIVER

The failure of Landlord or Tenant to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this Real Estate Lease, shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach or prevent a subsequent act which would have originally constituted a Landlord Termination Event, a Tenant Termination Event or a violation of the provisions of this Real Estate Lease, as applicable, from having all of the force and effect of an original occurrence of a Landlord Termination Event, Tenant Termination Event or violation of the provisions of this Real Estate Lease, as applicable. The receipt by Landlord or payment by Tenant of any item of Rental with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Real Estate Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. No provision of this Real Estate Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord or Tenant, unless such waiver is in writing signed by Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the item of Rental herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the item of Rental, or as Landlord may elect to apply same, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as an item of Rental be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such item of Rental or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Real Estate Lease.

ARTICLE 24: WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

The respective parties hereto shall, and they hereby do, waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other (except for personal injury or property damage) on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Real Estate Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, or for the enforcement of any remedy under any statute, emergency or otherwise. If Landlord commences any summary proceeding against Tenant, Tenant will not interpose any counterclaim of whatever nature or description in any such proceeding (unless failure to impose such counterclaim would preclude Tenant from asserting in a separate action the claim which is the subject of such counterclaim), and will not seek to consolidate such proceeding with any other action which may have been or will be brought in any other court by Tenant.

ARTICLE 25: INABILITY TO PERFORM

Section 25.1. This Real Estate Lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay the Rental hereunder and perform, or cause to be performed, all of the other covenants and agreements hereunder on the part of Tenant to be performed, or cause to be performed, shall in no way be affected, impaired or excused because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this Real Estate Lease expressly or impliedly to be performed, or cause to be performed, by Landlord or because Landlord is unable to make, or cause to be made, or is delayed in making, or cause to be made, any repairs, additions, alterations, improvements or is unable to supply, or cause to be supplied, or is delayed in supplying, or in causing to be supplied, any equipment or fixtures, if Landlord is prevented or delayed from so doing by reason of strikes or labor troubles or by accident, or by any cause whatsoever beyond Landlord’s control, including, but not limited to,

 

Real Estate Lease

21


laws, governmental preemption in connection with a national emergency or by reason of any Requirements of any Governmental Authority or by reason of failure of the HVAC, electrical, plumbing, or other Building Systems in the Building, or by reason of the conditions of supply and demand which have been or are affected by war or other emergency (“ Unavoidable Delays ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if during any time period Landlord is unable to fulfill, or cause to be fulfilled, any of its obligations under this Real Estate Lease as aforesaid, Tenant shall, by reason thereof, be unable to perform, or shall be prevented from performing, any covenant or agreement on its part to be performed, such nonperformance shall not be deemed a default by Tenant or a Landlord Termination Event under this Real Estate Lease.

Section 25.2. This Real Estate Lease and the obligation of Landlord to perform or cause to be performed all of the covenants and agreements hereunder on the part of Landlord to be performed or caused to be performed shall in no way be affected, impaired or excused because Tenant is unable to fulfill or cause to be fulfilled any of its obligations under this Real Estate Lease expressly or impliedly to be performed by Tenant because Tenant is prevented or delayed from doing so by reason of Unavoidable Delays. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if during any time period Tenant is unable to fulfill or cause to be fulfilled any of its obligations under this Real Estate Lease as aforesaid and Landlord shall, by reason thereof, be unable to perform or cause to be performed, or shall be prevented from performing or causing to be performed, any covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or caused to be performed, such nonperformance shall not be deemed a default by Landlord or a Tenant Termination Event under this Real Estate Lease.

ARTICLE 26: BILLS AND NOTICES

Any bills (other than tax bills), statements, consents, notices, demands, requests or other communications given or required to be given under this Real Estate Lease shall be in writing and shall be (1) mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (2) sent by internationally recognized overnight air courier service, or (3) sent by telecopy ( provided an identical notice is also sent simultaneously by mail or overnight courier). All such communications shall be mailed, sent or delivered, addressed to the party for whom it is intended at its address set forth below:

If to Tenant:

Fructibail Invest

115, rue Montmartre

75002 Paris

Facsimile: 011-33 1 58 19 29 15

Attention: Imed Ben Romdhane

 

Real Estate Lease

22


with a copy to:

Natexis Banques Populaires – Financial Engineering

45, rue Saint Dominique

75007 Paris

Facsimile: 011-33 1 58 19 33 80

Attention: Negar Madjlessi

with a copy to:

Allen & Overy LLP

Edouard VII

26, boulevard des Capucines

75009 Paris

France

Facsimile: 011-33-(0)1-4006-5454

Attention: Patrice Couterier

and

Allen & Overy LLP

1221 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10020

Facsimile: (212) 610-6399

Attention: Kevin O’Shea

If to Landlord, to each of:

The Bank of New York

One Wall Street – 32 nd Floor

New York, NY 10286

Attention: Corporate Treasury and Tax

with a copy to:

Dewey Ballantine LLP

1301 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Managing Partner

or at such other address or to such other addressee as the party to be served with notice may have furnished in writing to the party seeking or desiring to serve notice as a place for the service of

 

Real Estate Lease

23


notice. With respect to each party, notices shall be deemed given upon receipt by each of the parties designated by such party above (other than its outside legal counsel), with failure to accept delivery constituting delivery for this purpose. Any notices received after 5:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on a Business Day shall be deemed delivered on the following Business Day. Any party hereto may change the addresses for notices set forth above by giving at least ten (10) days’ prior notice of such change in writing to the other party as aforesaid and otherwise in accordance with these provisions.

ARTICLE 27: OPERATING EXPENSES AND TAXES

Section 27.1. Landlord shall pay, or cause to be paid, all costs of operating the Premises, except for Tenant-Paid Taxes. To ensure the payment of Tenant-Paid Taxes, Tenant will open an account with The Bank of New York (the “ Real Estate Tax Account ”) into which Tenant shall deposit, or shall cause to be deposited, the amount of Tenant-Paid Taxes next coming due not later than ten (10) days prior to the date such Taxes are due (the “ Real Estate Tax Account Funding Date ”). If the Tenant-Paid Taxes are not deposited into the Real Estate Tax Account by the Real Estate Tax Account Funding Date then, upon notice from Landlord, Landlord shall have the right to pay Tenant-Paid Taxes directly and such costs (together with any default interest or penalties due in connection therewith) shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent upon demand by Landlord together with invoices therefor and, if not reimbursed within thirty (30) days, Landlord shall have the right to set off the amount of such reimbursement against any payments due to Tenant under this Real Estate Lease. If the Tenant-Paid Taxes are deposited into the Real Estate Tax Account by the Real Estate Tax Account Funding Date, Landlord shall deliver a notice to Tenant on such date requesting payment of the Tenant-Paid Taxes and, if Tenant fails to disburse the Tenant-Paid Taxes to the taxing authority as directed by Landlord in its notice, Landlord shall have the right to withdraw the Tenant-Paid Taxes from the Real Estate Tax Account without further notice to Tenant to pay the taxing authority. Amounts payable by Landlord or Tenant pursuant to this Article 27 shall bear interest at the Default Rate if not paid when due, from and including the due date to but excluding the date paid by the responsible party.

With respect to the payment of Tenant-Paid Taxes, Landlord shall have the exclusive right to contest the Tenant-Paid Taxes, and Tenant shall execute all forms from the taxing authorities reasonably requested, and shall cooperate with the reasonable requests of Landlord, required to authorize any such contest.

Section 27.2. (A) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 27.1 , Landlord may at any time after the second anniversary of the Effective Date discontinue, or cause to be discontinued, the payment of all of the costs of operating the Premises if Landlord shall give not less than thirty (30) days’ notice to Tenant (“ Notice Period ”).

(B) Tenant shall have until the end of the Notice Period to notify Landlord of its intent to assume responsibility for the payment of such costs of operating the Premises (whether or not otherwise paid or payable) or, alternatively, of its intent to terminate this Real Estate Lease. If Tenant shall fail to notify Landlord of its intent prior to the end of the Notice Period, such failure shall be deemed to be the giving of notice by Tenant of its intent to terminate

 

Real Estate Lease

24


this Real Estate Lease. Should Tenant’s notice state that Tenant shall assume responsibility for the payment of such costs of operating the Premises, then Tenant shall be obligated, commencing as of the end of the Notice Period, to pay all such expenses (whether or not otherwise paid or payable). Should Tenant’s notice state that Tenant shall not assume responsibility for the payment of such costs, or should no notice have been received by Landlord as aforesaid, then this Real Estate Lease shall terminate on the fifteenth (15th) day following the end of the Notice Period upon payment of the applicable Early Termination Amount. On the expiration of such 15 day period, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the Early Termination Amount. The receipt by Tenant of the Early Termination Amount in the manner provided in Section 38.11 hereof is a condition precedent to such termination.

(C) Unless the Early Termination Amount shall become payable hereunder and shall not have been timely paid when due, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for discontinuing the payment of any costs of operating the Premises pursuant to this Section 27.2.

ARTICLE 28: SERVICES

Section 28.1. [Reserved].

Section 28.2. [Reserved].

Section 28.3. Landlord shall provide, or cause to be provided, to the Premises hot and cold water for ordinary drinking, cleaning and lavatory purposes.

Section 28.4. Landlord reserves the right to stop, or cause to be stopped, service of the Building’s HVAC Systems or other building systems when necessary, by reason of accident or emergency, or for repairs, additions, alterations, replacements or improvements in the judgment of Landlord desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for interruption, curtailment or failure to supply HVAC or other building systems when prevented by Unavoidable Delays, or by law, or due to the exercise of its right to stop service as provided in this Article 28. The exercise of such right or such failure by Landlord shall not constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, or entitle Tenant to any compensation or to any abatement or diminution of the Rental, or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Real Estate Lease, or impose any liability upon Landlord or its agents by reason of inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant, or injury to or interruption of Tenant’s business, or otherwise. If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant to schedule the performance of such repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements at such times so as to minimize the interference with the conduct of Tenant’s business.

Section 28.5. Landlord shall maintain and operate, or cause to be maintained and operated, security systems, and closed circuit television cameras at various locations in or about the Buildings. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall have the right to continue to operate such security systems and, at its option, may install and operate additional security systems.

Section 28.6. Landlord may maintain and operate, or cause to be maintained and operated, a photo identification system for the Buildings.

 

Real Estate Lease

25


Section 28.7. Landlord shall provide, or cause to be provided, janitorial services to the Premises in accordance with the cleaning specifications set forth in Schedule 4 .

Section 28.8. The cost of all services to be performed or provided by Landlord under this Article 28 shall be at no additional cost to Tenant and are included in the Rental.

ARTICLE 29: SIDEWALK VAULT SPACE

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Real Estate Lease or indicated on any sketch, blueprint or plan, any under sidewalk vaults, vault space or other space outside the boundaries of the Premises are not included in the Premises. Landlord makes no representation as to the location of the boundaries of the Premises. All under sidewalk vaults and vault space and all other space outside the boundaries of the Premises which Tenant may be permitted to use or occupy are to be used or occupied under a revocable license, and if any such license shall be revoked, or if the amount of such space shall be diminished or required by any Governmental Authority or by any public utility company, such revocation, diminution or requisition shall not constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, or entitle Tenant to any abatement or diminution of the Rental, or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Real Estate Lease, or impose any liability upon Landlord. Any fee, tax or charge imposed by any Governmental Authority for any such vaults, vault space or other space occupied by Tenant shall be paid, or caused to be paid, by Landlord.

ARTICLE 30: CAPTIONS

The captions are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Real Estate Lease nor the intent of any provision thereof.

ARTICLE 31: PARTIES BOUND

The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Real Estate Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective legal representatives, successors, and, to the extent permitted under this Real Estate Lease, their assigns.

ARTICLE 32: GUARANTIES

Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Real Estate Lease by Landlord and Tenant, BNY shall execute and deliver the BNY Guarantee and NBP shall execute and deliver the NBP Guarantee.

ARTICLE 33: BROKER

Each of Tenant and Landlord represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker, finder, or like agent in connection with this Real Estate Lease. Tenant does hereby indemnify and hold Landlord harmless of and from all loss, costs, damages or expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by reason of any claim or liability to any broker, finder or like agent who shall claim to have dealt with Tenant in

 

Real Estate Lease

26


connection herewith. Landlord does hereby indemnify and hold Tenant harmless of and from all loss, costs, damages or expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by reason of any claim or liability to any broker, finder or like agent who shall claim to have dealt with Landlord in connection herewith. The provisions of this Article 33 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Real Estate Lease.

ARTICLE 34: INDEMNITY

Section 34.1. Tenant shall not do or permit any act or thing be done upon the Premises which may subject the Landlord Indemnitees to any liability or responsibility for injury, damage to Persons or property, or to any liability by reason of any violation of any Requirement, and shall exercise such control over the Premises as to fully protect the Landlord Indemnitees against any such liability. Tenant shall indemnify and save the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from and against (a) all claims of whatever nature against the Landlord Indemnitees arising from any act, omission or negligence of Tenant, its contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees or visitors, in or about the Premises, (b) all claims against the Landlord Indemnitees arising from any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any Person or to the property of any Person and occurring during the Term in or about the Premises, (c) all claims against the Landlord Indemnitees arising from any accident, injury or damage occurring outside of the Premises where such accident, injury or damage results or is claimed to have resulted from an act, omission or negligence of Tenant or Tenant’s contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees or visitors, (d) any breach, violation or non-performance of any covenant, condition or agreement in this Real Estate Lease set forth and contained on the part of Tenant to be fulfilled, kept, observed or performed and (e) any penalties imposed by the relevant taxing authorities for the late payment or non-payment of Taxes as required by Section 27.1. This indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall include indemnity from and against any and all liability, fines, suits, demands, costs and expenses of any kind or nature (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred in or in connection with any such claim or proceeding brought thereon, and the defense thereof (collectively, “ Claims ”).

Section 34.2. Landlord shall indemnify and save Tenant’s Indemnitees harmless from and against (a) all Claims arising from any breach, violation or non-performance of any covenant, condition or agreement in this Real Estate Lease on the part of Landlord to be fulfilled, kept, observed or performed and (b) all Claims for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief pursuant to any Environmental Law or alleged violation of any Environmental Law in any way relating to or arising out of the Premises, except as any of the foregoing may result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant’s Indemnitees.

Section 34.3. If any Claim is made or brought against either party, which Claim the other party shall be obligated to indemnify such first party against pursuant to the terms of this Real Estate Lease, then, upon demand by the indemnified party, the indemnifying party, at its sole cost and expense, shall resist or defend such Claim in the indemnified party’s name, if necessary. The provisions of this Article 34 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Real Estate Lease.

 

Real Estate Lease

27


ARTICLE 35: ADJACENT EXCAVATION-SHORING

If an excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to the Premises, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant, upon reasonable advance notice, shall afford to the Person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, a license to enter upon the Premises for the purpose of doing such work as said Person shall deem necessary to preserve the wall or the Building from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations, without any claim for damages or indemnity against Landlord, or diminution or abatement of Rental.

ARTICLE 36: REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 36.1. The execution and delivery of this Real Estate Lease by Tenant has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other constitutional action. This Real Estate Lease does not conflict with the Tenant’s governing documents or with any order of any court having jurisdiction over Tenant or its property nor with any contract to which Tenant is a party or by which its property is bound or affected. No consent by any third party is necessary for Tenant to execute and deliver this Real Estate Lease.

Section 36.2. The execution and delivery of this Real Estate Lease by Landlord has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action. This Real Estate Lease does not conflict with the Landlord’s governing documents nor with any order of any court having, jurisdiction over Landlord or its property nor with any contract to which Landlord is a party or by which its property is bound or affected. No consent by any third party is necessary for Tenant to execute and deliver this Real Estate Lease.

Section 36.3. Neither Landlord, Tenant nor their Affiliates shall directly or indirectly contest the validity of this Real Estate Lease.

ARTICLE 37: NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT

Section 37.1. (A) Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant for the benefit of each and every subtenant from time to time occupying any part of the Premises or having rights granted to it by Tenant with regard to the Premises pursuant to subleases executed by Tenant after the date hereof, which subtenants shall be third party beneficiaries of this Section 37.1 as it may apply to each of them respectively, that in the event of a termination of this Real Estate Lease, each such subtenant may, so long as it is not then in default under its sublease, continue to occupy its Premises under its pre-existing sublease (which shall thereupon be and be deemed to be a direct lease between Landlord and such subtenant) and enjoy the rights granted to such subtenant in such sublease; provided such subtenant shall then attorn to Landlord (to the extent that such subtenant occupies any part of the Premises) and, if such subtenant’s sublease does not provide for such attornment (and such subtenant occupies any part of the Premises), such subtenant, promptly after the termination of this Real Estate Lease, provides Landlord with a written statement of such subtenant whereby such subtenant attorns to Landlord.

(B) In addition to the provisions of Section 37.1(A) hereof, Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant that Landlord shall, at the request of Tenant made from time to time, enter into a SNDA with any subtenant that is identified by Tenant and that is a party to a

 

Real Estate Lease

28


SNDA-Eligible Sublease, which SNDA shall provide for all terms set forth in this Section 37.1 hereof and be in commercially reasonable form. Landlord shall execute and deliver to Tenant a SNDA or specify in writing its objections thereto no later than twenty (20) calendar days after receipt of the form thereof from Tenant, time being of the essence.

(C) The provisions of this Section 37.1 shall not be applicable to the Assigned Leases or to any sublease of the Premises executed contemporaneously with this Real Estate Lease.

ARTICLE 38: MISCELLANEOUS

Section 38.1. (A) From time to time, no later than thirty (30) days following request by Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a written statement executed by Tenant, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant, stating (i) that this Real Estate Lease is then in full force and effect and has not been modified (or if modified, setting forth all modifications) and (ii) whether or not, to the knowledge of Tenant (without investigation), Landlord is in default under this Real Estate Lease, and, if Landlord is in default, setting forth the specific nature of all such defaults.

(B) From time to time, no later than thirty (30) days following request by Tenant, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written statement executed by Landlord, in form reasonably satisfactory to Tenant and Landlord, stating (i) that this Real Estate Lease is then in full force and effect and has not been modified (or if modified, setting forth all modifications) and (ii) whether or not, to the knowledge of Landlord (without investigation), Tenant is in default under this Real Estate Lease, and, if Tenant is in default, setting forth the specific nature of all such defaults.

Section 38.2. This Real Estate Lease is offered for signature by Tenant and it is understood that this Real Estate Lease shall not be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless and until Landlord and Tenant shall have executed and unconditionally delivered a fully executed copy of this Real Estate Lease to each other.

Section 38.3. The Affiliates, partners, shareholders, directors, officers and principals, direct and indirect, of Landlord (collectively, the “ Landlord Parties ”) shall not be liable for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Real Estate Lease. Tenant shall look solely to Landlord and to Landlord’s interest in the Premises in enforcing Landlord’s obligations hereunder and shall not seek any damages (including consequential or punitive damages) against any of the Landlord Parties except as provided above in this Section 38.3 and except as provided in the BNY Guarantee.

Section 38.4. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Real Estate Lease to the contrary, all amounts payable by Tenant to or on behalf of Landlord under this Real Estate Lease, whether or not expressly denominated as Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or Rental, shall constitute rent for the purposes of Section 502(b)(6) of the United States Bankruptcy Code.

Section 38.5. Tenant’s liability for all items of Rental that arose during the Term shall survive the Expiration Date.

 

Real Estate Lease

29


Section 38.6. Tenant shall not install any signs on the exterior or in the interior of the Premises without the prior approval of Landlord which approval may be given or withheld in the Landlord’s discretion.

Section 38.7. Neither this Real Estate Lease nor any memorandum hereof shall be recorded unless (i) a Tenant Termination Event shall exist under this Real Estate Lease and (ii) Landlord shall fail to pay any Early Termination Amount due hereunder within the period prescribed herein for such payment. A Memorandum of this Real Estate Lease shall be executed by the parties on the date hereof in the Form of Exhibit D and held by Tenant in escrow until the events described in clauses (i) and (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence have occurred, in which event Tenant shall have the right to record such Memorandum and Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of any recording costs, transfer taxes or other out-of-pocket costs and expenses payable in connection with such recording.

Section 38.8. This Real Estate Lease and the Transaction Documents contain the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior understandings, if any, with respect thereto. This Real Estate Lease shall not be modified, changed, or supplemented, except by a written instrument executed by both parties.

Section 38.9. This Real Estate Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York including, without limitation, the laws applicable to commercial leases in New York (except to the extent provided to the contrary herein). Each of Landlord and Tenant hereby: (a) irrevocably consents and submits to the jurisdiction of any Federal, state, county or municipal court sitting in the State of New York in respect to any action or proceeding brought therein by Landlord against Tenant concerning any matters arising out of or in any way relating to this Real Estate Lease; (b) irrevocably waives all objections as to venue and any and all rights it may have to seek a change of venue with respect to any such action or proceedings; (c) agrees that the laws of the State New York shall govern in any such action or proceeding and waives any defense to any action or proceeding granted by the laws of any other country or jurisdiction unless such defense is also allowed by the laws of the State of New York; and (d) agrees that any final judgment rendered against it in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Each of Landlord and Tenant further agrees that any action or proceeding by Tenant against Landlord, or Landlord against Tenant, as the case may be, in respect to any matters arising out of or in any way relating to this Real Estate Lease shall be brought only in the State of New York, County of New York. Tenant hereby appoints CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, NY 10011 as Tenant’s agent who shall be authorized to accept service of process on Tenant’s behalf. The address for service of process on Landlord in the State of New York shall be The Bank of New York, One Wall Street – 10 th Floor, New York, NY 10286, Attention: General Counsel. Each of Landlord and Tenant shall have the right to appoint a successor agent upon notice to Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, but, at all times during the Term, each of Landlord and Tenant shall have a duly authorized agent for service of process in New York State.

Section 38.10. (A) All of the Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto are incorporated in and made a part of this Real Estate Lease. Wherever appropriate in this Real Estate Lease, personal

 

Real Estate Lease

30


pronouns shall be deemed to include the other genders and the singular to include the plural. All Article and Section references set forth herein shall, unless the context otherwise specifically requires, be deemed references to the Articles and Sections of this Real Estate Lease.

(B) If any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Real Estate Lease, the application thereof to any Person or circumstance, shall ever be held to be invalid or unenforceable, then in each such event the remainder of this Real Estate Lease or the application of such term, covenant, condition or provision to any other Person or any other circumstance (other than those as to which it shall be invalid or unenforceable) shall not be thereby affected, and each term, covenant, condition and provision hereof shall remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

(C) All references in this Real Estate Lease to the consent or approval of Landlord shall be deemed to mean the written consent or approval of Landlord and no consent or approval of Landlord shall be effective for any purpose unless such consent or approval is set forth in a written instrument executed by Landlord.

Section 38.11. Except for payments of Fixed Rent, any Early Termination Amount and as otherwise specifically noted herein, all payments under this Real Estate Lease shall be made in Dollars. Amounts payable by one party to the other party under this Real Estate Lease shall be paid by wire transfers in immediately available funds in accordance with wire transfer instructions appended hereto as Schedule 5 , as such instructions from time to time may be changed by a party upon notice to the other party.

Section 38.12. Tenant agrees to join in the execution of all applications, filings and certificates relating to the Premises or portions thereof which Landlord from time to time during the Term reasonably may request; provided, however that Tenant shall not be required to incur any obligations or assume any liabilities with respect to the same.

Section 38.13. The liability of the parties under this Real Estate Lease shall be limited to direct damages, and neither party shall have any liability for consequential, special or other damages suffered by the other party or by any party claiming through the other party.

Section 38.14. All payments hereunder shall be made on the day when due and payable; provided , that if (i) for any reason or cause outside the control of the party making payment hereunder, an attempted wire transfer of funds shall fail to be completed on such due date or (ii) such due date is not a Business Day, then in either such case, the due date of such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, without being subject to any penalties or premiums of any kind; provided further , however , that, in the case of clause (ii) of this Section 38.14 , if such extension would cause the due date of such payment to occur in the next following calendar quarter, the due date of such payment shall occur on the immediately preceding Business Day.

ARTICLE 39: WITHHOLDING TAXES

Section 39.1. If any deduction for any Withholding Tax is required by law to be made from any payment due under this agreement, the relevant party making such payment shall make the

 

Real Estate Lease

31


required deduction and remit the amount so deducted to the appropriate Governmental Authority. The party making the payment from which the Withholding Tax is required to be deducted shall increase the amount of the payment as may be necessary so that the other party receives, after deduction of the required Withholding Tax (including any Withholding Tax imposed on the additional payment required to be made pursuant to this sentence), on an After-Tax Basis, the full amount that it would have received absent the imposition of such Withholding Tax (such additional amount, the “ Gross-up Amount ”); provided, however, that no Gross-up Amount shall be payable:

(A) by Landlord, if the Withholding Tax in respect of which such Gross-up Amount would have been payable, would not have been incurred but for: (i) Tenant failing at any time during the Term to be a legal entity validly formed under the laws of France, (ii) Tenant failing at any time during the Term to be a resident of France within the meaning of Article 4 of the Treaty; (iii) Tenant failing at any time during the Term to be entitled to the benefits of the Treaty by reason of Article 30 thereof; or (iv) Tenant failing to provide documentary evidence as Landlord may reasonably request in writing for the purpose of establishing the residence, nationality or French tax status of Tenant; or

(B) by Tenant, if the Withholding Tax in respect of which such Gross-up Amount would have been payable, would not have been incurred but for: (i) Landlord failing at any time during the Term to be a legal entity validly formed under the laws of the United States or any State thereof, (ii) Landlord failing at any time during the Term to be a resident of the United States within the meaning of Article 4 of the Treaty, (iii) Landlord failing at any time during the Term to be entitled to the benefits of the Treaty by reason of Article 30 thereof, or (iv) Landlord failing to provide documentary evidence as Tenant may reasonably request in writing for the purpose of establishing the residence, nationality or US tax status of Landlord.

Section 39.2. If Landlord or Tenant pays Withholding Taxes in connection with payments received by such Landlord or Tenant under this Real Estate Lease, the other party hereto shall indemnify such Landlord or Tenant, in either case on an After-Tax Basis, for such Withholding Taxes to the extent such other party would be required to provide Gross-up Amounts with respect to such Withholding Taxes under this Article 39 if such other party had been required by law to deduct such Withholding Tax on payments made to the Landlord or Tenant, and reimburse any expenses incurred by such Landlord or Tenant with respect to such Withholding Taxes. Payment under this indemnification shall be made within thirty (30) days from the date such Landlord or Tenant makes written demand therefor, which written demand shall describe in reasonable detail the amount of and basis for the liability in respect of which the indemnity payment is to be made.

Section 39.3. If Landlord or Tenant, or any Affiliate of either, shall become liable to any Governmental Authority in respect of any Withholding Tax on account of a failure to withhold and remit such Withholding Tax to any Governmental Authority, and such liability would not have been incurred but for, in the case of Landlord one or more of the conditions described in Section 39.1(A) , or in the case of Tenant the condition described in Section 39.1(B) , then Tenant shall indemnify Landlord, in the case of a liability imposed on Landlord, and Landlord shall indemnify Tenant in the case of a liability imposed on Tenant, in either case on an After-Tax

 

Real Estate Lease

32


Basis, within thirty (30) days from the date such Landlord or Tenant makes written demand therefor, which written demand shall describe in reasonable detail the amount of and basis for the liability in respect of which the indemnity payment is to be made.

Section 39.4. If Landlord or Tenant has paid a Gross-up Amount pursuant to Section 39.1 and the party receiving such Gross-up Amount is able to procure the refund of Withholding Taxes that gave rise to the payment of such Gross-up Amount from the Governmental Authority to which the Withholding Taxes were paid, then such payee shall pay to the payor of the Gross-up Amount within thirty (30) days after receipt of such refund an amount (net of any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such payee in connection with its procuring such refund) that such payee determines in good faith will leave payee in the same after-tax position as it would have been if no Withholding Taxes had been imposed.

Section 39.5. The provisions of this Article 39 shall survive the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Real Estate Lease and the termination of this Real Estate Lease.

 

Real Estate Lease

33


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have respectively executed this Agreement of Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

4101 AUSTIN BOULEVARD CORP., Landlord

By:   /s/ Stephen G. Petrula
 

Name:

 

Stephen G. Petrula

 

Title:

 

President

FRUCTIBAIL INVEST, Tenant

By:  

/s/ Fabrice Croppi    /s/ Imed Ben Romdhane

 

Name:

 

Fabrice Croppi   Imed Ben Romdhane

 

Title:

 

Co-Heads of Financial Engineering

 

Real Estate Lease

34


LIST OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

Exhibit A

   Description of the Premises

Exhibit B

   Early Termination Amount

Exhibit C

   Form of Notice

Exhibit D

   Form of Memorandum of Lease

Exhibit E

   Fixed Rent

Schedule 1

   Rules and Regulations

Schedule 2

   List of Assigned Leases

Schedule 3

   [Intentionally Omitted]

Schedule 4

   Cleaning Specifications

Schedule 5

   Wire Transfer Instructions

 

Real Estate Lease

35


Exhibit A

Description of the Premises

 

Real Estate Lease

36


Exhibit B

EARLY TERMINATION AMOUNT

 

From

and including

  

To

and excluding

  

Early

Termination

Amount in €

  

From

and including

  

To

and excluding

  

Early

Termination

Amount in €

3-Mar-2006

   3-Jun-2006    432 967 646    3-Sep-2018    3-Dec-2018    257 431 905

3-Jun-2006

   3-Sep-2006    430 112 117    3-Dec-2018    3-Mar-2019    253 140 044

3-Sep-2006

   3-Dec-2006    427 233 222    3-Mar-2019    3-Jun-2019    248 813 065

3-Dec-2006

   3-Mar-2007    424 330 770    3-Jun-2019    3-Sep-2019    244 450 680

3-Mar-2007

   3-Jun-2007    421 404 569    3-Sep-2019    3-Dec-2019    240 052 599

3-Jun-2007

   3-Sep-2007    418 454 424    3-Dec-2019    3-Mar-2020    235 618 531

3-Sep-2007

   3-Dec-2007    415 480 139    3-Mar-2020    3-Jun-2020    231 148 181

3-Dec-2007

   3-Mar-2008    412 481 517    3-Jun-2020    3-Sep-2020    226 641 252

3-Mar-2008

   3-Jun-2008    409 458 358    3-Sep-2020    3-Dec-2020    222 097 445

3-Jun-2008

   3-Sep-2008    406 410 463    3-Dec-2020    3-Mar-2021    217 516 458

3-Sep-2008

   3-Dec-2008    403 337 627    3-Mar-2021    3-Jun-2021    212 897 987

3-Dec-2008

   3-Mar-2009    400 239 648    3-Jun-2021    3-Sep-2021    208 241 724

3-Mar-2009

   3-Jun-2009    397 116 320    3-Sep-2021    3-Dec-2021    203 547 362

3-Jun-2009

   3-Sep-2009    393 967 435    3-Dec-2021    3-Mar-2022    198 814 588

3-Sep-2009

   3-Dec-2009    390 792 784    3-Mar-2022    3-Jun-2022    194 043 087

3-Dec-2009

   3-Mar-2010    387 592 156    3-Jun-2022    3-Sep-2022    189 232 544

3-Mar-2010

   3-Jun-2010    384 365 339    3-Sep-2022    3-Dec-2022    184 382 638

3-Jun-2010

   3-Sep-2010    381 112 118    3-Dec-2022    3-Mar-2023    179 493 047

3-Sep-2010

   3-Dec-2010    377 832 278    3-Mar-2023    3-Jun-2023    174 563 447

3-Dec-2010

   3-Mar-2011    374 525 600    3-Jun-2023    3-Sep-2023    169 593 510

 

Real Estate Lease

37


3-Mar-2011

   3-Jun-2011    371 191 865    3-Sep-2023    3-Dec-2023    164 582 907

3-Jun-2011

   3-Sep-2011    367 830 852    3-Dec-2023    3-Mar-2024    159 531 303

3-Sep-2011

   3-Dec-2011    364 442 337    3-Mar-2024    3-Jun-2024    154 438 365

3-Dec-2011

   3-Mar-2012    361 026 095    3-Jun-2024    3-Sep-2024    149 303 754

3-Mar-2012

   3-Jun-2012    357 581 899    3-Sep-2024    3-Dec-2024    144 127 128

3-Jun-2012

   3-Sep-2012    354 109 522    3-Dec-2024    3-Mar-2025    138 908 144

3-Sep-2012

   3-Dec-2012    350 608 731    3-Mar-2025    3-Jun-2025    133 646 456

3-Dec-2012

   3-Mar-2013    347 079 295    3-Jun-2025    3-Sep-2025    128 341 713

3-Mar-2013

   3-Jun-2013    343 520 979    3-Sep-2025    3-Dec-2025    122 993 565

3-Jun-2013

   3-Sep-2013    339 933 547    3-Dec-2025    3-Mar-2026    117 601 654

3-Sep-2013

   3-Dec-2013    336 316 760    3-Mar-2026    3-Jun-2026    112 165 624

3-Dec-2013

   3-Mar-2014    332 670 379    3-Jun-2026    3-Sep-2026    106 685 114

3-Mar-2014

   3-Jun-2014    328 994 162    3-Sep-2026    3-Dec-2026    101 159 758

3-Jun-2014

   3-Sep-2014    325 287 863    3-Dec-2026    3-Mar-2027    95 589 192

3-Sep-2014

   3-Dec-2014    321 551 237    3-Mar-2027    3-Jun-2027    89 973 044

3-Dec-2014

   3-Mar-2015    317 784 037    3-Jun-2027    3-Sep-2027    84 310 941

3-Mar-2015

   3-Jun-2015    313 986 011    3-Sep-2027    3-Dec-2027    78 602 508

3-Jun-2015

   3-Sep-2015    310 156 907    3-Dec-2027    3-Mar-2028    72 847 365

3-Sep-2015

   3-Dec-2015    306 296 471    3-Mar-2028    3-Jun-2028    67 045 130

3-Dec-2015

   3-Mar-2016    302 404 448    3-Jun-2028    3-Sep-2028    61 195 419

3-Mar-2016

   3-Jun-2016    298 480 577    3-Sep-2028    3-Dec-2028    55 297 842

3-Jun-2016

   3-Sep-2016    294 524 600    3-Dec-2028    3-Mar-2029    49 352 007

3-Sep-2016

   3-Dec-2016    290 536 252    3-Mar-2029    3-Jun-2029    43 357 520

3-Dec-2016

   3-Mar-2017    286 515 269    3-Jun-2029    3-Sep-2029    37 313 984

3-Mar-2017

   3-Jun-2017    282 461 385    3-Sep-2029    3-Dec-2029    31 220 995

3-Jun-2017

   3-Sep-2017    278 374 329    3-Dec-2029    3-Mar-2030    25 078 150

 

Real Estate Lease

38


3-Sep-2017

   3-Dec-2017    274 253 831    3-Mar-2030    3-Jun-2030    18 885 041

3-Dec-2017

   3-Mar-2018    270 099 616    3-Jun-2030    3-Sep-2030    12 641 257

3-Mar-2018

   3-Jun-2018    265 911 409    3-Sep-2030    3-Dec-2030    6 346 383

3-Jun-2018

   3-Sep-2018    261 688 933    3-Dec-2030    3-Mar-2031    0

 

Real Estate Lease

39


Exhibit C

[Form of Notice Pursuant to Article 10/Article 11]

NOTICE PURSUANT TO [ARTICLE 10] 1

[ARTICLE 11] 2

Date: _____________, 20__

[ · ]

Reference is made to the land and improvements commonly known as 101 Barclay Street, New York, NY and One Wall Street, New York, NY (the “Premises”). This notice is being delivered pursuant to [Section 10.1] 3 [Section 11.1] 4 of the Agreement of Real Estate Lease dated [ · ], 2006, between 4101 AUSTIN BOULEVARD CORP., Landlord (the “Landlord”), and FRUCTIBAIL INVEST, as Tenant (the “Tenant”), (the “Real Estate Lease”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Real Estate Lease. This letter shall serve as notice that [the entire] 5 [a portion of the] 6 [specify which building is affected] has been [damaged by fire or other casualty] 7 [subjected to a governmental act of eminent domain] 8 . As required by the Real Estate Lease, [Landlord shall, at its own expense, promptly begin and thereafter diligently proceed to cause such portion of the Premises to be rebuilt or restored to substantially the same condition prior to the damage or as Landlord shall otherwise decide, subject to the terms of any subleases, and Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises as a result of any such repairs or restorations] 9 [the Lease for both Buildings shall be deemed terminated as of [specify date] , with the same effect as if said date were the Expiration Date] 10 [Landlord shall, at its own expense, promptly begin and thereafter diligently proceed to cause the portion of the Premises which was not so acquired by an act of eminent domain to be rebuilt or restored] 11 . In the event of any termination of the Real Estate Lease with respect to both Buildings under [Section 10.2] 12 [Section 10.3] 13 [Section 11.1] 14 thereof, the Real Estate Lease shall cease and terminate with respect to both Buildings as set forth in said [Section 10.2] 15 [Section 10.3] 16 [Section 11.1] 17 .


1 Insert if pursuant to section 10.1

 

2 Insert if pursuant to section 11.1

 

3 Insert if pursuant to section 10.1

 

4 Insert if pursuant to section 10.1

 

5 Insert as applicable

 

6 Insert as applicable

 

7 Insert as applicable

 

8 Insert as applicable

 

9 Insert if pursuant to section 10.1

 

10 Insert, as applicable, if pursuant to section 11.1

 

11 Insert, as applicable, if pursuant to section 11.1

 

12 Insert if pursuant to section 10.2

 

13 Insert, as applicable, if pursuant to section 10.3

 

14 Insert, as applicable, if pursuant to section 11.1

 

15 Insert, as applicable, if pursuant to section 10.2

 

16 Insert, as applicable, if pursuant to section 10.3

 

17 Insert, as applicable, if pursuant to section 11.1

 

Real Estate Lease

40


Exhibit D

[FORM OF MEMORANDUM OF LEASE]

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

This Memorandum of Lease is dated and effective as of ______________ between 4101 AUSTIN BOULEVARD CORP. (“ Landlord ”), having an address at The Bank of New York, One Wall Street – 32 nd Floor, New York, NY 10286 and FRUCTIBAIL INVEST (“ Tenant ”), having an address at Natexis Banques Populaires, 115, rue Montmartre, 75002 Paris:

1. Landlord has leased to Tenant, and Tenant has leased from Landlord, the real property and improvements thereon located in the City of New York, State of New York, described in Exhibit “A” attached hereto (the “ Property ”), subject to the terms, conditions and provisions of that certain Real Estate Lease (the “ Lease ”) between Landlord and Tenant dated as of February 27, 2006, which is incorporated herein by reference as though set out here in full. The Lease shall control in the event of any conflict with this Memorandum of Lease.

2. The initial term of the Lease is 25 years. The Lease term commenced on March 3, 2006 and is scheduled to expire on March 3, 2031.

3. The Lease does not contain an option in favor of Tenant to purchase the Property or to extend the Lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Memorandum of Lease effective as of the date first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”

4101 AUSTIN BOULEVARD CORP.

By:     
 

Its:

    
“TENANT”

FRUCTIBAIL INVEST

By:     
 

Its:

    

 

Real Estate Lease

41


Exhibit E

REAL ESTATE LEASE RENTAL BREAKDOWN

 

From

and including

  

To

and excluding

  

Rental

breakdown in €

  

From

and including

  

To

and excluding

  

Rental

breakdown in €

3-Mar-2006

   3-Jun-2006    2 832 354    3-Sep-2018    3-Dec-2018    4 257 028

3-Jun-2006

   3-Sep-2006    2 855 530    3-Dec-2018    3-Mar-2019    4 291 861

3-Sep-2006

   3-Dec-2006    2 878 895    3-Mar-2019    3-Jun-2019    4 326 979

3-Dec-2006

   3-Mar-2007    2 902 452    3-Jun-2019    3-Sep-2019    4 362 385

3-Mar-2007

   3-Jun-2007    2 926 201    3-Sep-2019    3-Dec-2019    4 398 080

3-Jun-2007

   3-Sep-2007    2 950 145    3-Dec-2019    3-Mar-2020    4 434 068

3-Sep-2007

   3-Dec-2007    2 974 285    3-Mar-2020    3-Jun-2020    4 470 350

3-Dec-2007

   3-Mar-2008    2 998 622    3-Jun-2020    3-Sep-2020    4 506 929

3-Mar-2008

   3-Jun-2008    3 023 158    3-Sep-2020    3-Dec-2020    4 543 807

3-Jun-2008

   3-Sep-2008    3 047 896    3-Dec-2020    3-Mar-2021    4 580 987

3-Sep-2008

   3-Dec-2008    3 072 835    3-Mar-2021    3-Jun-2021    4 618 471

3-Dec-2008

   3-Mar-2009    3 097 979    3-Jun-2021    3-Sep-2021    4 656 262

3-Mar-2009

   3-Jun-2009    3 123 328    3-Sep-2021    3-Dec-2021    4 694 362

3-Jun-2009

   3-Sep-2009    3 148 885    3-Dec-2021    3-Mar-2022    4 732 774

3-Sep-2009

   3-Dec-2009    3 174 651    3-Mar-2022    3-Jun-2022    4 771 500

3-Dec-2009

   3-Mar-2010    3 200 628    3-Jun-2022    3-Sep-2022    4 810 544

3-Mar-2010

   3-Jun-2010    3 226 817    3-Sep-2022    3-Dec-2022    4 849 906

3-Jun-2010

   3-Sep-2010    3 253 221    3-Dec-2022    3-Mar-2023    4 889 591

3-Sep-2010

   3-Dec-2010    3 279 840    3-Mar-2023    3-Jun-2023    4 929 600

3-Dec-2010

   3-Mar-2011    3 306 678    3-Jun-2023    3-Sep-2023    4 969 937

3-Mar-2011

   3-Jun-2011    3 333 735    3-Sep-2023    3-Dec-2023    5 010 604

3-Jun-2011

   3-Sep-2011    3 361 013    3-Dec-2023    3-Mar-2024    5 051 603

3-Sep-2011

   3-Dec-2011    3 388 515    3-Mar-2024    3-Jun-2024    5 092 938

3-Dec-2011

   3-Mar-2012    3 416 242    3-Jun-2024    3-Sep-2024    5 134 611

3-Mar-2012

   3-Jun-2012    3 444 195    3-Sep-2024    3-Dec-2024    5 176 626

3-Jun-2012

   3-Sep-2012    3 472 378    3-Dec-2024    3-Mar-2025    5 218 984

3-Sep-2012

   3-Dec-2012    3 500 791    3-Mar-2025    3-Jun-2025    5 261 688

3-Dec-2012

   3-Mar-2013    3 529 436    3-Jun-2025    3-Sep-2025    5 304 742

3-Mar-2013

   3-Jun-2013    3 558 316    3-Sep-2025    3-Dec-2025    5 348 149

3-Jun-2013

   3-Sep-2013    3 587 432    3-Dec-2025    3-Mar-2026    5 391 910

3-Sep-2013

   3-Dec-2013    3 616 786    3-Mar-2026    3-Jun-2026    5 436 030

3-Dec-2013

   3-Mar-2014    3 646 381    3-Jun-2026    3-Sep-2026    5 480 511

3-Mar-2014

   3-Jun-2014    3 676 218    3-Sep-2026    3-Dec-2026    5 525 355

3-Jun-2014

   3-Sep-2014    3 706 299    3-Dec-2026    3-Mar-2027    5 570 567

3-Sep-2014

   3-Dec-2014    3 736 626    3-Mar-2027    3-Jun-2027    5 616 148

3-Dec-2014

   3-Mar-2015    3 767 201    3-Jun-2027    3-Sep-2027    5 662 103

3-Mar-2015

   3-Jun-2015    3 798 026    3-Sep-2027    3-Dec-2027    5 708 433

3-Jun-2015

   3-Sep-2015    3 829 104    3-Dec-2027    3-Mar-2028    5 755 143

3-Sep-2015

   3-Dec-2015    3 860 436    3-Mar-2028    3-Jun-2028    5 802 235

3-Dec-2015

   3-Mar-2016    3 892 024    3-Jun-2028    3-Sep-2028    5 849 712

3-Mar-2016

   3-Jun-2016    3 923 870    3-Sep-2028    3-Dec-2028    5 897 577

3-Jun-2016

   3-Sep-2016    3 955 978    3-Dec-2028    3-Mar-2029    5 945 835

3-Sep-2016

   3-Dec-2016    3 988 348    3-Mar-2029    3-Jun-2029    5 994 487

3-Dec-2016

   3-Mar-2017    4 020 983    3-Jun-2029    3-Sep-2029    6 043 537

3-Mar-2017

   3-Jun-2017    4 053 885    3-Sep-2029    3-Dec-2029    6 092 988

3-Jun-2017

   3-Sep-2017    4 087 056    3-Dec-2029    3-Mar-2030    6 142 845

3-Sep-2017

   3-Dec-2017    4 120 498    3-Mar-2030    3-Jun-2030    6 193 109

3-Dec-2017

   3-Mar-2018    4 154 214    3-Jun-2030    3-Sep-2030    6 243 784

3-Mar-2018

   3-Jun-2018    4 188 207    3-Sep-2030    3-Dec-2030    6 294 874

3-Jun-2018

   3-Sep-2018    4 222 477    3-Dec-2030    3-Mar-2031    6 346 383
                  

Total

      174 111 067          261 688 933

 

Real Estate Lease

45


STATE OF NEW YORK, COUNTY OF                     

On the              day of                              in the year             , before me, the undersigned, personally appeared

                            , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument, the individual(s), or the person on behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument.

STATE OF                             , COUNTY OF                     

On the              day of                              in the year             , before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared                                                                                                           , the

subscribing witness to the foregoing instrument, with whom I am personally acquainted, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he/she/they reside(s) in

(if the place of residence is in a city, include the street and street number if any, thereof); that he/she/they know(s)

to be the individual described in and who executed the foregoing instrument; that said subscribing witness was present and saw said

execute the same; and that said witness at the same time subscribed his/her/their name(s) as a witness thereto

[add the following if the acknowledgment is taken outside NY State]

and that said subscribing witness made such appearance before the undersigned in the (insert the city or other political subdivision and the State or country or other place the proof was taken).

STATE OF                     

On the              day of                              in the year             , before me, the undersigned, personally appeared

                    , personally known to me or proved to me

on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument, the individual(s), or the person on behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument

[add the following if the acknowledgment is taken outside NY State]

and that said individual made such appearance before the undersigned in the (insert the city or other political subdivision and the State or country or other place the acknowledgment was taken).

STATE OF                             , COUNTY OF                     

On the              day of                              in the year             , before me personally came

to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say

that he resides at                                                                                       

that he is the                                                                                       

of

the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the board of directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like order.

 

Real Estate Lease

1


MEMORANDUM OF LEASE   

SECTION

4101 AUSTIN BOULEVARD CORP.

  

BLOCK

TO

  

LOT

FRUCTIBAIL INVEST

  

COUNTY OR TOWN

 

   RETURN BY MAIL TO:
  

K EVIN J. O’S HEA

ALLEN & OVERY LLP

1221 A VENUE OF THE A MERICAS

N EW Y ORK , NY 10020

 

Real Estate Lease

2


Schedule 1

RULES AND REGULATIONS

(1) The sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors, or halls shall not be obstructed or encumbered by Tenant or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises and for delivery of merchandise and equipment in prompt and efficient manner, using elevators and passageways designated for such delivery by Landlord.

(2) No awnings, air-conditioning units, fans or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building. No curtains, blinds, shades, or screens, other than those which conform to Building standards as established by Landlord from time to time, shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Such awnings, projections, curtains, blinds, shades, screens or other fixtures must be of a quality, type, design and color, and attached in the manner reasonably approved by Landlord. All electrical fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Premises must be of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved by Landlord, which consent shall not be withheld or delayed unreasonably unless the prior consent of Landlord has been obtained for other lamping.

(3) No sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the outside of the Premises or Building or on the inside of the Premises if the same can be seen from the outside of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by Tenant, if Tenant has refused to remove same after reasonable notice from Landlord, Landlord may remove same without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred by such removal to Tenant. Interior signs on doors and directory tablet shall be of a size, color and style reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

(4) The exterior windows and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the Premises or the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building, shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant.

(5) No showcases or other articles shall be put in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Building, nor placed in the halls, corridors or vestibules, nor shall any article obstruct any air-conditioning supply or exhaust without the prior written consent of Landlord.

(6) The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or other substances shall be deposited therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by Tenant.

(7) Subject to the provisions of Article 3 of this lease, Tenant shall not mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any part of the Premises or the Building. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and as Landlord may direct.

 

Real Estate Lease

3


(8) No space in the Building shall be used for manufacturing, for the storage of merchandise, or for the sale of merchandise, goods or property of any kind at auction or otherwise.

(9) Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any unseemly or disturbing noises, or disturb or interfere with occupants of this or neighboring buildings or premises or those having business with them whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, television set, talking machine, unmusical noise, whistling, singing, or in any other way.

(10) Tenant, or any of Tenant’s employees, agents, visitors or licensees, shall not any time bring or keep upon the Premises any inflammable, combustible or explosive fluid, chemical or substance except such as are incidental to usual office occupancy.

(11) No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanism thereof, unless Tenant promptly provides Landlord with the key or combination thereto. Tenant must, upon the termination of its tenancy, return to Landlord all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms, and in the event of the loss of any keys furnished at Landlord’s expense, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof.

(12) No bicycles, vehicles or animals of any kind except for seeing eye dogs shall brought into or kept by Tenant in or about the Premises or the Building.

(13) All removals, or the carrying in or out of any safes, freight, furniture or bulky matter of any description must take place in the manner and during the hours which Landlord or its agent reasonably may determine from time to time. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all safes, freight or other bulky articles to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all safes, freight or other bulky articles which violate any of these Rules and Regulations or the lease of which these Rules and Regulations are a part.

(14) Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises demised to it to occupied as an office for a public stenographer or typist, or for the possession, storage, manufacture, or sale of liquor, narcotics, dope, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises, except those actually working for Tenant at the Premises, nor advertise for labor giving an address at the Premises.

(15) Tenant shall not purchase spring water, ice, towels or other like service, or accept barbering or boot blacking services in the Premises, from any company or persons not approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be withheld or delayed unreasonably and at hours and under regulations other than as reasonably fixed by Landlord.

(16) Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Tenant which, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as a building for offices, and upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

(17) Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours of 6 P.M. and 8 A.M. and at all hours on days other than Business Days all persons who do not present a pass

 

Real Estate Lease

4


to the Building signed or approved by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom a pass shall be issued at the request of Tenant and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.

(18) Tenant shall, at its expense, provide artificial light for the employees of Landlord while doing janitor service or other cleaning, and in making repairs or alterations in the Premises.

(19) The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon written application at the office of the Building. Building employees shall not perform any work or do anything outside of the regular duties, unless under special instructions from the office of Landlord.

(20) Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building is prohibited and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

(21) There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Building, either by Tenant or by jobbers or others, in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks, except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards.

(22) Tenant shall not do any cooking, conduct any restaurant, luncheonette or cafeteria for the sale or service of food or beverages to its employees or to others, or cause or permit any odors of cooking or other processes or any unusual or objectionable odors to emanate from the Premises. Tenant shall not permit the delivery of any food or beverage to the Premises, except by such persons delivering the same as shall be approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(23) Tenant shall keep the entrance door to the Premises closed at all times.

(24) Landlord shall have the right to require that all messengers and other Persons delivering packages, papers and other materials to Tenant (i) be directed to deliver such packages, papers and other materials to a Person designated by Landlord who will distribute the same to Tenant or (ii) be escorted by a person designated by Landlord to deliver the same Tenant.

(25) Landlord and its agents reserve the right to inspect all packages, boxes, bags, handbags, attache cases, suitcases, and other items carried into the Building, and to refuse entry into the Building to any person who either refuses to cooperate with such inspection or who is carrying any object which may be dangerous to persons or property. In addition, Landlord reserves the right to implement such further measures designed to ensure safety of the Building and the persons and property located therein as Landlord shall deem necessary or desirable.

 

Real Estate Lease

5


Schedule 2

Assigned Leases

Leases for One Wall Street:

 

1. Lease, dated as of July 31, 1999, between The Bank of New York and Arihant News, Inc.

Leases for 101 Barclay Street;

 

1. Agreement of Lease, dated as of January 15, 1993, between The Bank of new York and Barclay Newsstand, Inc., as extended and amended by that certain Letter (RE: Lease Renewal – Barclay Newsstand, Inc.), dated June 24, 2002, from The Bank of New York and acknowledged and agreed to by Barclay Newsstand, Inc.

 

Real Estate Lease

6


Schedule 4

CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

 

A. GENERAL CLEANING - NIGHTLY

Sweep, using Landlord approved dust preparation, all stone, ceramic tile, asphalt tile, marble terrazzo, linoleum, rubber, vinyl and other types of flooring.

Carpet sweep all carpets and rugs four (4) times per week.

Vacuum clean all carpets and rugs, one (1) time per week.

Sweep all private stairways and maintain in clean condition.

Empty and clean all wastepaper baskets, ash trays and receptacles; damp dust as necessary.

Remove all ordinary dry paper and tenant rubbish (excluding cafeteria waste, bulk materials, bulk and special materials such as old desks, furniture, etc.).

Dust all furniture and windowsills.

Clean all glass furniture tops.

Dust all chair rails, trim, partitions and baseboards.

Wash clean all water fountains.

Remove finger marks and smudges from walls, doors, light switch plates once (1) per week.

Wash locker and slop sink rooms.

 

B. LAVATORIES NIGHTLY (EXCLUDES NON-CORE LAVATORIES)

Sweep and mop all flooring.

Clean and polish all mirrors, powder shelves and brightwork, including flushometers, piping and toilet seat hinges.

Wash and disinfect all basins, bowls and urinals.

Wash and sanitize both sides of all toilet seats; clean underside of fixtures.

Dust and spot clean or wash all partitions, tile walls, dispensers and receptacles.

Empty and clean paper towel and sanitary disposal receptacles.

 

Real Estate Lease

7


Fill toilet tissue holders, soap dispensers and paper towel dispensers.

Remove all wastepaper and refuse to designated areas.

 

C. LAVATORIES PERIODIC CLEANING (EXCLUDES NON-CORE LAVATORIES)

Machine scrub flooring once per month.

Wash all partitions, tile walls, and enamel surfaces monthly.

 

D. SCHEDULE OF CLEANING

Upon completion of the nightly chores, all lights shall be turned off, windows closed, doors locked and offices left in a neat and orderly condition.

All day, nightly and periodic cleaning services as listed herein, to be done five nights each week, Monday through Friday, except Union and Legal Holidays.

All windows from the 2nd floor to the roof will be cleaned inside out quarterly, weather permitting.

High dust all pictures, frames, charts, graphs and panel wall hangings not reached in nightly office cleaning four (4) times per year.

High dust all vertical surfaces such as walls, partitions, ventilating louvers and surfaces not reached in nightly office cleaning four (4) times per year.

Dust all venetian blinds and frames four (4) times per year.

 

Real Estate Lease

8


Schedule 5

REAL ESTATE LEASE WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS

 

A. For Payments to Landlord:

Euro-denominated payments should be wired to:

Dollar-denominated payments should be wired to:

 

B. For Payments to Tenant:

Euro-denominated payments should be wired to:

Dollar-denominated payments should be wired to:

 

Real Estate Lease

9

Exhibit 10(rrr)

REAL ESTATE LEASE WAIVER AGREEMENT

WAIVER AGREEMENT, dated as of February 27, 2006, by and between 4101 AUSTIN BOULEVARD CORP. (“ Landlord ”) and FRUCTIBAIL INVEST (“ Tenant ”).

Reference is made to the Real Estate Lease (the “ Real Estate Lease ”), of even date herewith, by and between Landlord, as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant, and to the Real Estate Sublease (the “ Real Estate Sublease ”) of even date herewith, by and between Tenant, as sublandlord, and The Bank of New York, as subtenant (“ Subtenant ”). Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Tenant Waivers . So long as (a) no Sublandlord Termination Event shall have occurred under Section 16.1(B) of the Real Estate Sublease and (b) Landlord shall not be in default of its obligation to pay the Early Termination Amount to Tenant when due (subject to applicable grace periods) under the Real Estate Lease, Tenant hereby agrees to:

(1) waive all rights to make Alterations to the Premises pursuant to Article 3 of the Real Estate Lease;

(2) waive all provisions of Section 4.2 of the Real Estate Lease;

(3) waive the application of the Rules and Regulations to the Premises;

(4) waive all provisions of Article 14 of the Real Estate Lease; and

(5) waive all of Tenant’s rights under Article 10 and Article 11 of the Real Estate Lease (other than its right to terminate the Real Estate Lease pursuant to Section 10.2, Section 10.3(B) and Section 11.1 of the Real Estate Lease).

2. Landlord Agreements . So long as the Real Estate Sublease shall remain in effect and the Subtenant named therein shall be the Bank of New York, Landlord hereby agrees (i) (a) to waive the application of the Rules and Regulations to the Premises and (b) to waive all provisions of Section 9.1 and Section 9.3 of the Real Estate Lease, and (ii) that Subtenant shall have the right to make Alterations to the Premises without conditions (except as set forth in Article 6 of the Real Estate Lease) and without Landlord’s or any Third Party’s consent, such Alterations to be made consistent with the practices of Subtenant.

3. Further Agreements . If (a) a Sublandlord Termination Event shall have occurred under Section 16.1(B) of the Real Estate Sublease or (b) Landlord shall be in default of its obligation to pay the Early Termination Amount to Tenant when due (subject to applicable grace periods) under the Real Estate Lease, Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, under Article 10 of the Real Estate Lease to cause the Premises to be restored. So long as (a) no Sublandlord Termination Event shall have occurred under Section 16.1(B) of Real Estate Sublease and (b) Landlord shall not be in default of its obligation to pay the Early Termination Amount to Tenant when due (subject to applicable grace periods) under the Real Estate Lease, Tenant shall not have the right to mortgage Tenant’s leasehold estate in the Premises.

4. Casualty or Condemnation Proceeds . In the event that Tenant receives any money with respect to the subject matter of Article 10 or Article 11 of the Real Estate Lease, such amount will be credited against any Early Termination Amount then due and payable and any excess will

 

Real Estate Lease Waiver

   1


be promptly reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord. Landlord and Tenant each shall be entitled to rely upon the agreements set forth herein.

5. Governing Law . This Waiver Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York, including, without limitation, the laws applicable to commercial leases in New York.

6. Entire Agreement . This Waiver Agreement constitutes a Transaction Document (as defined in the Real Estate Lease) and, together with the Transaction Documents, contain the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior understandings, if any, with respect thereto. This Waiver Agreement shall not be modified, changed, or supplemented, except by a written instrument executed by both parties.

7. No Contest . Neither Landlord, Tenant nor their Affiliates shall directly or indirectly contest the validity of this Waiver Agreement.

 

Real Estate Lease Waiver

   2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have respectively executed this Real Estate Lease Waiver Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

4101 AUSTIN BOULEVARD CORP.

By:

 

/s/ Stephen G. Petrula

 

Name: Stephen G. Petrula

 

Title: President

 

 

FRUCTIBAIL INVEST

By:

 

/s/ Fabrice Croppi        /s/ Imed Ben Romdhane

 

Name: Fabrice Croppi        Imed Ben Romdhane

 

Title: Co-Heads of Financial Engineering

 

Real Estate Lease Waiver

   3

Exhibit 10(sss)

 


REAL ESTATE SUBLEASE

BETWEEN

FRUCTIBAIL INVEST,

Sublandlord

and

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

Subtenant

Dated February 27, 2006

 


 

Real Estate Sublease

1


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1: DEMISE, PREMISES, TERM, RENT

   11

ARTICLE 2: USE AND OCCUPANCY

   11

ARTICLE 3: ALTERATIONS

   11

ARTICLE 4: REPAIRS-FLOOR LOAD

   12

ARTICLE 5: CERTAIN SUBLANDLORD RIGHTS

   12

ARTICLE 6: REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

   13

ARTICLE 7: ENCUMBRANCES

   14

ARTICLE 8: RULES AND REGULATIONS

   15

ARTICLE 9: INSURANCE, PROPERTY LOSS OR DAMAGE; REIMBURSEMENT

   15

ARTICLE 10: DESTRUCTION BY FIRE OR OTHER CAUSE

   16

ARTICLE 11: EMINENT DOMAIN

   16

ARTICLE 12: ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

   17

ARTICLE 13: ELECTRICITY

   18

ARTICLE 14: ACCESS TO PREMISES

   18

ARTICLE 15: CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY

   18

ARTICLE 16: TERMINATION EVENTS

   19

ARTICLE 17: TERMINATION

   19

ARTICLE 18: FEES AND EXPENSES

   21

ARTICLE 19: NO REPRESENTATIONS BY SUBLANDLORD

   22

ARTICLE 20: END OF TERM

   23

 

Real Estate Sublease

2


ARTICLE 21: QUIET ENJOYMENT

   23

ARTICLE 22: ASSIGNED LEASES

   23

ARTICLE 23: NO WAIVER

   23

ARTICLE 24: WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

   24

ARTICLE 25: INABILITY TO PERFORM

   24

ARTICLE 26: BILLS AND NOTICES

   25

ARTICLE 27: OPERATING EXPENSES AND TAXES

   27

ARTICLE 28: SERVICES

   28

ARTICLE 29: SIDEWALK VAULT SPACE

   28

ARTICLE 30: CAPTIONS; PARTIES BOUND

   29

ARTICLE 31: GUARANTY

   29

ARTICLE 32: CONSENTS AND PAYMENTS

   29

ARTICLE 33: BROKER

   30

ARTICLE 34: INDEMNITY

   31

ARTICLE 35: ADJACENT EXCAVATION-SHORING

   31

ARTICLE 36: REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

   32

ARTICLE 37: MISCELLANEOUS

   32

ARTICLE 38: WITHHOLDING TAXES

   37

 

Real Estate Sublease

3


REAL ESTATE SUBLEASE, made as of this February 27, 2006, between FRUCTIBAIL INVEST, a French société civile (“ Sublandlord ”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York banking corporation (“ Subtenant ”).

WITNESSETH:

The parties hereto, for themselves, their legal representatives, successors and assigns, hereby covenant as follows.

DEFINITIONS

Affiliate ” shall mean a Person which shall (1) Control, (2) be under the Control of, or (3) be under common Control with the Person in question.

Additional Rent ” shall mean all additional rent and other amounts payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord under this Real Estate Sublease other than Fixed Rental.

After-Tax Basis ” shall mean the basis or position leaving the beneficiary of a payment or deduction provided for by this Real Estate Sublease in no better and no worse position than that which it would have been in had the event which gave rise to the payment or deduction obligation not occurred. The party receiving a payment that is to be made on an After-Tax Basis will provide computations in reasonable detail; provided, however, that neither party shall have the right to examine the other party’s books or records and nothing herein shall require either party to manage its tax affairs in any manner other than as it sees fit.

Alterations ” shall mean alterations, installations, improvements, additions or other physical changes (other than decorations) in or about the Premises.

Assigned Leases ” shall mean those leases set forth in Schedule 2 .

Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq. , or any statute of similar nature and purpose.

BNY ” shall mean The Bank of New York Company, Inc., a New York corporation.

BNY Guarantee ” shall mean the Guarantee, dated as of the date hereof, executed by BNY in favor of Sublandlord, as sublandlord and tenant, pursuant to which BNY guarantees the payment and performance obligations of Landlord under the Real Estate Lease and of Subtenant under this Real Estate Sublease.

Building ” shall mean the One Wall Street Building or the 101 Barclay Street Building, and “ Buildings ” shall mean both of such buildings, collectively.

 

Real Estate Sublease

4


Building Systems ” shall mean the mechanical, gas, electrical, sanitary, heating, air conditioning, ventilating, elevator, plumbing, life-safety and other similar service systems of the Buildings.

Business Days ” shall mean all days other than Saturdays, Sundays and holidays on which banks in New York State or Paris, France are authorized to be closed.

Change of Law ” shall mean (i) the passing of, or (ii) a change in or (iii) the introduction, proposal, issuance or repeal of, any law, rule, notice, announcement, regulation or regulatory requirement, directive or interpretation thereof or in the published practice or policy (or in the final application thereof, including for the avoidance of doubt, material changes to administrative procedures such as forms or elections necessary to the claiming of any tax benefit) of any government, governmental department, tax authority, agency or regulatory authority or supervisory body of any country, or in any treaty, in each case not actually or prospectively in force at the date of this Real Estate Sublease, or any change or development in the interpretation by any court, governmental department, tax authority or regulatory authority of any country of any of the foregoing, in each case occurring or made known to any of the parties hereto after the date of this Real Estate Sublease, whether or not such measure applies retroactively and whether or not such measure constitutes a change from a prior position on the same issue.

Control ” shall mean direct or indirect ownership of more than 50% of (i) the outstanding voting stock of a corporation, or (ii) any other equity interest if not a corporation, together with in each case the possession of power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policy of such corporation or other entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by statute or according to the provisions of a contract.

Default Rate ” with respect to any period for which an amount payable hereunder has not been paid when due, shall mean an annual interest rate equal to (i) with respect to amounts payable in Dollars hereunder, LIBOR for such period plus 1% and (ii) with respect to amounts payable in Euros hereunder, EURIBOR for such period plus 1%.

Dollars ” and “$” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

Early Termination Date ” shall mean the date on which any termination of this Real Estate Sublease occurs that is prior to the end of the scheduled Term.

Effective Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 hereof.

 

Real Estate Sublease

5


Environmental Law ” shall mean any and all applicable Federal, state or local laws, rules, orders, permits, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes or decrees of any Governmental Authority or common law regulating or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning human health, natural resources or the environment, as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect, including, without limitation, the Clean Water Act, the Clean Air Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to Know Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984, the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act and the Solid Waste Disposal Act of 1965, in each case, with each amendment, supplement or modification thereto and as each shall be amended, supplemented or modified in the future, their state or municipal equivalents, and the Federal, state or municipal regulations promulgated thereunder.

EURIBOR ” shall mean, in respect of any period for which EURIBOR is to be determined, the rate per annum determined by the Banking Federation of the European Union which appears on Telerate Page 248 (or such other pages as may replace Page 248 on that service or such other service as may be nominated by the Banking Federation of the European Union (including the Reuters Screen) as the information vendor for the purposes of displaying Banking Federation of the European Union offered rates for deposits in Euros) at approximately 11:00 a.m. two Business Days prior to the first Business Day of such period for a term comparable to the term for with EURIBOR is to be determined or, if a rate for such term is not so quoted, a rate determined by a straight-line interpolation of the rates quoted for the term next longer and the term next shorter than such term. If, for any reason, such rate is not available, the term “EURIBOR” shall mean the rate per annum on the Reuters Screen as the offered rate for deposits in Euros at approximately 11:00 a.m. two Business Days prior to the first Business Day of such period for a term comparable to the term for which EURIBOR is to be determined or, if a rate for such term is not so quoted, a rate determined by a straight line interpolation of the rates quoted for the term next longer and the term next shorter than such term; provided , however , if more than one rate is specified for a term comparable to the interest period contemplated on the Reuters Screen, the applicable rate shall be the arithmetic mean of all such rates. If EURIBOR cannot be determined in accordance with the foregoing provision then EURIBOR shall be the arithmetic mean of quotations provided by each of ABN AMRO, HSBC, BNP Paribas, Deutsche Bank and Société Générale, as each such bank’s interbank offered rate for deposits in Euros to leading banks in the European interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. two Business Days prior to the first Business Day of such interest period, provided, that if any of such banks fails to supply any such offered rate by 1:00 p.m. on the required date, EURIBOR for the relevant interest period shall be determined on the basis of the quotations provided by the remaining such banks.

Euros ” shall mean the lawful currency of the European Monetary Union.

 

Real Estate Sublease

6


Expiration Date ” shall mean the Fixed Expiration Date or such earlier or later date on which the Term shall sooner or later end pursuant to any of the terms, conditions or covenants of this Real Estate Sublease or pursuant to law.

Final Rental ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.4.

Fixed Expiration Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 hereof.

Fixed Rent ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2 hereof.

Governmental Authority (Authorities) ” shall mean the United States of America, the State of New York, the City of New York, any political subdivision thereof and any agency, department, commission, board, bureau or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, or any quasigovernmental authority, now existing or hereafter created, having jurisdiction over the Premises or any portion thereof.

Gross-up Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 38.1 hereof.

Guarantees ” shall mean the BNY Guarantee and the NBP Guarantee.

HVAC ” shall mean heat, ventilation and air conditioning.

Landlord ” shall mean 4101 Austin Boulevard Corp., a New York corporation.

LIBOR ” shall mean, in respect of any period for which LIBOR is to be determined, the rate per annum appearing on Telerate Page 3750 (or any successor page) as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in US dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m. two business Days prior to the first Business Day of such period for a term comparable to the term for which LIBOR is to be determined or, if a rate for such term is not so quoted, a rate determined by a straight-line interpolation of the rates quoted for the term next longer and the term next shorter than such term. If, for any reason, such rate is not available, the term “LIBOR” shall mean the rate per annum on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in US dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m. two Business Days prior to the first Business Day of such period for a term comparable to the term for which LIBOR is to be determined or, if a rate for such term is not so quoted, a rate determined by a straight line interpolation of the rates quoted for the term next longer and the term next shorter than such term; provided, however, if more than one rate is specified for a term comparable to the interest period contemplated on Reuters Screen LIBOR01, the applicable rate shall be the arithmetic mean of all such rates. If LIBOR cannot be determined in accordance with the foregoing provision then LIBOR shall be the arithmetic mean of quotations provided by each of ABN AMRO, HSBC, BNP Paribas, Deutsche Bank and Société Générale, as each such bank’s London interbank offered rate of exchange at 11:00 a.m. two Business Days prior to the first Business Day of such period for the relevant term.

 

Real Estate Sublease

7


NBP ” shall mean Natexis Banques Populaire, a French société anonyme having its registered office at 45, rue Saint Dominique, 75007 Paris and registered under number 542 044 524 R.C.S. with the Registre du commerce et des sociétés of Paris.

NBP Guarantee ” shall mean the Guarantee, dated as of the date hereof, executed by NBP, in favor of Landlord and Subtenant pursuant to which NBP Guarantees the payment and performance obligations of Sublandlord as tenant under the Real Estate Lease and as sublandlord under this Real Estate Sublease.

One Wall Street Building ” shall mean all buildings, equipment and other improvements and appurtenances of every kind and description now located or hereafter erected, constructed or placed upon the land and any and all alterations, and replacements thereof, additions thereto and substitutions therefor, situated on and including the land commonly known by the address One Wall Street, New York, NY.

101 Barclay Street Building ” shall mean all buildings, equipment and other improvements and appurtenances of every kind and description now located or hereafter erected, constructed or placed upon the land and any and all alterations, and replacements thereof, additions thereto and substitutions therefor, situated on and including the land commonly known by the address of 101 Barclay Street, New York, NY.

Person(s) or person(s) ” shall mean any natural person or persons, a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation and any other form of business or legal association or entity.

Premises ” shall mean the land more particularly described in Exhibit A together with all improvements thereon including the Building Systems and Buildings commonly known as 101 Barclay Street, New York, NY and One Wall Street, New York, NY.

Real Estate Lease ” shall mean the Real Estate Lease of even date herewith, between Landlord, as landlord and Sublandlord, as tenant, a true and complete copy of which has been provided to Subtenant by Sublandlord.

Real Estate Sublease ” shall mean this Real Estate Sublease together with all exhibits and schedules annexed hereto and made part hereof, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Real Estate Tax Account Funding Date ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 27.1.

Remaining Period ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 17.4.

Rental ” shall mean and be deemed to include the Fixed Rent, and all additional rent.

Rental Payment Date ” shall mean the day following the end of each Rental Period on which an installment of Fixed Rent is due.

 

Real Estate Sublease

8


Rental Period ” shall mean each calendar quarter during the Term, with the first Rental Period beginning on the date hereof and ending on 31 March, 2006, and continuing with each subsequent calendar quarter during the Term.

Requirements ” shall mean all present and future laws, rules, orders, ordinances, regulations, statutes, requirements, codes and executive orders, extraordinary as well as ordinary, of all Governmental Authorities now existing or hereafter created, and of any and all of their departments, agencies and bureaus, having the force of law, affecting the Premises or any portion thereof, or any street, avenue or sidewalk comprising a part of or in front thereof or any vault in or under the same, or requiting removal of any encroachment, or affecting the maintenance, use or occupation of the Premises or any portion thereof.

Rules and Regulations ” shall mean the rules and regulations annexed hereto and made a part hereof as Schedule 1 , and such other and further reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord may from time to time adopt.

Sublandlord ” shall mean FRUCTIBAIL INVEST, a French société civile having its registered office at 115, rue Montmartre, 75002 Paris and registered under number 485 307 904 R.C.S. with the Registre du commerce et des sociétés of Paris.

Sublandlord Indemnitees ” shall mean Sublandlord, the principals comprising Sublandlord and its and their respective partners, members, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors.

Sublandlord Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 37.2 hereof.

Sublandlord Termination Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.1 .

Subtenant ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble to this Real Estate Sublease.

Subtenant Indemnitees ” shall mean Subtenant, the principals comprising Subtenant and its and their respective Affiliates, partners, members, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors.

Subtenant-Paid Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 27.1 hereof.

Subtenant-Paid Taxes ” shall mean all Taxes assessed or charged against the Premises during the Term. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Subtenant-Paid Taxes shall not be deemed to include (w) any taxes on Sublandlord’s income, (x) franchise taxes, (y) estate or inheritance taxes or (z) any similar taxes imposed on Sublandlord, unless such taxes are levied, assessed or imposed in lieu of or as a substitute for the whole or any part of the taxes, assessments, levies, impositions which now constitute Subtenant-Paid Taxes.

 

Real Estate Sublease

9


Subtenant’s Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(C) hereof.

Taxes ” shall mean the aggregate amount of real estate taxes and any general or special assessments (exclusive of penalties and interest thereon) imposed upon the Premises including, without limitation, (i) assessments made upon or with respect to any “air” and “development” rights now or hereafter appurtenant to or affecting the Premises, (ii) any fee, tax or charge imposed by any Governmental Authority for any vaults, vault space or other space within or outside the boundaries of the Premises, and (iii) any taxes or assessments levied after the Effective Date in whole or in part for public benefits to the Premises, including, without limitation, any Business Improvement District taxes and assessments and any commercial rent occupancy taxes) without taking into account any discount that Sublandlord may receive by virtue of any early payment of Taxes; provided, that if because of any change in the taxation of real estate, any other tax or assessment, however denominated (including, without limitation, any franchise, income, profit, sales, use, occupancy, gross receipts or rental tax) is imposed upon Sublandlord or the occupancy, rents or income therefrom, in substitution for any of the foregoing Taxes, such other tax or assessment shall be deemed part of Taxes computed as if Sublandlord’s sole asset were the Premises. With respect to any tax year, all reasonable and customary expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, experts’ and other witnesses’ fees, incurred in contesting the validity or amount of any Taxes or in obtaining a refund of Taxes shall be considered as part of the Taxes for such tax year. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Taxes shall not be deemed to include (w) any taxes on Sublandlord’s income, (x) franchise taxes, (y) estate or inheritance or (z) any similar taxes imposed on Sublandlord, unless such taxes are levied, assessed imposed in lieu of or as a substitute for the whole or any part of the taxes, assessments, levies, impositions which now constitute Taxes.

Term ” shall mean a term which shall commence on the Effective Date and shall expire on the Expiration Date.

Transaction Document ” shall mean this Real Estate Sublease, the Real Estate Lease, the Waiver Agreements, the Guarantees and any other document designated as a Transaction Document by Sublandlord, Subtenant or their respective Affiliates in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or in respect of the Premises.

Transfer ” shall mean any direct or indirect assignment, hypothecation or transfer of all or any interest under this Real Estate Sublease.

Treaty ” shall mean the Convention between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the French Republic for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income and Capital, signed August 31, 1994, as amended by any applicable protocol, or any successor treaty.

Unavoidable Delays ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 25 hereof.

 

Real Estate Sublease

10


Withholding Tax ” shall mean any tax imposed by means of withholding or deduction, including any interest or penalties relating to such tax.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, (i) Landlord is the Owner of the Premises, (ii) Landlord has leased the Premises to Sublandlord pursuant to the Real Estate Lease and (iii) Sublandlord desires to sublease the Premises to Subtenant, and Subtenant desires to sublease the Premises from Sublandlord, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and in this Real Estate Sublease, the rental payments made on the Effective Date and to be made hereunder, and for other good and valuable consideration, the mutual receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, for themselves, their successors and assigns, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1: DEMISE, PREMISES, TERM, RENT

Section 1.1. Sublandlord hereby subleases to Subtenant, and Subtenant hereby hires from Sublandlord, the Premises upon all of the terms set forth in this Real Estate Sublease, for the Term to commence on March 3, 2006 (the “ Effective Date ”) and to expire at 1:00p.m., Eastern Time on March 3, 2031 (the “ Fixed Expiration Date ”).

Section 1.2. From and after the Effective Date, the fixed rent for the Premises (the “ Fixed Rent ”) under this Real Estate Sublease shall be the installment amounts shown as due on Schedule 3 hereto for each quarterly period during the Term beginning on the Effective Date, each payable in Euros in arrears on the date set forth on Schedule 3 . Schedule 3 shall provide separately for installment amounts for each of the Buildings demised by this Sublease in the event that this Sublease is terminated by its terms with respect to one of the Buildings and not the other. In addition, Subtenant shall pay all Additional Rent when due and owing hereunder.

ARTICLE 2: USE AND OCCUPANCY

The Premises shall be used and occupied for general office purposes and for any other purpose permitted by certificates of occupancy affecting the Premises from time to time as amended.

ARTICLE 3: ALTERATIONS

 

Real Estate Sublease

11


Section 3.1. Subtenant shall have the sole right, during the Term, at its own cost, to modify and improve the Premises or make any Alterations thereto, provided that such modification, improvement or alteration complies with all provisions with respect to modifications, improvements and Alterations that are imposed on Sublandlord, in its capacity as tenant, under Article 3 of the Real Estate Lease.

Section 3.2. Upon the request of Subtenant, Sublandlord, at Subtenant’s cost and expense, shall join in any applications for any permits, approvals or certificates required to be obtained by Subtenant in connection with any permitted Alteration (provided that the provisions of the applicable Requirement shall require that Sublandlord join in such application) and shall otherwise cooperate with Subtenant in connection therewith, provided that Sublandlord shall not be obligated to incur any cost or expense, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, or suffer any liability in connection therewith.

ARTICLE 4: REPAIRS-FLOOR LOAD

Section 4.1. Sublandlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause Landlord to operate, maintain and make or cause to be operated, maintained and made all necessary repairs (both structural and nonstructural) to the Building Systems to keep the same in good condition and repair, normal wear and tear excepted.

Section 4.2. Subtenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises exceeding the floor load per square foot area which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by Requirements. Business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by Subtenant at Subtenant’s expense in settings sufficient in Landlord’s reasonable judgment to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance. Except as expressly provided in this Real Estate Sublease, there shall be no allowance to Subtenant for a diminution of rental value and no liability on the part of Sublandlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Sublandlord, Subtenant or others making, or failing to make, any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements in or to any portion of the Premises.

Section 4.3. Sublandlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause Landlord to use its reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Subtenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises.

Section 4.4. Any waiver by Landlord of any provisions of Article 4 of the Real Estate Lease shall be deemed to be an equivalent waiver by Sublandlord under this Article 4 .

ARTICLE 5: CERTAIN SUBLANDLORD RIGHTS

 

Real Estate Sublease

12


Section 5.1. Any Building employee to whom any property shall be entrusted by or on behalf of Subtenant shall be deemed to be acting as Subtenant’s agent with respect to such property and neither Sublandlord nor its agents shall be liable for any damage to property of Subtenant or of others entrusted to employees of the Building, nor for the loss of or damage to any property of Subtenant by theft or otherwise. Neither Sublandlord nor its agents shall be liable for any injury (or death) to persons or damage to property resulting from fire or other casualty, nor shall Sublandlord or its agents be liable for any such injury (or death) to persons or damage caused by other Subtenants or persons in the Buildings or caused by construction of any private, public or quasi-public work; nor shall Sublandlord be liable for any injury (or death) to persons or damage to property or improvements resulting from any latent defect in the Buildings (provided that the foregoing shall not relieve Sublandlord from its obligations, if any, to repair such latent defect pursuant to the provisions of Article 4 hereof.)

Section 5.2. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily closed, darkened or bricked-up due to any Requirement or by reason of repairs, maintenance, alterations, or improvements to the Building, or any of such windows are permanently closed, darkened or bricked-up due to any Requirement, Sublandlord shall not be liable for any damage Subtenant may sustain thereby and Subtenant shall not be entitled to any compensation therefor, nor abatement or diminution of any item of the Rental, nor shall the same release Subtenant from its obligations hereunder, nor constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, by reason of inconvenience or annoyance to Subtenant, or injury to or interruption of Subtenant’s business, or otherwise, nor impose any liability upon Sublandlord or its agents. If at any time the windows of the Premises are temporarily closed, darkened or bricked-up, as aforesaid, then, unless Subtenant is required pursuant to this Real Estate Sublease to perform the repairs, maintenance, alterations, or improvements, or to comply with the Requirements, which resulted in such windows being closed, darkened or bricked-up, Sublandlord shall cause Landlord to perform such repairs, maintenance, alterations or improvements to the extent required by applicable Requirements with reasonable diligence and otherwise take such action as may be reasonably necessary to minimize the period during which such windows are temporarily closed, darkened, or bricked-up.

ARTICLE 6: REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

Subtenant and Sublandlord shall comply with all Requirements applicable to the use, ownership and maintenance of the Premises, including, without limitation, those applicable to the Subtenant’s making of any Alterations therein or Sublandlord’s repairs thereto or the result of the making thereof. Neither Subtenant nor Sublandlord shall do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Premises which will invalidate or be in conflict with a standard “all-risk” insurance policy; nor shall Subtenant or Sublandlord do anything in the Premises, or permit anything to be done in or upon the Premises, or bring

 

Real Estate Sublease

13


or keep anything therein, except as now or hereafter permitted by the New York City Fire Department or other authority having jurisdiction.

ARTICLE 7: ENCUMBRANCES

Section 7.1. Sublandlord shall not mortgage, pledge, encumber or hypothecate its interest in the Premises during the Term. Any mechanics lien filed against the Premises for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Sublandlord shall be discharged or bonded over by Sublandlord no later than [ thirty (30) ] days after Sublandlord shall have received notice thereof. Any lien filed against the Premises for non-payment of Taxes (other than Subtenant-Paid Taxes) shall be discharged by Sublandlord no later than thirty (30) days after Sublandlord shall have received notice thereof. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, any mechanics lien filed against the Premises for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Subtenant shall be discharged by Subtenant no later than thirty (30) days after Subtenant shall have received notice thereof. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, any lien filed against the Premises as a result of non-payment of Subtenant-Paid Taxes, that has not been contested shall be discharged by Subtenant no later than thirty (30) days after Subtenant shall have received notice thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subtenant shall have the right to contest any mechanics or tax lien so long as it reasonably believes in good faith that such contest will be successful and there is no material risk of loss of Sublandlord’s interest in the Premises as a result of such contest.

Section 7.2. Subtenant hereby irrevocably waives any and all right(s) it may have in connection with any zoning lot merger or transfer of development rights with respect to the Premises including, without limitation, any rights it may have to be a party to, to contest, or to execute, any Declaration of Restrictions (as such term is used in Section 12-10 of the Zoning Resolution of The City of New York effective December 15, 1961, as amended) with respect to the Premises, which would cause the Premises to be merged with or unmerged from any other zoning lot pursuant to such Zoning Resolution or to any document of a similar nature and purpose, and Subtenant agrees that this Real Estate Sublease shall be subject and subordinate to the Real Estate Lease, any declaration of restrictions or any other document of similar nature and purpose now affecting the Premises. In confirmation of such subordination and waiver, Subtenant shall execute and deliver promptly any certificate or instrument that Sublandlord reasonably may request in a form consented to by Subtenant (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

Real Estate Sublease

14


ARTICLE 8: RULES AND REGULATIONS

Sublandlord and Subtenant and their respective contractors, employees, agents, visitors, invitees and licensees shall comply with the Rules and Regulations. Sublandlord shall not have any right to impose any additional Rule or Regulation except for any such additional Rules or Regulations adopted by Landlord subsequent to the date hereof. Nothing contained in this Real Estate Sublease shall be construed to impose upon Sublandlord any duty or obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease against any other tenant or subtenant, and Sublandlord shall not be liable to Subtenant for violation of the same by any other tenant or subtenant, its employees, agents, visitors or licensees. If any conflict or inconsistency exists between the Rules and Regulations and the provisions of this Real Estate Sublease, then the provisions of this Real Estate Sublease shall control.

ARTICLE 9: INSURANCE, PROPERTY LOSS OR DAMAGE; REIMBURSEMENT

Section 9.1. [RESERVED]

Section 9.2. Sublandlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause the Landlord to obtain and keep in full force and effect during the Term the insurance coverages required to be maintained by Landlord under Section 9.2 of the Real Estate Lease. Subtenant shall obtain and keep in full force and effect during the Term the casualty coverage for Subtenant’s Property and Alterations required by Section 9.1(i) of the Real Estate Lease and the liability coverage required by Section 9.1 (ii) of the Real Estate Lease. Sublandlord, Subtenant, Landlord and any other parties required to be named as insured parties on the liability policy shall be named as insureds as their interests may appear. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublandlord shall not be liable to Subtenant for any failure to insure, replace or restore any Subtenant’s Property or Alterations. If requested by Landlord, Subtenant shall cooperate with Landlord and Landlord’s insurance companies in the adjustment of any claims for any damage to the Building or such Alterations. Landlord shall be loss payee under the insurance policies required by this Section 9.2 .

Section 9.3. [RESERVED]

Section 9.4. Subtenant acknowledges that Sublandlord shall not be required to carry insurance on, and shall not be responsible for damage to, Subtenant’s Property.

Section 9.5. Subtenant shall not be required to obtain any property insurance that covers the property that is covered by the policies required to be maintained by Landlord or Sublandlord pursuant to Article 9 of the Real Estate Lease.

 

Real Estate Sublease

15


Section 9.6. Subtenant acknowledges that Landlord under the Real Estate Lease shall have the right from time to time to obtain insurance coverage for the Premises which differs from the insurance coverage required by this Article 9 .

ARTICLE 10: DESTRUCTION BY FIRE OR OTHER CAUSE

Section 10.1. If either of the Buildings shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, the damage shall be repaired or other actions shall be taken in accordance with applicable provisions of the Real Estate Lease. If, pursuant to such provisions, the Real Estate Lease is terminated with respect to the Premises, this Real Estate Sublease shall terminate contemporaneously with respect to the Premises.

Section 10.2. This Article 10 constitutes an express agreement governing any case of damage or destruction of the Premises or a Building by fire or other casualty, and Section 227 of the Real Property Law of the State of New York, which provides for such contingency in the absence of an express agreement, and any other law of like nature and purpose now or hereafter in force shall have no application in any such case.

ARTICLE 11: EMINENT DOMAIN

Section 11.1. If the whole of either of the Buildings shall be acquired or condemned for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, this Real Estate Sublease and the Term shall end with respect to the Premises as of the date of the vesting of title with the same effect as if said date were the Fixed Expiration Date. If only a part of either or both of the Buildings shall be so acquired or condemned, then this Real Estate Sublease shall remain in effect without modification unless the Real Estate Lease is terminated as provided in Section 11.1 thereof, in which event this Real Estate Sublease shall terminate contemporaneously with such termination.

Section 11.2. In the event of any acquisition or condemnation of all or any part of the Premises that does not result in a termination of this Real Estate Sublease, the condemnation award shall be paid to the Landlord as provided in the Real Estate Lease. Subtenant shall have no claim against Sublandlord, Landlord, the condemning authority or any third party in respect of any such condemnation. Following any such acquisition or condemnation and prior to any termination of this Real Estate Sublease, Subtenant shall continue to pay in full all items of Rental payable by Subtenant hereunder without reduction or abatement.

Section 11.3. If less than the whole of either or both of the Buildings is permanently acquired or condemned or if the whole or any part of either of the Buildings shall be condemned temporarily during the Term for any public or quasi-public use or purpose,

 

Real Estate Sublease

16


the Term shall not be reduced or affected in any way and Subtenant shall continue to pay in full all items of Rental payable by Subtenant hereunder without reduction or abatement, and any such award shall be payable to the Landlord or Sublandlord (as tenant) as provided in the Real Estate Lease.

ARTICLE 12: ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

Section 12.1. Each of Sublandlord and Subtenant may Transfer its interest in this Real Estate Sublease to an Affiliate (except that Subtenant may not Transfer its interest to Landlord under the Real Estate Lease) or to a surviving entity following a merger following (i) not less than thirty (30) days’ notice to the other of the Transfer and the transferee, (ii) if Sublandlord is the transferring party, confirmation that the NBP Guarantee shall continue in full force and effect with respect to the obligations of such transferee as if it were Sublandlord, and (iii) if Subtenant is the transferring party, confirmation that the transferee is 100% owned directly or indirectly by Subtenant and that the BNY Guarantee shall continue in full force and effect with respect to the obligations of such transferee as if it were Subtenant and shall continue in full force and effect with respect to the obligations of Landlord under the Real Estate Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a merger, consolidation or similar transaction shall not be deemed a “Transfer” for purposes of this Section 12.1 , so long as the surviving or successor entity assumes all obligations of the “transferor” under this Agreement and clauses (ii) and (iii), as applicable, remain satisfied and Landlord remains the owner of the Buildings; provided, that if the merger, consolidation or similar transaction involves the Subtenant and either clause (iii) is not met or Landlord is no longer the owner of both Buildings, then such a transaction may proceed but shall be deemed to be a Sublandlord Termination Event. Sublandlord agrees that neither subleases of the Premises nor assignments by Subtenant of its interests in the Assigned Leases shall not be construed as assignments of the Subtenant’s interest in this Real Estate Sublease for the purposes of this provision. Sublandlord agrees that the transfers of beneficial ownership interests in Subtenant shall not be construed as assignments of the Subtenant’s interest in this Real Estate Sublease for the purpose of this provision. Subtenant agrees that the transfers of beneficial ownership interests in Sublandlord shall not be construed as assignments of Sublandlord’s interest in this Real Estate Sublease for purposes of this provision so long as the NBP Guarantee remains in full force and effect. Any purported assignment in violation of this Section 12.1 shall be null and void.

Section 12.2. Subtenant shall have the unrestricted right to sub-sublease the Premises or portions thereof after the Effective Date, for terms that expire at least one (1) day prior to the Expiration Date, to one or more sub-subtenants meeting Subtenant’s subleasing criteria as from time to time in effect; provided , however , that no such sub-sublease shall relieve Subtenant of any obligations hereunder. Subtenant shall have the right to assign the Assigned Leases without restriction so long as the Guarantee remains in full force and effect. Attached as Exhibit D is a copy of Subtenant’s current subleasing criteria as in

 

Real Estate Sublease

17


effect on the date hereof. Sublandlord may request from Subtenant, on a semiannual basis, a list of subtenants and a copy of Subtenant’s then-current subleasing criteria. No Transfer permitted under this Article 12 shall have any effect on the Assigned Leases or any other existing sub-subleases between Subtenant and third parties which shall remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE 13: ELECTRICITY

Section 13.1. Sublandlord shall cause Landlord to contract for the provision of electricity to the Premises and to pay, or cause Landlord to pay, the costs thereof directly to the public utility company providing such service.

ARTICLE 14: ACCESS TO PREMISES

Section 14.1. Subtenant shall permit Landlord and Sublandlord and their respective agents, representatives, contractors and employees and public utilities servicing the Premises to enter the Premises on Business Days during business hours upon reasonable notice to Subtenant for the purpose of (i) inspecting the same, (ii) complying with any Requirements, and (iii) making any necessary repairs thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 14.1 , provided that Landlord or Sublandlord gives Subtenant as much notice as is practicable under the circumstances, Landlord or Sublandlord and their respective agents, representatives, contractors and employees and public utilities servicing the Premises shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time in the event of an emergency to make any necessary repairs.

Section 14.2. During the twelve (12) month period prior to the Expiration Date, Sublandlord may exhibit the Premises to prospective subtenants thereof.

ARTICLE 15: CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY

Neither Sublandlord nor Subtenant shall, at any time, use or occupy the Premises in violation of the certificates of occupancy at such time issued for the Premises or for the Buildings and in the event that any department of the City or State of New York shall hereafter contend or declare by notice, violation, order or in any other manner whatsoever that the Premises are used for a purpose which is a violation of such certificate of occupancy, Subtenant or Sublandlord, as the case may be, upon written notice from any Governmental Authority, shall immediately discontinue such use of the Premises.

 

Real Estate Sublease

18


ARTICLE 16: TERMINATION EVENTS

Section 16.1. Each of the following events shall be a “ Sublandlord Termination Event ”.

(A) If Subtenant shall breach any representation or warranty given hereunder in any material respect or shall default in fulfilling any of the material covenants of this Real Estate Sublease or any Transaction Document in any material respect and such default shall continue for thirty (30) days, in the case of a material breach of a representation or warranty, or sixty (60) days, in the case of a breach of a material covenant, in each case after notice of such default is given to Subtenant; provided that if such default shall be of such a nature that the same cannot with due diligence be cured or remedied within said 30 or 60 day period, as the case may be, and if Subtenant shall have diligently commenced curing such default within such 30 or 60 day period, and shall thereafter with due diligence and in good faith proceed to remedy or cure such default, Subtenant shall have up to an additional sixty (60) days to cure such default (other than the covenants for the payment of material items of Rental which are covered in (B) below);

(B) If Subtenant shall default in the payment when due of any installment of any item of Rental and such default shall continue for ten (10) Business Days after notice of such default is given to Subtenant by Sublandlord.

ARTICLE 17: TERMINATION

Section 17.1. If a Sublandlord Termination Event exists, Sublandlord may serve a written five (5) days’ notice of cancellation of this Real Estate Sublease upon Subtenant, and upon the expiration of said five (5) days, this Real Estate Sublease and the Term hereunder shall end and expire as fully and completely as if the date of expiration of such five (5) day period were the Fixed Expiration Date and, Subtenant shall then quit and surrender the Premises to Sublandlord.

Section 17.2. Upon termination of this Real Estate Sublease, Subtenant shall quit and peacefully surrender the Premises to Sublandlord, and Sublandlord and its agents may immediately re-enter the Premises, or any part thereof, without notice, either by summary proceedings, or by any other applicable action or proceeding, or by force or otherwise (without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor), and may repossess the Premises, dispossess Subtenant and any other persons from the Premises and remove or store any and all of their property and effects from the Premises at the Subtenant’s expense. The obligation to pay or reimburse any storage or removal costs shall survive the expiration of this Real Estate Sublease.

Section 17.3. Upon the termination of this Real Estate Sublease (which each party hereto acknowledges and agrees shall occur upon the termination of the Real Estate Lease), neither party hereto shall have any further obligation to the other party under this Real Estate Sublease except as to (a) claims for indemnification as provided in the

 

Real Estate Sublease

19


Transaction Documents for matters relating to periods prior to the termination of this Real Estate Sublease, and (b) Sublandlord’s claims for the recovery of Rentals under this Real Estate Sublease not timely paid when due, plus late interest on the same that shall accrue at the Default Rate, which claims are expressly stated herein to survive the termination of this Real Estate Sublease.

Section 17.4. If the termination of this Real Estate Sublease occurs at any time other than the last day of a Rental Period during the Term, the amount of Fixed Rent due during the Rental Period in which the termination occurs shall be adjusted based on the formula set forth below:

In case of termination during a Rental Period, on the Early Termination Date, the Subtenant will pay to the Sublandlord the amount (the “ Final Rental ”) which shall be equal to the Fixed Rent minus the Adjustment Factor calculated as follows:

LOGO

With :

LOGO

 

v :

   3.86%

w :

   0.58698%

x :

   € 435,800,000

y :

   €2,832,354

z :

   1.00818255

Remaining Period ”:

   A period from and including the Early Termination Date to and excluding the Rental Payment Date immediately following the Early Termination Date

n :

   The number of days included in the Remaining Period

 

Real Estate Sublease

20


p :

   The number of Fixed Rent payments effectively paid from the Effective Date to the Early Termination Date

q:

   is a number from 1 to p

R i :

   The 3-month Euribor quoted on Telerate Page 248 two business days before the Rental Payment Date immediately preceding the Early Termination Date

R f :

   The rate determined as follows :
   (i) if Euribor for the Remaining Period is quoted on Telerate Page 248, the rate so quoted minus 1/8 percent per annum; and
   (ii) if no Euribor rate for Remaining Period is quoted on Telerate Page 248, the rate found by interpolating (on a linear basis) between the Euribor rates quoted on Telerate page 248 for the periods (both longer and shorter) which correspond most closely to the Remaining Period minus 1/8 percent per annum

ARTICLE 18: FEES AND EXPENSES

If Sublandlord or Subtenant shall be in default beyond any applicable grace periods under this Real Estate Sublease, Sublandlord or Subtenant, as the case may be, may make or cause to be made, any expenditure or incur any obligation for the payment of money, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding, and the cost thereof, shall be deemed to be additional rent hereunder and shall be paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord or Sublandlord to Subtenant, as the case may be, no later than twenty (20) days following the rendition of any bill or statement to Subtenant or Sublandlord, as the case may be, therefor and if the term of this Real Estate Sublease shall have expired at the time of the making of such expenditures or the incurring of such obligations, such sums shall be recoverable by Sublandlord or Subtenant, as the case may be, as damages. Amounts payable by Sublandlord or Subtenant pursuant to this Article 18, as well as amounts payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord under Article 27 shall bear interest at the Default Rate if not paid when due, from and including the due date to but excluding the date paid

 

Real Estate Sublease

21


by Subtenant to Sublandlord or Sublandlord to Subtenant, as the case may be. This Article 18 shall survive any termination of this Real Estate Sublease.

ARTICLE 19: NO REPRESENTATIONS BY SUBLANDLORD

Sublandlord and Sublandlord’s agents and representatives have made no representations or promises with respect to the Premises except as expressly set forth herein. Subtenant acknowledges that it is fully familiar with the condition of the Premises, and agrees to take the same in the condition “as is” as of the date hereof, and Sublandlord shall have no obligation to alter, improve, decorate, repair or prepare any portion of the Premises for Subtenant’s occupancy.

 

Real Estate Sublease

22


ARTICLE 20: END OF TERM

Upon the expiration or other termination of this Real Estate Sublease, Subtenant shall quit and surrender to Sublandlord the Premises, vacant, broom clean, in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage for which Subtenant is not responsible under the terms of this Real Estate Sublease excepted. If the last day of the Term falls on a day other than a Business Day, this Real Estate Sublease shall expire on the Business Day immediately preceding.

ARTICLE 21: QUIET ENJOYMENT

Until such time as this Real Estate Sublease is terminated, Subtenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions of this Real Estate Sublease and the Real Estate Lease.

ARTICLE 22: ASSIGNED LEASES

The Premises demised to Subtenant under this Real Estate Sublease are leased subject to the Assigned Leases and the rights of the tenants thereunder. Sublandlord hereby assigns to Subtenant all of Sublandlord’s interest in the Assigned Leases, including all of Sublandlord’s rights to receive rent and other payments thereunder during the Term, and Subtenant agrees to perform all of Sublandlord’s obligations under the Assigned Leases during the Term.

ARTICLE 23: NO WAIVER

Section 23.1. The failure of Sublandlord or Subtenant to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this Real Estate Sublease, shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach or prevent a subsequent act which would have originally constituted a Sublandlord Termination Event or a violation of the provisions of this Real Estate Sublease, as applicable, from having all of the force and effect of an original Sublandlord Termination Event or violation of the provisions of this Real Estate Sublease, as applicable. The receipt by Sublandlord or payment by Subtenant of any item of Rental with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Real Estate Sublease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. No provision of this Real Estate Sublease shall be deemed to have been waived by Sublandlord or Subtenant, unless such waiver is in writing signed by Sublandlord or Subtenant, as the case may be. No payment by Subtenant or receipt by Sublandlord of a lesser amount than the item of Rental herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the item of Rental, or as Sublandlord may elect to apply same, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any

 

Real Estate Sublease

23


check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as an item of Rental be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Sublandlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Sublandlord’s right to recover the balance of such item of Rental or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Real Estate Sublease.

ARTICLE 24: WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

The respective parties hereto shall, and they hereby do, waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other (except for personal injury or property damage) on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Real Estate Sublease, the relationship of Sublandlord and Subtenant, Subtenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, or for the enforcement of any remedy under any statute, emergency or otherwise. If Sublandlord commences any summary proceeding against Subtenant, Subtenant will not interpose any counterclaim of whatever nature or description in any such proceeding (unless failure to impose such counterclaim would preclude Subtenant from asserting in a separate action the claim which is the subject of such counterclaim), and will not seek to consolidate such proceeding with any other action which may have been or will be brought in any other court by Subtenant.

ARTICLE 25: INABILITY TO PERFORM

Section 25.1. This Real Estate Sublease and the obligation of Subtenant to pay the Rental hereunder and perform or cause to be performed, all of the other covenants and agreements hereunder on the part of Subtenant to be performed or cause to be performed, shall in no way be affected, impaired or excused because Sublandlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this Real Estate Sublease expressly or impliedly to be performed by Sublandlord or because Sublandlord is unable to make, or cause to be made, or is delayed in making or causing to be made, any repairs, additions, alterations, improvements or is unable to supply, or cause to be supplied, or is delayed in supplying, or causing to be supplied, any equipment or fixtures, if Sublandlord is prevented or delayed from so doing by reason of strikes or labor troubles or by accident, or by any cause whatsoever beyond Sublandlord’s control, including, but not limited to, laws, governmental preemption in connection with a national emergency or by reason of any Requirements of any Governmental Authority or by reason of failure of the HVAC, electrical, plumbing, or other Building Systems in the Building, or by reason of the conditions of supply and demand which have been or are affected by war or other emergency (“ Unavoidable Delays ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if during any time period Sublandlord is unable to fulfill, or cause to be fulfilled, any of its obligations under this Real Estate Sublease as aforesaid, Subtenant shall, by reason thereof, be unable to perform, or shall be prevented from performing, any covenant or agreement on its part

 

Real Estate Sublease

24


to be performed, such nonperformance shall not be deemed a default by Subtenant or a Sublandlord Termination Event under this Real Estate Sublease.

Section 25.2. This Real Estate Sublease and the obligation of Sublandlord to perform or cause to be performed, all of the covenants and agreements hereunder on the part of Sublandlord to be performed or caused to be performed shall in no way be affected, impaired or excused because Subtenant is unable to fulfill or cause to be fulfilled any of its obligations under this Real Estate Sublease expressly or impliedly to be performed by Subtenant because Subtenant is prevented or delayed from doing so by reason of Unavoidable Delays. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if during any time period Subtenant is unable to fulfill or cause to be fulfilled any of its obligations under this Real Estate Sublease as aforesaid and Sublandlord shall, by reason thereof, be unable to perform or cause to be performed, or shall be prevented from performing or causing to be performed, any covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or caused to be performed, such nonperformance shall not be deemed a default by Sublandlord under this Real Estate Sublease.

ARTICLE 26: BILLS AND NOTICES

Any bills (other than tax bills), statements, consents, notices, demands, requests or other communications given or required to be given under this Real Estate Sublease shall be in writing and shall be (1) mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (2) sent by internationally recognized overnight air courier service, or (3) sent by telecopy ( provided an identical notice is also sent simultaneously by mail or overnight courier). All such communications shall be mailed, sent or delivered, addressed to the party for whom it is intended at its address set forth below:

if to Subtenant, to each of:

The Bank of New York

One Wall Street – 32 nd Floor

New York, NY 10286

Facsimile: (212) 635-6350

Attention: Corporate Treasury and Tax

with a copy to:

Dewey Ballantine LLP

1301 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Facsimile: (212) 259-6333

Attention: Managing Partner

 

Real Estate Sublease

25


if to Sublandlord:

Fructibail Invest

115, rue Montmartre

75002 Paris

Facsimile: 011-33 1 58 19 29 15

Attention: Imed Ben Romdhane

with a copy to:

Natexis Banques Populaires

45, rue Saint Dominique

75007 Paris

Facsimile: 011-33 1 58 19 33 80

Attention: Negar Madjlessi

with a copy to:

Allen & Overy LLP

Edouard VII

26, boulevard des Capucines

75009 Paris France

Facsimile: 011-33-(0)1-4006-5454

Attention: Patrice Couterier

and

Allen & Overy LLP

1221 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10020

Facsimile: (212) 610-6399

Attention: Kevin O’Shea

or at such other address or to such other addressee as the party to be served with notice may have furnished in writing to the party seeking or desiring to serve notice as a place for the service of notice. With respect to each party, notices shall be deemed given upon receipt by each of the parties designated by such party above (other than its outside legal counsel), with failure to accept delivery constituting delivery for this purpose. Any notices received after 5:00 p.m.

Eastern Standard Time on a Business Day shall be deemed delivered on the following Business Day. Any party hereto may change the addresses for notices set forth above by

 

Real Estate Sublease

26


giving at least ten (10) days’ prior notice of such change in writing to the other party as aforesaid and otherwise in accordance with these provisions.

ARTICLE 27: OPERATING EXPENSES AND TAXES

Section 27.1. All costs of operating the Premises (“ Subtenant-Paid Costs ”) as and when such costs are due and payable, shall be paid, or caused to be paid, by Sublandlord. Sublandlord shall provide Subtenant with invoices for such Subtenant-Paid Costs, and Subtenant shall reimburse Sublandlord for all such Subtenant-Paid Costs within ten (10) days after Subtenant has been invoiced. All Taxes assessed or charged against the Premises (as well as any related interest or penalties), except for Subtenant-Paid Taxes which shall be paid by Subtenant by its deposit of the Subtenant-Paid Taxes into the Real Estate Tax Account (as defined in the Real Estate Lease) by the tenth day prior to the date on which such Subtenant-Paid Taxes are due (the “ Real Estate Tax Account Funding Date ”), shall be paid, or caused to be paid, by Sublandlord. Amounts payable by Sublandlord or Subtenant pursuant to this Article 27 , as well as amounts payable by Sublandlord to Subtenant under Article 18 , shall bear interest at the Default Rate if not paid when due, from and including the due date to but excluding the date paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord or Sublandlord to Subtenant, as the case may be. For the avoidance of doubt, Subtenant shall not be required to reimburse Sublandlord for any interest or penalties related to Subtenant-Paid Taxes so long as Subtenant’s payment was deposited into the Real Estate Tax Account by the Real Estate Tax Account Funding Date. Sublandlord and Subtenant each acknowledges that Landlord shall have the exclusive right to contest Taxes and that any refund resulting from any such contest may be paid directly to either Landlord or Subtenant and shall in no event be paid to Sublandlord. Sublandlord will take such actions and execute such documentation as may be reasonably requested from time to time by Subtenant to cause the applicable Governmental Authority to pay any such refunds directly to Subtenant.

Section 27.2. Should Sublandlord fail to pay, or fail to cause Landlord to pay, any amount that such parties are obligated to pay pursuant to Section 27.1 , then Subtenant, as its sole remedy under this Real Estate Sublease, shall have the right to deduct from the next installment(s) of Rental coming due under this Real Estate Sublease all such amounts that Subtenant has paid or cause to be paid (as well as any related interest or penalties), together with interest thereon in accordance with Article 18 , until all such amounts shall have been recovered in their entirety. Subtenant shall provide to Sublandlord a written accounting of all amounts paid with each quarterly installment of Rental hereunder.

ARTICLE 28: SERVICES

 

Real Estate Sublease

27


Section 28.1. [Reserved].

Section 28.2. Sublandlord shall provide, or cause Landlord to provide, to the Premises hot and cold water for ordinary drinking, cleaning and lavatory purposes.

Section 28.3. Subtenant acknowledges that Landlord has reserved the right to stop service of certain building systems when necessary, by reason of accident or emergency, or for repairs, additions, alterations, replacements or improvements as Landlord may deem desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements shall have been completed. Sublandlord shall have no responsibility or liability for interruption, curtailment or failure to supply such building systems when prevented by Unavoidable Delays, or by law, or due to the exercise of its right to stop service as provided in Article 28 of the Real Estate Lease. The exercise of such right or such failure by Landlord shall not constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, or entitle Subtenant to any compensation or to any abatement or diminution of the Rental, or relieve Subtenant from any of its obligations under this Real Estate Sublease, or impose any liability upon Sublandlord or its agents by reason of inconvenience or annoyance to Subtenant, or injury to or interruption of Subtenant’s business, or otherwise. If requested by Subtenant, Sublandlord shall cooperate with Subtenant to cause Landlord to schedule the performance of such repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements at such times so as to minimize the interference with the conduct of Subtenant’s business.

Section 28.4. Subtenant agrees that Landlord may maintain and operate, or cause to be maintained and operated, security systems and closed circuit television cameras at various locations in or about the Buildings, if any. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall have the right (but not the obligation) to continue to operate such security systems.

Section 28.5. Subtenant agrees that Landlord may maintain and operate or cause to be maintained or operated a photo identification system for the Buildings.

Section 28.6. Sublandlord shall cause Landlord to provide or cause to be provided janitorial services to the Premises in accordance with the cleaning specifications set forth in Schedule 5 .

ARTICLE 29: SIDEWALK VAULT SPACE

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Real Estate Sublease or indicated on any sketch, blueprint or plan, any under sidewalk vaults, vault space or other space outside the boundaries of the Premises are not included in the Premises. Sublandlord makes no representation as to the location of the boundaries of the Premises. All under sidewalk vaults and vault space and all other space outside the boundaries of the Premises which Subtenant may be permitted to use or occupy are to be used or occupied under a

 

Real Estate Sublease

28


revocable license, and if any such license shall be revoked, or if the amount of such space shall be diminished or required by any Governmental Authority or by any public utility company, such revocation, diminution or requisition shall not constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, or entitle Subtenant to any abatement or diminution of the Rental, or relieve Subtenant from any of its obligations under this Real Estate Sublease, or impose any liability upon Sublandlord. Any fee, tax or charge imposed by any Governmental Authority for any such vaults, vault space or other space occupied by Subtenant shall be paid, or caused to be paid, by Landlord.

ARTICLE 30: CAPTIONS; PARTIES BOUND

Section 30.1. The captions are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Real Estate Sublease nor the intent of any provision thereof.

Section 30.2. The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Real Estate Sublease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Sublandlord and Subtenant and their respective legal representatives, successors, and, to the extent permitted under this Real Estate Sublease, their assigns.

ARTICLE 31: GUARANTY

Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Real Estate Sublease by Sublandlord and Subtenant, Sublandlord shall cause NBP to execute and deliver the NBP Guarantee to Subtenant and Landlord, and Subtenant shall cause BNY to execute and deliver the BNY Guarantee to Sublandlord.

ARTICLE 32: CONSENTS AND PAYMENTS

Section 32.1. Sublandlord grants to Subtenant the right to act on Sublandlord’s behalf whenever the consent or waiver of Landlord is required under the Real Estate Lease and to deal directly with Landlord in respect of such consents. Any consent or waiver given by Landlord to Subtenant shall be deemed to be concurrent consent or waiver by Sublandlord.

Section 32.2. [RESERVED]

Section 32.3. Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that Sublandlord shall not be responsible for providing any services to Subtenant or for the performance of any obligations to be performed by Landlord under the Real Estate Lease, and Subtenant

 

Real Estate Sublease

29


agrees to look to Landlord for the performance of such obligations, provided that Sublandlord has performed all obligations of Sublandlord as tenant under the Real Estate Lease (except for those obligations that have been delegated to Subtenant hereunder). Sublandlord shall not be liable to Subtenant for any failure by Landlord to perform such obligations under the Lease, nor shall failure by Landlord to perform its obligations under the Real Estate Lease excuse performance by Subtenant of its obligations hereunder. Subtenant agrees not to commit or permit any act or omission on the Premises which violates any term or condition of the Real Estate Lease or this Real Estate Sublease.

Section 32.4. At Subtenant’s expense, during the Term, Sublandlord, at the request of Subtenant, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the terms of the Real Estate Lease with respect to Landlord’s obligations under the Real Estate Lease as they relate to the Premises (but Sublandlord shall not have an obligation to incur any expense or initiate any legal action against Landlord to enforce such provisions, unless Subtenant first advances to Sublandlord amounts sufficient to fund such expense or legal action as reasonably determined by Sublandlord). Nothing herein shall be considered as an undertaking by Sublandlord to Subtenant to afford Subtenant the benefit of such provisions on the same terms as are contained in the Real Estate Lease, Sublandlord’s sole obligation with respect to Landlord’s obligations in the Real Estate Lease being to use commercially reasonable efforts, at the request of Subtenant, to enforce such obligations on Subtenant’s behalf, to the extent set forth in the immediately preceding sentence. To the extent the provisions of this Real Estate Sublease are inconsistent with or different from the provisions of the Real Estate Lease, the provisions of this Real Estate Sublease shall control as between the parties hereto.

ARTICLE 33: BROKER

Each of Subtenant and Sublandlord represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker, finder, or like agent in connection with this Real Estate Sublease. Subtenant does hereby indemnify and hold Sublandlord harmless of and from all loss, costs, damages or expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by reason of any claim or liability to any broker, finder or like agent (other than Broker) who shall claim to have dealt with Subtenant in connection herewith. Sublandlord does hereby indemnify and hold Subtenant harmless of and from all loss, costs, damages or expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by reason of any claim or liability to any broker, finder or like agent who shall claim to have dealt with Sublandlord in connection herewith. The provisions of this Article 33 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Real Estate Sublease.

ARTICLE 34: INDEMNITY

 

Real Estate Sublease

30


Section 34.1. (A) Subtenant shall not do or permit any act thing to be done upon the Premises which may subject the Sublandlord Indemnitees to any liability or responsibility for injury, damage to Persons or property, or to any liability by reason of any violation of any Requirement, and shall exercise such control over the Premises as to fully protect the Sublandlord Indemnitees against any such liability. Subtenant shall indemnify and save the Sublandlord Indemnitees, harmless from and against (a) all claims of whatever nature against the Sublandlord Indemnitees arising from any act, omission or negligence of Subtenant, its contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees or visitors, in or about the Premises, (b) all claims against the Sublandlord Indemnitees arising from any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any Person or to the property of any Person and occurring during the Term in or about the Premises, (c) all claims against the Sublandlord Indemnitees arising from any accident, injury or damage occurring outside of the Premises where such accident, injury or damage results or is claimed to have resulted from an act, omission or negligence of Subtenant or Subtenant’s contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees or visitors, (d) any breach, violation or non-performance of any covenant, condition or agreement which relates to the use and control of the Premises in this Real Estate Sublease set forth and contained on the part of Subtenant to be fulfilled, kept, observed or performed and (e) all claims against or costs incurred by the Sublandlord Indemnitees arising out of a contest by Subtenant pursuant to Section 7.1. This indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall include indemnity from and against any and all liability, fines, suits, demands, costs and expenses of any kind or nature (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred in or in connection with any such claim or proceeding brought thereon, and the defense thereof (“ Claims ”).

(B) Sublandlord shall indemnify and save Subtenant’s Indemnitees harmless from and against all Claims arising from any breach, violation or non-performance of any covenant, condition or agreement in this Real Estate Sublease on the part of Sublandlord to be fulfilled, kept, observed or performed.

Section 34.2. If any Claim is made or brought against either party, which Claim the other party shall be obligated to indemnify such first party against pursuant to the terms of this Real Estate Sublease, then, upon demand by the indemnified party, the indemnifying party, at its sole cost and expense, shall resist or defend such Claim in the indemnified party’s name, if necessary. The provisions of this Article 34 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Real Estate Sublease.

ARTICLE 35: ADJACENT EXCAVATION-SHORING

If an excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to the Premises, or shall be authorized to be made, Subtenant, upon reasonable advance notice, shall afford to the Person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, a license to enter upon the Premises for the purpose of doing such work as said Person shall deem necessary to preserve the wall or

 

Real Estate Sublease

31


the Building from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations, without any claim for damages or indemnity against Sublandlord, or diminution or abatement of Rental.

ARTICLE 36: REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 36.1. The execution and delivery of this Real Estate Sublease by Subtenant has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action. This Real Estate Sublease does not conflict with the Subtenant’s governing documents or with any order of any court having jurisdiction over Subtenant or its property nor with any contract to which Subtenant is a party or by which its property is bound or affected. No consent by any third party is necessary for Subtenant to execute and deliver this Real Estate Sublease. In addition, Subtenant represents that the leases set forth in Schedule 2 hereof constitute all leases for the Buildings with third parties unrelated to Subtenant. Subtenant has received and reviewed a copy of the Real Estate Lease and understand the terms and provisions thereof.

Section 36.2. The execution and delivery of this Real Estate Sublease by Sublandlord has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other constitutional action. This Real Estate Sublease does not conflict with the Sublandlord’s governing documents nor with any order of any court having jurisdiction over Sublandlord or its property nor with any contract to which Sublandlord is a party or by which its property is bound or affected. No consent by any third party is necessary for Subtenant to execute and deliver this Real Estate Sublease.

Section 36.3. Neither Sublandlord, Subtenant nor their Affiliates shall directly or indirectly contest the validity of this Real Estate Sublease.

ARTICLE 37: MISCELLANEOUS

Section 37.1. This Real Estate Sublease is offered for signature by Subtenant and it is understood that this Real Estate Sublease shall not be binding upon Sublandlord or Subtenant unless and until Sublandlord and Subtenant shall have executed and unconditionally delivered a fully executed copy of this Real Estate Sublease to each other.

Section 37.2. The partners, shareholders, directors, officers and principals, direct and indirect, of Sublandlord (collectively, the “ Sublandlord Parties ”) shall not be liable for the performance of Sublandlord’s obligations under this Real Estate Sublease. Subtenant shall look solely to Sublandlord and its interest in the Premises in enforcing Sublandlord’s obligations hereunder and shall not seek any damages (including consequential and

 

Real Estate Sublease

32


punitive damages) against any of the Sublandlord Parties except as provided above in this Section 37.2 and except as provided in the NBP Guarantee.

Section 37.3. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Real Estate Sublease to the contrary, all amounts payable by Subtenant to or on behalf of Sublandlord under this Real Estate Sublease, whether or not expressly denominated as the Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or Rental, shall constitute rent for the purposes of Section 502(b)(6) of the United States Bankruptcy Code.

Section 37.4. Subtenant’s liability for all items of Rental that arose during the Term shall survive the Expiration Date.

Section 37.5. Subtenant shall not install any signs on the exterior or in the interior of the Premises without the prior approval of Landlord which approval may be given or withheld in the Landlord’s discretion.

Section 37.6. Neither this Real Estate Sublease nor any memorandum hereof shall be recorded.

Section 37.7. This Real Estate Sublease and the Transaction Documents contain the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior understandings, if any, with respect thereto. This Real Estate Sublease shall not be modified, changed, or supplemented, except by a written instrument executed by both parties.

Section 37.8. This Real Estate Sublease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York including, without limitation, the laws applicable to commercial leases in New York. Each of Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby: (a) irrevocably consents and submits to the jurisdiction of any Federal, state, county or municipal court sitting in the State of New York in respect to any action or proceeding brought therein by Sublandlord against Subtenant concerning any matters arising out of or in any way relating to this Real Estate Sublease; (b) irrevocably waives all objections as to venue and any and all rights it may have to seek a change of venue with respect to any such action or proceedings; (c) agrees that the laws of the State of New York shall govern in any such action or proceeding and waives any defense to any action or proceeding granted by the laws of any other country or jurisdiction unless such defense is also allowed by the laws of the State of New York; and (d) agrees that any final judgment rendered against it in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Each of Sublandlord and Subtenant further agrees that any action or proceeding by Subtenant against Sublandlord, or Sublandlord against Subtenant, as the case may be, in respect to any matters arising out of or in any way relating to this Real Estate Sublease shall be brought only in the State of New York, County of New York. The address for service of process on Subtenant in the State of New York shall be One Wall Street – 10 th Floor, New York, NY 10286, Attention: General Counsel. Sublandlord hereby appoints CT Corporation System, A WoltersKluwer Company,

 

Real Estate Sublease

33


having an office at 111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, NY 10011 as Sublandlord’s agent who shall be authorized to accept service of process on Sublandlord’s behalf.

Each of Sublandlord and Subtenant shall have the right to appoint a successor agent upon notice to Sublandlord or Subtenant, as the case may be, but, at all times during the Term, each of Sublandlord and Subtenant shall have a duly authorized agent for service of process in New York State.

Section 37.9. (A) All of the Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto are incorporated and made a part of this Real Estate Sublease. Wherever appropriate in this Real Estate Sublease, personal pronouns shall be deemed to include the other genders and the singular to include the plural. All Article and Section references set forth herein shall, unless the context otherwise specifically requires, be deemed references to the Articles and Sections of this Real Estate Sublease.

(B) If any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Real Estate Sublease, or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance, shall ever be held to be invalid or unenforceable, then in each such event the remainder of this Real Estate Sublease or the application of such term, covenant, condition or provision to any other Person or any other circumstance (other than those as to which it shall be invalid or unenforceable) shall not thereby affected, and each term, covenant, condition and provision hereof shall remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

(C) All references in this Real Estate Sublease to the consent or approval Sublandlord shall be deemed to mean the written consent or approval of Sublandlord and no consent or approval of Sublandlord shall be effective for any purpose unless such consent or approval is set forth in a written instrument executed by Sublandlord.

Section 37.10. Except for payments of Fixed Rent and as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Real Estate Sublease shall be made in Dollars. Amounts payable by one party to the other party under this Real Estate Sublease shall be paid by wire transfers in immediately available funds in accordance with wire transfer instructions appended hereto as Schedule 6 , as such instructions from time to time may be changed by a party upon notice to the other party.

Section 37.11. Subtenant agrees to join in the execution of all applications, filings and certificates relating to the Premises or portions thereof which Landlord from time to time during the Term reasonably may request; provided , however , that Subtenant shall not be required to incur any obligations or assume any liabilities with respect to the same.

Section 37.12. The liability of the parties under this Real Estate Sublease shall be limited to direct damages, and neither party shall have any liability for consequential, special or other damages suffered by the other party or by any party claiming through the other party.

 

Real Estate Sublease

34


Section 37.13. Except to the extent that Subtenant shall be unable to peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises solely by reason of the default by Sublandlord of Sublandlord’s obligations under Article 21 (subject to the provisions thereof, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that any act or failure to act by Landlord which may result in a breach by Sublandlord of its obligations under Article 21 shall not be deemed to be a default by Sublandlord), this Real Estate Sublease shall not terminate, nor shall Subtenant be entitled to any abatement, suspension, deferment, reduction, setoff (except to the extent expressly provided in Article 27), counterclaim, or defense with respect to the Rental, by reason of: (1) any defect in the condition, merchantability, design, construction, quality or fitness for use of the Premises or any part thereof, or the failure of the Premises to comply with any legal requirements, including any inability to occupy or use any such Premises by reason of such non-compliance; (2) any damage to, removal, abandonment, salvage, loss, contamination of or release from, scrapping or destruction of or any requisition or taking of any portion of the Premises or any part thereof; (3) any restriction, prevention or curtailment of or interference with the construction on or any use of any portion of the Premises or any part thereof including eviction; (4) any defect in title to rights to any portion of the Premises or any lien on such title or rights or on any portion of the Premises; (5) any change, waiver, extension, indulgence or other action or omission or breach in respect of any obligation or liability of or by Landlord or Sublandlord; (6) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, composition, adjustment, dissolution, liquidation or other like proceedings relating to Landlord, Sublandlord, Subtenant or any other Person, or any action taken with respect to this Sublease by any trustee or receiver of Landlord, Sublandlord, Subtenant or any other Person, or by any court, in any such proceeding; (7) any claim that Subtenant has or might have against any Person, including, without limitation, Landlord, Sublandlord, or any vendor, manufacturer, contractor of or for any portion of the Premises; (8) any failure on the part of Landlord to perform or comply with any of the terms of the Real Estate Lease; (9) any invalidity unenforceability or illegality or disaffirmance of the Real Estate Lease, this Real Estate Sublease or any provision thereof or hereof against or by Landlord, Sublandlord or Subtenant; (10) the impossibility or illegality of performance by Landlord, Subtenant, Sublandlord or any of them; (11) any action by any court, administrative agency or other Governmental Authority; or (12) other cause or circumstances whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing and whether or not Sublandlord or Subtenant shall have notice or knowledge of any of the foregoing. Subtenant hereby specifically waives any and all rights arising from or in connection with any occurrence whatsoever, which may now or hereafter be conferred upon it by law (i) to surrender or terminate this Real Estate Sublease, except to the extent that Subtenant shall be unable to peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises solely by reason of a default by Sublandlord of Sublandlord’s obligations under Article 21 (subject to the provisions thereof, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that any act or failure to act by Landlord which may result in a breach by Sublandlord of its obligations under Article 21 shall not be deemed to be a default by Sublandlord) and (ii) Subtenant hereby specifically waives any and all rights arising from or in connection with any occurrence whatsoever, which may now or hereafter be conferred upon it by law to entitle Subtenant to any

 

Real Estate Sublease

35


abatement, reduction, suspension or deferment of the Rental, except to the extent expressly set forth in Article 27. For the avoidance of doubt, Subtenant shall have the right, at any time or from time to time, to vacate the Premises or any portion thereof; provided , that no such action by Subtenant shall affect its obligation to make payments of all items of Rental hereunder.

Section 37.14. (A) From time to time, no later than thirty (30) days following request by Sublandlord, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord a written statement executed by Subtenant, in form reasonably satisfactory to Sublandlord and Subtenant, (1) stating that this Real Estate Sublease is then in full force and effect and has not been modified (or if modified, setting forth all modifications), (2) setting forth the date to which the Fixed Rent has been paid, and (3) stating whether or not, to the knowledge of Subtenant (without investigation), Sublandlord is in default under this Real Estate Sublease, and, if Sublandlord is in default, setting forth the specific nature of all such defaults.

(B) From time to time, no later than thirty (30) days following request by Subtenant, Sublandlord shall deliver to Subtenant a written statement executed by Sublandlord, in form reasonably satisfactory to Subtenant and Sublandlord, (1) stating that this Real Estate Sublease is then in full force and effect and has not been modified (or if modified, setting forth all modifications), (2) setting forth the date to which the Fixed Rent has been paid, and stating whether or not, to the knowledge of Sublandlord (without investigation), Subtenant is default under this Real Estate Sublease, and, if Subtenant is in default, setting forth the specific nature of all such defaults.

Section 37.15. All payments hereunder shall be made on the day when due and payable; provided , that if (i) for any reason or cause outside the control of the party making payment hereunder, an attempted wire transfer of funds shall fail to be completed on such due date or (ii) such due date is not a Business Day, then in either such case, the due date of such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, without being subject to any penalties or premiums of any kind, other than interest thereon for the period of such extension at LIBOR or EURIBOR, as applicable; provided further , however , that, in the case of clause (ii) of this Section 37.15 , if such extension would cause the due date of such payment to occur in the next following calendar quarter, the due date of such payment shall occur on the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

Real Estate Sublease

36


ARTICLE 38: WITHHOLDING TAXES

Section 38.1. If any deduction for any Withholding Tax is required by law to be made from any payment due under this agreement, the relevant party making such payment shall make the required deduction and remit the amount so deducted to the appropriate Governmental Authority. The party making the payment from which the Withholding Tax is required to be deducted shall increase the amount of the payment as may be necessary so that the other party receives, after deduction of the required Withholding Tax (including any Withholding Tax imposed on the additional payment required to be made pursuant to this sentence), on an After-Tax Basis, the full amount that it would have received absent the imposition of such Withholding Tax (such additional amount, the “Gross-up Amount”); provided, however, that no Gross-up Amount shall be payable:

(A) by Sublandlord, if the Withholding Tax in respect of which such Gross-up Amount would have been payable, would not have been incurred but for: (i) Subtenant failing at any time during the Term to be a resident of the United States within the meaning of Article 4 of the Treaty, (ii) Subtenant failing to be engaged in the active conduct of a banking business in the United States, (iii) Subtenant failing to be entitled to the benefits of the Treaty by reason of Article 30 thereof with respect to any item of income for which Subtenant meets the requirements of paragraphs 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) of such Article 30, or (iv) Subtenant failing to provide documentary evidence as Sublandlord may reasonably request in writing for the purpose of establishing the residence or nationality of Subtenant; or

(B) by Subtenant, if the Withholding Tax in respect of which such Gross-up Amount would have been payable, would not have been incurred but for: (i) Sublandlord failing at any time during the Term to be an entity validly formed under the laws of France, or (ii) Sublandlord failing at any time during the Term to be a resident of France.

Section 38.2. If Sublandlord or Subtenant pays Withholding Taxes in connection with payments received by such Sublandlord or Subtenant under this Real Estate Sublease, the other party hereto shall indemnify such Sublandlord or Subtenant, in either case on an After-Tax Basis, for such Withholding Taxes to the extent such other party would be required to provide Gross-up Amounts with respect to such Withholding Taxes under this Article 38 if such other party had been required by law to deduct such Withholding Tax on payments made to the Sublandlord or Subtenant, and shall reimburse any expenses incurred by such Sublandlord or Subtenant with respect to such Withholding Taxes. Payment under this indemnification shall be made within thirty (30) days from the date such Sublandlord or Subtenant makes written demand therefor, which written demand shall describe in reasonable detail the amount of and basis for the liability in respect of which the indemnity payment is to be made.

Section 38.3. If Sublandlord or Subtenant, or any Affiliate of either, shall become liable to any Governmental Authority in respect of any Withholding Tax on account of a failure to withhold and remit such Withholding Tax to any Governmental Authority, and such

 

Real Estate Sublease

37


liability would not have been incurred but for, in the case of Sublandlord one or more of the conditions described in Section 38.1(A), or in the case of Subtenant one or more of the conditions described in Section 38. l(B), then Subtenant shall indemnify Sublandlord, in the case of a liability imposed on Sublandlord, and Sublandlord shall indemnify Subtenant in the case of a liability imposed on Subtenant, in either case on an After-Tax Basis, within thirty (30) days from the date such Sublandlord or Subtenant makes written demand therefor, which written demand shall describe in reasonable detail the amount of and basis for the liability in respect of which the indemnity payment is to be made.

Section 38.4. If Sublandlord or Subtenant has paid a Gross-up Amount pursuant to Section 38.1 and the party receiving such Gross-up Amount is able to procure the refund of Withholding Taxes that gave rise to the payment of such Gross-up Amount from the Governmental Authority to which the Withholding Taxes were paid, then such payee shall pay to the payor of the Gross-up Amount within thirty (30) days after receipt of such refund an amount (net of any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such payee in connection with its procuring such refund) that such payee determines in good faith will leave payee in the same after-tax position as it would have been if no Withholding Taxes had been imposed.

Section 38.5. The provisions of this Article 38 shall survive the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Real Estate Sublease and the termination of this Real Estate Sublease.

 

Real Estate Sublease

38


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sublandlord and Subtenant have respectively executed this Real Estate Sublease as of the day and year first above written.

 

FRUCTIBAIL INVEST, Sublandlord

By:   /s/ Fabrice Croppi     /s/ Imed Ben Romdhane
 

Name:

  Fabrice Croppi    Imed Ben Romdhane
 

Title:

  Co-Heads of Financial Engineering

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, Subtenant

By:   /s/ Thomas J. Mastro
 

Name:

  Thomas J. Mastro
 

Title:

  Comptroller

 

Real Estate Sublease

39


LIST OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

Exhibit A

   Description of the Premises

Exhibit B

   [Intentionally Omitted]

Exhibit C

   [Intentionally Omitted]

Exhibit D

   Subtenant’s Current Subleasing Criteria

Schedule 1

   Rules and Regulations

Schedule 2

   List of Assigned Leases

Schedule 3

   Fixed Rent

Schedule 4

   [Intentionally Omitted]

Schedule 5

   Cleaning Specifications

Schedule 6

   Wire Transfer Instructions

 

Real Estate Sublease

40


Exhibit A

Description of the Premises

 

Real Estate Sublease

41


Exhibit D

Subleasing Criteria as of the date of this Real Estate Sublease

As of the date set forth above, THE BANK OF NEW YORK’s (“Subtenant”) overall strategy regarding vacant space at the Premises (as defined in the Real Estate Sublease to which this Exhibit D is attached) is to ascertain whether said space should be occupied by Subtenant (or its affiliates) or subleased to third parties.

Subtenant’s current intention is to make all of the space at the Premises available for use by Subtenant (or its affiliates) except for the Assigned Leases.

…The foregoing is a statement of Subtenant’s current subleasing criteria which may be changed at any time and from time to time by Subtenant in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

Real Estate Sublease

42


Schedule 1

RULES AND REGULATIONS

(1) The sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors, or halls shall not be obstructed or encumbered by Subtenant or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises and for delivery of merchandise and equipment in prompt and efficient manner, using elevators and passageways designated for such delivery by Landlord.

(2) No awnings, air-conditioning units, fans or other projections shall be attached the outside walls of the Building. No curtains, blinds, shades, or screens, other than those which conform to Building standards as established by Landlord from time to time, shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Such awnings, projections, curtains, blinds, shades, screens or other fixtures must be of a quality, type, design and color, and attached in the manner reasonably approved by Sublandlord. All electrical fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Premises must be of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved by Landlord, which consent shall not be withheld or delayed unreasonably unless the prior consent of Landlord has been obtained for other lamping.

(3) No sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by Subtenant on any part of the outside of the Premises or Building or on the inside of the Premises if the same can be seen from the outside of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by Subtenant, if Subtenant has refused to remove same after reasonable notice from Landlord, Landlord may remove same without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred by such removal to Subtenant. Interior signs on doors and directory tablet shall be of a size, color and style reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

(4) The exterior windows and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the Premises or the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building, shall not be covered or obstructed by Subtenant.

(5) No showcases or other articles shall be put in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Building, nor placed in the halls, corridors or vestibules, nor shall any article obstruct any air-conditioning supply or exhaust without the prior written consent of Landlord.

(6) The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or other substances shall be deposited therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by Subtenant.

 

Real Estate Sublease

43


(7) Subject to the provisions of Article 3 of this Real Estate Sublease, Subtenant shall not mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any part of the Premises or the Building. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and as Landlord may direct.

(8) No space in the Building shall be used for manufacturing, for the storage merchandise, or for the sale of merchandise, goods or property of any kind at auction or otherwise.

(9) Subtenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any unseemly or disturbing noises or disturb or interfere with occupants of this or neighboring buildings or premises or those having business with them whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, television set, talking machine, unmusical noise, whistling, singing, or in any other way.

(10) Subtenant, or any of Subtenant’s employees, agents, visitors or licensees, shall not at any time bring or keep upon the Premises any inflammable, combustible or explosive fluid, chemical or substance except such as are incidental to usual office occupancy.

(11) No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors windows by Subtenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanism thereof, unless Subtenant promptly provides Landlord with the key or combination thereto. Subtenant must, upon the termination of its tenancy, return to Landlord all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms, and in the event of the loss of any keys furnished at Landlord’s expense, Subtenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof.

(12) No bicycles, vehicles or animals of any kind except for seeing eye dogs shall brought into or kept by Subtenant in or about the Premises or the Building.

(13) All removals, or the carrying in or out of any safes, freight, furniture or bulky matter of any description must take place in the manner and during the hours which Landlord or its agent reasonably may determine from time to time. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all safes, freight or other bulky articles to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all safes, freight or other bulky articles which violate any of these Rules and Regulations or the Real Estate Sublease of which these Rules and Regulations are a part.

(14) Subtenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises demised to it be occupied as an office for a public stenographer or typist, or for the possession, storage, manufacture, or sale of liquor, narcotics, dope, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau. Subtenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises, except those actually working for Subtenant at the Premises, nor advertise for labor giving an address at the Premises.

 

Real Estate Sublease

44


(15) Subtenant shall not purchase spring water, ice, towels or other like service, accept barbering or bootblacking services in the Premises, from any company or persons not approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be withheld or delayed unreasonably and at hours and under regulations other than as reasonably fixed by Landlord.

(16) Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Subtenant which, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as a building for offices, and upon written notice from Landlord, Subtenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

(17) Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours 6 P.M. and 8 A.M. and at all hours on days other than Business Days all persons who do not present a pass to the Building signed or approved by Landlord. Subtenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom a pass shall be issued at the request of Subtenant and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.

(18) Subtenant shall, at its expense, provide artificial light for the employees Landlord while doing janitor service or other cleaning, and in making repairs or alterations in the Premises.

(19) The requirements of Subtenant will be attended to only upon written application at the office of the Building. Building employees shall not perform any work or do anything outside of the regular duties, unless under special instructions from the office of Sublandlord.

(20) Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building is prohibited and Subtenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

(21) There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Building, either by Subtenant or by jobbers or others, in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks, except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards.

(22) Subtenant shall not do any cooking, conduct any restaurant, luncheonette cafeteria for the sale or service of food or beverages to its employees or to others, or cause or permit any odors of cooking or other processes or any unusual or objectionable odors to emanate from the Premises. Subtenant shall not permit the delivery of any food or beverage to the Premises, except by such persons delivering the same as shall be approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(23) Subtenant shall keep the entrance door to the Premises closed at all times.

(24) Landlord shall have the right to require that all messengers and other Persons delivering packages, papers and other materials to Subtenant (i) be directed to deliver such packages, papers and other materials to a Person designated by Landlord who will

 

Real Estate Sublease

45


distribute the same to Subtenant or (ii) be escorted by a person designated by Landlord to deliver the same to Subtenant.

(25) Landlord and its agents reserve the right to inspect all packages, boxes, bags, handbags, attaché cases, suitcases, and other items carried into the Building, and to refuse entry into the Building to any person who either refuses to cooperate with such inspection or who is carrying any object which may be dangerous to persons or property. In addition, Landlord reserves the right to implement such further measures designed to ensure safety of the Building and the persons and property located therein as Landlord shall deem necessary or desirable.

 

Real Estate Sublease

46


Schedule 2

Assigned Leases

Leases for One Wall Street:

 

1. Lease, dated as of July 31, 1999, between The Bank of New York and Arihant News, Inc.

Leases for 101 Barclay Street;

Agreement of Lease, dated as of January 15, 1993, between The Bank of New York and Barclay Newsstand, Inc., as extended and amended by that certain Letter (RE: Lease Renewal – Barclay Newsstand, Inc.), dated June 24, 2002, from The Bank of New York and acknowledged and agreed to by Barclay Newsstand, Inc.

 

Real Estate Sublease

47


Schedule 3

FIXED RENTAL

 

From

and including

  

To

and excluding

  

Fixed Rental

in €

  

From

and including

  

To

and excluding

  

Fixed Rental

in €

3-Mar-2006

   3-Jun-2006    6 398 312    3-Sep-2018    3-Dec-2018    6 398 312

3-Jun-2006

   3-Sep-2006    6 398 312    3-Dec-2018    3-Mar-2019    6 398 312

3-Sep-2006

   3-Dec-2006    6 398 312    3-Mar-2019    3-Jun-2019    6 398 312

3-Dec-2006

   3-Mar-2007    6 398 312    3-Jun-2019    3-Sep-2019    6 398 312

3-Mar-2007

   3-Jun-2007    6 398 312    3-Sep-2019    3-Dec-2019    6 398 312

3-Jun-2007

   3-Sep-2007    6 398 312    3-Dec-2019    3-Mar-2020    6 398 312

3-Sep-2007

   3-Dec-2007    6 398 312    3-Mar-2020    3-Jun-2020    6 398 312

3-Dec-2007

   3-Mar-2008    6 398 312    3-Jun-2020    3-Sep-2020    6 398 312

3-Mar-2008

   3-Jun-2008    6 398 312    3-Sep-2020    3-Dec-2020    6 398 312

3-Jun-2008

   3-Sep-2008    6 398 312    3-Dec-2020    3-Mar-2021    6 398 312

3-Sep-2008

   3-Dec-2008    6 398 312    3-Mar-2021    3-Jun-2021    6 398 312

3-Dec-2008

   3-Mar-2009    6 398 312    3-Jun-2021    3-Sep-2021    6 398 312

3-Mar-2009

   3-Jun-2009    6 398 312    3-Sep-2021    3-Dec-2021    6 398 312

3-Jun-2009

   3-Sep-2009    6 398 312    3-Dec-2021    3-Mar-2022    6 398 312

3-Sep-2009

   3-Dec-2009    6 398 312    3-Mar-2022    3-Jun-2022    6 398 312

3-Dec-2009

   3-Mar-2010    6 398 312    3-Jun-2022    3-Sep-2022    6 398 312

3-Mar-2010

   3-Jun-2010    6 398 312    3-Sep-2022    3-Dec-2022    6 398 312

3-Jun-2010

   3-Sep-2010    6 398 312    3-Dec-2022    3-Mar-2023    6 398 312

3-Sep-2010

   3-Dec-2010    6 398 312    3-Mar-2023    3-Jun-2023    6 398 312

3-Dec-2010

   3-Mar-2011    6 398 312    3-Jun-2023    3-Sep-2023    6 398 312

3-Mar-2011

   3-Jun-2011    6 398 312    3-Sep-2023    3-Dec-2023    6 398 312

3-Jun-2011

   3-Sep-2011    6 398 312    3-Dec-2023    3-Mar-2024    6 398 312

3-Sep-2011

   3-Dec-2011    6 398 312    3-Mar-2024    3-Jun-2024    6 398 312

3-Dec-2011

   3-Mar-2012    6 398 312    3-Jun-2024    3-Sep-2024    6 398 312

3-Mar-2012

   3-Jun-2012    6 398 312    3-Sep-2024    3-Dec-2024    6 398 312

3-Jun-2012

   3-Sep-2012    6 398 312    3-Dec-2024    3-Mar-2025    6 398 312

3-Sep-2012

   3-Dec-2012    6 398 312    3-Mar-2025    3-Jun-2025    6 398 312

3-Dec-2012

   3-Mar-2013    6 398 312    3-Jun-2025    3-Sep-2025    6 398 312

3-Mar-2013

   3-Jun-2013    6 398 312    3-Sep-2025    3-Dec-2025    6 398 312

3-Jun-2013

   3-Sep-2013    6 398 312    3-Dec-2025    3-Mar-2026    6 398 312

3-Sep-2013

   3-Dec-2013    6 398 312    3-Mar-2026    3-Jun-2026    6 398 312

3-Dec-2013

   3-Mar-2014    6 398 312    3-Jun-2026    3-Sep-2026    6 398 312

3-Mar-2014

   3-Jun-2014    6 398 312    3-Sep-2026    3-Dec-2026    6 398 312

3-Jun-2014

   3-Sep-2014    6 398 312    3-Dec-2026    3-Mar-2027    6 398 312

3-Sep-2014

   3-Dec-2014    6 398 312    3-Mar-2027    3-Jun-2027    6 398 312

3-Dec-2014

   3-Mar-2015    6 398 312    3-Jun-2027    3-Sep-2027    6 398 312

3-Mar-2015

   3-Jun-2015    6 398 312    3-Sep-2027    3-Dec-2027    6 398 312

3-Jun-2015

   3-Sep-2015    6 398 312    3-Dec-2027    3-Mar-2028    6 398 312

3-Sep-2015

   3-Dec-2015    6 398 312    3-Mar-2028    3-Jun-2028    6 398 312

3-Dec-2015

   3-Mar-2016    6 398 312    3-Jun-2028    3-Sep-2028    6 398 312

3-Mar-2016

   3-Jun-2016    6 398 312    3-Sep-2028    3-Dec-2028    6 398 312

3-Jun-2016

   3-Sep-2016    6 398 312    3-Dec-2028    3-Mar-2029    6 398 312

3-Sep-2016

   3-Dec-2016    6 398 312    3-Mar-2029    3-Jun-2029    6 398 312

3-Dec-2016

   3-Mar-2017    6 398 312    3-Jun-2029    3-Sep-2029    6 398 312

3-Mar-2017

   3-Jun-2017    6 398 312    3-Sep-2029    3-Dec-2029    6 398 312

3-Jun-2017

   3-Sep-2017    6 398 312    3-Dec-2029    3-Mar-2030    6 398 312

3-Sep-2017

   3-Dec-2017    6 398 312    3-Mar-2030    3-Jun-2030    6 398 312

3-Dec-2017

   3-Mar-2018    6 398 312    3-Jun-2030    3-Sep-2030    6 398 312

3-Mar-2018

   3-Jun-2018    6 398 312    3-Sep-2030    3-Dec-2030    6 398 312

3-Jun-2018

   3-Sep-2018    6 398 312    3-Dec-2030    3-Mar-2031    6 398 312

 

Real Estate Sublease

48


Schedule 5

CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

A. GENERAL CLEANING - NIGHTLY

Sweep, using Landlord approved dust preparation, all stone, ceramic tile, asphalt tile, marble terrazzo, linoleum, rubber, vinyl and other types of flooring.

Carpet sweep all carpets and rugs four (4) times per week.

Vacuum clean all carpets and rugs, one (1) time per week.

Sweep all private stairways and maintain in clean condition.

Empty and clean all wastepaper baskets, ash trays and receptacles; damp dust as necessary.

Remove all ordinary dry paper and tenant rubbish (excluding cafeteria waste, bulk materials, bulk and special materials such as old desks, furniture, etc.).

Dust all furniture and windowsills.

Clean all glass furniture tops.

Dust all chair rails, trim, partitions and baseboards.

Wash clean all water fountains.

Remove finger marks and smudges from walls, doors, light switch plates once (1) per week.

Wash locker and slop sink rooms.

B. LAVATORIES NIGHTLY (EXCLUDES NON-CORE LAVATORIES)

Sweep and mop all flooring.

Clean and polish all mirrors, powder shelves and brightwork, including flushometers, piping and toilet seat hinges.

Wash and disinfect all basins, bowls and urinals.

Wash and sanitize both sides of all toilet seats; clean underside of fixtures.

 

Real Estate Sublease

49


Dust and spot clean or wash all partitions, tile walls, dispensers and receptacles.

Empty and clean paper towel and sanitary disposal receptacles.

Fill toilet tissue holders, soap dispensers and paper towel dispensers.

Remove all wastepaper and refuse to designated areas.

C. LAVATORIES PERIODIC CLEANING (EXCLUDES NON-CORE LAVATORIES)

Machine scrub flooring once per month.

Wash all partitions, tile walls, and enamel surfaces monthly.

D. SCHEDULE OF CLEANING

Upon completion of the nightly chores, all lights shall be turned off, windows closed, doors locked and offices left in a neat and orderly condition.

All day, nightly and periodic cleaning services as listed herein, to be done five nights each week, Monday through Friday, except Union and Legal Holidays.

All windows from the 2nd floor to the roof will be cleaned inside out quarterly, weather permitting.

High dust all pictures, frames, charts, graphs and panel wall hangings not reached in nightly office cleaning four (4) times per year.

High dust all vertical surfaces such as walls, partitions, ventilating louvers and surfaces not reached in nightly office cleaning four (4) times per year.

Dust all venetian blinds and frames four (4) times per year.

 

Real Estate Sublease

50


Schedule 6

Real Estate Sublease Wire Transfer Instructions

For Payments to Subtenant:

Euro-denominated payments should be wired to:

Dollar-denominated payments should be wired to:

For Payments to Sublandlord:

Euro-denominated payments should be wired to:

Dollar-denominated payments should be wired to:

 

Real Estate Sublease

51

Exhibit 10(ttt)

REAL ESTATE SUBLEASE WAIVER AGREEMENT

WAIVER AGREEMENT, dated as of February 27, 2006, by and between FRUCTIBAIL INVEST (“ Sublandlord ”) and THE BANK OF NEW YORK (“ Subtenant ”).

Reference is made to the Real Estate Sublease (the “ Real Estate Sublease ”) by and between Sublandlord, as sublandlord, and Subtenant, as subtenant, and the Real Estate Lease (the “ Real Estate Lease ”) of even date herewith by and between 4101 Austin Boulevard Corp. (“ Landlord ”), as Landlord, and Sublandlord, as tenant (“ Tenant ”).

Please be advised that, so long as (a) no Sublandlord Termination Event shall have occurred under Section 16.1(B) of the Real Estate Sublease and (b) Landlord shall not be in default of its obligation to pay the Early Termination Amount to Tenant if and when due under the Real Estate Lease, Sublandlord hereby agrees to:

 

  1) waive all provisions of Article 3 and Section 4.2 of the Real Estate Sublease;

 

  2) waive the application of the Rules and Regulations to the Premises;

 

  3) grant Subtenant the exclusive right to make Alterations to the Premises, consistent with its practices and Article 6 of the Real Estate Sublease; and

 

  4) waive all provisions of Article 14 of the Real Estate Sublease, except that Sublandlord shall have the right, exercisable not more than once during any six month period and at the sole expense of Sublandlord, and upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice delivered to Subtenant in accordance with Article 26 of the Sublease, to visually inspect the Premises under the guidance of employees or agents of Subtenant during normal business hours.

For the avoidance of doubt, Sublandlord and Subtenant each hereby confirms that: (a) Section 37.13 of the Real Estate Sublease does not limit the efficacy of the provisions hereof, and (b) the provisions hereof do not limit the efficacy of Section 37.13 of the Real Estate Sublease.

This Waiver Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York, including, without limitation, the laws applicable to commercial leases in New York.

This Waiver Agreement constitutes a Transaction Document (as defined in the Real Estate Sublease) and, together with the Transaction Documents, contain the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior understandings, if any, with respect thereto. This Waiver Agreement shall not be modified, changed, or supplemented, except by a written instrument executed by both parties.

Neither Sublandlord, Subtenant nor their Affiliates (as defined in the Real Estate Sublease) shall directly or indirectly contest the validity of this Waiver Agreement.

 

Real Estate Sublease Waiver

   1   


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have respectively executed this Real Estate Sublease Waiver Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

FRUCTIBAIL INVEST

By:   

  / S /    F ABRICE C ROPPI   / S /    I MED B EN R OMDHANE
 

Name: Fabrice Croppi

 

        Imed Ben Romdhane

 

Title: Co-Heads of Financial Engineering

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

By:   

  / S /     T HOMAS J. M ASTRO
 

Name: Thomas J. Mastro

 

Title: Comptroller

 

 

Real Estate Sublease Waiver

   2   

Exhibit 10(uuu)

Supplemental Agreement

[Joint BNY/4101 AUSTIN Letterhead]

FRUCTIBAIL INVEST

Attention: [            ]

115, rue Montmartre

75002 Paris, France

February 27, 2006                                

Dear Sirs:

Reference is made to the Real Estate Lease dated February 27, 2006 (the “Real Estate Lease”) between 4101 Austin Boulevard Corp. (“4101 AUSTIN”) and Fructibail Invest (“FRUCTIBAIL”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Natexis Banques Populaires, and the Real Estate Sublease dated February 27, 2006 (the “Real Estate Sublease”) between FRUCTIBAIL and The Bank of New York (“BNY”) (the transactions contemplated by the Real Estate Lease and the Real Estate Sublease together, the “Transaction”). This letter (this “Supplemental Agreement”) sets forth supplemental agreements between the parties to the Transaction as set forth herein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Real Estate Lease and Real Estate Sublease. All references to taxes herein shall also include any interest and penalties relating to such taxes.

1. Each of FRUCTIBAIL, BNY and 4101 AUSTIN understand that the mutual intention of all the parties is to enter into both the Real Estate Lease and the Real Estate Sublease. For the avoidance of doubt and to avoid frustration of the intention of the parties, 4101 AUSTIN, BNY and FRUCTIBAIL hereby agree that the Real Estate Lease shall be void ab initio if FRUCTIBAIL and BNY fail to enter into the Real Estate Sublease and no obligations for the parties shall ensue thereunder.

2. BNY shall indemnify FRUCTIBAIL and any Affiliate thereof, on an After-Tax Basis, from, against and in respect of any US federal and any state or local income, franchise or similar tax (other than any Withholding Tax, which shall be governed by Article 39 of the Real Estate Lease and Article 38 of the Real Estate Sublease) incurred by FRUCTIBAIL or any Affiliate thereof as a result of or in connection with the Transaction except to the extent that such tax would not have been incurred but for (i) any Connection (or former Connection) of FRUCTIBAIL or any Affiliate to the United States, other than any such Connection (or former Connection) arising solely as a result of FRUCTIBAIL having executed or performed its obligations or received a payment under, any of the Real Estate Lease or Real Estate Sublease or this Supplemental Agreement or having asserted rights or remedies under any of the Real Estate Lease or Real Estate Sublease or this Supplemental Agreement, including without limitation taking possession of the Premises and any subsequent activities in connection with leasing the Premises, or (ii) any breach or incorrectness of any representation, warranty or covenant given by FRUCTIBAIL in any of the Real Estate Lease , the Real Estate Sublease , the Real Estate Lease Waiver Agreement dated February 27], 2006 between 4101 AUSTIN and FRUCTIBAIL (the “Lease Waiver Agreement”), the Real Estate


Sublease Waiver Agreement dated February 27, 2006 between FRUCTIBAIL and BNY (the “Sublease Waiver Agreement”) or this Supplemental Agreement.

Without duplication, BNY shall indemnify FRUCTIBAIL and any of its Affiliates with respect to, any US state or local taxes other than income, franchise or similar taxes (“Non-Income Taxes”), which Non-Income Taxes shall include but not be limited to, any New York state or city estate, inheritance, excise, sales and use tax, commercial rent and occupancy tax, real property transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, any other real estate taxes and any general or special assessments (including, without limitation, (i) assessments made upon or with respect to any “air” and “development” rights now or hereafter appurtenant to or affecting the Premises, (ii) any fee, tax or charge imposed by any Governmental Authority for any vaults, vault space or other space within or outside the boundaries of the Premises, and (iii) any taxes or assessments levied in whole or in part for public benefits to the Premises, including, without limitation, any Business Improvement District taxes and assessments) if any, imposed on any payments under, or otherwise relating to, any of the Real Estate Lease, Real Estate Sublease, the Guarantee, or this Supplemental Agreement other than any such Non-Income Tax that would not have been incurred but for (i) any Connection (or former Connection) of FRUCTIBAIL or any Affiliate to the United States, other than any such Connection (or former Connection) arising solely as a result of FRUCTIBAIL having executed or performed its obligations or received a payment under, any of the Real Estate Lease or Real Estate Sublease or this Supplemental Agreement or having asserted rights or remedies under any of the Real Estate Lease or Real Estate Sublease or this Supplemental Agreement, including without limitation taking possession of the Premises and any subsequent activities in connection with leasing the Premises, or (ii) any breach or incorrectness of any representation, warranty or covenant given by FRUCTIBAIL in the Real Estate Lease, the Real Estate Sublease, the Lease Waiver Agreement, the Sublease Waiver Agreement or this Supplemental Agreement. Without duplication, BNY shall be responsible for the payment of all Non-Income Taxes except Subtenant-Paid Taxes. For the avoidance of doubt, if such Subtenant-Paid Taxes are not reimbursed by BNY to FRUCTIBAIL pursuant to Section 27.1 of the Real Estate Sublease, BNY shall indemnify FRUCTIBAIL and its Affiliates for such Subtenant-Paid Taxes.

FRUCTIBAIL will not be entitled to receive any payment under Article 39 of the Real Estate Lease or Article 38 of the Real Estate Sublease in respect of any Withholding Tax, to the extent such Withholding Tax, would not have been incurred but for any Connection (or former Connection) of FRUCTIBAIL or any Affiliate in the United States, other than any such Connection (or former Connection) arising solely as a result of FRUCTIBAIL having executed or performed its obligations or received a payment under, any of the Real Estate Lease, Real Estate Sublease or this Supplemental Agreement or FRUCTIBAIL having performed any activities directly relating thereto.

FRUCTIBAIL covenants that (without regard to any actions arising from the execution or performance of its obligations or receipt of any payment under any of the Real Estate Lease, Real Estate Sublease or this Supplemental Agreement or it having asserted any rights under such agreements) (i) it does not have, and at no time during the Term of the Transaction will have, any trade or business in the United States and is not and will not become subject to tax on its net profits in the United States, (ii) no aspect of the Transaction will be properly reportable on the financial accounting books or records of

 

2


FRUCTIBAIL or any of its Affiliates as being associated with any such trade or business or taxable presence in the United States, and (iii) the principal negotiations will be undertaken by, and any documentation associated with the transaction will be approved and executed by, officers and employees of FRUCTIBAIL in France.

Connection shall mean, in relation to an entity and a territory, that entity or its Affiliates having a place of business in that territory, that entity or its Affiliates conducting business in that territory or that entity or its Affiliates being subject to tax on its net profits in that territory.

3. If FRUCTIBAIL has received any payment under paragraph 2 of this Supplemental Agreement or Article 39 of the Real Estate Lease or Article 38 of the Real Estate Sublease, FRUCTIBAIL will claim any deduction, credit, refund, offset, allocation, or other tax savings available, if any (“Tax Savings”), for any tax in respect of which it has received any such payment, and 4101 AUSTIN or BNY, as the case may be, shall after receipt of a written request from FRUCTIBAIL, supply FRUCTIBAIL with such forms or other documentary evidence as may be reasonably necessary to entitle FRUCTIBAIL, as the case may be, to claim such Tax Savings. To the extent that FRUCTIBAIL has received any Tax Savings, then FRUCTIBAIL, without duplication with any payment made pursuant to Article 29 of the Real Estate Lease or Article 38 of the Real Estate Sublease, shall promptly pay to BNY or 4101 AUSTIN, as appropriate, an amount which FRUCTIBAIL determines in its discretion, acting in good faith and after consultation with BNY or 4101 AUSTIN, will leave FRUCTIBAIL, after the payments, in the same After-Tax position as it would have been in had the payments required under paragraph 2 of this Supplemental Agreement or Article 39 of the Real Estate Lease or Article 38 of the Real Estate Sublease, as the case may be, not been required to be made by the other party (taking into account any income inclusions related to the payment of the relevant tax or indemnity); provided, however, that in no event shall any payment under this paragraph 3 exceed the amount of corresponding tax or indemnity payment made by BNY or 4101 AUSTIN under paragraph 2 of this Supplemental Agreement or Article 39 of the Real Estate Lease or Article 38 of the Real Estate Sublease, as the case may be; and provided further, that nothing herein shall entitle BNY or 4101 AUSTIN to examine FRUCTIBAIL’s tax returns or books and records.

4. FRUCTIBAIL and its Affiliates on the one hand, and BNY and its Affiliates, on the other, will take such actions (in addition to claiming any available Tax Savings) as are available to it and requested by BNY or FRUCTIBAIL, as the case may be, to minimize any Withholding Tax required to be paid with respect to the payment of any amounts under the Real Estate Lease or the Real Estate Sublease or any tax liability that is indemnified against under this Supplemental Agreement or Article 39 of the Real Estate Lease or Article 38 of the Real Estate Sublease, as the case may be, provided such actions are, in the reasonable discretion of the party of whom the action is requested, determined not to be materially disadvantageous or cause unreasonable hardship to itself or its Affiliates and provided expenses relating to such actions are borne by the other party.

FRUCTIBAIL will provide a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN, including Part II thereof. Subject to an adverse Change of Law, FRUCTIBAIL will timely comply with any reasonable request to provide an additional IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form).

 

3


Any determination that a Change of Law has occurred and that such Change of Law has had an adverse impact on FRUCTIBAIL must be supported by an opinion of counsel from a law firm of international standing.

5. Unless it has received and has delivered to each of the other parties an opinion of Dewey Ballantine LLP or other internationally recognized tax counsel to the effect that based on a Change of Law there exists no reasonable basis for treating the Transaction as contemplated by this paragraph 5, BNY, 4101 AUSTIN and FRUCTIBAIL hereby agree that solely for all US federal and any US state or local income, franchise, excise or similar tax purposes, BNY, 4101 AUSTIN and FRUCTIBAIL, to the extent FRUCTIBAIL is required by the US federal, state or local tax law or taxing authorities to take a position with respect to the treatment of the Transaction for US federal, or any US state or local income, franchise, estate, inheritance, excise or similar tax purposes, shall treat the Transaction as one in which FRUCTIBAIL is treated as holding an instrument described in Section 1275(a)(1)(A) of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) that has been issued by BNY or an Affiliate, and that such instrument is not connected to any US trade or business of FRUCTIBAIL or any of its Affiliates.

FRUCTIBAIL will indemnify BNY, 4101 AUSTIN and any other member of the affiliated group of corporations that files a consolidated US federal income tax return with BNY (collectively, the “BNY Indemnitees”), on an After-Tax Basis, from, against and in respect of all costs, liabilities, damages and taxes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any US federal, state or local income taxes and any Withholding Tax imposed on any payment made by (i) 4101 AUSTIN to FRUCTIBAIL under the Real Estate Lease or (ii) BNY to FRUCTIBAIL under the Real Estate Sublease) incurred by any BNY Indemnitee as a result of any breach by FRUCTIBAIL of (i) its obligations under the preceding sentence or (ii) one or more of the conditions described in Article 39 of the Real Estate Lease or Article 38 of the Real Estate Sublease. If any breach of FRUCTIBAIL’s obligations pursuant to either of the first two sentences of this paragraph causes BNY or 4101 AUSTIN to pay a Gross-Up Amount to FRUCTIBAIL under either the Real Estate Sublease or the Real Estate Lease, FRUCTIBAIL will pay to the party with such obligation an amount equal to such Gross-Up Amount (“Gross-Up Refund”). Any unpaid Gross-Up Refund will offset and net against any obligation of BNY or 4101 AUSTIN to pay a Gross-Up Amount.

6. Unless it has received and has delivered to each of the other parties an opinion of Allen & Overy LLP or other internationally recognized tax counsel to the effect that based on a Change of Law there exists no reasonable basis for treating the Transaction as contemplated by this paragraph 6, BNY, 4101 AUSTIN and FRUCTIBAIL agree that solely for French tax purposes, each of FRUCTIBAIL, 4101 AUSTIN, and BNY, to the extent 4101 AUSTIN or BNY is required by French tax law or tax authorities to take a position with respect to any such tax, shall respect the characterization of the Transaction under New York law as that of a lease of commercial real estate properties between 4101 AUSTIN and FRUCTIBAIL, with 4101 AUSTIN as the owner/lessor and FRUCTIBAIL as the lessee, and a sublease between FRUCTIBAIL and BNY, with FRUCTIBAIL as the lessee/sublessor and BNY as the sublessee.

BNY will indemnify FRUCTIBAIL and its Affiliates (collectively, the “FRUCTIBAIL Indemnitees”), on an After-Tax Basis, from, against and in respect of all costs,

 

4


liabilities, damages and taxes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any French income taxes and any Withholding Tax imposed on any payment made by (i) FRUCTIBAIL to 4101 AUSTIN under the Real Estate Lease or (ii) FRUCTIBAIL to BNY under the Real Estate Sublease) incurred by FRUCTIBAIL as a result of any breach by BNY or 4101 AUSTIN of (i) its obligations under the preceding sentence or (ii) one or more of the conditions described in Article 39 of the Real Estate Lease or Article 38 of the Real Estate Sublease.

If any breach of BNY’s or 4101 AUSTIN’s obligation pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph causes FRUCTIBAIL to pay a Gross-Up Amount to BNY or 4101 AUSTIN under either the Real Estate Sublease or Real Estate Lease, BNY or 4101 AUSTIN, as the case may be, will pay to FRUCTIBAIL an amount equal to such Gross-Up Amount (“Gross-Up Refund”). Any unpaid Gross-Up Refund will offset and net against any obligation of FRUCTIBAIL to pay a Gross-Up Amount.

FRUCTIBAIL represents that, effective prior to the Effective Date, FRUCTIBAIL has validly elected to be subject to French corporate income tax ( impôt sur les sociétés ) under the provisions set out under articles 206.3 and 239 of the French Code général des impôts . FRUCTIBAIL agrees that, throughout the term of the Transaction, FRUCTIBAIL will not take (or permit any of its Affiliates to take) any action whatsoever that will cause FRUCTIBAIL to cease being subject to French corporate income tax.

7. FRUCTIBAIL shall indemnify the BNY Indemnitees, on an After-Tax Basis, from, against and in respect of (a) any tax (other than any Withholding Tax, which shall be governed by Article 39 of the Real Estate Lease and Article 38 of the Real Estate Sublease) imposed by the Republic of France for which the Indemnified Person is or will be liable, to the extent that such tax (i) is attributable solely to the transactions contemplated by the documents executed in connection with Transaction and (ii) is not attributable to or arising from an enterprise engaged in business operations in France by BNY or 4101 AUSTIN (within the meaning of Section 209-I of the Code Général des Impôts) and (b) any interest, penalties, additions to tax for which the BNY Indemnitee is or will be liable to the Republic of France in connection with the tax liability referred to under (a) above to the extent such interest, penalties, additions to tax (i) are attributable solely to the transactions contemplated by the documents executed in connection with Transaction and (ii) are not attributable to or arising from an enterprise engaged in business operations in France by BNY or 4101 AUSTIN (within the meaning of Section 209-I of the Code Général des Impôts).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, FRUCTIBAIL shall have no obligation to indemnify for any tax, interest, penalties, additions to tax or similar amounts pursuant to the foregoing sentence to the extent such tax, interest, penalties, additions to tax or similar amounts would not have been incurred but for any breach or incorrectness of any representation, warranty, or covenant given by BNY or 4101 AUSTIN in any of the Real Estate Lease, Real Estate Sublease or this Supplemental Agreement.

8. Payment of any amounts owing pursuant to paragraphs 2, 4, 5, 6, or 7 hereof shall be made as follows: (i) to the extent such amount is an indemnity in respect of Withholding Tax, within 5 Business Days after written demand therefor and (ii) with respect to any other amount, within 45 days of written demand therefor. Any written

 

5


demand pursuant to the foregoing shall be made within 5 Business Days of the party becoming aware or should have become aware that any amount may be owing and shall describe in reasonable detail the amount of and basis for the liability in respect of which the payment is to be made. If a party should have been aware that any amount was owing, but did not make a written demand within 5 Business Days of that time, then any subsequent claim made pursuant to this paragraph shall only be effective for amounts arising from the date that the claim is actually made.

9. BNY and 4101 AUSTIN each hereby represents to FRUCTIBAIL, and FRUCTIBAIL hereby represents to BNY and 4101 AUSTIN, that:

(a) It is duly organized under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Supplemental Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.

(b) It has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder, and this Supplemental Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on its behalf. This Supplemental Agreement constitutes its valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or similar laws and legal and equitable principles affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

(c) Its execution and delivery of this Supplemental Agreement, and the undertaking and performance of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it hereunder, will not conflict with any requirement of its organizational or governing documents or result in a breach of or a default under applicable law, or any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or in respect of any indebtedness in relation to which it is a guarantor or a surety, in a manner in which such conflict, breach or default would, in all reasonable likelihood, have a material adverse effect on its ability to perform its obligations hereunder. No consent, license, approval or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of any agency or governmental authority or any other person is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Supplemental Agreement by it or the validity or enforceability of this Supplemental Agreement which, if not obtained, would, in all reasonable likelihood, have a material adverse effect on its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.

(d) It is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(e) Its participation in the Transaction will not give rise to any obligations under Sections 6111 and 6112 of the Code.

10. (a) No failure on the part of any party hereto to exercise, no delay in exercising and no course of dealing with respect to any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Supplemental Agreement preclude any other or further exercise

 

6


thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

(b) This Supplemental Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York. Each party hereto hereby: (a) irrevocably consents and submits to the jurisdiction of any US federal, state, county or municipal court sitting in the State of New York in respect to any action or proceeding brought therein concerning any matters arising out of or in any way relating to this Supplemental Agreement; (b) irrevocably waives all objections as to venue and any and all rights it may have to seek a change of venue with respect to any such action or proceedings; (c) waives its right to a trial by jury (d) agrees that the laws of the State of New York shall govern in any such action or proceeding and waives any defense to any action or proceeding granted by the laws of any other country or jurisdiction unless such defense is also allowed by the laws of the State of New York; and (e) agrees that any final judgment rendered against it in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Each party hereto further agrees that any action or proceeding against it in respect to any matters arising out of or in any way relating to this Supplemental Agreement shall be brought only in the State of New York, County of New York. FRUCTIBAIL hereby appoints CT Corporation System, having an office at 111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, NY 10001 as FRUCTIBAIL’s agent who shall be authorized to accept service of process on FRUCTIBAIL’s behalf. FRUCTIBAIL shall have the right to appoint a successor agent upon notice to BNY and 4101 AUSTIN but, at all times, FRUCTIBAIL shall have a duly authorized agent for service of process in New York City.

(c) Any bills, statements, consents, notices, demands, requests or other communications given or required to be given under this Supplemental Agreement shall be in writing and shall be (1) mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (2) sent by internationally recognized overnight air courier service, or (3) sent by telecopy ( provided an identical notice is also sent simultaneously by mail or overnight courier). All such communications shall be mailed, sent or delivered, addressed to the party for whom it is intended at its address set forth below:

if to BNY or 4101 AUSTIN:

The Bank of New York

One Wall Street – 10th Floor

New York, NY 10286 USA

Attention: General Counsel

if to FRUCTIBAIL:

115, rue Montmartre

75002 Paris, France

Attention: [            ]

 

7


or at such other address or to such other addressee as the party to be served with notice may have furnished in writing to the party seeking or desiring to serve notice as a place for the service of notice. Notices shall be deemed given when delivered by hand or when receipt is verified by telephone confirmation, or if mailed, when received, with failure to accept delivery constituting delivery for this purpose. Any notices received after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day shall be deemed delivered on the following Business Day. Any party hereto may change the addresses for notices set forth above by giving at least ten days’ prior notice of such change in writing to the other party as aforesaid and otherwise in accordance with these provisions.

(d) The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Supplemental Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns, and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Real Estate Lease and the Real Estate Sublease.

(e) Any provision of this Supplemental Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating either the portion of that provision which is not held to be prohibited or unenforceable, or the remaining provisions of this Supplemental Agreement and without affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction, so long as the remaining provisions of this Supplemental Agreement continue to reflect the business understanding of the parties as evidenced herein.

(f) This Supplemental Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(g) This Supplemental Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior understandings, if any, with respect thereto. This Supplemental Agreement shall not be modified, changed or supplemented, except by written instrument executed by both parties.

(h) This Supplemental Agreement is not being offered under conditions of confidentiality and is not intended to be a reportable transaction within the meaning of Section 6111 of the Code. Accordingly, 4101 AUSTIN, FRUCTIBAIL, BNY and their respective employees, representatives or other agents may freely disclose to any and all persons, without any limitation of any kind, the US tax structure and US tax aspects of the transaction described herein, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other US tax analysis) that are provided to any of the foregoing persons that are related to such tax structure and tax aspects of the transaction.

 

8


Please signify your agreement to the foregoing by signing where indicated below.

 

Very truly yours

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

By:

 

/s/ Thomas J. Mastro

 

Name:

 

Thomas J. Mastro

 

Title:

 

Comptroller

4101 AUSTIN BOULEVARD CORP.

By:

 

/s/ Stephen Q. Petrula

 

Name:

 

Stephen Q. Petrula

 

Title:

 

President

 

 

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

FRUCTIBAIL INVEST

By:

 

/s/ Fabrice Croppi            /s/ Imed Ben Romdhane

 

Name:

 

Fabrice Croppi & Imed Ben Romdhane

 

Title:

 

Co-Heads of Financial Engineering

 

9

Exhibit 10(vvv)

GUARANTEE

by

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

February 27, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

BNCI Guarantee


GUARANTEE

THIS GUARANTEE (this “ Guarantee ”) is made as of February 27, 2006, by The Bank of New York Company, Inc., a New York corporation (together with its permitted successors and assigns, “ Guarantor ”),

IN FAVOR OF Fructibail Invest, a French société civile having its registered office at 115, rue Montmartre, 75002 Paris and registered under number 485 307 904 R.C.S. with the Registre du commerce et des sociétés of Paris (“ Fructibail ”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, Guarantor owns, directly or indirectly, all of the outstanding shares in 4101 Austin Boulevard Corp. (“ Austin ”), a New York corporation, and Natexis Banques Populaires, a French société anonyme, owns, directly or indirectly, all of the equity interests in Fructibail.

WHEREAS, Austin, as Landlord, and Fructibail, as Tenant, are contemporaneously herewith entering into a Real Estate Lease dated February 27, 2006 for the land and improvements located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York and One Wall Street, New York, New York (the “ Real Estate Lease ”).

WHEREAS, Guarantor, Austin and Fructibail are contemporaneously herewith entering into a Supplemental Agreement dated February 27, 2006, setting forth certain additional understandings and agreements with respect to the Real Estate Lease (the “ Supplemental Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Guarantee is a condition precedent to Austin entering into the Real Estate Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and as a material inducement to Fructibail to enter into the Real Estate Lease:

Section 1. Definitions and Interpretation.

1.1 Certain Defined Terms . Except as expressly provided herein, terms defined in the Real Estate Lease are used herein as defined therein. In addition, as used herein, the following term shall have the following meaning:

Guaranteed Obligations ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2. 1 hereof.

1.2 Interpretation . In this Guarantee, unless a clear contrary intention appears:

(a) The singular includes the plural and vice versa ;

 

   BNCI Guarantee    2


(b) Reference to any person (i) includes a reference to any individual, firm, joint venture, joint stock company, company, corporation, trust, government, state, agency of a state, association or partnership, regardless of whether such person has legal personality; and (ii) includes such person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by the Real Estate Lease, and reference to a person in a particular capacity excludes such person in any other capacity or individually;

(c) Reference to any gender includes the other genders;

(d) Reference to any agreement (including this Guarantee and the Real Estate Lease), document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended or modified and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof;

(e) Reference to any Section shall mean such section hereof;

(f) “Hereunder,” “hereof”, “hereto” and words of similar import shall deemed references to this Guarantee as a whole and not to any particular Section or other provision hereof;

(g) “Including” and “include” shall mean including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term; and

(h) Relative to the determination of any period of time, “from” means “from and including” and “to” means “to but excluding”.

Section 2. The Guarantee.

2.1 Guarantee . Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) guarantees to Fructibail the due payment and performance of Austin’s obligations under the Real Estate Lease and the Supplemental Agreement, in each case in accordance with the terms thereof and (ii) agrees to reimburse Fructibail for, and hold Fructibail harmless from and against, any and all losses, damages, claims, expenses, deficiencies, liabilities and costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred, suffered or sustained by Fructibail and/or its successors and assigns as a result of or arising out of, in connection with or resulting from, the enforcement of this Guarantee against Guarantor (the obligations of Guarantor under clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to hereinafter, collectively, as “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). If any deduction for any Withholding Tax is required by law to be made from any payment due under this Guarantee, Guarantor shall make the required deduction and remit the amount so deducted to the appropriate governmental authority. In addition, Guarantor shall increase the amount of the payment as may be necessary so that the other party receives, after deduction of the required Withholding Tax (including any Withholding Tax imposed on the additional payment required to be made pursuant to this sentence), the full amount that it would have received absent the imposition of such Withholding Tax; provided , however , the amount by which Guarantor shall increase any payment shall not exceed the amount by which Austin would have been required to increase the payment on account of which the payment by Guarantor is being made if Austin had made such payment.

 

   BNCI Guarantee    3


2.2 Guaranteed Obligations Unconditional . The obligations of Guarantor under Section 2.1 hereof are irrevocable, absolute and unconditional, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Real Estate Lease, the value of Austin, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not affect the liability of Guarantor hereunder:

(a) at any time or from time to time, without notice to Guarantor, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or

(b) such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(c) any change in the existence, structure or ownership of Austin pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Real Estate Lease or the Real Estate Sublease or otherwise or any assignment by the Landlord pursuant to Section 17.1 of the Real Estate Lease;

(d) any other circumstances relating to the Guaranteed Obligations that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of or defense to this Guarantee.

Guarantor hereby expressly waives: all diligence in collection or protection of or realization upon any Guaranteed Obligation; all notices whatsoever; and any requirement that Fructibail exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed under the Real Estate Lease, or against any other person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

2.3 Manner of Dealing . Fructibail, without notice to Guarantor, shall have the right to deal in any manner it sees fit with any Guaranteed Obligation and with any security or guaranty for such Guaranteed Obligation, and, without limiting the foregoing, Fructibail may agree to amendments or waivers under the Real Estate Lease, and may grant extensions or renewals of all or any part of any such Guaranteed Obligation, and may, at any time and from time to time, release all or any part of the security or guaranty for, or demand or receive additional security or guaranty for, any such Guaranteed Obligation under the Real Estate Lease, or subordinate any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations to any other obligations of or claim against any other guarantor, whether owing to or existing in favor of Fructibail or any other party.

2.4 NBP’s Pursuit of Remedies . (a) Guarantor waives any and all statutory or other right that guarantor may otherwise have to require Fructibail to (i) proceed against Austin any other guarantor; or (ii) pursue any other remedy in their power whatsoever. Guarantor waives any defense arising out of the absence, impairment or loss of any right or remedy against Austin or any other guarantor or any such security whether resulting from the exercise by Fructibail of any right or remedy either of them may have against Austin or any other guarantor.

(b) It is agreed that the obligations of Guarantor hereunder shall be primary and this Guarantee shall be enforceable against Guarantor without the necessity for any

 

   BNCI Guarantee    4


suit or proceeding of any kind or nature whatsoever brought by Fructibail against Austin or its respective successors or assigns or any other party or against any security for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations and without the necessity of any notice of non-payment or non-observance or of any notice of acceptance of this Guarantee or of any notice of demand to which Guarantor might otherwise be entitled (including, without limitation, diligence, presentment, notice of maturity, extension of time, protest, notice of dishonor or default, change in nature or form of the Guaranteed Obligations, acceptance of further security, release of further security, imposition or agreement arrived at as to the amount of or the terms of the Guaranteed Obligations, notice of adverse change in Austin’s financial condition and any other fact that might materially increase the risk to Guarantor), all of which Guarantor hereby expressly waives. This is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. Guarantor hereby expressly agrees that the validity of this Guarantee and the obligations of Guarantor hereunder shall in no way be terminated, affected, diminished, modified or impaired by reason of the assertion of or the failure to assert by Fructibail against Austin, or its successors or assigns, any of the rights or remedies reserved to Fructibail pursuant to the provisions of the Real Estate Lease.

2.5 Continuing Guarantee . This Guarantee shall be a continuing guaranty and the liability of Guarantor hereunder shall in no way be terminated, affected, modified, impaired or diminished (to the extent permitted by law) by reason of the happening, from time to time, of any of the following, although without notice or the further consent of Guarantor:

(a) any assignment, amendment, modification or waiver of or change in any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of the Real Estate Lease or the invalidity or unenforceability of the foregoing; or

(b) Guarantor; or any extension of time that may be granted by Fructibail to Austin or

(c) any action that Fructibail or Austin may take or fail to take under or respect of the Real Estate Lease or by reason of any waiver of, or failure to enforce any of the rights, remedies, powers or privileges available to Fructibail under this Guarantee or available to Fructibail at law, equity or otherwise, or any action on the part of Fructibail or Austin granting indulgence or extension in any form whatsoever; or

(d) any dealing, transaction, matter or thing occurring between Fructibail and Austin; or

(e) any sale, exchange, release, or other disposition of any property pledged, mortgaged or conveyed, or any property in which Fructibail has been granted a lien or security interest to secure any indebtedness of Austin to Fructibail; or

(f) any release of any person or entity who may be liable in any manner for the payment and collection of any amounts owed by Austin to Fructibail; or

 

   BNCI Guarantee    5


(g) any Tenant Termination Event (as such term is defined in the Real Estate Lease), whether or not Fructibail has exercised any of its rights and remedies as set forth in the Real Estate Lease upon the happening of any such Tenant Termination Event; or

(h) Austin’s and/or Guarantor’s voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale of all or substantially all of their respective assets and liabilities, appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, sequestrator or conservator for all or any part of Austin’s or Guarantor’s assets, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment, or the commencement of other similar proceedings affecting Austin or Guarantor or any of the assets of either of them, including, without limitation, (A) the release or discharge of Austin from the payment and performance of its obligations under the Real Estate Lease by operation of law, or (B) the impairment, limitation or modification of the liability Austin, its partners or Guarantor in bankruptcy, or of any remedy for the enforcement of the Guaranteed Obligations, under the Real Estate Lease, or Guarantor’s liability under this Guarantee, resulting from the operation of any present or future provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or other present or future federal, state or applicable statute of law or from the decision in any court; or

(i) any change in or termination of the ownership interest of Guarantor in Austin (whether direct or indirect).

Section 3. Representations and Warranties.

Guarantor hereby represents and warrants to Fructibail that:

3.1 Corporate Charter and Authority . Guarantor is a corporation duly incorporated and in good standing under the laws of the State of New York and has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Guarantee and to perform its obligations hereunder.

3.2 Authorization and Validity . Guarantor has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution and delivery of this Guarantee and the performance of its obligations hereunder, and this Guarantee has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of Guarantor. This Guarantee constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Guarantor, enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or similar laws and legal and equitable principles affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

3.3 No Conflict; Government Consent . The execution and delivery by Guarantor of this Guarantee, and the undertaking and performance of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it hereunder, will not conflict with any requirement of Guarantor’s organizational or governing documents or result in a breach of or a default under the laws of the United States, or any state or other political subdivision thereof, or any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or in respect of any indebtedness in relation to which it is a guarantor or a surety, in a manner in which such

 

   BNCI Guarantee    6


conflict, breach or default would, in all reasonable likelihood, have a material adverse effect on the ability of Guarantor to perform its obligations hereunder. No consent, license, approval or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of any agency or governmental authority or any other person is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Guarantee by Guarantor or the validity or enforceability of this Guarantee which, if not obtained, would, in all reasonable likelihood, have a material adverse effect on the ability of Guarantor to perform its obligations hereunder.

3.4 No Investment Company . Guarantor is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Section 4. Miscellaneous.

4.1 Waiver . No failure on the part of Fructibail to exercise, no delay in exercising and no course of dealing with respect to any right, power or privilege under the Real Estate Lease or this Guarantee shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Guarantee preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

4.2 Governing Law and Submission to Jurisdiction . This Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York. Each of Guarantor and Fructibail hereby: (a) irrevocably consents and submits to the jurisdiction of any Federal, state, county or municipal court sitting in the State of New York in respect to any action or proceeding brought therein by Guarantor or Austin against Fructibail or by Fructibail against Guarantor or Austin concerning any matters arising out of or in any way relating to this Guarantee or the Real Estate Lease; (b) irrevocably waives all objections as venue and any and all rights it may have to seek a change of venue with respect to any such action or proceedings; (c) agrees that the law of the State of New York shall govern in any such action or proceeding and waives any defense to any action or proceeding granted by the laws of any other country or jurisdiction unless such defense is also allowed by the laws of the State of New York; and (d) agrees that any final judgment rendered against it in any such action proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Each of Guarantor and Fructibail further agrees that any action or proceeding by Fructibail against Guarantor or Austin, or Guarantor or Austin against Fructibail, as the case may be, in respect to any matters arising out of or in any way relating to this Guarantee shall be brought only in the State of New York, County of New York. The address for service of process upon Guarantor in the State of New York is The Bank of New York, One Wall Street – 10 th Floor, New York, NY 10286, Attention: General Counsel. Fructibail hereby appoints CT Corporation, having an office at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011 as its agent who shall be authorized to accept service of process on its behalf. Each of Guarantor and Fructibail shall have the right to appoint a successor agent upon notice to Guarantor, in the case of Fructibail, or Fructibail, in the case of Guarantor, but, at all times during the term of this agreement,

 

   BNCI Guarantee    7


Guarantor and Fructibail shall each have a duly authorized agent for service of process in New York State.

4.3 Notices . Any bills, statements, consents, notices, demands, requests or other communications given or required to be given under this Guarantee shall be in writing and shall be (1) mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (2) sent by nationally recognized overnight air courier service, or (3) sent by telecopy (provided an identical notice is also sent simultaneously by mail or overnight courier). All such communications shall be mailed, sent or delivered, addressed to the party for whom it is intended at its address set forth below:

if to Guarantor:

The Bank of New York

One Wall Street – 32 nd Floor

New York, NY 10286

Attention: Corporate Treasury and Tax

if to Fructibail:

Fructibail Invest

115, rue Montmartre

75002 Paris

Attention: Imed Ben Romdhane

with copy to:

Natexis Bank Populaire

45, rue Saint Dominique

75007 Paris

Attention: Negar Madjlessi

or at such other address or to such other addressee as the party to be served with notice may have furnished in writing to the party seeking or desiring to serve notice as a place for the service of notice. Notices shall be deemed given when receipt is verified by telephone confirmation, or if mailed, when received, with failure to accept delivery constituting delivery for this purpose. Any notices received after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day shall be deemed delivered on the following Business Day. Any party hereto may change the addresses for notices set forth above by giving at least ten (10) days’ prior notice of such change in writing to the other party as aforesaid and otherwise in accordance with these provisions.

4.4 Successors . The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Guarantee shall bind and inure to the benefit of Guarantor and Fructibail and their respective successors and assigns.

 

   BNCI Guarantee    8


4.5 Severability . Any provision of this Guarantee or the Real Estate Lease that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating either the portion of that provision which is not held to be prohibited or unenforceable, or the remaining provisions of this Guarantee or the Real Estate Lease and without affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

4.6 Counterparts . This Guarantee may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

4.7 Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Guarantee contains the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior understandings, if any, with respect thereto. This Guarantee shall not be modified, changed or supplemented, except by written instrument executed by both parties.

4.8 Subrogation . Guarantor agrees it will not exercise any rights which it may acquire by way of subrogation or by any right of indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement with Austin or any other person or entity until all the Guaranteed Obligations to Fructibail shall have been completely performed.

4.9 No Contest . Neither Guarantor nor any of its Affiliates shall directly or indirectly contest the validity of this Guarantee.

 

   BNCI Guarantee    9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Guarantor has caused this Guarantee to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

By:   /s/ Bruce Van Saun
  Name: Bruce Van Saun
  Title: Senior Executive Vice President & CFO

Acknowledged, Accepted and Agreed:

 

FRUCTIBAIL INVEST
By:   /s/ Fabrice Croppi            /s/ Imed Ben Romdhane
 

Name: Fabrice Croppi        /s/ Imed Ben Romdhane

 

Title: Co-Heads of Financial Engineering

 

   BNCI Guarantee    10

EXHIBIT 12

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMPANY, INC.

Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges

(Dollars in millions)

 

For The Years Ended December 31


   2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 

EARNINGS

                                        

Income Before Income Taxes

   $ 2,367     $ 2,158     $ 1,752     $ 1,362     $ 2,048  

Fixed Charges, Excluding Interest on Deposits

     563       326       266       342       602  
    


 


 


 


 


Income Before Income Taxes and Fixed Charges, Excluding Interest on Deposits

     2,930       2,484       2,018       1,704       2,650  

Interest on Deposits

     957       548       507       644       1,392  
    


 


 


 


 


Income Before Income Taxes and Fixed Charges, Including Interest on Deposits

   $ 3,887     $ 3,032     $ 2,525     $ 2,348     $ 4,042  
    


 


 


 


 


FIXED CHARGES

                                        

Interest Expense, Excluding Interest on Deposits

   $ 490     $ 260     $ 214     $ 298     $ 547  

One-Third Net Rental Expense*

     73       66       52       44       55  
    


 


 


 


 


Total Fixed Charges, Excluding Interest on Deposits

     563       326       266       342       602  

Interest on Deposits

     957       548       507       644       1,392  
    


 


 


 


 


Total Fixed Charges, Including Interest on Deposits

   $ 1,520     $ 874     $ 773     $ 986     $ 1,994  
    


 


 


 


 


EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES RATIOS

                                        

Excluding Interest on Deposits

     5.20 x     7.62 x     7.59 x     4.98 x     4.40 x

Including Interest on Deposits

     2.56       3.47       3.27       2.38       2.03  

*

The proportion deemed representative of the interest factor.

EXHIBIT 21

 

Subsidiaries of The Registrant

 

Significant subsidiaries of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. are as follows:

 

The Bank of New York, a New York State Chartered Bank

 

Pershing Group LLC

EXHIBIT 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED

PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. of our report dated February 22, 2006 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. included in the 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders of The Bank of New York Company, Inc.

 

We also consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated February 22, 2006 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. incorporated herein by reference, and our report dated February 22, 2006, with respect to The Bank of New York Company, Inc. management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of The Bank of New York Company, Inc., included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. in the following Registration Statements:

 

Registration Statement Number


   Form

  

Description


No. 333-03811

   S-3   

Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan

No. 333-15951

   S-3   

Preferred Trust Securities in the amount of $700 million

No. 333-15951-01

         

No. 333-15951-02

         

No. 333-15951-03

         

No. 333-15951-04

         

No. 333-15951-05

         

No. 333-40837

   S-3   

Preferred Trust Securities in the

No. 333-40837-01

       

amount of $500 million

No. 333-40837-02

         

No. 333-40837-03

         

No. 333-62516

   S-3   

Debt Securities, Preferred Stock,

No. 333-62516-01

       

Common Stock, and Preferred Trust

No. 333-62516-02

       

Securities in the amount of

No. 333-62516-03

       

$1.6 billion

No. 333-62516-04

         

No. 333-70187

   S-3   

Debt Securities, Preferred Stock,

No. 333-70187-01

       

Common Stock, and Preferred Trust

No. 333-70187-02

       

Securities in the amount of

No. 333-70187-03

       

$1.3 billion

No. 333-70187-04

         

No. 333-89586

   S-3   

Debt Securities, Preferred Stock,

No. 333-89586-01

       

Depositary Shares, Common Stock

No. 333-89586-02

       

and Trust Preferred Securities in the

No. 333-89586-03

       

amount of $2.4 billion

No. 333-89586-04

         

No. 333-103003

   S-3   

Debt Securities, Preferred Stock,

No. 333-103003-01

       

Depositary Shares, Common Stock

No. 333-103003-02

       

Equity Purchase Contracts, Equity

No. 333-103003-03

       

Purchase Units, Warrants and Trust

No. 333-103003-04

       

Preferred Securities in the amount of $2.2 billion

No. 333-116460

   S-3   

Debt Securities, Preferred Stock,

No. 333-116460-01

       

Depositary Shares, Common Stock

No. 333-116460-02

       

Equity Purchase Contracts, Equity

No. 333-116460-03

       

Purchase Units, Warrants and Trust

         

Preferred Securities in the amount of $2 billion


No. 333-78685

   S-8   

Employees’ Stock Purchase Plan,

         

Employees’ Profit-Sharing Plan,

         

1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan and

         

1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan

No. 33-56863

  

S-8

  

Employees’ Stock Purchase Plan,

         

Employees’ Profit-Sharing Plan and

         

1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan

No. 33-57670

  

S-8

  

Employees’ Stock Purchase Plan,

         

Employees’ Profit-Sharing Plan and

         

1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan

No. 333-105229

  

S-8

  

2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan

No. 333-116923

  

S-8

  

The Retirement Savings Plan of Pershing LLC and the

Retirement Savings Plan of BNY Brokerage, Inc.

 

New York, New York

February 22, 2006

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

EXHIBIT 31(a)

 

I, Thomas A. Renyi, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Bank of New York Company, Inc.(the “registrant”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 28, 2006

 

/s/ Thomas A. Renyi


Thomas A. Renyi

Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31(b)

 

I, Bruce W. Van Saun, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Bank of New York Company, Inc.(the “registrant”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 28, 2006

 

/s/ Bruce W. Van Saun


Bruce W. Van Saun

Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 32(a)

 

Certification

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, the undersigned officer of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby certifies that the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: February 28, 2006

 

/s/ Thomas A. Renyi


Name:

 

Thomas A. Renyi

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

EXHIBIT 32(b)

 

Certification

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, the undersigned officer of The Bank of New York Company, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby certifies that the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: February 28, 2006

 

/s/ Bruce W. Van Saun


Name:

 

Bruce W. Van Saun

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.